nd

Edition
Bilingual

COMPLETEMATHS

FORMULA BOOK
CLASS NOTES " CONCEPTS SHORTTRICKS
"SOLVEDEXAMPLES CALCULATION TRICKS
ADITYA RANJAN SIR
EXCISE INSPECTOR
USEFUL FOR
CET, SSC, RAILWAYS,
DEFENCE, BANKING,
& ALL GOVT, EXAMS
NTEED

SBOOKSSOLD
I MILLION
DOWNLOADS
ORIGINAL

Selected Selection forepr

nd
Bilingual
,Edition

COMPLETEMATHS|

FORMULA BOOK
CLASS NOTES CONCEPTS SHORT TRICKS
SOLVED EXAMPLES CALCULATION TRICKS
Author
ADITYA RANJAN
Excise Inspector
Co-Author
Rudra Pratap Verma
 About Aditya Ranjan
Aditya Ranjan Sir is a renowned Maths Faculty ,who has taught lakhs of students
through Rankers Gurukul You Tubechannel and its offline centre. His free maths
&guidance videos have millions of views on you tube. He has a unique approach
of solving new TCS questions.He always focuses on relevantand updated content.
Hisnew innovative idea of completing entire maths syllabus for any govt. exam on
youtube through "60 Days 60 Marathon" is a landmark in online education.
He has got selected at his very early age and his words "SELECTED tSELECTION
frrt" are very popular among students.
EXAMS QUALIFIED:
CGL,CHSL, CPO, CDS(3 TIMES)
SCORED:
MATHS - 50/50
ENGLISH - 50/50
REASONING 50/50
and got selected in SSC CHSL 2019 with AIR - 114.
He scored the same in CGL 2019 PRE and 227/200 in MAINS (MATHS) and got
selected in SSCCGL 2019 as an EXCISE INSPECTOR.

cONTACT Us
> YOU TUBE - RANKERS GURUKUL

TELEGRAM- Maths By Aditya Ranjan

º Instagram - aditya__ranjan
> Facebook - Maths By Aditya Ranjan
Mail - Mathsbyadityaranjan@gmail.com
 Copyright
I understand that the book is Proprietary &
Copyrighted. Material of Rankers Gurukul.
Publications.
Any reproduction in any form, physical or electronic
mode on public forum etc will lead to infringement of
copyright of Rankers Gurukul Publications and will
attract penal actions including FIR and claim of
damagesunder Indian Copyright Act1957.

Price 280/
> Author - Aditya Ranjan
> Published by - Aditya Ranjan

For Distributionship:

Contact us at:
º E-mail - adityaranjanmathshelpagmail.com
Whatsapp - 8130591035
 About Aditya Ranjan
students
Aditya Ranjan Sir is a renowned Maths Faculty.who has taught lakhs of
maths
through Rankers Gurukul You Tube channel and its offline centre. His free
&guidance videos have millions of views on vou tube. He has a unique approach
of solving new TCS questions . He alwavs focuses on relevant and updated content.
His new innovative idea of completing entire maths syllabus for any govt. exam on
you tube through "60 Days 60 Marathon" is a landmark in onlineeducation.
SELECTION
He has got selected at his very early age and his words "SELECTED
farira" are very popular among students.
EXAMS QUALIFIED:
CGL, CHSL, CPO CDS (3 TIMES)
SCORED:
MATHS- 50/50
ENGLISH -50/50
REASONING - 50/50
and got selected in SSC CHSL 2019 with AIR - 114.
He scored the same in CGL 2019 PRE and 227/200 in MAINS (MATHS) and got
selected in SSC CGL 2019 as an EXCISE INSPECTOR.

CONTACT USo
YOUTUBE - RANKERS GURUKUL

TELEGRAM- Maths By Aditya Ranjan

Instagram - adityaranjan
Facebook - Maths By Aditya Ranjan
Mail - Mathsbyadityaranjan@gmail.com
 Dedicated to my dear
"ASPIRANTS" & team
"RANKERS' GURUKUL"
Who have inspired me
to write this book.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Co-ordinator Mukesh Sir g Shubham a fra q A4 À

3i fH TE HaIILI afu aTTH f 3 feta

Error Free
TUYI 3 RE fadA fet ar zHR DTP Operator 3tfra fHz
 INDEX,
S.No. CHAPTER PAGE N.

1. Digital Sum (fsfLA YT) 1-12

2. Geometry (fufa) 13- 84

3. Mensuration 2D (fgfay afufa) 85 - 104

4. Mensuration 3D (fafau afafa) 105- 123

5. LCM & HCF (AAV, 3N 4H4) 124 - 127

6. Number System (HT Vgfa) 128- 145

7.
Simplification and Surds &Indices 146 - 151

8. Algebra (áianfura) 152- 162

9. Trigonometry (riufufa) 163 - 171

10. Height & Distance (iais sN g) 172-177

11, Co-ordinate Geometry (GyIA ufa) 178 - 183

S.No. CHAPTER PAGE No.
12. Percentage (ufàryraar) 184- 193
13. Profit &Loss (I sit af) 194- 198

14. Discount (aeei/ge) 199-200

15. Simple Interest (HIA(U a) 201-204
16. Compound Interest (2Ghqfes T) 205-212

17. Ratio & Proportion (3q41d 3iTT HHTa) 213 - 218

18. Partnership (uart) 219-220

19. Mixture (frgur) 221 -223

20. Alligation (yforyr) 224-229

21. Average (3rHa) 230 - 233

22. Time &Work (HHq ìr a) 234- 237

S.No. CHAPTER PAGE No.

23. Pipe & Cistern (7 3T Zt) 238-240

24. 241-246
Time& Distance (HH4 3T )
25. Train (ts) 247-248

26. Race & Circular Motion (as rg fa) 249- 252

27. Boat & Stream (a 30T TT) 253 -255

28. Permutation & Combination (GH 3r Haa) 256-259

29. Probability (ufrca) 260-269

30. Statistics (Hiftget) 270- 274

31. Logarithm (TU) 275 -276

32. Calculation (Ur) 277-292

 )

Just as the crest on the heads of peacocks and the

gems on the heads of serpents is in the highest
position, in the same way the place of
mathematics in the Vedangashastras is at the top.

8
5.
 Digital 8um

DIGITAL SUM
01)
For decimals, digit sum work exactly the same way,
but we don't pay attention to the decimal points the
digit sum of 6.256 is (6 +2+5 +6) = 19, eleminiate
It is a method not used for quick calculation but for
quick checking of answers. This technique has 9, digit- sum is 1
different useful applications for students giving
competitive & other exams as they are already
provided with four options to every answer.
Y1 (6 + 2 + 5 + 6) = 19 45-4j I
Note: (i) Digit sum can be any of following the nurmbers
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 0.
3jts qm ffafgG HeI 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 7, 8, 9 41 0

By adding 9 in any of above digits, digit sum does

What is digital sum/fsfaem T: not change this means while adding consider 9 as zero.
Asingle digit obtained by adding all digits of a number,
is called digit sum.
Therefore, while calculating the digit sum of a number,
you can eliminate all the nines and all the digits that
For example, Digit sum of 135 = 1 + 3 + 5 =9 add up to nine. By doing this you will be able to
Digit sum of 68 =6+8 = 14 = 1+ 4 = 5 calculate the digit sum of any number much faster
the elimination will have no effect on the final result.
'OR'
Remember that 9 is synonymous with 0 and can be
Remainder obtained by dividing a number by 9, is used interchangeably as 9 is also divisible by 9 leaves
called digit sum. remainder 0.

(9 =0, in digit sum)

For example, Digit sum of 34 = 3 + 4 = 7

'OR'
Remainder When 34 is divided by 9 =7
Another example, digit sum of 58 = 5 +8 = 13
= |+3 = 4
Remainder when 58 divided by 9 = 4
The digit sum method can be used to check answers (9 = 0, 3jas q )
involving different arithmetic operations like Ex. Find the digit-sum of 2467539.
multiplication, division, addition, subtraction, squares,
square roots, cube roots etc.
HINTS:
We will eliminate the numbers that add up to 9 (2 &
7,4 && 5,6 &3 and also eliminate the 9) .We obtain
Oor 9.
Digit sum of LHS = Digit Sum of RHS. Ex. Find the digit-sum of 63728 19923
LHS #1 j04 = RHS #1 3ÁT4 0I
Digit sum can be implemented on percentage or HINTS:
decimals as well. We will eliminate the numbers that add up to 9 (6 &
3. 7 & 2, 8& 1 and also
eliminate the two 9's).
are left with the digits 2 & 3which also add up to We
5.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 1

 Digital Sum
of 9 is 9. Ex Swati sold a bag to Ankita at a gain of 15%. Aashi
(ü) Digit sum of any multiple bought this bag from Ankita for ? 24,840. Ankita
earned a profit of 20%. At what price would swat;
For example/S<K ferg have bought the bag?
9 x 14 126 |+ 2 + 6 9
8 =9 q8 3tfal 24 840 5. 4 TtI 1| 3f6 20%
gx 43 - 387 - 3 + 8 + 7= 18 = 1+

(a) ? 18,500 (b) 18,000

ah 16,000 (d) ? 20,000
calculation fas options eliminate #{6 HEt 3R (c)
HINTS:
CP SP
23
muitiple fr sit 48 9 denominator cancel out 20

I 9 zmI 5 6
z , at TUT5 digit sum
100 138
Swatibought at,
Ex. Due to pandemic, the population of city reduces at
the rate of 2% per annum. What will be its total 24840-x 100 = Rs.18000
population after 2 years if the present population of 138
the city is 45,000? multiple àT
I6 24840 1 digit sum 9 34erfg TE 9 1
D cancel out i aT 3HfTs UHhA AI digit sum 9
y qft T5 adHH HI 45,000 , 2 q AK

fey Ts faoi (b) 1 âdigit sum 9

(a) 40538 (b) 44521
(d) 43218 Ex. The area of a field in the shape of a hexagon is
(c) 41568
1944V3m². What will be the cost (in Rs.) of fencing it
HINTS: at the rate of Rs.11.50 per metre?
Population After Two year
49 49
= 45000 x = 43218
50 50 (*4à ) 3TUî?
i 45000, 9 1 multiple 3R YE D' cancel out (a) 2,256 (b) 3,200
Ë1i zI 34fs TU5 hT digit sum 9 TI (d) 2,484
(c) 2,785
fes s faacyi 4 (d) 1 digit sum 9 I HINTS:
Ex. 2000 employees are assigned to complete a project. Area of ahexagon
At the end of the first year, 15% of the number of
employees are decreased and at the end of the second x a? = 1944 J3
year again 10% of the number of employees are
= 6 X
4
decreased. However, to complete the project in time,
the number of employees are increased by 10% at the a² =
1944x 4
’a = 36 m
end of the third year. What was the number of 6
employees working during the fourth year?
Perimeter of the hexagon
=6 x 36 = 216 m
Total cost = 216 x 11.5 = Rs.2484
216, 9 #I multiple Hfs Ty5 I digit sum 9
aTI fRU Tr fgoei (d) 1 digit sum 9 I
Ex. A hemispherical bowl whose radius is 21 cm is full
of ice cream. Find the volume of the ice cream.
(a) 1786 (b) 1685
(c) 1683 (d) 1783 (take =
n )
HINTS:
Number of employees working during the fourth year,
22
85 90 110
= 2000 x = 1683
100 100 100
(a) 20000 cm³ (b) 21000 cm³
f* 90, 9 1 multiple Fefs TUrThe Hl digit sum 9
Ifs Trs fachei C) 1t digit sum 9 (c) 22000 cm (d) 19404 cm

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faru2

 Digital Sum
HINTS: Rs 9,100
Volume of hemisphere
Ex. If the arnount obtained by A by investing interest
for three years at a rate of 10% p.a. on simple
investing a
2 22 is cqual to the amount obtained by B by
x 21 x 21 x 21 - 19404 cm 8?%
37 certain sum of money for five years at a rate of
then 90% of the sum invested
p.a. on simple interest,
21 x 21 × 21,3x3 x 3 fH v3 D cancel by B (in Rs) is:
out BÌ G IA 3 fy 9a 3qgfg final
product 61 digit sum 9 INI
f&u Ts fah (d) 1 digit sum 9
Ex. The total surface area of a solid
cm. The volume (in cm') of hemisphere
is 1039.5
the hemisphere is: aUAr , at BAU frai T ufi 51 90% ( y ) d
Take n =
(a) 7,800 (b) 7,605
(c) 8,540 (d) 8,450
HINTS:
B Hfaf yIfI f é atî JHEI 90% 4ta 9
al product fH digit sum 9 a |
(a) 2225.5 (b) 2530.6
(c) 2425.5 (d) 2525.6
fs Ts faqAei (b) 1 digit sum 9I
Ex. A sum of Rs18,000 becomes Rs 21,780 after 2 years
HINTS:
on compound interest compounded annually. What will
3 r = 1039.5 be the compound interest (in Rs) on the same sum for
22 21 the same period if the rate of interest increases by 5%?
=3 X x ²= ]1039.5 = 10.5 cm
7 2
Volume of Hemisphere

=, x10.5 x 10.5 x 10.5 = 2425.5 cm (a) 1,845 (b) 4,670

(c) 5,805 (d) 5,500
fa 10.5x10.5x 10.5, 4 3 x 3 x 3 frH4 E 3 D' HINTS:
cancel out a GIrTI t 3 fHTGE 9 a TU Principal Amount
qefa final product l digit sum 9 tTI 18000 21780
fes s faAc0 (c) 1 digit sum 9 900 V1089
Ex Water is flowing through a cylindrical canal with an 30 33
internal diameter of 7 m at he speed of 18 km/h. 3
Find the volumne of water flowing through the canal Rate = 20X 100= 10%
in 30 mintues. (take n = If rate is increased by 5% 15%
C.I. for two years = = 32.25%

18000
x 32.25
100

5 18000, 9 1 multiple ÀHfrs quTh digit

(a) 3,76,500 m³ (b) 3,56,500 m³ sum 9 | fs s fah0 4# (a) & (c) T digit
sum
(d) 3,46,500 m³ 9 GHI f 4 SI 18000
(c) 3,66,500 m³ 10% l H17 1800
HINTS: ata yÈ BÀ 32.25% 1 HA AA
FHÍTs option
Distance covered in 30. minutes (9 km) will be (c) HÂT 3R
considered as height. Ex. Find the sum 3 + 32 + 33 + .... + 38
h = 9000 m
3 +32 + 33 + .... + 38 61 Id
Volume of water flowing through the canal in 30 (a) 6561
minutes = r'h (b) 6560
(c) 9840 (d) 3280
2277Xx9000
7 = 346500m3
HINTS:
fes s expression 3 Ì aTE A terms 93
9000, 9 1 multiple siTr T8 D cancel out fi TEI fa Hi3 9 # multiple 3 f r m
T60 IHfrs TuET 1 digit sum 9 atI
fs s fachcqi (d) 1 digit sum 9 1 sum 9 multiple 3 3tfE I

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fam3

 Digital Sum
Ex. 73 - 16 - 57
Application of Digital sum
HINTS:
Digit sum of LHS 1-7 - -6 +9-3
1. Addition/am If the digit sumn value comes
negative then just add
The digit sum of the final sum should be equal to it to 9 & result will be the actual digit sum
value
the digit sum of all the numbers used in the addition (Remember it)
process.

Digit - sum of RHS = 5 +7= 12 =3.

For example/318| * frs, 13 + 12 = 25 Ex. 2474 - 1140 = 1330
Digit sum of 13 = | +3 = 4
HINTS:
Digit sum of 12 = 1l +2 = 3
Digit sum of 4 and 3 = 7
Digit sum of LHS - 4-6 = -2+9 = 7
If the digit sum value comes negative then just add
Digit sum of 25is 2 + 5 =7
it to 9 & result will be the actual digit sum value
Thus digit sum of LHS = Digit sumn of RHS.
(Remember it)

(Why this happens? Because, if you divide 13 & 12

by 9 and add up the remainders (4 + 3 =7) which is
equal to the remainder obtained by dividing 25 by 9.) Digit - sum of RHS = 1+ 3 +3 = 7
Ex. Verify whether 32586 minus 12598 are 19988.
fafsa ÀTr yg isà (4 + 3 - 7) ai 25 HIfTA Gi f# | 32586, 12598 1 3R 19988
HINTS:
Ex. 1.5 + 32.5 + 23.9 = 57.9
The digit sum of the number 32586 is 6
HINTS:
The digit sum of the number 12598 is 7
Digit sum of LHS 6 + 10 + 5 = 21 =3
Digit sum of RHS 5 +7 +9 = 12 =3 Subtract 7 from 6 we get - 1i.e., 1+9 =8
Ex. Verify whether 18273645 + 9988888 + 6300852 + Also digit sum of 19988 is also 8.
11111l11 is 45674496.
Hence, Digit sum of the question is equals to the digit
HAIÍTG i f I 18273645 + 9988888 + 6300852 + sum of the Answer.
11111|I| 41T5 45674496 1
HINTS:
i.e., We can assume that the subtraction is correct.
The digit-sum of the numbers is 0, 4, 6 and 8
respectively.
Total of these 4 digit sum is 18 and the digit sum of 3. Multiplication/TUT
18 is 9.
First we will calculate the digit sum of the first number.
The digit sum of 45674496 is also 9. we will calculate the digit sum of the second number
Hence, Digit sum of the question is equals to the digit
sum of the Answer.
we willmultiply the two digit sums thus obtained. If
the final answer equals to the digit sum of the product
then, our answer can be concluded as to be correct
i.e., We can assume that the addition is correct.

2. Subtraction/Td
The digit sum of the smaller number as subtracted
from the digit sum of bigger number should equal
tothe digit sum of the difference.
For example/3<18Uj # fry, 15 x 13 = 195
Digit sum of multiplication of digit sum of 15 & l3
= (1 + 5) x (1 + 3) = 6 x 4 = 24 =6
For example/3<1ETU * fery, 88- 13 = 75
Digit sum of RHS = 1+ 9 +5 = 6 (eliminate 9)
Digit sum of LHS -7-4 = 3
Digit sum of RHS =7+5 = 12 =3 Digit sum of LHS = Digit sum of RHS

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fart 4

 Digital Sum
Ex. Verify whether 467532 multiplied by 107777 equals
50389196364. 364 x 4
-7
52x 4
Hufy f* I 467532 107777 un 5 Hence, DS of LHS DS of RHS
50389196364 3TG1
other than
HINTS: In the denominator, if any other digit sum
then we try to make it 1. For
3, 6 or9 is obtained,
The digit sum of 467532 is 9. this follow the following procedure.
The digit sum of 107777 is 2.
Digit sum of LHS =9 x 2 = 18 =9
Digit sum of 50389196364 is also 9.
Hence, Digit sum of the question is equals to the digit N
sum of the Answer. is equal to N
1

i.e., We can assume that the product is correct.

38982
Ex = 534
Ex. The value of 95 x 105 is: 73
HINTS:
Digit sum of LHS.
(a) 9981 (b) 9935 ’ DS of N= 3 DS of D = 1
(c) 9965 (d) 9975
3
HINTS: i.e., DS of LHS =1 3
Digit sum of multiplication (95 x 105) = 5 x6 - 3
Digit sum of RHS = 5 + 3 + 4 = 3
Digit sum of only option (d) is 3, which is correct (5 & 4 add up to 9, eliminate it)
answer.
N N x5 Nx5 Nx5
4. Division/ HT =5 x N.
(ii) 2 2x5 10 1
In division the numerator does'nt but impact. So, it's
upto denominator used in the expression.

2343
We can face the sum of digit sum of denominators Ex. = 213.
in digit sum division process as written below. 11
HINTS:
2343 x5
DS of D = 2
11x5
N N N N N N N N DS of N =6, DS of D = 1
N
2' 3' 4 ' 5 6 ' 7' 8 9or 0
1
6
denominator has ’ DS of LHS =6,
Therule of digit sum fails when the 1
3, 6 or9. In such situations, firstly try to cancel out
apply digit sum. DS of RHS = 6
3, 6 or9 with numerator and then
from the denominator
If 3, 6 or 9 cannot be eliminated N N'x7 N×7
= N'x7
then digit sum rule will not apply. (ii) 4 4x7 28

fefri , Ha yEd 3, 6 41 9 #1 3NI Tet

al T

4ad i fefe 51 fry4 12927

9 1 eliminate Ti Ex.
31
- = 417
apply 7 zI|| HINTS:
1092 12927 x 7
Ex. =7 DS of D = 4
156 31x7
HINTS: DS of N' =3 & DS of D = 4 x 7 = 28 = 1
DS of D' =3
from both N & D'. 3
Therefore try to cancel out 3 ’ DS of LHS = =3

364
Now DS of D = 7 DS of RHS = 4 + l + 7= 12 = 3.
52
(Selected Selection farr5
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Use of digital sum in some of th
Digital Sum
N' N x 2 Nx2 - Nx2
(iv
5x2 10 previous year TCS questions

fsfaea am Vm)
Ex. (31% of 260) x ? = 12896
15826
Ex. -386 (a) 150 (b) 140
41
(c) 160 (d) 180
HINTS:
HINTS:
15826 x 2
DS of D 5 Operate on digit sum
41x2
8
DS of N= 8, DS of D' = 1 4 x 8x ? =5 x ? = 8 ’?= 5

5
DS of LHS = 8 8x2
1 ?= =7
5x2
DS of RHS = 3 + 8+6 = 8

N Nx4 N'x4
(v) =Nx4
7x4 28 Ex. 12.8% of 8800 - 16.4% of 5550 = 20% of ?
(a) 965 (b) 996
(c) 1004 (d) 1081
31,928 HINTS:
Ex. = 614
52 Operate on digit sum
HINTS: 2 x 7-2 x6 =2 x ?
DS of LHS 2
5-3 = 2 x??= 7
31,928 >x4
DS of D =5 + 2 =7
52 x 4 2x5
= 1.
DS of N! = 5 + 2=7 & DSof D = 1 2x5

2
’ DS of LHS = 2

DS of RHS = 2 Ex. 53% of 120 + 25% of 862 = 2% of 500

(a) 92.50 (b) 55.82
N N x8 Nx8 N x8= N
(iv) 8 8x8 64 10
x 8. (c) 63.68 (d) 38.89
HINTS:
Operate on digit sum
8 x 3 + 7x7 -? x 5
25347
Ex. 357 10 10x2
71 ’? = =2
5 5x2
HINTS:
3Ta answer (3) I T4 2 fI
25347 × 8
DS of D =8 71x 8
Ex. (1004)² - (998)² =?
DS of N =6, DS of D =1 (a) 11012 (b) 12012
6 (c) 22012 (d) 2212
DS of LHS = =6
1 HINTS:

DS of RHS =3 + 5 +7 =6 Operate on digit sum

Note: f Numerator TI Denominator Digit sum 52 - 8? = 25 - 64 =7-1 = 6
fh common factor cancel out a 3 Cancel At answer (3) 1 3s 6 atI afssI

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection famu6

 Digital Sum
Find x, if 30% of 400 + x% of 70 4205.55 at 15% p.a. in
Ex. 25% of 536 Ex. Acertain sum amounts to Rs.
(a) 20 (b) 30
The sum is:
(c) 10 (d) 40 Eyears, interest compounded yearly.
HINTS:
Operate on digit sum
3 x 4 + 7x=7x 5
2
5
3+ 7x= 8 ’ x , (a) Rs.3000 (b) Rs.3500
(c) Rs.2700 (d) Rs.3200
5x4
= 2 HINTS:
7x4
341q answer (3 ) 1 34s q 2a fe Rate of interest for 1 and 2nd year, = 15%

Rate of interest for 3rd year = 52x15 = 6%

Ex. What value should come in place of question mark.
Now,
115 115 106
9. 13% of 3300 + 25% of 184 = 40% of? P
100 100 100
= 4205.55

(a) 1165 (b) 1265 DS of LHS

(c) 1365 (d) 965 P(7 x7 x 7) = Px 1
HINTS: DS of RHS = 3
qHt term # D 3Ì eliminate fu 3300 : DS of P = 3
cancel out Only option (a) satisfied.
9 + 41% of 1100 + 25% of 184 = 40%o of ? Ex. If a = 102, then find the value of a(a² - 3a + 3).
Operate on digit sum f a = 102 a, a a(a² - 3a+ 3) #1- HTA T3s|
0+5 x 2 +7 x 4 = 4 x ? (a) 1030302 (b) 1010101
(c) 1000002 (d) 9999992
2x7
? = =5 HINTS:
4x7
Digit sum of a = 102 = 3.
3auf answer (3R) 1 444 1 5 arfey
a operate on digit sum
3(9 -9 + 3) = 9
Ex. What value should come in place of question mark.
Only option (a) has digit sum as 9.
Ex. If P = 99, then the value of P(P² + 3P + 3) is:
12% of 357000 + 15% of 58500 =
17% of 42 13% of 45
? qfk P = 99, at P(P² + 3P + 3) AI H11 :
(a) 998889 (b) 999999
(a) 7600 (b) 7500
(c) 7800 (d) 9100 (c) 988899 (d) 989898
HINTS: HINTS:

First term D 1 DS 3 3HIs N' 12 T1 Dr 4 Digit sum of P = 99 = 9 or 0

42 3 Cancel Out I P(P2 + 3P + 3) is a multiple of 9.
DS of Nof first term = 6 & DS of D' = 4 The digit sum of this expression will be 9.
Only option (b) satisfied.
6x7
DS of first term = =6
4x7 Ex. If A = 1
Second term D 51 DS 9 zHfs N 4 58500 a 0.04)0.004 t .. upto 8 terms, then
D 45 9 Cancel Out # what is the value of A?
DS of N of Second term = 3 & DS of D'= 2
qft A = t... upto 8 yet 5
3x5
DS of Second term = =6
2x5
DS of completesum =6 +6 =3 (a) 27272727.5 (b) 25252525.5
In the given options only (b) has digit sum 3. (c) 77777777.5 (d) 55555555.5

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faT 7

 Digital Sum
HINTS:
denominator of each term 1.
If we make the digit sum of
will get 8
We have to multiply them by 7. Thus we
times 7 in complete expression.
(a) 653.75 {b) 693.75
Digit sum 8 x 7 - 56 11 2.
Only option (c) satisfied (c) 703.75 (d) 600.75
Ex. From his monthly income X spends 24% on house HINTS:
hold expenses, 16% on entertainment, 28% on CP for the shopkeeper
education. Out of remaining he donates 72% money
and left with an amount of 2403.52. Find his monthly
x ,105.5
|12,500
income? 10 100
DS of CP = 5.
SP for the shopkeeper
sr 2403.52 ufNT Bis I 34Ì 4Ift
12,5001 10 105.5 +2393.759
100 J10
(a) 24725 (b) 26825
DS of SP = 9
(c) 25625 (d) 29325
(Digit sum of any number multiplied by 9 is 9)
HINTS: Profit SP - CP =9 - 5 = 4
32 28 Only option (c) satisfied.
X> = 2403.52
100 100 Ex. The average score in an English exam of a class of
DS of LHS = X * 5 x ] = X x 5 45 students in a coaching centre is 52. A group of
6 boys having an average score of 40 leave the class
DS of RHS = 7
and another group of eight boys having an average
7x2
score of 43 join the class. What is the new average
DS of X= 5x2 = 5 score of the class?

Only option (b) satisfied

Ex. During the first year, the population of a town
increased by 12%.The next year, due to some
contagious disease, it decreased by 8%. At the end
of the second year, the population was 64,400. Find
the population of the town at beginning of the first (a) 48 (b) 53
year. (d) 52
(c) 49.5
HINTS:
New Average
45x52+ (8x 43 -6x40)
(b) 54,750 45-6+8
(a) 50,000
Operate on digit sum
(c) 62,500 (d) 50,500
9+2-6 5x5
HINTS: =7
9-6+8 2x5
112 92 3áy yu 7 a ifs|
answer (3)
100 100 = 64,400 4
XX

DS of LHS = xx 4 x2 =xx 8
DS of RHS = 5 Ex. The value of/1 H17 IG h|
1012 - 1016 x 10
5x8
(1018j - 1019 x 1017 + 1015 x
DS of x = = 4 (a) 1 (b) 4
8x8
Only option (c) satisfied. (c) 3 (d) 5
HINTS:
Ex A manufactured item of cost 12,500, sold at 10%
profit. The supplier the sold at a 5.5% profit to the Operate on digit sum
shopkeeper. The shopkeeper marks it at 2,393.75 1-9/0 +1 -6 =-4 +9 5
higher than his cost price and allowed a 10% discount
to the customer. Find the profit earned by the
shopkeeper.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection

 DigitalSum
Ex. X and Y earn an
average income of
month, out of which they saved an Rs. 72000 per HINTS:
of Rs. 38800 per month, such average amount Let total students be 100
that X saved Rs. 5600
Jess than Y. If the
expenditure
income, then find the percentage
of X is 55% of his (20 x77) +(85 x 25) +(52 x55)
expenditure of Y. Average = 100

Operate on digit sum

2 x 5+4 x7+7x l - 1+1+7 =9

(a) 20%
(b) 25%
(c) 30% (d) 35% Ex. The difference between C.I. and S.I. on a certain sum
HINTS: of money at 16% per annum compounded annually
X
in 3years is Rs 3792. Then find the principal.
(k- 5600) : k
k+ k-5600 = 77600 ’ k= 41600
Savings of X = 41600 - 5600 = Rs.36000 (a) Rs.31250
45% = 36000 (b) Rs.62500
(c) Rs.39062.50 (d) Rs.46875
income % X = Rs. 80,000
HINTS: We know,
income % Y = 144000 - 80,000 = 64000
Expenditure of Y = 64000 - 41600 = 22400 300 + R
C.I - S.I. - P X
22400 100
64000
x100 = 35%
2
16 316
3792 =P10o 100
Ex. The compound interest on a certain sum of money Operate on digit sum
in one year is Rs.6860 and on second
year is Rs.7840. 3= Px 4 x 1 P= 3x7
Find compound interest in fourth year. 3
4x7
Ata answer (3) 1 3 rm 3 fagI
(a) Rs.l0240 (b) Rs.l1340 Ex. Find the mean height of the
(c) Rs.l0780
HINTS:
(d) Rs.9850 data. persons from the following
(7840 - 6860)
R=
6860 x100- 14%
Height (cm) Number of person
4th year CI =7840 x 8 8 120
,7 130
3
Digit sum of above multiplication is 7. In the 4
given
options, (a) & (c) have digit sum 7. But the product 140 5
is also a multiple of 8, hence
option (c) eliminated. 150 6
Ex. 1 160 2
If the average marks of of aclass is 77% and that
(a) 150 cm
1 (b) 145 cm
of (c) 160 cm
4 of the class is 85% and the average marks of (d) 140 cm
the rest of the class is 52%. Find the HINTS:
of the whole average marks
class? Mean = (3x120)+ (4 x130)+(5 x 140) +(6x150)
1 20 +(2x160)
5
4 Operate on digit sum
0+7+7+0+5
2
lx5
(a) 57.75% 2x5*5
(b) 65.25%
Ic) 68.55% (d) 43.50%

Aditya Ranjan (Excise

 Digital Su:
5.
Perfect Square/ Square Root/Tuf at aiy 6 Perfect Cube/Cube Root/ut v/T
The digit sum of the square root as The digit sum of the cube root when multiplied by its
should equal to the digit-sum of themultiplied
by itself
square. should equal to the digit-sum of the cube.

Ex Verify whether 23 is the square root of

529. Ex. Verify whether 2197 is the cube of 13.
Hfy t f 2197, 13 51 I
HINTS: HINTS:
The digit sum of 23 is 5 and when 5 is The digit sum of 13 is 4. 4 multiplied by
itself the answer is 25. multiplied by
The digit sum of 25 is 7 and again by itself is 64. The digit-sum of 64 is litself an
the digit-sum of 529 is also 7. digit-sum of 2197 is also 1. and tt
Note: (i) A number cannot be a Ex The cube root of 3375 equal to:
digit sum is other than 1,4,7 or perfect
9.
square if its
3375 61 AR :
(a) 35 (b) 25
(c) 55 (d) 15
f) A number
cannot be a perfect HINTS:
digit is other than 1, 4, 5, 6 or 9.square
its unit
Digit sum of 3375 = 9

Ex.
Which one of the following is a
perfect square?
(a) 6250.49 Ex. (14j° = ?
(b) 1250.49
(c) 5768.28 (a) 2544 (b) 2644
(d) 1354.24
HINTS: (c) 2744
(d) 2844
HINTS:
Option (c) 15 Á4 8 3Hfs YE yu 1i HAdI
TIOption (a), (b) & (c) #3Ts Digit sum of (14}° = (1 + 4° = 8
a4YT: 8, 3 T 1
Hfs Option (d) y qi
Ex. Which one of the following is a
perfect square? Ex Find the value of the
following expression.
(a) 2361.96 (b) 2758.28
(c) 7256.84 12 +-8) + 4°
(d) 6250.49 (a) 952
Option (b) 1341É 4 (b) 1152
8 3HÍs qE yui aT¥i à HHI (c) 1052
}I Option (a), (c) & (d) # HT4 (d) 852
4M A491: 9,5 T8 HINTS:
ZHfTs Option (a) yui ai
Digit sum of (12 +t(-8) + (-4)]
Ex. The sum of three
consecutive odd natural number =9-8-1 = 0/9
is 375. Find the square of the smallest of these
is? number
Digital sum concept fquT afa 6{ fes 31441
(a) 15129 (b) 1309
(c) 15128
options Ì eliminate h{a HE 3R TE faHI H44
(d) 15245 Tar4
HINTS:
Let the number be x-2, x, x +2 Important Observations/4gaquf raii
’ Sum = 3x =375 ’X= 125 While solving multiple choice
step of calculations questions. In the final
Hence, Smallest number = x- 2 = 125 -2 =
123 options sometimes one eliminate the wrong
by following some of the
We have to find the
value of 1232 below. procedures given
Digit sum of (123)2 = (1 + 2 + 3)2 = 9
fu s facheyt 4 (a) h1 digit sum 9

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector))

(Selected Selection fa 10
 DigitalSum)
Diital sum RH V1 y4 str Tool, A hall of 35m x 25m x 5m is to be
painted. It has
of divisibility rule of prime number t
'Applicability Ex.
windows on its three walls of 7m 2m. The cost
frya per square meter
3y d 9 Wrong options ) elmininate H of the painting of the wall is Rs. 12
is Rs. 18 per
the cost of the painting of the ceilingpainting of the
square meter and the cost of the
fart Multiplication Process the total cost
t Prime window is Rs. 15 per square meter. Find
number 371Prime Number Multiple fed u of the painting of the hall.
t St Prime number 1 Multiple
EMI fey s options
36 Prime Number ) divisibility check a|
Ex. An arc of length 23.1 cm subtends an 18° angle at
the centre. What is the area of the circle?

(a) Rs. 24998.06 (b) Rs. 23968.60

(c) Rs. 22978.60 (d) Rs. 22968.36
[Use r =
HINTS:
ja) 16978.50 cm? (b) 16988.50 cm?
(c) 16878.50 cm² Total cost of the painting of the hall =
(d) 16798.50 cm²
HINTS: Area of walls x 12 + area of ceiling x 18 + area of win
Area of circle = r? dow x 15

22 12, 18 I 15 áÈ á prime number 3 # multiple

7
y 1 f ta4 3 prime number
11è divisible E (d) 3À divisible
Ex. What amount a man would have received on a principal
of 7, 500 after two years at simple Interest at the rate
Ex On the marked price of Rs.1,250 of an article, three
of 7 percent per annum?
successive discounts of 5%, 15% and 20% are offered.
What will be the selling price (in Rs.) after all discounts?
fa a f 1250 z44 q, 5%, 15% 3ir 20% á1
(a) Rs. 8,400 (b) Rs. 8,550
(c) Rs. 7,600 (d) Rs. 7,400
(a) 1,000 (b) 807.50 HINTS:
(c) 975.75 (d) 950.25
HINTS: 3R 19 1 y5 multiple t option (b) 11 (c) <1 19 #
19 17 4 multiple gH¥ 3R 6 aT 3 1 multiple t1
SP = 1250 x =Rs.807.5
20 20 aiferi option (b) 3 1 multiple I
q 17 q1 19 prime number } Hfrs uTs 17 314 E4 3ATYG0 option elimination 3qt qe sìr Tool,
'Applicability of unit digit' *ar aI TfarrSI 344
17 344a1 19 divisible 5d s 3TY Wrong options *Ì elmininate 74 HI gR
Ex. In an assembly election, a candidate got 60% of the
total valid votes. 2% of the total votes were declared uf fes s fahct unit digit 3e-34I final cal
invalid. If the total number of voters is 1,50,000, then culation dH44 34 unit digit operate h fag
find the number of valid votes polled in favor of that Ex. The cube of the difference between two given natural
candidate.
numbers is 1728, while the product of these two given
numbers is 108. Find the sum of the cubes of these
two given numbers.

(a) 90,000 (b) 78,000

(c) 86,400 (d) 88,200 (a) 6048 (b) 5616
HINTS: (c) 6024 (d) 5832
Required no. of votes HINTS:
98 3 a-b 12 and a.b 108 > a =18, b 6
= 1,50,000 x 1005 We have to find the value of (18 + 6)
f* 98, 7 1 multiple s TE D cancel out î Here, no need of doing complete
operate on unit digit (2 t 6 8),multiplication, just
etI Sefs qU75 7 multiple 14a1 7 divisible satisfied. only option (a)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faun 11

 Digital Sum
Ex. Marked price of an article is Rs. 28000. It can be Ex Ifthe volume of asphere is 24,4 16.64 cm', find its
sold at one of the following ways: surface area (take n 3.14) correct to two places of
decimal.
qf y* td 1 3T4GA 24 416.64 cm' , al 4EI ya

Way A : Asingle discount of 24 percent. (7 = 3.14 cffu)

(a) 3069.55 cmn? (b) 4069.44 cm²
(c) 5069.66 cm? (d) 6069.67 cm?
Way B : Two successive discounts of 16 percent and HINTS:
10percent.
AI B:16 yfaNra q 10 yfaNIG af435 -r'-24416.64 ’5832 =r =18
Now, 4ar² = 4 x 3.14 x 18 x 18
Which way will have lowest selling price and what Don't multiply, just operate on unit digits which gives
willbe the value of it? 4 as unit digit of answer. Only option (b) has unit digit 4.
Ex. 4 women and 7 men earn a total of Rs. 11,480 in 7 days
while 10 women and 17 men earn a total of Rs. 36,360 in
(a) Way B, Rs.21168 (b) Way B, Rs.21280 9 days. How much will 11 women and9 men together
(c) Way A, Rs.21 168 (d) Way A, Rs.21280 earn (in Rs.) in 13 days?
HINTS: 4 HfacIr sir 7 gas 7fe q 11480 54|14 , Gaf 10
HfsIr r 17 gEq 9 f 36360 F44 HTà I 11 HfzU
WAY A:
iR 9 Yaq frcTT 13 f faG (7. 4) FHU 2
Discount = 24%
(a) 42770 (b) 42640
WAY B: (c) 42510 (d) 42900
HINTS:
16x10
Discount=16+10 %o= 24.4% (4w + 7m)x 7 (10w +17m) x9
100
11480 36360
Lowest selling price means highest discount. m 3
after solving we get, 5
.:. WAY B ’ Lowest S.P.
(4w +7m) x 7 (11w +9m) x13
75.6 11480 X
S.P. = 28000 x
100 41x7 82x13
’x= 40 x 82 x 13 = 42640
Don't multiply, just check the unit digits of option In 11480
the last step don't multiply, just operate on unit
(a) and (b). Only option (a) has unit digit 8. digits which gives 4 as non-zero number from right.
Only option (b) satisfied.

litya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fau 12

 Geometry

GEOMETRY 02

We have divided the geometry into five sections, (b) Curve line: A line which changes its direction is
which are as follows: called a curved line.

Lines and Angle/ta str U B

Triangle/fya
Quadrilateral/aýa
Polygon/aEYT
Circle/qi A
(c) Line Segment: A line segment has two end
Lines &Angle (taT TT GUT) points; generally line segment is called line.
1. Point: A point is a circle of zero radius which
determines a location. It is usually denoted by a
capital letter.
Types of Lines GT3 Yhl)
The lines are basically of five types
Types of Point (fa à vea)
(a) Collinear Points: If three or more points situated
(i) Intersecting Lines: If two or more lines intersect
on a straight line, these points are called collinear
points. each other, then they are called intersecting lines. In
the figure AB and CD are intersecting lines.

Example: Points A, B, andC are collinear.

3<TET01 : fag A, B, st C G B
A B

(b) Non-collinear Points: If three or more points A

are not situated on a straight line, these points
are called non-collinear points. (ii) Concurrent Lines : If three or more lines pass through
a point, then they are called concurent lines and the
point through which these all lines pass is called point
of concurent.
2 Line: A 1line is made up of an infinite number of points
and it has only length i.e., it does not has any
thickness (or width). A line is endless so, it can be
extended in both directions.

(a) Straight line: A line which does not change its

direction at any point is called a straight line.
A

Concurrent
A B point

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faiñn 13

 Geometry
(iii) Parallel Lines : Two straight lines are parallel if they In figure straight lines AB and CD are intersected h.
lie in the same plane and do not intersect even if a transversal line PQ.
they produced infinitely. Perpendicular distances fzà à f ât tard AB CD frts tu PÌ
between two parallel lines are always same at all
places.
IMPORTANT POINTS OF LINES
There is one and only one line passing through
two distinct points.
A
B
Two or more lines are said to be coplanar if ther,
D lie in the same plane, otherwise they are said to
be non-coplanar.
In the figure AB and CD are parallel lines.
f fa AB 3r CD YHiaT taê I
Symbol for parallel lines is ||:
The intersection of two planes is a line.
Hence, AB | |CD.

34d: AB | | CD. 3. Angles : An angle is the union of two non-collinear

(iv) Perpendicular Lines : If two lines intersect at right line with a common initial point. The two line forming
an angle are called arms of the angle and the common
angles, then two lines are called perpendicular lines. initial point is called the vertex of the angle.
In the following figure AB and CD are perpendicular lines.

The angle AOB denoted by ZAOB, is formed by line

OA and OB and point O is the "vertex" of the angle.
t a OA ROB RT AI E341 0 AOB ZAOB z

Symbolically it is represented as AB 1 CD or we can

also say that CDI AB.

f CD L AB I B
(v) Transversal Lines : A line which intersects two or
Types of Angles (hUT yar)
more given lines at distinct points is called a
transversal of the given lines. (i) Acute Angle: If the measure of an angle is less than
90°, it is an acute angle.

B
0° <0 < 90° (<AOB is an acute angle)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection far 14

 Geometry
Riaht Angle: If measure of an angle is equal to 90°
then it is a right angle.

B
In the figure, ZAOC and ZBOC have a cornmon
B
vertex 0. Also, they have a common armn 0C and
e= 90° (ZAOB is a right angle)
the distinct arms OA and OB, lie on the opposite
8) Obtuse Angle: If measure of an angle is more side of the line 0C.
q0 but less than 180°, then it is a obtuse than
angle.

A (ii) Complementary Angles : If sum of two angles is

equal to 90°, then the two angles are called
complementary angles.

-B
90° < <180° (ZAOB is an obtuse angle)
D
(iv) Straight Angle: If measure of an angle is equal to
180°, then it is a straight angle.

B
BAD and DAC are complementary angles, if x +y= 90°
A (iii) Supplementary Angles: If sum of two angles is equal
to 180°, then the two angles are called supplementary
8= 180° ("AOB is a straight angle) angle.
(v) Reflex Angle: If measure of an angle is more than
180° but less than 360°, then it is a reflex angle.
qa : af fa HI 180° 3fs vi

D A B
ZBACand DAC is supplementary angles, if +
180° < 0< 360°(ZAOB is a reflex angle) y° = 180°
Pair of Angles (hTUTt a ) (iv) Linear Pair of Angles: Two adjacent
toform a linear pair of angles, if their angles
are said
() Adjacent Angles: Two angles are called adjacent are two opposite line.
uncommon arms
angles if:

They have the same vertex,

They have a common arm,

120º
60°
Uncommon ams are on either side of the Common arm.
A B

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection faim 15

 In figure, OA and OB are two opposite line ZAOC
Geometry
& BOC are the adjacent angles. Therefore, ZAOC
and BOC form a linear pair.
3P2
BOC 3THR U ufes ZAOC 3t BOC f 8
5

If a line stand on another line, the sum of the

adjacent angles so formed is 180°. (vii) Alternate Angles: When two parallel lines ar:
intersected by a transversal, they form pairs of Alternat.
Angles. Each pair of alternate angles is equal.
() Vertically opposite Angles : If arm of two angles
form twO pairs of opposite rays, then the two angles
are called as vertically opposite angles.

A D
3

7P6

In other words, when two lines intersect, two pairs

In the given figute alternate interior angles 3 = 5
of vertically opposite angles are formed. Each pair and 2 =Z8 and alternate exterior angles 1= 1
of vertically opposite angles are equal. and 4= 16.
faà rà faz vhÍK 30d:hU3 = 25 71 2= 28 3T
Uhl qIJ U Z1= 7AT 4= 6
Note: Conversely, if a transversal intersects two lines in
such a way that a pair of alternate interior angles is equal.
In the figure, two lines AB and CD intersect at O. then the two lines are parallel.
We find that ZAOC and ZBOD are vertically
opposite angles

So, ZAOC = BOD (viii) Consecutive Interior Angles : When two paralle!
lines are intersected by a transversal, they form two
Similarly, ZBOC and ZAOD are vertically opposite
angles. pairs of interior angles. The pairs of interior angles
so formed are supplernentary

So, ZBOC = ZAOD

(vi) Corresponding Angles : When two parallel lines are
intersected by a transversal. They form pairs of
corresponding angles.

8
m
Lines 1 and m are intersected by the transversal n.
Then l = 25, 24 = 28, 23= 27 and 2 = 26.

tar 13Tt mfrda ta n gR sfrofa , 1= 5, Pairs of interior angles are:

14 = 28, Z3 = 27 3¦R Z2 = 26. L2 + 25 =180° &% L3 + 28 = 180°

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) SelectedSelection famu 16

 Geometry
Angles are showm in the given figure. What is the value AD is
Ex.
of 1+ 2+ 23 t 24 + 25 + 26 + 27+ /8?
Ex. In the given figure, AB is parallel to CD and then
parallel to BC. If ZMAD = 40° and ZPCÌ = 105°,
what is NAB equals to?
H44AT
Tas s fA 4, AB, CD # HIAT 2 t AD, BC #
I 4f MAD = 40° ZPCO = 105", ZNAB f4E

A D

1 C F 4
B B

L 5
D
J H

HINTS: HINTS:
R
LC= 180 -(21+2)
ZF= 180-(23 + 24)
A
N
1= 180-(25 + Z6) B
M
L=180- (Z7 + Z8) 40°
. CFLI is quadrilateral.
75 1057
:. Sum of angles of CFLI is 360°
720°-(21 +2 +23 + 24+25+26+ 27+ Z8) - 360° CPo s
360 = (21+ Z2 + Z3 + 24 + 25 + 26+ 27+ 28)

In the given figure, if= 5 and

b
then what is BCD = PCQ
Ex. a 5 LBCD = 105° (Vertically opposite angle)
the value of b. ZCDA = 180° - 105°= 75° (AD | BC)
b C 6 ZRAB =ZCDA = 75° (corresponding angles)
a a
RAN = MAD = 40° (Vertically opposite angle)
NAB = RAB - RAN
= 75° - 40° =35°
Ex. The measure of an angle for which the measure of
b
the supplement is four times the measure of the
complement is:

HINTS:
b:a= (5: 1) x 5 = 25:5 HINTS:
c:a= 6:5 Let the angle is x.
So, Complement angle = 90 - x
a:b:c=5:25:6
Supplement angle = 180 - x
La + b+ Zc= 180° (straight line) According to Question,
36 unit = 180° 3 x Complement angle = Supplement angle
1unit = 5°
’3x (90- x) = 180 - x
X=45°
b= 25 unit 125°

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faIñn 17.

 Geometry

TRIANGLE/ ta
The region enclosed by three lines is called triangles. (ii) Sides opposite to the equal angles of a triangle are equa!

In AABC, if ZB= 2C, then

B fayT ABC &zf B= Cà, a
Fundamental Properties of triangle AC = AB
Ex. In APQR, 2Q= 90°, PQ = 8 cm and ZPRQ = 45°. Find
the length of QR.
1. Sum of all three angles of a triangle is always 180°, i.e.
A+ B +2C= 180°. APOR, Q= 90,PQ = 8 cm r PRQ = 45° }I QR

+ B+ 2C= 180° HINTS:

A
45

C b

459
BO R
a Using property 2 (ü), QR = PR = 8 cm
Ex. A, B, 2Care three angles of a AABC. If ZA - B Ex One of the angles of a triangle is 108°, and the other
= 15°, B- 2C =30°, then ZA, Band ZC are: two angles are equal. What is the measure of each of
LA, B, LC, AABC # a TU zfk ZA - B = 15°, these equal angles?
B- LC = 30° , a ZA, B C1 H1 È:
HINTS:
We know, ZA t B+ ZC = 180°
HINTS:
’B+ 15° + B+ B-30° = 180o
’ 3 B - 15° = 180°
108°
’3/B = 195°
’ B= 65°
.: ZA = LB+ 15° = 80°
.. 2C = B-30° = 35° We know, ZA+ B+ 2C = 180°
> 108° + x+x= 180o
2 (i) Angles opposite to the equal sides of a triangle
are equal. 2x = 72°
’X= 36°

A 3. (i) The angle opposite to the greater side is alwavs

greater than the angle opposite to the smaller side.

In AABC, if AB = BC, then

fa4 ABC Yf AB = BC, al
ZA = 2C

itya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fai 18

 Geometry

In AABC, if BC > AC, then A > 2B

AABC afk BC > AC, a A> B 3

(If the side BC is greater than the side AC, then ZAwill
be always greater than ZB) HINTS:

The side opposite to the greater angle is always greater

than the side opposite to the smaller angle.

112°
B. D
C
LACD 112° ..ZACB = 180°- 112° = 68°
4
3 ZB...(1)
B- LA 3
B
ZA +B + ZC= 180°
In AABC, if ZA > ZC, then ZA + ZB + 268° =
180°

.. ZA+ B= 112°
BC > AB 4
From (1), B+t B= 112°
The ratio of the angle P, 2Q and Rof a APÌR is 2 3
Ex. ? ’7/B=336
4:9. then which of the following is true
q9IA 2:4:9 , a ’ B = 48° of a base
APOR T P, Q3iR R#1 the angle between internal bisector
In a triangle angle is half
5 bisector of the other base
angle and external
angle.
(b) PQ >RP > QR of the remaining vertex
(a) PQ > QR > RP ZA
(d) PR >PQ > QR According to this property, BEC = 2
(c) QR > RP > PÌ
HINTS:

ZA
34 TU'TH qHR, BEC =
9x
4x
R
Q
Here, 9x> 4x> 2x
So, PQ > PR > QR produced, then the
exterior angle
E
is opposite
Ifa side of triangle the two interior ZC = 44°. Side
BC is
equal to the sum of ZB is 72° and
4
AABC, ZACD meet
so formed is Ex. In bisectors of ZBand
produced to D. Then ZBEC?
angles. measure of
at E. What is the #1D 5
7. C= 44° }I YSI BC
f a ABC 4 ZB = 72°
ZABC
ZACD = /CAB +

HINTS:
A

44
C D
ZC = 180
D We know, ZA + ZB+
44
’ LA = 180- 72 -
B ZACD > LA= 64°
produced to D. If
ABCis ZA 64 = 32°
Ex. The side BC oftriangle of ZB.
.. ZBEC= 2 2
then find the measure
/B =ZA, Selection fiñn 19
= 112° and Selected
(Excise Inspector)
Aditya Ranjan
 Geometry
6 In AABC, the side BCproduced to D and angle bisector HINTS:
of ZA meets BC at E, then ZABC+ ZACD 2 ZAEC.
AABC yI BC# D5 aGTI sn AE1 Huf;HE
ya BC À aK ER fAEM , a ABC +ACD- 2 AEC
A

58°

D E
34'
B D LB- 2C 58-34 24
DAE = 12°
Ex. The side QR of APOR is produced to a point S. The 2 2
bisector of P meets side QR in T. If POR = 30° and 8. (i) Sum of any two sides of a triangle is always greate
PTR 60°, find ZPRS. than the third side, i.e.

y QR fag T R i È, afk ZPÌR =30° T PTR

a+ b> c
HINTS: b+c> a
c+a> b
P
A

b
30 60
R
B

. 60°
30+ a (i) Difference of any two sides of a triangle is always smaller
2
than the third side.
120° = 30° + a
a= 90°
7 The angle between perpendicular drawn by a vertex to
opposite side and angle bisector of the vertex angle is |a- b| <c
half of difference between other two remaining vertex |b- c| < a
angles.
lc- al < b
A

(Here, | | is thesymbol for modulus)

D E C Note: 1. When one side is longer than the
sum of the othe
If AD I BC and AE is angle bisector of ZA two, they don't meet.

Then DAE =
2. When one side is equal to the sum of other wo
Ex. In AABC, AD is perpendicular to BC and AE is the sides, it is not a triangle (just a straight line bacs
bisector of ZBAC. If ZABC = 58° and ZACB 34°, then and forth).
find the measure of ZDAE

AABC H, AD y BC W GAa si AE, ZBAC HI

HHÍGYTA àI f ZABC = 58 sin ZACB 34° a i.e., if a+ b= cthen point A, B and C are collinear.
3AA f< at b= cÁ, al fagA, B RCHRgE aI

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fei 20

 Geometry

A P

81
D C R
B
If AD = PS, then
Ar (AABC): Ar (APQR) = BC: QR
(ii) If the base of the two triangles is the same, the
their
Three sides of a triangle are 5 cm, 9 cm, and x cm. ratio of their areas is proportional to the ratio of
Ex.
The minimum integral value x is. heights.

HINTS:
A

D S R
X B
Value of xlies between, 4 < x< 14 If BC = OR, then
Thus, Minimum intergral value of x is 5. Ar (AABC): Ar (APQR) = AD : PS
(B) Area of scalene triangle
9 Area of Triangle/ta a1
A
(A Area of AABC = xbase x height

AABC 4A= C
h

of
Note : To calculate area of AABC, we take any
the perpendicular from the
the side as base and
In triangle
vertex to the base is called the height. B
ABC,
Area of AABC = /s(s - a)(s - b)(s -c) (Hero's formula)
Where (E),
ABC H a +b+c
Semi Perimeter/31G YHIT (S) =
E
(C) When two sides and angle between these two sides is
given

B.
lAB.
AD I BC, BE 1L AC and CF
1 1
BE x AC
Area of AABC = x BC x AD =
2

x CF x AB B
a
same, the
NOte: (i) If the height of the two triangles is their Area of AABC/ f ABC 1 aS
proportional to the ratio of
ratioof their area is
base.
ab sinC - be siná ac sinB

(Selected Selection fai 21

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Geometry
10. Sine & Cosine Rule/ 3r H f4 fa ABCHAB - 12 cm tt AC = 10 cm, BAC
A

60

B&
C
(a) Sine Rule : Ratio of side and sine of opposite angle of a
triangle is equal to double of circum radius. HINTS:

AB² + AC?- BC?

cos A -
2ABAC
b
sinA sinB sinC
2R; (12 +(10 - BC?
Cos 50° =
2x12x10
Where, R is circumradius of triangle.
Ex. In atriangle ABC, B= 30° and ZC = 45°, If BC = 1 144+100 - Bc?
50cm then find the length of AB/
2x120
fa G ABC A, B= 30° sir C = 45° qf BC =
’ 120 = 244 - BC?
50 AB Fa IA
BC² = 124
HINTS:
A BC = 2/31
Congruence &Similarity in Triangle
105°

In Geomnetry, two figures are said to be similar if their

shape is the same. Note that this shape could be rotated
30°
or even flipped and it would still be fine. They would be
B 50 said to be congruent if the shape as well as the size is
the same. So congruence is a more stringent condition
any pair of congruent figures is similar by definition.
50
sin 1050 sin 45

50
(N3 +1) 1
sin105°=
(N3+1)
242 2/2

100J3 -1
X*W3 +1) *A-i 50(V3 -1)
(b) Cosine Rule : If two sides and angle between sides are
given, then we can find the opposite side by Cosine
Rule.

CosA =
2bc

a' +e?-2 E
cosB
2ac

a' +b²-c?
For example the 5 triangles shown alongside are all
cosC
similar. A, B and E are congruent (but E is flipped)
2ab while C and D are of different sizes.
Ex. In the triangle ABC, AB =12cm and AC = 10cm, and
ZBAC = 60° What is the value of the length of the HaTgn è, afE C sitt D HÊq fya
side BC?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) SelectedtSelection far 22

 Geometry
Amore mathematical way of looking at similarity and with sides in
Once we identify two figures as similar
congruence : Two figures can be said to be Congruent straightaway all their liner
if all their corresponding sides are angles (in order) and the ratio (say) x :y, then
dimensions will be in this sarne ratio x: y. Also, their
the same. ratio: rernember
area dimensions will be in the
that any area dimension is the product of two length
dimensions-length x breadth or base x height or ra
dius x radius ....)
Two figures can be said to be similar if all their angles
(in order) are the same and all their corresponding sides
are in the same ratio,

with sides in
For example if two triangles are simnilar
the ratio3:7 then their perimeters, circumradi, inradi,
medians or altitudes from corresponding vertices etc
in
will all be in the ratio 3:7,while their areas will be
the ratio9:49.

3 yfHTY, ara fA, : f1 fz61, T

3 :7 a

(The figure may not always look similar-one should test l 3444IG 9 : 49 I
to make sure)

Note that, while we normally study similarity and con

gruence for triangles,any two figures could be tested to
check for similarity and congruence. In the case of regular 7X 7y 3X 3 y
figures, this iseasiest - any two regular figures with the
same number of sides will be similar to each other.
32

7Z
Similarity if two cones are similar with heights in the
ratio 4:11 then their base radii, slant heights etc will
also be in the ratio 4 : 11. Their surface areas, base
surface areas, curved surface areas etc will be in the
ratio 16: 121 and their volumes will be in the ratio 64
: 1331.

A61 Af 16 : 121 3TA a r 34* 314GA 64 :

11k
4k
For example if we take two regular hexagons, or two or
circles, or two equilateral triangles, or two squares,
be simi
each pair of figures will
two regular pentagons,
lar without any further checking required.
Triangles : Conditions for Congruence and Similarity

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faiun 23

 Geometry
SsS Test
If we check the three sides of two triangles, then the
triangles are
B
Congruent if three pairs of sides of the two triangles
are equal in length.

Similar if the corresponding sides of two triangles have

lengths in the same ratio.
ABC PÌR - XYZ

ASA Test
A
congruent if thetwo pairs of angle have the same mea
sure and the sides are equal in length.

B P A

B P

ABC PÌR ~ XYZ ABC = POR

AAS Test|
Hypotenuse Side Test Congruent if the two pairs of angles have the same
If we check the sides of two right-angled triangles,then measure and the sides are equal in length.
the triangles are

Congruent if the hypotenues and one shorter sides are

equal in length.

Similar if the hypotenuses and one pair of shorter sides

have length in the same ratio. B

ABC POR
AA Test
A
If two angles o f triangle are equal then both triangle
are similar.

B
X

ABC POR - XYZ B

SAS Test ABC XYZ

Congruent if the two sides are equal in length and the
angle between equal sides is also equal. Spotting Similarity & Congruence

Being able to spot Similarity (and Congruence) is o'

Similar if the two sides have lengths in the same ratio
paramount importance to the visualisation of problems
in Geometry; in my experience Similirity stands nex
and the angle between then is equal. only to Right-Angled triangle in its usefulness as a con
cept. And a key to recognising similarity is spottin:
equal angles. Let me demonstrate through some typl
cal cases.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faiñn 24

 Geometry

Parallel lines : The moment one sees two parallel lines,

one should immediately look out for the
possibility of
similar triangles. This is because parallel lines and
transversals centre equal angles galore B
In the adjoining figure, for example, AABC is a right
angled at B. BD is dropped perpendicular to AC. Then
we can see that if we compare AABC and AADB, they
both have a common angle (A) and a right angle and
In both the situation alongside, AB and CD thus are similar. Also if we compare AABC with ABDC,
are parallel
lines. Immediately we should recognise that AAOB and they both have a common angle (C) and a right angle
ACOD are similar as two pairs of angles are the same and thus are similar. So all three triangles (AABC, AADB
in each case. and ABDC) are similar.

zHfes H H fayg (AABC, AADB ABDC) HH64 }I

(A) Properties of Similar triangles/aus frya TUT
If AABC and APQR are simnilar, then
D
af AABC3R APQR HH6Y , at

B R
p

This is an idea underlying a lot of proofs - for example a_b_c

(1 p q r
we used this in providing the basic Proportionality and
Mid-point Theorems, as well as. in showing that when
the diagonals of a trapezium are drawn, the two tri
(ii) Ratio of corresponding sides
angles formed having their base as the parallel sides
are similar. = Ratio of perimeter/4f4q #l Aq4T
- Ratio of semi-perimeter(s)/3TG-ATY H1 34q913
- Ratio of corresponding medians/TA Hfz13 1 3qTA
- Ratio of inradiusj341:f4| l 3q41d
= Ratio of circumradius/yÍAI AI 3TYIA
(iii Ratio of area/ah I Id
Altitude to a hvpotenuse :Another very useful simi
larity-based result is that when we drop a perpendicu =Ratio of square of corressponding sides/TR G3 *
from the
lar to the hypotenuse of a right angle triangle
are similar to
opposite vertex, the two triangles formed = Ratio of square of perimeter/fHTY 1 1 3479
each other and to the original triangle.
= Ratio of square of
semi-perimeter/-RTY H1 I

- Ratio of square of corresponding medians/H

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection fañn 25

 Geometry
- Ratio of square of inradius/3-dfx11 f 51 3TA (c) Some of the results derived from this theorem, we
use, are as follows :
= Ratio of square of circumradius/qIA fA 1 q 51

Ex. If the ratio of corresponding sides of two similar triangles

AD AE
is V3:V2 then what is the ratio of the area of the two (i) BD EC
triangles?
AD AE DE
(ii) AB AC BC

(iü) AADE ~ AABC

HINTS:
2
Ar(AADE) DE
arlaABC):arlAPQR) -(43:(/2)-3:2 (iv) Ar(AABC) BC

Ex In AABC, D and E are the points on sides AB and AC

ar(AABC) 64 respectively such that ZADE = B. If AD = 7 cm BD:
Ex. Let AABC ~ AQPR and ar(AQPR) 169 If AB = 10
5cm and BC = 9 cm then DE (in cm) is equal to:
cm, BC= 7 cm and AC = 16 cm, then OR (in cm) is AABC À, D Ar E H4YT: AB AR AC 4G1 H YET fR
equal to: f ADE = BIgf AD =7 H BD = 5 H4 T BC
=9 ‘ at DE ( t À) qUar :
ar (AABC) 64
HA Gf AABC - AQPR 7 ar (AQPR) 169 IY<
AB HINTS:
A
= 10 , BC =7 A à, à AC = 16 î , at OR (Î à
7
HINTS:
D
ar(AABc) 64
Here, AABC - AQPR & ar(AOPR) 169
5

B
AC 64 16 8 9

QR V169 QR 13 Using B.P.T,

AB BC 12 9
13x16
OR = -= 26 cm AD DE 7 DE
8
63
(B) Basic Proportionality Theorem (Thales Theorem) .DE = =5.25 cm
12

(a Aline drawn parallel to one side of atriangle divides other (C) Mid-Point Theorem/qafag Va
two sides in the same ratio. (a The line segment joiningthe mid-points of any two sides
of a triangle is parallel to the third side and is half o
the third side.

(b Ifa line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same

ratio, the line must be parallel to the third side.
A line drawn parallel to the one side of a triangle arnd
the length of the line is half of that of the side, the l:ne
will pass through the mid-points of the other two sides

B
AD AE D E
In AABC, If DE | |BC, then pa RC

AD AE B
'OR' If DB then DE | |BC
EC

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fag 20

 Geometry
1 D and E are mid-points of AB and AC, respectively, angle is
(b
then
In right angled triangle, side opposite to right
known as hypotenuse.
aft D 3rE H: I AB 3R AC * fag a, a
BC
DE | | BCand DE - Properties of a Right-angled Triangle
BC i.e.
lc
DE | | BC and DE = ,then D and E are the mid (i) (a) Exactly one of the angle is right angle,
B=90°
points of AB and AC respectively. In this case
BC (b) Exactly two angles will be acute.
qft DE | BC3 DE = at D3 E HHN: AB 3 AC

i.e. ZA< 90°, ZC< 90o

of other two
AD AE DE 1 (c) One angle is equal tothe sum
AB AC BC 2
angle, i.e.

AD AE ZB = 2A + ZC= 90°
= 1
(1) DB EC the square
(ii) (a) Pythagoras Theorem :In a right triangle,
of the square
(ii) AADE ~ AABC of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum
of the other two sides.
Ar(AADE)_ 1
(iv) Ar(AABC) 4

Types of Triangles/fryat yar If a, b and c be three sides of a right-angled triangle,

then according to the Pythagoras Theorem,
Triangles are classified on the basis of angles and sides
bperpendicular=
Ao
Types of Triangles/fayai GR
hy
potenuse

On the basis of Sides

On the basis of angle
90°

() Right angled (i) Scalene B base a

(ii) Isosceles Example : 32 + 42 =52

(ii) Acute angled
(b) Pythagorean Triplets :Aset of three integers a, b, c
which satisfy Pythagoras Theoremn (+ b = c) or are
(üi) Obtuse angled (iüi) Equilateral the sides of aright-angled triangle is called
Pythagorean triplets.

Right Angle Triangle/HHGATUT fry qruurifu fzute : âa yufai a, b stt c 1 HHE

is right angle, then the
If one of the angles of a triangle triangle. In the figure,
triangle is called right-angled triangle.
B= 90°, then AABC is right-angled The smallest Pythagorean triplet is (3, 4, 5).
qaà aá qqeifrg fzyee (3. 4. 5) I
If (a, b, c) be a Pythagorean triplets, then (ak, bk, ck)
a b C
A
or will also be the Pythagorean triplet.
hypotenuse tfk (a, b,c) rqeriftua fzvetz t, t (ak, bk, ck)
a bc

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fañ 27

 Following Pythagorean triplets are frequently used in B
Geometry
the examinations.

" (3,4, 5), (6, 8, 10), (9, 12, 15), (12, 16, 20), (15, 20,
25)
" (5, 12, 13), (10, 24, 26)
" (7, 24, 25), (14, 48, 50), (3.5, 12, 12.5),
(21, 72, 75)
" (8, 15, 17) b A
" (9, 40, 41)
" (11, 60, 61) (a) (i) a =x x c
(ü) b= yxc
(..a) (b) p=x* y
(c) ax b= px c
(.5.2)
(2n, n²- 1, n² + 1)
(2ab, a²- b², a² + b) (d)
Whenever a right-angled triangle will be given, two of In other words,/qHT Y0 ,
its side will be given and you are required to find the (a) (i) BC2 = BD x AB
third side by using Pythagoras Theorem. But now we (i) AC2 = AD x AB
will find the third side directly from the above
(b) CD2 = BD x AD
Pythagorean Triplets. (c) BC x AC = CD x AB
1 1 1
(d) cp BC? AC?
To prove the above formula, we take the 3 simila:
triangles as shown in the figure.
In the most of the questions of geometry, mensuration
and trigonometry, we will be required to find the third
side of a right-angled triangle.
B B

Ex. Triangle ABC is right angled at B and D is a point of

BC such that BD = 5 cm, AD = 13 cm and AC = 37
cm, then find the length of BC in cm.
A D C D A
fay ABC, B HGTUT RBC fazDH YA{ frera
t fa BD =5 Ì AD - 13 3t AC = 37 BC Now, use the concept of ratio of the sides of the similar
á aIs (. ) IA | triangles are equal.
HINTS:
A
Ex. In AABC, ZA = 90°, ADI BC at D. If AB = 12 cm and
AC= 16 cm, then what is the length (in cm) of BD?
37
12
13
AABC HA = 90, fag D R AD I BC I qft AB =1:
4 3n AC = 16 , a BD a ( ) G
HINTS:
C
B D

.: (12)2 + (BC)? = (37)

’ (BC)? = (37)2- (12)2
’ BC2 = 25 x 49 16

BC = 5 x7 = 35
(ii) In a right-angled triangle ABC, if a perpendicular (CD)
is drawn from the vertex which is right angle (C) to the
hypotenuse (AB), then AB² = BD x BC
12

’144 = BD x 20
’7.2 = BD

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faMI2

 Geometry
teD and M are two points on the sides BCand
(iv AB re HINTS:
spectively of AABC, right-angled at B, then. C
B HHU AABC *d y131 BC qRT AB P IM

AP + MC? - AC? + Mp²

M

A N B
4(CN? + BM)² = 5BC?
BM + CN? 5
R
BC' 4
are on side AC and
Points Pand Q are on the sides AB and BC respectively bX. In AABC, ZC = 90°, point P and O
such that AP : PC = BÌ : QC = 1: 2,
Ex
of a triangle ABC, right angled at B. If AQ = 11 cm, BC respectively,
PC -8 cm, and AC = 13 cm, then find the length (in AQ² +BP2 is equal to :
cm) of PQ. then
AB?
s fag
faz Pstr QHY: fa ABC dyT AB SÌ BcR frera AABC HZC = 90° I fag P tr O yI AC 3n BC
fga B HHGTU }I zft AQ = 11 , PC =8 stt AQ² + BP2
AC = 13 Í , PQ Ì aIs ( ò) AIA | 7H NGT foh AP : PC = BÌ: 0C =1:2, at AB?
HINTS:
HINTS:

B 2x

AQ² + PC2 = AC2 + PQ?

2y y B
» 121 + 64 = 169 + PQ?
16 =PQ? AQ² = 9r + 4y2
BP2 = 4+ 9y²
’ PQ = 4
A
AQ"+ BP? 13x* +13y² 13(** +y') 13
(v) AB? 9x +9y 9(x +y') 9

E (vi)

b
B D

If AABC is RAT
AD & CE are medians
4 (AD² + CE) =5 AC?
BE & CD are medians
AD² + CE = 5 ED?
AD + CE = AC? + ED² If medians are . (BE 1 CD) then,
CN are two medians, AB² + AC? = 5 BC?
Ex
In a AABC, ZA = 90°. if BM and or, b² + c² = 5 a?
BM² +CN? Ex. If in a AABC, BE and CF are two medians perpendicular
BC? is equal to : to each other and if AB= 19 cm and AC = 22 cm then
CN HfzGI 0 the length of BC is:
AABC LA = 90° yf BM
uf AABC À, BE 3r CF Ht * qad fgca
BM + CN? a gft AB = 19 Ht 3R AC = 22 T t BC t
BC?
as:

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected t Selection fa 29

 Geometry
(ii) The sum of the any two angles of the triangle is alwa
HINTS: greater than the third angle.

(a) ZA +B> 2C
22
19 F (b) ZB + ZC> A
(c) ZC + ZA > ZB
Ex. Which one of the following cannot be the ratio of anglr
in acute-angled triangle?

192 + 222 = 5BC?

361 + 484 = 5BC?
(a) 2:5:8 (b) 4: 1:4
845 5BC?
(c) 2:3:4 (d). 1: 1:1
BC?= 169
BC = 13 HINTS:
Ex.
Consider AABC the medians AD & CF intersect at right Using property (ü), Option (a) cant be the ratio of angl.
angles at G. if BC = 3 cm and AB 4cm, then the of acute-angled triangle.
length of AC is (in cm): (iii) The sum of the squares of any two sides of the triangle
AABC faar , yfza AD 3T CF H Hycu is greater than the square of the third side.
yfded ¥ qf BC =3 3T AB = 4Ht , A
arÉ (n ) :
HINTS: (a) AB²+ BC² > AC2
(b) BC2 + AC2 > AB?
(c) AC? + AB² > BC?
Ex. Which of the following can be the 3 sides of accute
angled triangle?

B (a) 4 cm, 8 cm, 7 cm

(b) 1 cm, 2 cm, 3 cm
AB? + BC2 = 5AC? (c) 2 cm, 4 cm, 3 cn
’ 16 + 9 = 5AC2 (d) 9 cm, 12 cm, 15 cm
’25 = 5AC
HINTS:
.. AC = N5
Acute Angles Triangle/rtu fr In such type of question you have to check each optio
using property(ü).
If each of the angles of a triangle is accute, then the Here, 42 + 8² > 7, 82 + 72 > 42 & 72 + 42 > 82
triangle is called an acute-angled triangle.
Satisfied property, Thus Option(A) is right answer.
Similarly you can check other options but all othe
options given willnot satisfy the property.
Obtuse Angles Triangle/3rfureU fr
If one of the angle of a triangle is obtuse, then t
triangle is called an obtuse-angled triangle.
B C
If ZA < 90°, ZB <90° and C<90°, then AABC is a
acute-angled triangle. B> 90°, ZA <90° and ZC< 90°, then
uf ZA < 90°, B<90° r ZC<90° a, a AABC 6701 A

Properties of an acute-angled triangle

(i) Each of the angles of the triangle is acute.

Triangle ABC is obtuse angled triangle.
0° < ZA, ZB, LC <90º

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIT 30

 Geometry

Properties of an obtuse-angled triangle Scalene Triangle /fayraz fa

different
In a AABC, ZB is obtuse, then If all of the three sides of a triangle are of triangle.
lengths then the triangles is called a scalene
fay AABCH B 3rfr ,
(i) Exctly one of the angle of the triangle is obtuse and
other two angles are acute.

B= 90° and 0° < ZA, 2C< 90°

b
(i) The sum of the two acute angles of the triangle is less C

than the obtuse angle.

(ZA + ZC) < B

AB BC # CA
(ii) The sum of the square of two smaller sides is lesss
than the square of the third side (the largest side). or a #bc, then AABC is an scalene triangle.
Properties of an scalene triangle
(a) AB'+ BC² <AC2
(b) AB² + AC2 < BC? (i No two sides are equal in length, i.e.
(c) AC? + BC² < AB?
Ex. The sides of atriangle are in the ratio 4 :6:8.The triangle
is a/an:

(a) Isoceles Triangle

(b) Obtuse-Angled Triangle
(c) Acute-Angled Triangle
(a) Right-Angled Triangle
AB BC+ CA or a# b c
HINTS:
(ii) No two angles are equal, i.e.
Here, 42 + 6² < 82
52 < 64
Thus, The given ratio of sides is of obtuse-angle ZA # B* 2C
triangle. (ii) Triangle may be one of the acute angled, right
Ex. In an obtuse angle triangle PQR, angle Q is obtuse obtuse angled. angled or
angle if side PQ=11cm, QR=15cm then find minimum
possible integer length of side PR?
(iv) Perimeter, Semi-perimeter and Area of scelene triangle
114, QR =15 d Ta yGT PR T HG4 GAIS RI EVÍi
(a) 18 cm (b) 19 cm A
(c) 23 cm (d) 22 cm
HINTS:
C b

X
B
11
Perimter/fHTs = a +b+ c

15 R Semi-perimeter/34K-YfHTY = a+btc
2
112 + 152 <
346 < *
Area of AABC/fa ABC 1h
Thus, (b) is right answer. = s(s - a)ls - b)(s -c)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

(Selected Selection faTñn 31
 Geometry
Ex. The sides of the scalene triangle ABC are in the ratio (iv) In an isosceles AABC, the median, the angle bisectot
perpendicular bisector and the altitude of unequal
3:5:6 and the semi-perimeter is 42 cm, what is the
difference of the largest and the smallest sides of the is the same and it divides the AABC in two congrutr
triangle? (equal) right-angled triangle.

HINTS:
A
3x + 5x+6x
Semi-perimeter =
42 =7x
’X= 6

Required Difference = (6 -3) x 6 = 18 cm

Isoceles Triangle/Hfgara faya B C

D
If two sides of a triangle are equal in length, then the
triangle is called an isosceles triangle. In AABC,
AD is the median, the angle bisector perpendicula
bisector and the altitude.

AD IBC and BD = DC, then

DABD ACD
(v) Perimeter, semi-perimeter and Area
B
If AB=AC BC, then the AABC is an isosceles triangle. A
yft AB = AC + BCi, at AABC HHÍgAR aIT I
Properties of an isosceles triangle

AABC is an isosceles triangle in which AB =AC.

AABC V Hfzag fafr0 AB =AC
A B.

Perimeter/tfHs =AB + BC +CA = 2a + b.

Semi perimeter/3g-vfu
AB + BC+CA b

() The length of the two sides are equal, i.e.

2
ea*
AD
V4a?-b
2
AB = AC
(ii) The length of the third side will be smaller or larger than b
the equal sides.
Area of AABC/ AABCAI Th = 4 4a' -b?
Note : In isosceles triangle ABC, AABD andAADC 4rt
the two congruent right-angled triangle. s
BC > AB = AC or BC< AB AC Pythagorean triplets in these right angled triangle.
(iii) Two angles opposite to the equal sides are equal. TtT : HfgAE faya ABC À, AABD 3d AADC
B= ZC (opposite to the side AC and AB)

32
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection fes
 Geometry
fa line (which joins the common vertex of two
equal
sides of a triangle) bisects the base then that line is
perpendicular to the base and vice versa.
HINTS:

17 17
8

B 15 15 C
Check 30 + 34 = 64
[Apply concept of triplet, to solve quickly]
1
B Area =7x30 x 4 = 120 cm?
If AB = AC and BD = DC
’ADB= ZADC = 90° Equilateral Triangle /urarg fr
(vii) If AB = AC and BE I AC and CF 1 AB If all the three sides of a triangle are equal in length,
gft AB = ACq BE L AC 3R CFIAB then the triangle is called an equilateral triangle.
A

F E
’BE = CF

B C
B C
If AB = BC = AC, then AABCis an equilateral triangle.
(vii) If AB =AC, E and F are the mid-points oaf AB = BC = AC T, a AABC H4ATa aII
t< AB = AC, E 1I F q4fag
Properties of an equilateral triangle

Let AABC is an equilateral triangle in which AB = BC =AC

HI AABC V& HHaIZ fH4 AB = BC = AC
’ BE = CF E A

Ex. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 50 cm. If the B

base is 18 cm, then find the length of the equal sides.
(i) The length of all the three sides are
equal,

i.e. AB BC = AC
HINTS:
Perimeter, 2a + b = 50 (ii) All the three angles will be equal
and the value of each
’2a + 18 = 50 angle will be 60°
’a= 16
DX. The length of perpendicular dropped on the base on
an isosceles triangle is 8 cm. If its perimneter is 64 cm, i.e. ZA = B= /
what is the area of this triangle?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fal 33

 Geometry
(ii) Ex. 'o is a point in the interior of an equilateral triangl:
The perpendicular distance from 'O' to the sides a
N3 cm, 2V3 cm, 5V3 cm. The perimeter of the triangle
is:
a

afaad zi V3 cm, 2V3 cm,53cm 1 f47 1 fr

60°
HINTS:
In an equilateral AABC,
A

(a) All the three medians are equal

213a
(b All the three altitudes are equal
V3

Each median = Each altitude =V3a

B a
(c)

V3
:V3 +243+5/3)= 2
a

(iv) In equilateral AABC/HHAE AABC H 8/3-3

2
The incentre, the circumcentre, the orthocentre and the ’ a = 16
centroid are the same point.
.:. P=3a = 3 x 16 = 48 cm

(v) If altitudes of a triangle are equal, the triangle is an

Ex. AABC is an equilateral triangle and AD I BC, where D
lies in BC. If AD= 43 cm, then what is the perimeter
equilateral triangle.
(in cm) of AABC?
ay ABCV# HHATE y aI AD L BC , Ti D. BC
(vi) If P is a point inside an equilateral triangle ABC, the q fra }I afa AD =43 H fa ABC #1 VÍHTR
sum of altitudes from the point P to the sides AB, BC
and AC equal to the median of the AABC.
HINTS:

A
AB, BC TAC WEId Ts ai 1 AABC ÁÌ HÍzca1

ac m
|4V3

R
h, P voa= 4V3 ’a-8
D
Let the altitudes from point P to side BC, AC and AB be
.:. P= 3a = 24
h,, h, and h, respectively and the side of the triangle be
a, then Ex ABC is an equilateral triangle. P, Q andR are the
H fAg PAYGII3 BC, AC 3ÄR AB W TIA TU A h41: h,, midpoints of sides AB, BC and CA respectively. If the
length of the side of the triangle ABC is 8 cm, then the
area of APOR is :
ABC Vh H4E P, Q31R R THN: |30 AB, BC
h, + h, + h= 3a 2

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fa 34

 Geometry
HINTS: bisects
Internal angle bisector of a triangle : If a lineinternal
the Internal angle of atriangle, thenít is called
angle bisector of a triangle.

4
P R
the
If line AD is such that BAD ZCAD, then AD is
interior bisector of the angle A.
4f ta AD 34 g5TL fF BAD /CAD, a AD ATTE
B

:APOR=
4 4x4=4/3
|Centres of triangle/ faa B
We will study 4 types of centres of a triangle D
(a) Internal Angle bisector theorem
() Incentre/3d: h
The Internal bisector of an angle of a triangle divides
() Circumcenter/4|A the opposite side internally in the ratio of the sides
(iüi) Orthocentre/ containing the angle, i.e.
(iv) Centroid/h-<5
(v) Excentre/af:h
Incentre/3a: or BD AB
CD AC
Angle Bisector : A line which divides an angle in two
equal parts is called the angle bisector. Ex In AABC, the bisector of ZBmeets AC at the point D. If
AB =12 cm, BC - 18 cm and AC = 15 cm, then find the
length (in cm) of AD.
afk AABCH, B 1 HHÍgNA faz D AC fHGA àf
AB =12 HT, BC = 18 T 3T AC =15 H à, AD

HINTS:

B
If line OP divides ZAOB in two equal parts, i.e. ZAOP 12 18

LAOB
= BOP= , then OP is an angle bisector.
2

A D C
ZAOB 15
AGAOP = BOP = 2 As AD is the angle bisector of ABC
AB AD
So, BC DC
Angle bisector of an angle of a triangle
12 AD
18 DC
AD : DC =2:3
Also, AC = 15 cm

Interior or Internal Exterior or External 15

So, AD = (2+3) X2'= 6 cm

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected t Selection faign 35

 Geometry
How to find length of angle blsector
BD AB
() CD AC
(b) External Angle bisector theorem/ FT ufgur5
The external bisector of an angle of a triangle divide
the opposite side externally in the ratio of the side
containing the angle.
a b

B D y
C
BD AB
AD = angle bisector of ZA.
CD AC
AD² = ab-xy.
B
C
Ex. If the given figure, 2/EAD =EAC, BC = 40cm. BA =
cm and CD = 24 cm, then AC is equal to
fzà Tà faa 2/EAD = EAC, BC = 40 T, BA 8
r CD = 24 H AC TA }:
a b
A
AD =
2ab cos
a +b

B D

B
HINTS:
External Angle Bisector of a Triangle
Since AD is angle bisector
AB BD 64
If a line bisects the exterior angle of a triangle, then it ’ AC = 3 cm
AC CD AC 24
is called external angle bisector of a triangle.
Incentre: The point of intersection of the internal bi
sector of the angles of a triangle is called the incentre
P

A A

If line AD is such that ZPAD = ZDAC = T-A

2
then B
D
If AD,BE and CF are the angle bisectors of the A, B
AD is the exterior bisector of the angle ZA. and ZC respectively,then allthe three bisectors of the
A angles pass through a point, which is called the incentre
zfe ta AD HTAR t fs PAD - DAC = of the AABC. It isgenerlly denoted by 'I.
yf AD, BE 3 CF ENI: A B sitC* HufHN E
The external bisector of an angle of a triangle divides
the opposite side externally in the ratio of the sides
containing the angle.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fa 36

 Geometry

In other word, the incentre is the centre of the incircle(iii)

of a triangle.

A
E

D
LA
ZBIC = 90° +
I ’Incentre of AABC 2
| ’ Incentre of the circle. ZB
ZAIC = 90° +
2
Properties of incentre/3fa:hg aât favuar
ZAIB = 90° +
(i) All the three internal bisectors of the angles of a triangle
pass through a point (incentre). Ex. In AABC, ZA= 88°. If I is the incentre of the triangle,
then the measure of ZBIC is:

AABC 4ZA =88° yfIfG&1 31: à, BIC #I HI4 }:

(i) The incentre of the triangle is equidistance from all the HINTS:
three sides of the triangle and the distance is equal to
the inradius,
88°

D
ZA
We know that, BIC = 90° + 2

B 88°
If circle touches the side AB, BC and AC at points D, E So, BIC =90°+ = 90° + 44° = 134°
and F respectively and I be the incentre, then
af< gi y30 AB, BC 3ÄT AC Ì 64N: fgi D, E TT F (iv The angle between the external bisectors of two angles
of a triangle is difference between right angle and half of
the third angle.
ID = IE = IF (inradius)
Note: The bisector of the angle ZA of AABC may or may
not intersect side BC at point E where the incircle LA
touches the side BC of the triangle and the same in ZBPC = 90
2
true for other angle bisectors.
A
e: faG AABC UA ÆI HHÍHGE YI BC #È ag

BA
(180-B)

DE
P
B
The bisector of angle ZA meets BC at D and the side
Note: If in AABC, the internal bisectors of Band 2C
BC touches the circle at E. meet at O and the external bisectors of Band/C
meet at P, then
BOCt BPC= 180°,

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faTð 37

 Geometry
Ex. The sides of AABC, AB and AC are extended to the points f ABC 1 frrn 24 t A1 H T BC - 9 Ti
Dand E, respectively. The bisectors of ZCBD and BCE
meet at P.If ZA 88°,is then what will be the measure
of P?
AABC, AB AC ym I: fiz D ar E 5 aZI HINTS
II I CBD 3TT BCE * nf;HIE P fuà afz
HINTS:

AI AB +AC 15
ID BC

Inradius/ 3fa:fa
D E (1) Inradius of a triangle/ frya á ta:fat
1
P= 90° - ZA Area / 4 T
2
1
Semi - perimeter / 3T6-fHg
P= 90° * 88° = 46° Ex. In a AABC, perimeter is 24 cm and inradius is 7 cm.
(v) The ratio of area of triangle formed by incentre and two Find the area of AABC.
vertex are in ratio in their corresponding sides.

Ar ABOC: Ar AAOC: Ar AAOB =a:b:c HINTS:

A p= 24 cm r=7cm

arAABC arAABC
’7=
Sermi - perimeter 12
’ ar AABC = 84 cm2

B4
If triangle is not right anged then find out inradius by
(vi) Incentre divides each ange bisector in the ratio of length following relation
of sum of two adjacent sides and opposite side.

Where, A = Jss - a)(s - b)(s - c)

Ex. Find in-radius of a triangle whose sides are 13 cm.
14cm and 15 cm.

HINTS:
B
D
a 13+14+15
= 21
Here, AD, BE and CF are angle bisectors of ZA, B 2
and 2C respectively.
481 AD, BE CF 41:ZA, B 3 ZC #HHHG A= V21x8x7x6
AI : ID = b+c:a = 3x7x4x2x7x2x3
BI: IE = a tc:b
CI: IF = a+b:c =3 x 7 x 2 x 2 = 84 cm
Ex. The perimeter of AABC is 24 cm and its side, BC = 9 A 84
cm. AD is the bisector of BAC, while I is the incentre Now. r= = 4 Cm
21
AI : ID is equal to :

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faun 38

 Geometry

Inradius of aright-angled triangle/mm fya t sa,f Circumcentre/ufh

bisects a line segment
r= Ptb-h Perpendicular bisector : Ifa line perpendicular
2 perpendicularly, the line is called a
bisector.

Ex. A circle inscribed in a right-angled triangle. The

lengths of the two sides containing therightangles are m
15 cm and 8 cm. If the line LM I ABand AO = OB,
then AP= PB and AQ = BQ
AB
Im is the perpendicular bisector of
The point of intersection of the
Circumcentre:
called
HINTS: perpdndicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle is
the circumcentre.

17
r
15

15+8-17
re Ptb -h. =3 cnm
2 2
OD L AB and AD = BD
(ii Inradius of an equilateral triangle/HHaTE ay 3TAAI OE I BC and BE = EC
OF I AC and CF = FA
Side
Properties of Circumcircle /ufrGh fayruai
243 243
A
() All the three perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a
triangle pass through a point (circumcentre).
60°
a
(ii) The circumcentre of a triangle is equal-distance from
all the three vertices of the triangle and the distance is
60° equal to the circumradius, i.e.
B
of APQR
Ex. APQR is an equilateral triangle and the centroid then what
triangle is 12 cm,
is point A. If the side of the OA= 0B = 0C = R (circumradius)
is the length of PA? A

HINTS:
IMAGE
12x V3
2V3 2/BxJa 2V3 cm
B
PA =2 xr =2x2/3 =4/3
AF2 + BD² + CE2 = FB² + DC² + AE?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fañn 39

 Geometry
(iii) If O be the circumcentre, then (b) Position of Circumcentre/TfrÈz # afafa
In a acute triangle, the circumcentre is alway
inside the triangle.

Circum centre

In acute-angled triangle ABC,

q fyG ABC In a right-angled triangle, the circurncentre is mid
BOC = 2/A, ZCOA = 2/B & LAOB = 22C point of the hypotenuse.
In a right-angled triangle, ABC,

A Circumcentre

|Mid point of
hypotenuse

ZBOC = 22A = 180°

In an obtuse-angled triangle, the circumcentre is
ZCOA = 2/B = 180° - 2ZC always outside the triangle and will be at the front
LAOB = 2/C = 180° -2/B of the angle which is obtuse.
In an obtuse-angled triangle ABC,
stfrG T0 fays ABc À,

B
Circumcentre

BOC = 2(180 - ZA) Circumradius/uffat

ZCOA = 2/B & BOA = 22C
Ex. If O be the circumcentre of a triangle PQR and QOR The radius of the circumcircle of a triangle is called the
= 110°, ZOPR = 25°, the measure of PRQis : circumradius. It is denoted by R.
afz O, PÌR #1 yfG a ÄR ZQOR = 110°, OPR =
25° , a PRÌ i HI4 ~:
HINTS: (a) The circumradius of.any triangle ABc
fa faYT ABC yffI
Product of all three sides abc
4x Area of the triangle 44

110
3

35° 35/ .O

ZP+ ZQ + ZR= 180° B

55 + 56 + ZR= 180º
ZR= 180° - 120° = 60°

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 4O

 Geometry

triangle
a ABC, AB 17 cm, AC = 9 triangle. If the area of the
Ex.
perpendicular on BC &% AD 3 cm. Find the
cm. AD is Ex. ABC is arn equilateral of circle
circumscribing
circum the radius
radius of this triangle. is 36/3 then what is
ABC ÀAB =17 HA, AC=9 &AD = 3 tn AD) the triangle ABC ?
gfe fag ThA 36/3
ABC U5 HTATa fa
HINTS:
HINTS:

9\b V3-a? = 363

3
4

’a? = 144
a= 12

abc a x9x17 12x V3

R= 25.5
4A 1
4xxax3 :.R= Ta3x3 =4/3
2
circum-centre and incentre in
The circumradius of a right-angled triangle Note: Distance between
any triangle is =JR'-2Rr .
Hypotenuse_ h
2 2

-R-2Rr
Where, R = circum-radius/yfAI &%
r= inradius/34d:f
B Ex. If the circumradius of a triangle is6 cm and inradius
and
is 2 cm. Find the distance between circum-centre
incentre.
Ex. The lengths of the two sides forming the right angle
of a right-angled triangle are 21 cm and 20 cm. What
is the radius of the circle circumscribing the triangle?
HINTS:
R=6 r=2
HINTS:
A .d= JR?-2Rr
= J36-2x6x2= 12 =2/3

21
Orthocentre/
Altitude :Ifa perpendicular drawn from a vertex of a
triangle to the opposite side is called the altitude of the
B 20 triangle.
AC=J441+400 = /841 = 29
R=Hyp_29-= 14.5
2
(c The circumradius of an equilateral triangle A

Side

D
.O

If AD I BC, therefore AD is the altitude.

B
(i) Altitudes in an acute angle triangle ABC

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faI 41

 Geometry
A Properties of Orthocentre /lAA h ft favtuai
(i All the three altitudes of atriangle pass through a poi!
(orthocentre)

(ii Position of orthocentre/1 #% ) yafata

B D In an acute-angied triangle the orthocentre
(ii Altitude in right-angled triangle ABC always inside the triangle.

Two altitudes ofa right-angled triangle ABC are side AB

In a right-angled triangle the orthocentre is on the
and BC and the third altitude is BD.
vertex of the triangle at which triangle is the right
angled.
A BD }I
(ii) Altitude in an obtuse-angled triangle.

3
H
In an obtuse-angled triangle the orthocentre is
D always outside of the triangle and will be at the
back of the angle which is obtuse.

Three altutudes of AABC are AD, BE and CF.

faya ABc* Avîrá Aa AD, BE CF I
Orthocentre: Point of intersections of the altitudes
of a triangle is called the orthocentre of the triangle. It
is generally denoted by H.
H
(ii)

A A

B D

B D

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fayn 42

 Geometry
(a) ZBHC = 180°-ZA Ex. In AABC, H is the orthocenter, O is circumcenter. If
LCHA = 180° -B ZBAH 30°then find 0AC?
ZAHB = 180° -ZC
It is true for all types of f% BAH= 30° 7 OAC #I IT4 ZTI?
triangle. A
In an
Ex.
obtuse-angled triangle ABC, ZA is the
angle and
BAC is :
O is the
orthocentre. If ZBOC = obtuse 54°, then HO
aft BOC = 54°, t BAC 361 H7 : B
HINTS: HINTS:
BAC 180° - 54° = 1260 Given, ZBAH = 30°
(b) ZBHD = ZCand ZCHD =/B Z0AC = BAH = 30°
LCHE = ZA and ZAHE = /C
ZAHF = /Band BHF = ZA
Centroid/
Median:If aline segment from a vertex of atriangle
(c) (i) ABFH ~ ACEH bisects the opposite side, the line segment is called the
BH xHE = CH x HF median of the triangle.
Also, BH x HE= CH x HF = AH x HD
(ii) BD x DC = AD × DH
BE x EH = CE x EA
CF x FH =AF x FB
(iüi) (AB + BC + CA) > (AD + CF + BE)
sides > Altitudes
Ex. In the triangle ABC, AD and BE are the altitude of the
D
triangle meets at Hsuch that AH 12 cm, HD = 9
cm, and HE = 4 cm. Find BH? If line segment AD bisects BC, then AD is the median.
fa ABC ¢, AD 3r BE, fayG + VîÝGaHT 3H tfk taras AD YGI BC HfgfA AD fZA1 aà
yATK fHA f AH = 12 , HD = 9 , 3 HE = 4 Centroid : The polint of intersection of the medians of
the triangle is called the centroid. It is denoted by G.
HINTS:

Properties of centroid/- fayyaIì

12/4 (i Allthe three median of a triangle pass through a point
(Centroid).
9 (ii) Centroid of all types of triangles are always inside the
B D
triangle.
AH x HD = BH xHE (iii) Appollonius Theorem/341cif4H SAY
’ 12 x 9 = BH x 4 If AD is median of AABC, then
’ BH = 27 cmn 4f AD, AABC THIfZ61 a,
(d If H & O are orthocentre & circumcentre (as shown in A
the figure) then, = a
A

B D

AB? + AC? = 2(AD² + CD)

H 'OR'
Length of median, AD = 12AC? +2AB² - BC?
C
P

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faiñ 43

Ex. If the sides of ZABC are 5 cm, 4 cm and 2 cm, then find
Geometry
A
the length of the median inserted on the side of the
side which is adjacent toits smalest angled vertex?

HINTS:
Apollonius' theorem has the smallest angle in front of
the shortest side.
A B D
AB + AC > 2AD ..(1)
AB + BC > 2BE ..(2)
5 cm AC + BC > 2CF ..(3)
4 cm
Adding (1), (2) and (3)
2 (AB + AC + BC) > 2(AD + AE + CF)
AB + AC + BC > AD + BE + CF
B
D
So, We can say that sum of sides (perimeter) is alwa
greater than sum of all median.
2 cm

AD =
2AB² +2AC? - BC? 32+50 -4
4 4
(vii) 3AB² + BC2 + CA)= 4(AD² + BE² + CF)
78 39 Ex. In the triangle ABC, the sum of square of all sides is
4 V cm 64 cm. Find the sum of square of all three medians
If AD, BE and CF are medians of AABC and G is the
faa ABC 4, Hø y3 qri 1 1 64 H4A }
(iv)
centroid, then
HINTS:
tk AD,BE 3R F, AABC ÁÌ HTZANGÀgA À, 3/a² + b²+ ) = 4(n? + m? m²)
’ 3 x 64 = 4 x R
A ’48 = R
(vii) A

G
AG BG CG_2
GD GE GF 1

B D C B
D
If AABC is a right angle triangle
AG? + BG² +CG? 1 AD & CE are medians
(v)
AB +BC?+CA 3 4 (AD² + CE) =5 AC? .... (i)
Ex. Gis the centroid of triangle ABC. If the length of sides AD² + CE = 5 ED² .. (ii)
of triangle ABC are 8 cm, 10 cm, and 12 cm, then find Add both equation
the AG? + BG² + CG?
AD² + CE = AC2 + ED²
G, faya ABC#1 hZE tfr f4a ABC Ì 4G3 t
ATÉ 8 At, 10 sr 12 H à, à AG? + BG² + CG² (ix)

HINTS:

308
AG² + BG+ CG² = (64 + 100+ 144] = 3

(vi) The sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than

twice the median drawn to the third side. BE & CD are medians
If medians are l. (BE 1 CD) then,
AB² + AC? = 5 BC?
OR, b² + c? = 5 a?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fas

 Geometry

(x) the mid points of two sides

(Xii) The line segment joiníng vertex
divides the line joining of in between line to the
centroid in the ratio 3 : 1.

'OR'

P
AB² + PC? = AC? + Bp² AP² + CM? AC2 + MP?
1f the area of AABC = x, AD, BE and CF are three
(xi)
medians and G is centroid, then
uft AABC #1 A4=xE1, AD, BE 3Ìr CF H HfAdHIT 3
G B0,
A

AG: GO = BH: HO = CI:10 = 3:1

B D B Note: G is the Mid point of AD and FE
G yT AD R FE 1 4faz l
(xiv) If three rmedians of a triangle are given then

6 4
Area of A= (Area of triangle considering medians as
B D
Ex In a triangle ABC AD, BE and CF are medians intersect side)
at G. If area of triangle ABC is 204 cm². Find the area
of quadrilateral GDFC. 4

ya faG ABC öAD, BE T CF HTfZAI0 G uftgg tf

HINTS:
Relation between Orthocenter, centroid and circumcenter
A

In any triangle, orthocenter, centroid and circumcenter

1
D are co-linear and centroid divides the line in 2:1 as in
G
figure

B
Here, 6unit 204 cm? 2
::2 unit =68 cm?
(xii) Area of triangle formed by joining mid points of two G
1
sides and centroid is th of area of triangle.

1 Orthocenter Centroid circumcenter

Ex. In a triangle the distance between the centroid and
1
Ar AOFE = Ar AOFD = Ar AOED =Ar AABC orthocentre is 12 cm. Find the distance between
orthocentre and circumcentre.

HINTS:
Given, 2 unit = 12 cm
AOFE ~ AOB EFO ,.3 unit =18 cm
(AccordingtoMid-Point theorem FE | |BC so that
= Z0CB, ZOEF = ZOBC)

Aditya Ranjan(Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fañn 45

 Geometry
Excentre/aft:dh (a) ZBEC = 90°
ZA
2
The intersection point of internalangle bisector of one
angle and bisectors of other two opposite exterior angles. (b) ex-radii:

S-a S-C

rs s(s - b)(s - c)
(c) , =
S-a S-a

a +b+c
where, S =
2
B
(d) Alarea) = rr, I, I,
(e) r, t r, + r, = 4R + r
(f)
(g) r,? +r,? + r?=(4R + r)² - 2S?

HT febit î
Competitive Exam
uftiï qftgT) ÀTUTT (Maths)
fayH YA-YfryTT Score 5 fes
RG Vikramjeet App W Students
Favourite 3T A HT Recorded Batch
ALL
Fees
699/
EXAMS
MATHS SPECIAL DOWNLOAD
RG VIKRAMJEET APP
Google Play
LIVE + VOD BATCH
8506003399/11
PRE + MAINS

8 (Arithmnetic +Aduance )
ForALL Exam
VALIDITY -LIFETIME
9289079800

SMART APPROACH VIKRAMJEET

UPDATEDSHEETS Install
PDF (BILINGUAL)
CLASS NOTES (BILINGUAL)
ADITYARANJAN VPRACTICE SHEET WITH SOLUTIONS
(MATHS EXPERT) SECTIONAL MOCK TEST

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection fañn 46

 Geometry

QUADRILATERAL/yd
Quadrilateral/ Ex. Find the value of x in the given figure.
Ouadrilateral is a plane figure bounded by four straight
lines. the line segment which joins the opposite vertices 150°
of a quadrilateral is called diagonal of the
In figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral and AC, quadrilateral. 60°
BD are its
two diagonals.

70°
3Thfd 4, ABCD V6 AC, BD 3H
fauf HINTS:
60° + 70° + x = 150°
’x=20°
If diagonals of the quadrilateral intersect each other
at 90°, then

A B
Sum of interior angles of a quadrilateral = 360°
AB? + CD² = BC2 + AD?

i.e.,ZA t ZB + ZC + D= 360°
Ex. Find the value of x in the given figure.
A
Area of quadrilateral/t 1 TA
3x-16°

3x+16°

A B
HINTS:
3x- 16° + 2x+ 8° +x+ 10° + 3x+ 16° = 360°
1 1
X=38° Area = x BD x AE +
9 * BDx CF
Important Points/4Eryut faa
In the figure given below, we have the following result. x BD (AE + CH

1
7x diagonal x (sumn of perpendicular dropped on it)
1

B<)z° The quadrilateral formed by joining the

the adjacent side of the quadrilateralmid-point
of
will be a
parallelogram of half area.

ZAOC = t y° + z°

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fai 47

 D
Geometry
P R ZBOC ,ZA +D)

B
B Ex. In a quadrilateral ABCD, the bisectors of C and
If P, Q, R,S are the mid-point of the side AB, BC,
CD and DA, respectively, then meet at point E. If CED - 57° and zA = 47°.ther
afk P, Q,R,S #4YT: y AB, BC, CD 3Ìr DA the measure of ZB is:

(a) PQRS is a parallelogram ya ABCD , Cr D* H<faTA fr:

fHTd I3T CED = 57 3 ZA = 47° , B
(b) If the area of the quadrilateral is x, then
HINTS:
Area of the parallelogram PQRS =
2 D

570

E
47°
A A

Let zB = 0.

P R 47+0
’57° =
2

’114° - 47° =
B =67°
C
Ex. What is the area of the quadrilateral PORS, which Square/qt
is formed by joining the mid-points of the adjacent
sides of a quadrilateral ABCD as shown in the figure, A quadrilateral in which all the sides and the angles
are equal is known as a square.
if it is provided that AAPS = 8 cm², ABPQ = 12 cm?,
AQCR = 9 cm² and ARDS = 15 cm.
D

TI }f# AAPS =8 ai H, ABPQ = 12 ai H, AQCR

-9 aí át sán ARDS = 15 ri t i
A S D

A
P R Important Points/4E Aquf fa
All sides are equal and parallel.

B C Allangles are right angles.

HINTS:
ar(D ABCD) = 12 + 8 + 15 +9 = 44 cm? Diagonals are equal and bisect each other at right
If BO and CO are the angle bisectors of angles ZB angle.
and C, respectively, then
Straight lines joining the mid points of adjacent sides
a0: of any square forms a square.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fanñi 48

 Geometry

f fa fea T Pat ABCD 5

faz
t n PC = 20
3A 34 AR f PA - 15 n, PB - 7
D R mt PD 11 :

HINTS:
A P B
p0. R, and Sare mid points and PQRS is a PA? + PC? = PB² + PD²
square. ’225 + 400 = 49 + PD2
P. 0. R3r S q-fag PORS VA qt
’625 - 49 = PD²
Side of a circumscribed square is equal to the
of the inscribed circle. diameter PD2 =576
’ PD = 24

Rectangle/3/T4A
A quadrilateral in which all the four angles at vertices
D D
are right (i.e., 90), is called a rectangle.
F

D
A B A B

Area =(Side)? (a² = (diagonal_

2 2

D a A B
Important Points/4E Aqut fag
Opposite sides are parallel and equal.
a
d
Diagonals are equal and bisect each other but not
at right angles.
A a B

Diagonal/fauj = side J2 a2 Perimeter = 2(l + b) where l-length and b = breadth

Perimeter/YfT9= 4 x side = 4a
If P be a point inside a square ABCD, then
Area/ah=AB xBC = lx b
Diagonal/fauf = (P + )
Of all the rectangles of given perimeter the square
will have the maximum area.

PA? + PC² = PB2 + PD²

Bisector of the four angles enclose a square

A B When the rectarngle is inscribed in a circle, it will have

the maximum area when it is a square.
Ex. As shown in the figure., P is a point inside a square
BCDsuch that PA = 15 cm, PB = 7 cm and PC = 20
cm, the value of PD is :

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) SelectedtSelection fanu 49

 If P is a any point inside the rectangle then,
Geometry
Bisectors of the four angles enclose a rectangle

A A B
B
AP² + PC2 = BP2 + PD²
AS, BP., CÌ and DR are angle bisectors therefo.
Ex.
PÌRS is a rectangle.
There is a point P in a rectangle ABCD, such that AS, BP, CÌ 3Tn DR 5V1 Hufz SHf prt
PA 4, PD 5, PB 8, find PC.
UT ABCD # I 3 fg P 34 yR fh PA
4, Each diagonal divides the parallelogram into t
PD = 5, PB - 8 ,at PC 1HA IA ifI triangle of equal area.
HINTS:

D
D

A
B

PA² + PC² + PB2 + PD² A

Area of AABC = Area of AADC &
16 + PC² = 64 +25
Area of AABD = Area of ABDC.
’ PC? = 89 - 16 A parallelogram inscribed in a
’ PC² = 73
circle is always a
rectangle.
PC = V73

Parallelogram/44ÍCR TqT D
A quadrilateral whose opposite sides are
equal is called as a parallelogram.
parallel and

D
A parallelogram
a rhombus. circumscribed about a circle is always

A B
Important Points/HEquf fad
Opposite sides are parallel and equal.
B
Diagonals may or may not be equal. Therefore ABCD is a rhombus.
FHfs ABCD V* HHT{G
Area of parallelogram = Base x Height
Diagonals may or may not bisect each other at right
angles.

h
Sum of any two adjacent angles = 180°
A

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fariñn 50

 Geometry

Area of parallelogram(HTt qh) 1

Area (APCD)= Area(ABCD).
(a) Arca (AAPB) +
- AB x AD sin)
(APCD).
In a parallelogram, the sum of the square of the Area (AAPD)+Area(APBC)= Area (AAPB) +Area
(b) B
diagonals
-2x (sum of the squares of the two adjacent sides)

BD
ABCD, diagonals AC and
Ex. In a parallelogram the area of AOAB
intersect each other at a point O. If
AC2 + BD² = 2(AB² + AD2) parallelogramABCD is :
=8 cm?, then the area of
V5-H #0 fa
HHT TAtG ABCD fauf AC AI BD
A B

In a parallelogram, the bisectors of any two

consecutive angles intersect at right angle. A D

Dr

P
B

HINTS:
Area of parallelogram ABCD = 8 x 4 = 32 cm²
B

A Rhombus/H4a
The above figure is a parallelogram ABCD such Aparallelogram in which all sides are equal, is called
that the bisectors of consecutive angles A and B a rhombus.
intersect at P. Here, ZAPB = 90°.

ZAPB = 90° 1 D
If PandQ are two points lying on the sides DC and
AD respectively of a parallelogram ABCD, then the
area (AAPB) =Area (ABQC).

(ABQC) }1 A B
P
Important Points/H5 qut fa
Opposite sides are parallel and equal.

Q Opposite angles are equal.

Diagonals bisect each other at right angle, but they

A
are not necessarily equal.
B
point in the interior
n the figure given below. P is a
of a parallelogramn ABCD, then.
Diagonals bisect the vertex angles.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fañn 51

 Sum of any two adjaçent angles is 180°
ZA + 2B 180° d, - 2a 2
sin 9
d 2a Cos
Geometry
Ex. If PORS is a rhombus and SPQ - 50°, then RSQ is : Area of ABCD/ABCD #1 4 6
uf PORS V* HHTG 3r SPQ - 50° BÈ, a RSQ
-,x 2asinx2a cos- 2a? Sin COs )
2
R
dË +d 4a'
Ex. The diagonals of a rhombus are 24 cm and
10 c
50°
The perimeter of the rhombus (in cm) is :

HINTS: SH61 YfHI4 ( ) :

Here, PQ - QR = RS = SP & ZPSQÌ = 50° HINTS:

:. PSQ- POS = 180° - 50°

D
65
2
Now, PSR = 180° - 50 = 130°
..ZRSQ = 130° -65° = 65
l2
Figure formed by joining the mid-points of the
sides of a rhombus is a rectangle. adjacent
A
AB² = OA? + OB²
= 122 + 52
= 169
AB 13 cm
S Perimter = 4 x 13 = 52 cm
Í Here, PQRS is a rectangle. 242+102 = 4a²
576 + 100 = 4a?
A P B
676
a² = = 169
Area of a rhombus/44 a 1 Ih
4

1
a= 13
7 * product of diagonals
(favi 1 TU5) Perimter = 4 x a =4 x 13 = 52 cm
Ex. If theperimeter of rhombus is 150 cm and length of
one diagonal is 50 cm. Then find
diagonal and area of rhombus. the length of second
D

HINTS:
D
B
ABCD is a rhombus of side a

Area of AAOB/ AAOB A1 A

A
1 37.5 B
2 22 8 * d,d,
AB = BC = CD = DA = 150
Area of ABCD/ABCD #1 5 4
=37.5

1
= 4 x Area of AAOB =x OB = JAB - OA²
d,d, J(37.5 - (25
12.5x 62.5
100 2
O
:. BD = 2 x OB = 2
xV5
2 -255 cm
A 1
. Area -5d, xd, x50 x 25/5- 625/5 cm?
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
(Selected Selection faIun 52
 Geometry

Ex.
If ABCD'be a rhombus. AC is its smallest diagonal and
ABC = 60°. Find the length of one side of the rhombus CE
DE
when AC=6 cm. Myfae Td
fasuf AC s¤T BD, E EB EA

ZABC
AC =6
trapezium
HINTS: Any line parallel to the parallel sides of a
divides the non-parallel sides proportionally.

6
D

A X
60a
Using cosine rule,
E

x²+x?-36 B
cos60° =
DC
2xx×X If the above figure is a trapezium ABCD in which
|AB and EF is a line parallel to DC and AB, then
1 2x'-36
AE BF
2x?
ED FC
=22-36
36 = x AB # H41 }, a
DC | | AB 341 EF Y1 DC 3
’x=6
AE BF

Trapezium/4a aqta ED EC

If a DABCD is a trapezium in which side AB is parallel

Aquadrilateral whoseonly one pair of sides is parallel to side DC and E, F are the mid-points of sides AD
and other two sides are not parallel. and DC respectively, then
qft DABCD HHG TII È fAH4 yo1 AB HTI DC
+ qAH,ERF #4: IAD DC # 44-f

A B

1
E F EF (AB + DC)

A B
Ex. In trapeziun ABCD, AB||DC. X is the mid-point of the
Important Points/48aqut fag side AD and Y is the mid point of the side BC. If AD =
Diagonals of a trapezium divide each other 12 cm, DC = 8 cm and AB = 18cm, then XY is:
proportionally. fa HH TYG ABCD H AB|| DC à X HI AD #1
fayfrA qfag T YyI BC 4Afaz fk AD = 12H DC
=8 4 3iT AB = 18 HHT a XY #1 4IH }I
D
D

B
Ithe above figure is a trapezium ABCD in which th A B
DE CE HINTS:
diagonals AC and BD intersect at E, then EB EA
Conversely, if the diagonals of a quadrilateral divide AB+ DC 18+8
XY = = 13 cm
2
each other proportionally, then it is a trapezium.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 53

 Geometry
The line segment joining the mid-points of the Atrapezium can be divided into smaller ones
diagonals of trapezium is parallel to each of the drawing a line parallel to the parallel sides.
parallel sides and is equal to half the difference of
these sides. fafa f Hh
If the line divides the non-parallel sides
the ratio
of x:y then the length of the line

D
D

ax + by
P EF =
X+y

A B
A B If a trapezium is inscribed in a circle it has to
If the above figure is a trapezium ABCD in which
isosceles trapezium.
AB||DC and P and O are the mid-points of its
diagonals AC and BD respectively, then
P st O HH: 5HG fayi AC 3t BD qA-fag, t
() PQ| |AB or DC

(iü) PQ = (AB - DC)

B
Ex ABCD is a quadrilateral in which AB | | DC. E andF
ZADC+ DAB =ZABC+ ZBCD = 180°
are the midpoints of the diagonals AC and BD, respectively.
If AB = 18 cm and CD = 6 cm, then EF =? Diagonals intersect each other proportionally in the
ratio of lengths of parallel sides.
ABCD G frHi AB||| DC. E RF A491: faEu0
AC 3R BD fas AB = 18 H ir CD = 6H,t
EF =?
D
HINTS:
B 6

A B

B AC DO AB
CD (by similarity/HHEYAI H)
A 19
CO BO
1 1
EF = (AB - CD) =72 x 12 =6 cm Area of AAOD = Area of AB0C
The length of a parallel line segnent (i.e. EF) passing AC² + BD² = AD² + BC² + 2(AB x CD)
through the intersection of diagonals of the isosceles Area of trapezium/HH|4 G

trapezium is - 1
x (sum of parallel sides x height)

1
G× (AB + CD) x h
D

- 0

EF
2ab
a+b
D

B A B
A b

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selectionfaemy

 Geometry
he lengths of a pair of parallel sides of a The diagonals
Ex.
ove 20cm and 25 cm, respectively, and the trápezium Ex. ABCD is a trapezium where AD||BC. point O. II AO
AC and BD intersect each other at a
dietance between these two sides is 14 perpendicular
cm, What is 3, C0 x-3. BO 3x- 19 and D0 = x- 5,
the
the area (in cm") of the trapezium? value.of x is :
fai AC
ABCD VE HHA T f r i AD||BC
sU9: 20 cm 37 25 cm , it 57 1 y3 áta á
3, CO=x- 3, BO - 3x- 19 7 D0= x- 5 # A x #1
HINTS:
HINTS:
Area = 7 x(20 + 25)x 14 = 45 x 7 = 315
C
fin atrapezium ABCD, AB||DC and AB = 2DC, then 3
the ratio of the areas of AAOB and ACOD is 4 : 1.
uft U HHLQ TGHG ABCD 4, AB|| DC aT AB = 2DC 3x10/0
A D

For a trapezium ABCD whose side AD is parallel to

BC, diagonals AC and BD intersect at Othen,
Area(AAOB) 4
AO DO
Area(ACOD) 1
OC OB
B 3x 9 - x-5
x-3 3
D C ’ (3x- 19)3 (x 3)(x - 5)
’9x- 57 = -5x-3x + 15
’ - 17x+ 72 = 0
’X=8, 9
Isosceles Trapezium: A trapezium which has equal
oblique sides.
A

Ar(aAOB) * Ar(aDOC) - Ar(aAÖD) x Ar(ABOC) Important Points/HE quf faz

Ex. In the given figure, AB ||DC. If AAOD and ADOC are,
respectively, 36 cm² and 48 cm², what is the value D b
of AAOB?
fes s 3fa AB ||DC yf AAOD siTT ADOc

A B
A B
AD = BC
ZDAB = LCBA
Diagonals are equal, AC = BD
D fauf qTAR Ed ., AC = BD
Ex ABCD is an isosceles trapezium in which AB = CD
HINTS: and AD||BC. If AD = 5 cm, BC = 9 cm and
area of
Here, Ar(AAOD) = Ar(ABOC) = 36 cm" trapezium is 35 cm', then find the length of side CD.
Ar(AAOB) x Ar(aDOc) = Ar(aAOD) × Ar(ABOC) ABCD h HHtGaTg HHTL Tq fHÀ AB = CD
xx 48 = 36 x 36 AD||BC tK AD = 5 HH0, BC = 9 H4T 3T HHA
X= 27 cm²

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector] (Selected Selection fan 55

 HINTS:
B
Geometry
A D

A
Area xl4xh k- xy ar(AADB) =ar(AACD)
X:y= b²: a?
35 7h
h5 kite4AT
Aquadrilateral is called a kite, it have two pairs of equal
: CD =5 +2 = 29 and adjacent.

A
From above figure
ma +nb?
PQ
m+n

If PQ divide into two equal area m:n= 1;1

PÌ S4R E m:n=1: 1 4fas aI
D

PQ =
a? +b? (a) Two pairs of adjacent sides are equal.
2

D (b) The diagonals intersect at right angles.

(c) The longer diagonal bisects the shorter diagonal.

d

d2
A (d) Area = x product of diagonals.
2
OA x OD = OB× OC

d+d' =e+d'+ 2ab -7x AC xBD

*****

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected t selection fa s0

 Geometry

A polygon
Polygon/YT
is a
POLYGONS/AEYT
n' sided closed figure formed by line
2. Each interior angle of a regular polygon of n sides

segments.
(n-2)180°
n

There are two types of polygon/4YG yAR aà Ex. Each interior angle of a regular polygon is 144°. The
1. Regular Polygon (H | faf4a EYE) number of sides of the polygon is :
2. Irregular Polygon (fays | affa qEYG)
regular polygon is one with equal lengths on all sides
A
HINTS:
and identical angles at each vertex, whereas an
irregular (n-2)180°
polygon has sides that are not equal and angles that
differ from one another. Each interior angle of regular polygon = n

(n-2)180°
’ 144° =
n

’ 144n = 180n -360

’36n = 360
’ n= 10

Thus, Number of suides = 10.

3. Sum of all exterior angles of a polygon of n sides

=360°
4. Each exterior angle of a regular polygon of n sides
Regular Polygon Irregular Polygon
360
Some Important Formulae for Regular Polygon n

Ex. The measure of each exterior angle of a regular octagon

is:
1. Sum of all internal angles of a polygon of n sides

= (n- 2) 180° HINTS:

Ex. The sumn of the interior angles of a simple octagon is: The sum of exterior angles of a regular octagon = 360°
360°
HINTS: Each exterior angle of a regular octagon = 8
= 45°

The sum of the Interior angles of apolygon = (n-2) x 180° 5. No. of side in a regular polygon
Here, n=8
The sumn of interior angles of simple octagon
360°
=(82) x 180° =6 x 180° = 1080°
n Exterior angle i Where, n is number of side.
Ex. The sum of all the interior angles of a polygon is 1440°.
The number of sides of this polygon is 6. Ratio of the measure of an interior angle of a polygon of
n-sides to the measure of its exterior angle is given by

HINTS:
Sum of interior angles of polygon = (n - 2) x 180°
(n - 2) x 180° = 1440°
n= 10

Ranjan(Excise Inspector)
(Selected Selection faiun 57
Aditya
 Geometry
Ex. In a polygon, the interior and exterior angles are Ex. If one of the interior angles of a regular polygon is
in the ratio 4 : 1. The number of sides of the
polygon is : times of one of the interior angles of a regular decap
then find the number of diagonals of the polygorn

15
HINTS: afts 1
16

Using property,-4 n- 10 HINTS:

Ex. The measure of each interior angle of a cyclic polygon (n-2)×180
with 'n' sides is 144°. So, what willbe the measure of Each interior angle of a polygon - n

the angle formed by each of its arms at the geometric (10- 2)× 180
center of the polygon? Decagon each interior angle = - 144
10

ATQ, (n-2)x1801144 ’ n=8 16

HINTS:
n(n-3) 8(8-3)
.:. Number of diagonal = 2 2
= 20

Each interior angle of a regular polygon = (n-2),

2
x 180°
8 Perimeter of regular polygon/H TZY 1 vfr
= n x a;
(n-2) x180° = 144° Where, a is the length of the side

n= 10
9 Area of a regular polygon of n sides where length of
The angle at the geometric center of the polygon 360°. each side is a
As the polygon is regular, the central angle is equally
divided into 10 parts.
Thus, The angle formed by each of its arms at the a? 180
=n -cot
4 n
360°
geometric center = 10 =36
Regular Hexagon/H4eyT
Diagonal of polygon/aayT facaui Aregular hexagon is a closed shape polygon which
has six equal sides and six equal angles.
If we join any 2 (non-adjacent) vertex of a polygon then
that is a diagonal.

B
7. No. of diagonals in a polygon of n sides
Larger Diagonal(d,) =3
AD =BE = CF
nn -3) Smaller Diagonal(d,)-6
2 D = AC = BD = CE = DF =EA- BF
Ex. The number of diagonals in a polygon of 17 sides is:
Hexagon HHYY
HINTS: 1 Number of diagonals in regular hexagon/HHNZY
17(17-3) =119
.:. Number of diagonals = 2 2 Perimeter of regular hexagon/frufd vey HTY
Ex. Apolygon has 35 diagonals. The number of sides =6 x Each Side
in the polygon is: 3 Area of regular hexagon/frufra VEYT T
343
HINTS: When Side is given, A = 2 (Side
No. of diagonal = 35
n(n - 3) When Larger diagonal is given,
= 35
2

On solving we get, n = 10. When Smaller diagonal is given, A =

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fai 58

 Geometry

4
Inradius of regular hexagorn(HH424 3a:fr) Regular Octagon/H4AZy
J3 equal sides and
2
x Side A regular octagon shape has eight
eight equal angles.
Circumradius of :regular hexagon is equal to the length
5
of its side.

1. The sum of the interior angles is 1080°.

6
Inradius : circumradius(d: ftr: ffAR)= . 9
Area of circumcircle: area of hexagon:area of incircle 2. The sum of the exterior angles is 360°.
7

3 The interior angle at each vertex is 135°.

3a? 135° ata
= ta?: a?:1 4 = 4n:6/2:3n

Regular hexagon from equilateral A:

4 Perimeter of regular octagon/f14f4A 3T24 51 vfHTg
8
=8 x Side(Y)
5. Area of regular octagon/frefa 342GT| #I A
= 2a (1 +2/2); Where, a is side of regular octagon.
6. Regular octagon formed by square of side x: -
X

D.

Ar(hexagon) : Ar(AABC) = 6:9=2:3 545°

9 Hexagonal form by a rectangle of 2a length and 3a
breadth: a

a/2 a/2

V3a B

(a) Side of squareqi i y), x = a(l + V2)

a/2 a/2, (b) Side of octagon(4ZYA Ì y), a = x(/2-1)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faI 59

 Geometry

CIRCLE/ qr
Circle : A circle is a set of points on a plane which lie Tangent: Aline segment which has one common pnins
at a fixed distance from a fixed point. with the circumference of a circle i.e., it touches on
at onlyandonly at one point is called as tangent of the
circle. The common point is called as point of contar.
In the given diagram PQ is a tarngent which touches th.
Centre: The fixed point is called the centre. In the given circle at a point R.
diagram 0' is the centre of the circle.

Radius: The fixed distance is called the radius. In the

given diagram OP is the radius of the circle. (Point P
lies on the circumference.)
P R

(R is the point of contact)

Note: Radius is always perpendicular to tangent.

Chord:A line segment whose end points lie on the circle.

In the given diagram AB is a chord.
r

Circumference: The circumference of a circle is the

distance around a circle, which is equal to 2r.

B
Diameter: Achord which passes through the centre .
r’radius of the circle/r g f the circle is called the diameter of the circle. The leng
Secant: A line segment which intersects the circle in of thediameter is twice the length of the radius. In
two distinct points, is called secant. In the given diagram given diagram PQ is the diameter of the circle. (0 is te
secant PQ intersects circle at two points at A and B. centre of the circle)

BQ

(Selected Selection J60

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Geometry

Arc: Any two points on the circle angle

smaller part is called as divides the circle into Measure of an arc: Basically it is
the central
two partsthe minor arc and the
larger part is called as major arc. formed by an arc. e.g,
It is denoted
as In the given diagram Po is arc.

centre of circle = 360"

(a) Measure of angle at the
=180°
of senicircle
(b) Measure of angle at the centre

(c) Measure of a minor arc = ZPOQ

(d) Measure of a major arc =360 - ZPOQ

PQ Minor Arc
Semicicle: The diameter of the circle divides the circle
into two equal parts. Each part is called as semicircle.

B A

m (arc PRQ) = mn POQ

Central angle: An angle formed at the centre of the m (4 PRQ) = m ZPOQ
circle, is called the central angle. In the given diagram,
ZAOB is the central angle. m (arc PSO) = 360° m (arc PRÌ)
m (I9 PSO) = 360° - m (4 PRO)
Concentric circles: Circles having the same centre ata
plane are called the concentric circles.
r.
In the given diagram there are two circles with radii
and r, having the common (or same) centre. These are
called as concentric circles.

Inscribed angle: When two chords have one common

these two
end point, then the angle included between
the inscribed
called
Cnords at the common point is
angle.
ZABC is the inscribed angle by the arc ADC:

ADC Z THI TI 37: 5UZABC EI Congruent circles: Circles with equal radii are called
as congruent circles.

o
A

Selected Selection faenn61

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector))
 8egment of a circle: Achord divides a circle into two
gruent if their degree measures are equal.
Geometry
Two arcs of a circle (or of congruent circles) are C
regions. These two regions are called the segments of a
circle.

(a) major segment/hs There is one and only one circle which passes throk
(b) minor segment/ qs three non-collinear points.

ºMajor Segment Common Chord: Iftwo circles intersect at two points. th.
line segment is called a common chord.
P
Minor Segment
Note: The major and minor segments of a circle are called
the alternate segments of each other.

Cycie quadrilateral: Aquadrilateral whose all the four

vertices lie on the circle.

D Some Results on Congruent Arcs and Chords

Result-01
A B
The diameter is the greatest chord in the circle.
Circum-circle: A circle which passes through all the
three vertices ofa triangle. Thus the circumcentre is If two arcs of a circle (or of congruent circles) are
always equidistant from the vertices of the triangle.
congruent, then corresponding chords are equal.

Circumradius/fREAI, OA= OB OC - R

D ’ ÁB = CD
. AB = CD

B Conversely, if two chords of a circle (or of congruer:

circles) are equal, then their corresponding arcs
Incircle: A circle which touches all the three sides of a (minor, major or semi-circular) are congruent
triangle i.e., allthe three sides of a triangle are tangents
to the circle is called an incircle. Incircle centre is always
equidistant from the sides of a triangle. Aperpendicular from the centre of a circle to a chord
bisects the chord.

If OL L AB, then AL = LB.

Inradius/ 3d: faI, OP = 0Q = OR = r

C

The line joining the centre of a circle to the mid-po

of a chord is perpendicular to the chord.
A P B

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fañ b

 Geometry
If AL = LB, then OL I AB.
HINTS:
A

1EOLLAB, then AL = LB and AOLB is a

triangle, ie. OL2 + LB = OB? right-angled
afz OL L AB , a AL = LB
AOLB A HHU fya
3Tet OL? + LB² = OB² 3
B
OM = OB - MB -x-3

In A0MP, using Pythagoras Theorem

d
(OP)² = (OM)? + (MP)?
A B (32 = (-3)2 + (9)²
’ X= 15 cm
If in a circle, OD is perpendicular to the chord AB, O is
centre of the circle and BC is a diameter as shown below. Diameter AB = 15 x 2 = 30 cm.
then CA =2 x OD. Ex. The radius of two concentric circles are 17 cm and 10
cm. Astraight line ABCD is intersects the larger circle
sx BC TH AA S fA at point A and D and intersects the smaller circle at
frar TAI, CA =2 x point B and C. If BC = 12 cm then the length of AD =?
OD aII

D
B ta ABCD T3 gH fag ATI D 3iR se ga ai fag B
TT C frg ad ài tt BC = 12 #î à, t AD Ì

HINTS:

If lis a line intersecting the two concentric circles,

whose common centre is O,at the points A, B, C and 17L
D, then AB = CD.
B
CAR D s yfd ÀaIci v GIÀ, AB = CD I

Apply the concept of triplets.

A B M D 17
lo

cm. AB
n a given circle, the chordPO is of length 18
M. If MB = 3
ne perpendicular bisector of PO at 6
Cm, then the length of AB - ? 15
Length of AD = 15 x 2 = 30 cmn.
4f MB= 3 H a AB + as

Selected Selection fan 63

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Result-02 A
Geometry
Equal chords of a circle subtend equal angles at the
centre and, conversely, if the angles subtended by the
chords at the centre (of a circle) are equal, the the
B
chords are equal.

If PO and QR are chords of a circle

the centre, then the diameter passing equidistant frrrs
through Q bisert
ZPQR and zPSR.

If AB= CD, then AOB = ZCOD

qf AB = CD , at ZAOB = ZCOD
Conversely, if ZAOB = 2COD, then AB = CD. R
If L and M are mid-points of two equal chords AB and
SH fayG, 4ft ZAOB = ZCOD, AB = CD
CD of a circle with centre O, then
Ex. AB and CD are two chords of a circle such that AB =
yf L 3ìr M h O aIG g) t HHH taI0 AB
CD =5 cm and r= 4 cm. If O is the centre of the circle,
then (ZAOB ZCOD) is:
(a) 0LM = ZOML(b) ZALM = LCML
AB 3R CD A gT t GfaI 3H yeaR f6 AB = CD = 5
B

HINTS:
Equal chords subtend equal angle at the center
ZAOB = /COD A

Equal chords of a circle are equidistance from centre. D

If AB = PO, then OL = OM If two equal chords AB and CD of a circle with centre 0
intersect each other at E, then AD = CB.
= PO , OL = OM
Ht Ì E H +et , AD = CB I

D
B

P
B
If two chords are equidistant from the centre, then
chords are equal.
If A, B, C, D are four consecutive points on a cirie
and AB = CD, then AC = BD.
UK A, B, C, D r q y RHJG fas s AB =CD
If/4Í< OL = OM, then/dl AB = PQ t AC = BD I

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faerñn

 Geometry
circle
parallels chords of a
Ex. PO and RS are the two If PO 12
andthe centre is 0.
D whose redius is 10 cm oppsite sides
and both lie on the
Cm and RS 16 cm perpendicular distance between
of the centre, find the
PÌ and RS.

RS = 16 H1 7T
B qf PO 12
T-T1 tari

1Chisector AD of ZBAC of AABC passes through the

entre O of the circumcircle of AABC, then AB AC.
HINTS:
ae AABC # BAC 1 HHG6 AD, AABC yfa
0 3 J , at AB = ACI

R
8 M8
6
10
10 8
P 6 N6
C
B

Pythagorus theorem
If AB and AC are two equal chords of
circle whose In AOMR and AONP by using
centre is O and if OD l AB and OE l AC, then AADE
(OM)? = (ORJ? - (MR)² = (10)² - (8)
is an isosceles triangle.
(ONJ? = (OP)? - (NP)² = (10)2 - (6)°
OE 1 AC , t AADE # HHfgAa .. OM =6 and ON = 8
qt OD I AB 3 OM + ON
Perpendicular distance between two chord =
A =8+ 6 =14 cm

AB = 8 cm and CD = 6 cm are two

parallel chords on
Ex.
centre of a circle. The distance
the same side of the
between them is 1cm. The radius of the circle is :
E #Ì 3
AB = 8H 3r CD = 6 44T, gT

B
fi:
HINTS:
of a circle with centre
lftwo equal chords AB and CDa point E, as shown in
to meet at
O, when produced DE and AE = CE.
the given figure, then BE = 34

4f<a TI BE =DE siR AE = CEI B 4/

3
A
Basic approach go by Pythagorus theorem
B
Short approach work on triplets and options.
Triplet 3, 4, 5 satisfy all conditions
Radius -5 cmn
D Result-03

another they must The angle subternded by an arc ofa circle at the centre
If two chords of a circle bisect one is double the angle sutended on it at any point on the
be diameters. remaining part of the circle on the same side in which
the centre lies,

Selectedà Selectionfagt 65
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Geomet
The angles in the same segment of a circle ry
are equal i
In each of the below figures/à É Hn 3T5fa i R

ZPOQ = 22 PRQ.
R R
R
P

D
P

20 (i) (i)
20
ZPRQ = ZPSQ= PTQ in (), ZCAD = ZCBD in
Ex. In the given figure, AB is a chord and P
Ex. If O be the centre, then the value of the x in the
given two points on the circle such that ZAQB = and54 Qa:
figure is: ZAPB is:

R fag z4 HR Ei f# ZAQB= 540, at ZAPB:

400

HINTS:
In APOQ, ZPOR= 180° - (40° + 40°) = 100° HINTS:
LAPB = ZAQB = 54°, as the angles in the Sama
100 segment of circle are equal
ZPRQ :50
2 If AB is a chord, O is the centre
and P and Q are an:
Ex. O is the centre of the circle passing through the points points in the major and the minor segments of th:
A, Band C such that ZBAO = 30, BCO = 40° and circle respectively, then
ZAOC = . What is the value of x ? The angles in the major segmnent and the minor
segment are supplementary.
ZBAO = 30°, ZBCO = 40° Gr ZAOC= }xAI H7

HINTS:
B

A
20 B
In AAOC,
20 + x= 180°
...(1) If ZAPB = 0,then ZAOB = 20 &
In AABC, Ex.
AOB = - .
In the given figure, ONY = 50° and /OMY = 15,
the value of the ZMON is :
the.
+ 30º + + 40° + = 180°
TE 4 H0NY = 50 s/OMY = 15° È MO
20 + 70° + = 180°

180° - X+ 70° + = 180°

2

2
= 70° x= 140° M

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

66
(Selected Selection faui
 Geometry

with centre 0. Cand D

HINTS: Ex. AB is the diameter of a circle
on either side of AB, such
ZMON=ZMYN =0 are two points on the circle
OM =OY = Radius that CAB 52° and ABD = 47°. What is . the
/OMY= 20YM = 150 measures of ZCAD
difference (in degrees) between the
ON = OY radius
and CBD?
ZONY =Z0YN = 50°
ZNYM= 50° - 15° =350
ZMON=2 x 35° = 70° R faC 3 D34 T6IL f /CAB =52° An LABD
The angle subended by an arc in the major segment = 47° }I ZCAD n CBD # HTq0 PI AT (fst )
is acute and that in the minor segment is obtuse.
HINTS:

O47°C
A B
52°

ZBAD = 90°- 47° = 430

Let AB is an arc and P and Q are the points on the
circumference, then ZCBA = 90° - 52° = 38°
ZCAD = 52° + 43° = 95°
ZCBD= 47° + 38° = 85°
ZAPB < 90° and ZAQB > 90° ZCAD -/CBD = 95° - 85° 10°

The diameter ofa circle subtends If a line segment joining two points subtends equal
angles at two other points lying on the same side of
the line segment, the four points lie on the same circle,
is they are concyclic.
(a) An obtuse angle at a point in the interior of the

(b) An acute angle at a point in the exterior of the

(c) A right angle at a point on the circle.

Ex. In the given figure, the centre of the circle lies on AB P

and P is any point on the circle and ZABP = 35°, then

ZPAB is :
It is given that ZPRQ = ZPSQ.
4E fraI T4I } f ZPRQ = ZPSQI
fag à, ZABP = 35°à, PAB È: Hence the points P, Q, R and S are concyclic.
P 3HfTs fag P, Q, R r S TÁs I
The circle drawn on any one of the equal side of an
isosceles triangle as diameter bisects the base.

B
A
A

HINTS:
ZAPB = 90°
ZBAP ='90° - ZABP
D
ZBAP= 90° 35° = 55° B

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faGI 67

 If in a AABC in which AB - ACand a circle is drawn 100°+70°
Geometry
by taking AB as diameter which intersects the side BC ZAPC = 180°
2
of triangle at D, then BD DC. ZAPC = 180° - 85° - 95
uft frn AABC frqi AB - AC # sn AB 4 Two chords AB and CD of a Circle with centr,
intersect each other at P. If ZAOC = and B:
yfrdt aI BD - DC tai t1 y°. Then the value of BPD is:
Ex. Chords AC and BD of a circle with centre O intersect
at right angles at E. If Z0AB - 25°, then the value of
EBC is: HAà yf AOC -X ZBOD y BPD
O at q staI AC 3n BD, E HHATU q
vfrr ¥t Igf OAB =25 EBC HA :
HINTS:
A

ZBPD =
2

Ex. Two chords AB and CD of a circle whose centre is

meet each other at the point P and ZAOC = 50 ars
BE C
D
ZBOD = 40°, then BPD is equal to:

OA = 0B (Radius)
20BA = /0AB = 25° t BPD aR :
HINTS:
LAOB = 180° - 50° = 130°

130°
LACB: = 650
2

ZEBC = 90° - 65° = 25o B

Two chords AB and CD of a circle with centre o,
intersect each other at P. If zAOD =x. and BOC
y°. Then the value of ZAPC is:

ZBPD =
(X+ y) 50 +40
= 45°
2 2

When chords are intersecting at an external point

D

B LAPC = 180° +y)

2

Ex. Two chords AB and CD of a circle with centre O, LBPD = (x-y

intersect each other at P. If ZAOD = 100° and BOC
= 70°, then the value of ZAPC is:

A1ei } qf LAOD =100° 3r BOC =7o° , AB is diameter of circle & If ZBAC is given

HINTS:

D 100° B
ZDAC = 90° - 2 BAC
B

700

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fañn 68

 Geometry

circle with centre 0, AB is the diameter and CD

is a chord such that ABCD is a trapezium. If /BAC = Result-04
Ex.

40°, then ZCAD is equal to : a circle is perpendicular

The tangent at any point on point of contact.
to the radius drawn through the
ARCD HHLA }I Ttk ZBAC= 40° , at CAD Hra ~
HINTS:

A B

D and P is the
If the m is a tangent, O is the centre
ZACB = 90°
point of contact, then OPI Im.
ZABC = 90° - 40° = 50°
ZADC = 180° - 50° = 130°
radius and it
A line drawn through the end-point of a
ZBAC = ZDCA = 40° (AB | |CD) radius. It is the tangent to the
is perpendicular to the
In AADC, circle.

LCAD = 180º - (40° + 130) - 10°

In a circle with centre O, AC and BD are two chords.
ACand BD meet at E when produced. If AB is diam
eter and ZAEB = , then the measure of DOC is:
o àz ar fat ga AC A1 BD a }I ACAT BD

x°aDOC f# Ê4 m

DOC = 180° - 2 ZAEB.

If Ois the centre, P is the point of contact and
OP L Im, then m is the tangent.

The tangent lines at the end points of a diameter of a

circle are parallel.
D
R B
R
chords. AC
Ex. In a circle with centre O, AC and BD are two
diameter
and BD meet at E when produced. If AB is the
:
and ZAEB =68o, then the measure of ZDOC is
I }I AC iR BD
h% O aIG y g À, AC 3¦R BD
E fH } yf AB HTT AEB = 68°
sG

HINTS:
A Q
A
If AB is a diameter of a given circle, and PQ and RS
are the tangents drawn to the circle at points A and
Brespectively, then PQ || RS.
63>E afz AB faît f<s rs gi 1 TH , 3¦rR PÌ 3T RS #N:

In two concentric circles, all chords of the outer circle

which touch the inner circle are of equal length.
2DOC = 180° - 2ZAEB
180° --2x 68o = 44°

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faia 69

 In the above figure, if Ois the Common centre
concentric circles and AB is a chord of the
Geometry
D
touching the smaller circle at P, then
Therefore, AB is bisected at point P.
largero

AP = BP 34d: AB f P Hafzf a

If circles are concentric/f g * n zi

C
If in the above figure, AB and CD are two chords of
the outer circle which touch the inner circle at M and
Nrespectively, then AB = CD.

HIGftGh gH 41: M 3 N TNÍ À, AB = CDI

Two tangent PA and PB are drawn from an external
B
point P on a circle, whose centre is 0, then

PB
Lenght of AB = 2AC- 2/ -
If AABC is an isosceles triangle in which ABr
90-0 circumscribed about a circle, then the base is bisere
90-0 by the point of contact.
B afk AABC THfgAlgfy fÄ AB =AC. T
la) APAO APBO
A
(b) PA = PB
(c) PAO = ZPBO = 90
(d) ZAPO = BPO
Ex. From a point P, 13 cm away from the centre, a tangent
PT of length 12 cm is drawn. Find the radius of the circle.

HINTS:
B

In AABC, AB = AC then BE - EC.

13 cm
P Ex ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC. A circe
through B touching AC at the middle point ati
12 cm intersects AB at P. Thern AP : AB is
T ABC V HHGAE fa fHH AB = AC B T
OT = 5 cm (by Pythagorian Triplet)
In twoconcentric circles, a chord of larger circle which
is tangent to smaller circle is bisected at the point of P yf haI } q AP: AB
contact.
HINTS:
A

B
B

70
fart
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
 Geometry

AABCat P and
Since D is the midpoint AC circle is touching the side BC of
II a R respectively,
AC AB touching AB and ACproduced at O and
AD = (:AB AC)
2 then
AP xAB AD2
AB? AQ= , (Perimeter of AABC)
AP x AB 4

AP 1
AB 4
(AABC fHTT)
Ifthe incircle of AABC touches the sides BC, CA and AQ =2
AB at D, E and F respectively, then A

AF + BD + CE = AE + BF + CD =
7 Perimeter of AABC)
aft AABC 131: qT H|: D, E r F Y91 BC,
CA SÌT AB Ì 0 , at AF + BD + CE = AE + BF B

+ CD = (AABC hl YfAN) R

Ex. In the given figure, circle with centre Ohave two

F
tangents PA, PB. CD is also tangents, then 2PB is.

CD yfra, at 2PB
A
C
D

Ex A
circle is inscribed inside a triangle ABC. It touches
sides AB, BC and AC at the points P, Q and R
respectively. If BP =6.5 cm, CQ = 4.5 cm and AR =
5.5 cm, then the perimeter (in cm) of the triangle ABC is

BC 3 AC Ì 4N1: fag P, Ì st R yi 41 yf
B
BP = 6.5 H,CÌ = 4.5 H4 RAR = 5.5 H à, faya
ABC 1 yfArY (HH ) HaI? HINTS:

HINTS: 1
PB , (Perimeter of APDC)
A

5.5cm PB (PD + DC + PC)

R 2PB = PD + DC + PC
P
Ex. In the given figure, from a point T, 13 cm away from
6.5cm the center O of a circle of radius 5 cm, the two tangents
PT and QT are drawn. What is the length of AB?
B Q 4.5cm C
Perimeter of AABC
fag TÀ0 i tan PT aT QT I AB Ìas
= 2(AR + BP + QC)
= 2(16.5) =33 cm
If a quadrilateral ABCD circumscribe a circle then P

A D

AB + CD = BC + AD
R

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection feñ 71

 HINTS: Let ZAPB 20, then
Geometry
ZAOB 180° - 20
ZARB 90° - 0
ZASB 90° + 0
Ex, P and Q are two points on a circle with centre at o.
is a point on the minor arc at the
5cm
T13Cm circle between th
points P and Q. The tangents to the circle at the por.
P and O meet each other at the point S. If
B PSo
20°, then ZPRQ = ?
QT 12 cm (Pythagoras theorem)
Let QB xCm
ET - 13-5- 8 cm
BT (12- x) cm
In ABET, ZPSQ = 20° a,a PRÌ Æ1 1 :
BT: BE? + ET? HINTS:

10
(12 - x)² = + 8 >x= cm

2x10 20
AB = 2BE = )20° R)
3
If a circle touches the sides of a quadrilateral ABCD
at P, Q, R, S respectively, then the angles subtended
at the centre by a pair of opposite sides are
supplementary. 20 =20° =10°
ZPRO = 90° + = 90° + 10° = 100°
afk y gT y ABCD 1 yoiÍ Ì H4I: P, Q, R, S
The tangents at the extremities of any chord make
q Hyí GI }, fava yGI3T e5 qI4 BI equal angles with the chord.
D R
A

A P B B
In the above figure, a circle with centre O touches the
sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a quadrilateral ABCD at If in the above figure, AB is a chord of the circle with
the points P, Q, R and S respectively, then centre 0, and AP, BP are the tangents at A and B
LAOB + LCOD = 180° and ZAOD + ZB0C = 180° respectively, then PAB = ZPBA. In the above figure,
OP is the perpendicular bisector of AB.
y0 AB, BC, CD siR DA i G6H1: faGi P, Q,R 3T AP, BP HHNT: A Ät Bs Í tad . at PAB = PBA
Jt# A1fa i, OP, AB #1 ATHfgHE }I
LAOB + ZCOD = 180° GR ZAOD + ZBOC = 180° If two tangents TP and TÌ are drawn to a circle with
Result-05 centre from an external point T, then PTQ = -
PA and PB are two tangents, O is the center of the LOPQ.
circle and R and S are the points on the circle, then
sit TÌ áti t , at PTQ = 2 20PQI

PO20 0R
B

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection f a 7

 Geometry

uo tangents from a point P are drawn to a circle which HINTS:

Ex.
touch the circle at points A and B, respectively. If O is
the centre of the dirde and PAB = 64°, then ZAPB is : A

/PAB = 64° B1, i ZAPB #d Hq PÊ 2 P

HINTS:

64
B
Let ZAOB = 5x and ZAPB= x
ZAPB + ZAOB = 180°
6x = 180°
B X=30

/OAB = 90°-64° = 26° .". ZAPB = 30

ZAPB = 2/0AB If x° & y° is given. then ZQSR = 180 - (x+ y)

ZAPB = 2x 26° = 52° L
The angle between two tangents drawn fromn an
external point to a circle is supplementary to the angle
subtended by the line-segments joining the points of
contact at the centre.
S

Ex. In a circle with centre O, PAX and PBY are the

tangents to the circle at points A and B, from an
external pointP. Q is any point on the circle such that
2QAX = 59° and ZQBY = 72°. What is the measure
of ZAQB?
o %aA qa i, PAX Tr PBY VA Aa fag P fag A

B
f QAX = 59° sir ZQBY = 72° à ZAQB 1 TY AIA
If in the above figure PA and PB are two tangents drawn HINTS:
from an external point P to a circle with centre 0, then
the angles ZAOB and ZAPB are supplementary, ie ZAOB
+ZAPB = 180°. Fronm the above, it can also be concuded A
that quadrilateral AOBP is cycic. S9

Ex. e tangents at two points A and B on the circle

with
the centre O intersects at P. If in quadrilateral PAOB, 72
ZAOB: ZAPB - 5:1, the measure of ZAPB is : B
Y
MT-ofa t } afg gt PAOB ÀZAOB: APB =5: ZAQB = 180° - (59° + 72°) = 49°
1, ZAPB ÁHY :

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fHIUn 73

 HINTS:
Geometry
Result-o6 ZTPR PSR = 40°
(Alternate segment theorem)
Alternate Segment Theorem/Tchit 34A:GUG Yu /SPT = 90° + 40° = 130°

A chord is drawn through the point of contact of a ZRTP 180° - (130° + 40°) = 10°
tangent, then the angles which the chord makes with Result-07
the tangent is equal to the angle made by that chord Secant-tangent theorem
in the alternate segment.
PA x PB = PC?

Secant theorem
PA x PB = PC x PD
B
P M
Let MPQ = 0, then ZPRQ = 0

and let ZLPR = a, then POR = a D

The converse of the above property also holds true. If PA x PB = PC x PD

a line is drawn through an end-point of a chord of a
circle so that the angle formed with the chord is equal B
to the angle subtended by the chord in the alternate
segment, then the line is a tangent to the circle.
P

D
Radius of circle (gi t f )
Note :Whenever you see the terms Chord and Tangent
AP+ PD +CP² + BP²
together in a question and you have to find angle then r=
2
you must check the applicability of alternate segment
theorem. BC²+ AD
If ZAPD = 90°, r=
2
Ex. Chords AB and CD of a circle intersect at E and are
perpendicular to each other. Segments AE, EB and ED
are of lengths 2cm., 6cm., and 3cm. respectively. Then
the length of the diameter of the circle (in cm.) is
Ex. In the given figure, O is the center of the circle and
W
gT GE AE, EB 3R ED das hH: 2 41, 6
PT is the tangent at P. If ZRPT=40°, then ZRTP is :

HINTS:
zft RPT = 40° , t RTP :

R A B

400
D
P
Selected Selection far74
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Geometry
x ED
AE xBE =CE
2x6= CE x3 HINTS:
CE = 4cm AP x PB PC x PD

AD = J4+9 = /13 4 x9 - xx (6x -3- x)

BC = V16+ 36 =/52
36 = x(5x 3)
36 = 5x -3x
VBC'+ AD² /52 +13 V65 5x2- 3x- 36 = 0
2 2
X= 3cm
V65
Diameter = 2r = 2 x 2 -65 Result-08
If CD = 2b, AB = 2a, EO = c and 0 is any point inside Two circles : If two circles are given, then
the circle.
Number of common tangents

(a) When two circles are separated

a +b +c? Number of common tangents

=4 (2 Direct/34q4WÍ + 2Transverse/q)
When two chords AB and AC of a circle are equal.
Then the centre of the circle lies on the angle bisector
of ZBAC.
DT
B

TCT
(b) When two circles touch externally

A D Number of comnmon tangents

=3 (2 Direct/347qg0 + 1 Transverse/ 449)

Direct common
In the figure, AE is angle bisector of BAC then
3A1fd 4, AE, ZBAC Ê HHfE# }t tangents
A

Transverse
C AB.AC + DE.AE = AE
B Common
tangents
lc) When two circle intersect, Number of common
tangents = 2(2 Directs)
Ex In the given figure, PA = 4 cm,
PB=9 cm, PC = x cm and
CD = 6x-3. then the value of xis : HeA = 2 (2 Direct/ 34qh
TR4 T4 fE PA = 4 |é PB = 9 4 3¦N PC = x HHÌ 3R
CD =(6x3.a x 1 H17à:
D Direct common
tangents

(d) When two circles touch internally, Number of

common tangents = 1(1l Direct)
P
A B
HEN = 1 (1 Direct/ qR0)
C
(Selected ~Selection fañn 75
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Geometry
R
Direct common
tangents

(e) When one circle is inside the other

Number of common tangents = 0 Length of the direct common tangent

AB and CD - Jd-(R -rf

Length of the Transverse common tangent

RS and TU = Ja -(R +r
Case-0 1:
Note: When two circles of radii R and rtouch each other
(a) When two circles touched each other at Aand B, extrenally, then
Care the centres of thecircle; and A, B and C are
collinear points then the difference between their A
B
centres is equal to the difference of their radii, ie
BC = AC- AB
R

= AC - AB

Distance between the centre = R+r

Length of the direct common tangent

A
DCT =JR+r)²-(R-r² = 2Rr
Case-02:
If radius of circles are same R =r=R'
(b) If two circles whose centres are O and 0' intersect
at P and through P, a line l parallel to 00'
intersecting the circles at A and B is drawn, then
AB = 2 x O0'. P

Gt gai ai A T B Ae¥ , AB = 2 x 00' DCT = PQ) -(R-R)

A AB =PO)r
AB = PQi.e. length of direct conmon tangent equal to
distance between the centres of circle.

Ex. Two circles are of radii 7 cm and 2 cm their centers

Length of the common tangent : being 13 cm apart. Then the length of direct commot
tangent to the circles between the points of contact Is

(a) When two circles of radii R and r are separated

such that the distance between their centrers is
d, then

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fanu70

 Geometry

HINTS:
co -*PQ
7cm
2cm TCT and line joining of centre meet at a point.

/d- 13
A

AB DCT
R
DCT - Jd-(r-,f 169-(7 -2
-J169 - 25 = 144 = 12 cm
Ex. The distance between the centre of two equal circles B
each of radius 3 cm, is 10 cm, the length of the i.e.
transverse common tangent is: divides PO is the ratio of radius of two circles
C

CP R (by similerty)
HINTS:
CQ
R
CP= xPQ
R+r

CQ=x
PQ
R+r
d= 10cm r - 3 cm = R
TCT = Jd- (R +rf Two circles externally touch each other at P. AB is
=J100 -36 =/64 8 cm direct common tangent (DCT) of the circles.
Then, ZAPB is always right angle.
Ex Twocircles having radii 12cm and 8 cm,respectively, If ZBAP= , then ZABP = (90- °,
touch each other externally. A common tangent is
drawn to these circles which touch the circles at M
and N, respectively.What is the length (in cm) of MN?
GH, f1 fA H41: 12 cm R 8 cm , yF qHt uf ZBAP = , ZABP = (90- x)°.
A

B
MN Ì GIé (cm ) H ErÍ?
HINTS: MN =2/Rr =2/12x8 =8/6
If DCTs and line joning of centre of circle are extended
and meet each other.

Ex. Two circles touch each other externally at T. RS is a

B
direct common tangent to the two circles touching the
circles at P and Q. LTPQ = 42°, ZPQT (in degrees) is:

Cexternally divides PO in ratio of radius two circles.

Í0 }I ZTPQ = 42° }I ZPØT I HI9 (fs à)
HINTS:
CP R R
CQ (by similerty)
CP R 490
CP-CQ R-r

CP R
CP R
ZPQT = 90° - 42o = 480
CP -CQR-r

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faTT 77

 Oand Pare the centers of circle and AB is
Geomet
Common
ry
Common Chord/3ufg ra
nchord
If two circles intersect each other at two points then
the line joining their centres is the perpendicular AB
bisector of their common chord. AQ =BQ= 2

AB AB
OP- R 2

ZAQO = ZAQP= 90°

The length of the commnon chord of two
M
Ex.
circles is 24 cm. If the diameters of the circles are intersecting
cm and 26 cm, the distance between the centres in
cm) is :

In the above figure, the line joining their centres, ie OP,

is the perpendicular bisector of the common chord AB.
HINTS:

If two equal circles intersect at P and Q and a

1 5 c m

straight line through P meets the circles at A and

B, then QA = QB. 1

B
13cm
P

24
AE = 2 =12 cn

BE = 225 -144 = /81 =9cm

Line of centres of two intersecting circles subtends CE = V169 -144 =/25 5cm
equal angles at the two points of intersection.
BC = 9 + 5 = 14 cm

(b) When/d Z0AP 90° i.e.

The tangent of a circle at point A or B pass through
the centre of the other circle.
B

In the above figure, two circles with centres AandB

intersect at Cand D. Then ZACB = ZADB. P
3et ATfa , A Br B rà i qi c ir D R
yfdd à LACB LADB aI }I
(a Two circles of radii R and r intersects.and AB is the OP = R+r²
common chord, then
R A21 r f g v-4 #1 ytdse hd ai ql AB R?

r
QPJR+? 2Rr
AB =
B
VR²+r

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection

fama78
 Geometry

each other
off both the circles are equal, then R= r. radius 4 cn intersect
When radii Ex Two equal circles of other.
through the centre of the
Such that each passes
The length of the commnon chordis :
A

HINTS:
A

AB?
OP = J4R?- P
OP
0Q =PQ =2
circles whose centres are Oand O' intersect
Two equal
Ex points A and B. O0! = 12 cm and
each other at the r= 4cm
AB= 16 cm, the radius of the circle is :
AB =J3 r = 4/3 cm
cm and
two circles with radii 9 center
Ex P and Q are centre of R is the
À~I O0' = 12 40 31 AB =16 àg where PÌ = 17 cm.
nt 2 cm respectively radius x cm, which touches each
of another circle of externally. If ZPRÌ = 90°, then
of the above two circles
HINTS: the value of x is:

HINTS:

00'= J4R?- AB? R

122 = 4R?- 162 9 c m X C

144 + 256 = 4R?

4R2 = 400 2cm
R= 10cm 2cm Q
both
circles are equal and the
P
When radiiof both the circle,
the centres of the other
the circles pass through
ie. R= r PQ= 17 cm
In APRQ,
T7 JRd ai 31r R =r PQ² = PR? + OR?
172 = (9 + x2 + (x + 2)2
4 + 8x
289 = 81 + + 18x+t
22+ 22x- 204 = 0
0
P x² + 1lx- 102 =
X=6 cm

Cyclic Quadrilateral/hts
B If all the four vertices of a quadrilateral lie on the
AOPA is an equilateral triangle. circumference of a circle, then the quadrilateral is called
a cyclic quadrilateral.

OP =r, AB = 3r
OBPA is a rhombus.
Selected Selection faun 79
Inspector)
Aditya Ranjan (Excise
 D w5 TT ABCD HAB = 8 H4, BC =
Geometry
6 3 DA = 4 T }I f BD I 14 7

HINTS:
B 9cm
B
Properties of aCyclic Quadrlateral/ u Hà farrard 8cm 6cm
If ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, then

The sum of the opposite angles is 180°.

4cm A
D
AC x BD AB x DC + BC x AD
AC x 7 = 8x6 +9 x 4
7AC = 48 + 36
7AC = 84
AC = 12cm
If one diagonal of cyclic quadrilateral bisects ote
B
diagonal then

ZA+ ZC= 180° A

B+ D= 180°
Exterior angle at a vertex =opposite interior angle. If
BCis extended to E, then ZA= ZDCE. B

AB × BC = CD x AD

D
Ex. In a cyclicquadrilateral ABCD, diagonal AC bisectstk
diagonal BD. If AB = 16.5 cm, CD = 19.8 cm and AD
= 11cm. Find BC.
B
fatft ts G ABCD facvi AC H7 faT BD
Ex. If an exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral be 50, the HAfgHIf h1 afs AB = 16.5 H, CD = 19.8 ==
interior opposite angle is AD = 11 H4 }I BC HI HH aIG I I
HINTS:

HINTS:
B

ZDCE = ZA = 50°
750
B CE
Ptolemy's Theorem:If ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, then
AB × BC = AD x DC
A
16.5 x BC = 11 x 19.8
198
BC = = 13.2cm
AB x DC+BC x AD = ACxBD 15
Ex. In a cyclic quadrilateral PQRS, diagonal QS bisects PR
at point O. If P0 = 8 cm, PO = 4 cm and OS = 6cm.
then what is the value of RS?
Ex. In a cyclicquadrilateral ABCD, AB 8cm, BC = 9 7
CD =6 cm and DA = 4 cm. If the value of cm, PR 1 faz 0
BD is 7 cm, HHfgHIf +I }I af PQ = 8 H PO =4
the value fo AC is :

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) f a i80

(Selected Selection
 Geometry

HINTS: If AD||BC, then

(a) AB CD
(b) AC - BD (Diagonals are equal)
(c) If AD||BC and ZBAD = 0, then
ZBAD = LADC and ZABC = ZDCB T-8
Thequadrilateral formed by the bisectors of all the four
Acm
6cm angles of a cyclic quadrilateral is also a
quadrilateral.
cyclic

OP =0R =4cm
AQOP AROS (By AA) D
OPQP
RS
R
4 8
6 RS
RS = 12cm
The cyclic quadraliteral ABCD isa parallelogram too. B
If AQ, BS, CS and DQ are the bisector of the angles
LA, ZB, ZC and ZD respectively, then the
quadrilateral PQRS is a cyclic.
A yfk AQ, BS, CS qT DÌ HHI: Ui ZA, ZB, ZC 3R ZD

If the sides of a cyclic quadrilateral is a, b, cand d,

then
B
Area of the cýclic quadrila teral

ABCD willbe rectangle i.e. =Js(s - a)(s - b)(s - cl(s - d)

ABCD VG 3A14G zI a +b+c+ d
where/Taí, s =
LA =ZB =/C= ZD = 90°
AB = CD and BC = AD
Ex. Find the area of a cyclic quadrilateral whose sides are
5 cm, 2 cm, 5 cm and 8 cm.
Ex. If ABCD is a cycic quadrilateral in which A = 4, B
=7, ZC- 5y, ZD=f, then x: yis: 2 t, 5 3ìn 8 Ì
ABCD V# at4 Ý fH4 ZA =4°, B= 7, ZC HINTS:
a = 5cm b= 2cm c= 5cm d = 8cm
5+2+5+8 20
HINTS: S =
2 2
=10cm
ZA +2C = /B+ ZD Area of the cyclic quadrilateral
4x+ 5y = 7x+ y
3x= 4y
= Js(s- a)(s - b)(s - c)(s - d) = V10x5x8x5x2
-5 x 2 x 2V10 =20V10cm²
x4 If a, b, c and d are the successive sides of a cyclic
y 3 quadrilateral, and s is the semi-perimeter, then the
If the cyclic quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium, then radius is
ABCD will be an isosceles trapezium qft a, b, c3Tt d a5 sTq sH5 yTT,sr S
A

P-l lab +cd)(ac+ bd)(ad +bc)

4V (s -a)(s - b)(s - c)(s- d)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector (Selected Selection frig 81

 If a, b, c and d are the sides of a cyclic quadrilateral
and p &q are the diagonals, then
x. In the given figure, if ZPAQ = 59°,
what is the value of ZAQB?
Geometry
ZAPD = 40
the
g 31fa 4, tf PAQ =59°, ZAPD =40° .
faauia
A

B
K59

p
J(ac+bd) (ad +bc) (ac +bd) (ab +cd)
ab+ cd &q = ad + bc HINTS:
The bisectors of the angles formed by producing the ZAPD +ZBQA
ZPAD = 90 -
opposite sides of a cyclic quadrilateral (provided that
they are not parallel), interesect at right angle.
59° = 90°
(40°+ZAQB
2

31 =
40°+ZAQB
2
ZAQB = 62° - 40° = 22°
Ex. In the figure given, a circde is inscribed in a quadrilateral ABCD
Given that, BC = 38cm., QB= 27cm., DC= 25cm. and AD is
perpendicular to DC. What is the radius of the circle.

TIAI }, BC = 38cm., QB 27cm., DC = 25cm AD

A

In a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, AB and DC when B

produced meet at P and AD and BC when produced
meet at Q. Bisectors of P and ZQ meet at a point R.
Then PRQ = 90°.
T4 y ABCD &, AB 7T DC * aa Pr
R
HHfgHIIA fag R fHerà 4 ZPRQ =90°
In the given figure, if P is the centre of the circle, then D
P C
LXPZ = 2 (2XZY + ZYXZ) HINTS:
BC = 38cm, QB = 27cm
ZXPZ = 2 (LXZY + YXZ) DC = 25 cm
BÌ = BR = 27cm (tangents from an exterm poir:
are equal)
CR = 38 - 27 = 11 cm
CR = CP = 11 cm
DP = 25 - 11 = 14 cm
DPOS is a square
DP = OS =r= 14 cm

In a cyclic quadrilateral/(35 aat4 TqÝa 4

A P a

x =90. a+B
P d
da
\a/D C R

Selected Selection 82
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Geometry

=/ (PQ x SR) +(PS x QR)

PRx QS
OR'
xc) + (b x d)
x d,is (aa square
d.ABCD (cyclic) of side 'a' and Xis point on
thecircle, then
I 'a' #1
ABCD

3 circles are of radius R

touching each other. A small
circle is also present touching the circles. The radius
X
4a? (r) of the smallest circle.
PX?+ QX?+RX? + SX2 =
IfCDLAB
AD CB y
0C = a, OD = b radius = R
0A c, OB = d and
R R

A
R R
C R R

large
3 circles are of radius r touching each other. A
also present touching the circles. The radius
circle is
D B of the largest circle

then, +y² = 4R? R

'OR'
a? + b² + c + d² = 4R2
EF are 3
POR is a triangle with inradius r. AB, CD & PAB, QCD,
tangents to the circle of PQR the inradii of
REF are r,, r, &r,, then
POR GA: r alGI yA fAT I AB, CD 3TT EF, POR
#g 3 Nrai, PAB, QCD, REF d 34:l I,
Two circles are of equal radius (r) and touching each
P
other externally, and a square having side x is also
touching the circles. then side of square () = Fr
B

radius of circle
PQR is a triangle with inradius r. The I, Then-
drawn as shown in the figure are T,» I,,
POR 3T: fa r ll

(Selectedt Selection fan 83

AAtya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Two circles of radius r and R, a triangle with height H
in between, then r + R H
Geometry
In the given figure, radius of smaller circle is

+R H x(2a(/2 -1)|=(V2 -lja

D

H
R

With A, B, Ccentres, three circles are drawn such that

they touch each other externally.
The sides of triangle AABCare x cm, y cm, z cm then Ba a C
sum of the radius of the circles

X+y+z
In the given figure, find the radius of bigger circle is
2

-2a +a -(/2+ 1)a

X+y+z
2 A a

I
Da

B I,

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faT 84

 Mensuration-2D

MENSURATION 2D 03
fgfautu afrfd
What is Mensuration?/afufa ? What is Area?/TAA T?
the space occupied by a
he literal meaning of the word Mensuration is 'to The area can be defined as
measure'. It is a branch of mathematics that deals object.
flat shape or the surface of an
with the measurement of perimeter, area and volume number of unit squares
The area of a figure is the
of the different geometrical figures. a closed figure. Area is
that cover the surface of
square centimeters,
measured in square units such as
square meter, etc.

The mensuration is divided in the following two parts:

) Two-dimensional mensuration/f;-fay af4fd

HHfa.
(ii) Three-dimensional mensuration/f7-fag
In two-dimensional mensuration we will study the two
dimensional figures (plane figures), like triangle,
quadrilateral, polygon, circle etc.

the three
In three-dimensional mensuration we will study
dimensional figures like cube, cuboid, cylinder, cone,
frustum, sphere, hemisphere, Prism, Pyramid etc.
1 Perimeter / rTs
dc, ViA, fuae, I, 4GUTeTI, fy4, fuufts f
Perimeter can be defined as the path or the boundary
defined as
In mensuration, We will use Pythagorean
triplets and that surrounds a figure . It can also be
divisibility tricks. the length of the outline of a shape.

ga1§ UITUT
Important Unit Conversion/45yuf
10Hectometer
1 Kilometer (km)
10 Decametre
1Hectometer
1Decametre 10Metre (m)
10 Decimetre (dm)
1metre
10centimetre (cm)
1Decimetre
10 milimetre (mm)
1centimetre
1760 Yard
1Mile
1Yard 3 Feet
12 Inch Mensuration 2D
1Feet 2.54 Centimetre (cm)
Inch In this section, We will study the measurements of
0.3048 Metre
1Feet
8 Kilometre (km) perimeter and area of figures which lie on a plane.
5Mile
10000 metre? (m?)
1Hectare
1000 Litre
1 Cubic metre (m) =
1Litre 1000 cubic cm (cm)

(Selected Selection fa 85
Aditya Ranjan(Excise Inspector)
 Triangle/faya (ii) Area of triangle when two of its side and Mensuration-20
angle
A
them is given -
betwe n,
A

b
B a

(a) Perimeter/uHTqa+b+ c
a +b+c
(b) Semi-perimeter (s)/3Í-UfATY = B a
2 C
It is denoted by s.
Area : The area of a triangle is denoted by the symbol |Area =xbc sin a=2 X
ca sinß = x ab siny
Aand can be calculated by the following five meth
ods:
A triangle with two given sides has a
maximum area if
these two sides are placed at right angles to each other

Area/ah0 = s(s -a)(s -b)(s -c)

Ex. The area (in m) of a triangular field, whose sides are A
85 m, 85 m, and 154 m, is :

HG ( ) à:
HINTS:

Area of triangle s(s - a) (s - b)(s - c)

a+b+c B a
Where,s= 2
and a, band c are the sides of the
If a,b are two sides of a triangle|
triangle. 1
85+ 85 +154 324
Max. Area ab
S=
2 = 162
2 (iv) If perimeter and in-radius are given then the area of
Area of triangle = J162x 77x77x8 triangle.
= 4 x 9 x 77 = 2772 m²
(i) = In-radius (3d:f) x Semi-perimeter (31GHHS
Ex. The area of triangle is 15 sa cm and the radius of
its incircle is 3 cm. Its perimeter is equal to:

3 #ÌI 34Ì qffy fadi :

HINTS:
15 =3 xs
D s = 5cm
1 .. perimeter = 5 x 2 = 10 cm
Area =
2
x side x corresponding height (v) If three sides and Circumradius are given then the area
of triangle.
1

1 1 abc
A=7 XBC x AD =7 xAC x BE * AB x CF 4 x Circum-radius( t )

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) 86

Selected Selection fayt
 Mensuration-2D

The perimeter and the area of a triangle made by

joiningthe mid-points of the sides will be half of
original perimeter and one-fourth of the original area
respectively.

X
C
B
and R be the mid-point of AB, BC and AC, side of unit length.
If P, Q
respectively, then Ex. Consider an equilateral triangle of a
formed by joining the mid
Anew equilateral triangle isequilateral
R4N: y131 AB, BC 3r triangle is formed
points of one, then athird seconds. The process 1s
by joining the míd-point of triangle, thus formed
Continued. The perimeter of all
is:

HINTS:
B perimeter of original triangle
Sum of all perimeter = 2 x
=2 x 3 x 1 =6 unit
m,, m. are given
Perimeter of AABC If three medians of a triangle - m,
The perimeter of APQR = 7 x afz faî T HIf461 -m,, m,, m

Area A=/S,(S-m,)(S, -m,)(S, - m.)

1 4
X AABC I yfHTY
APQR #1 YfHrq =
AABC is A, then m, + m, + m.
b If the area of Where, S= 2

Ifm = m +m,then
2
Area A=m,
4 R 3 m,
P
Equilateral Triangle/44a1E frT
4
4
B
mid-points
triangle PÌR is formed by joining the a a

9 Let a AXYZ is formed

AABC, then again a
Of the sides of APQR, if this
joining the mid-points of the sides of
Dy infinite, then C
process continue till B.

Perimeter/4lH14 = 3a
(i)
3a
, yf< 48 Semi-perimeter/314RHTY (s) =
AXYZ q1I (i)
/3a
() The area of all triangles/ Height/3 IS (h) = 2
(iü)
4
* Area of AABC Area/E7 =
1 vRAI9 (iv)
4

triangles/H faY0
(üj The perimeter of all
=2 x Perimeter of AABC Selected Selection fa 87

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

(v)
Mensuration-2n
2 4 ,3 H

HINTS:

Area of equilateral triangle -

(P, +P, t p,)

(9-27/3
V3 cm?
a h
(a) In-radius/4: fal (r) = 2 3 If the length of each side of an equilateral
triangle
is
increased by xthen area is found to be increased h.

(b) Area of the incircle/341: q = 12

(c) Circum-radius/kfA (R) = a

a
4 atx=y Fa?+y
Ta" In equilateral triangle/4HaTz fa 4
(d) Area of circum-circle/tfqt 1 = 3

(e) Radius of in-circle (r) 1

Radius of circum-circle(R) 2
Radius of smaller circle 1
Area of in-circle 1 Radius of bigger circle 3
(f
Area of circum-circle 4

(g) The ratio ofr:a:R= 1:2/3:2

(vi) If P,, P, and P, are the lengths of the perpendiculars The area of an equilateral triangle formed by taking
drawn from a point inside an equilateral triangle to its the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle as the base
sides then, is always equal to the sum of the areas of the
equilateral triangles formed by taking the other sides
of the right-angled triangle as the base.
Ts ai Gars P,, P, K P, ai, a
A

Pa P. a

P,

B a
B
V3a
(a) P, + P, + P, = 2 = h (height/3I)
2 Area (AC) = Area (AA) + Area (AB)
a =
J3 P, +P, +P)
The area of semi circles formed by taking the
(b) Area of the equilateral triangle /HHAIE f A hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle as the diamete
is always equal to the sum of the areas of semi circi
(P +P, +P,) formed by taking the other sides of the right-anglu
3 triangle as a diameter.
Ex. 'p' is point inside an equilateral triangle and if lengths of
perpendiculars drawn on each side of triangle from 'p'
are 2cm, 3cm and 4cm. Find area of equilateral triangle.
88
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection frang
 Mensuration-2D

35
A,
414 u I AB 21 t. AC = 2g tËt q BC =
A

Area of semi circle (AJ Area of semi circle (A,)+ Area C

semi circle (A,)/A, H a 34dgT #I 5 = A, + A, B

HINTS:
Area of shaded part = Ar. AABC
Bind the area of shaded region, where BC =8 cm,
AB =6 cm and AC = 10 cm. 1
x 21 x 28 - 294
afa q 1 A5 IA ,E BC = 8 , AB
equilateral triangular
-6 4 3r AC = 10 f3cows are tied to each corner of an
field of side 'a' cm with ropes of lengths r,, r, and r, cn, then

60

HINTS:
Total required area = Ar.(reg. A) + Ar. (reg. B) + Ar. 60
60°
(reg. C)
25
B 1
= 2 Ar. (reg. A) = 2 xTX = 251
2 The area of grazed by the cows:
Area of shaded region (p) /AIIhd 4A (p) T 4 =
sum of area of region (g), (r) and (s)/4A, (g), (r) 3t (s)

The area ungrazed by the cows:

V3a?
4

C
Isosceles Triangle/Hufgalz frHT
If ABCbe an isosceles triangle such that AB = AC = a
Area of.shaded region (s)/rIfAT (s) 1 ad = and BC= b, then
3iTt (u)
sum of area of region (t) and fu)/a (t) qft ABC y5 HHÍgAE faya 34 TER a fE AB =AC = a ir
BC = b,at
A

u
h

are drawn on three

n the given figure. 3 semicircles
Ex
28 cm and
Sides or triangle ABC. AB = 21 cm, AC = shaded
cm?) of the
D* 35 cm, What is the area (in
part?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fa 89

 (i) Side/ AB - AC = a HINTS:
Perimeter = 2p
Mensuration
(ü) Perimeter/fTs = 2a + b

(iii) Area/*h = bJ4a' -ba'sina

Area = (2p(3 -2/2)
4

- p² (3-2/2) unit?
b? V4a? -b a?
(iv) Height/3a - a 4 2 2R
Right-Angled Triangle /TTT f
a A
(v) Circum radius/vt (R) = Jag2-b?

(vi) Base/31 = R
J(2R +a)(2R - a)
Ex. Find the area of an isosceles triangle whose sides are
8cm, 5 cm and 5 cm.

B b
HINTS: (i) p² + b² = h² i.e. AB2 + BC² = AC?

Area = V4x5-8? - 4J(36) = 24 cm? (ü) p = h² - b-,b =Jh²-p², h - p?+ b?

2
(iüi) Perimeter/4ftHTy = p+ b+h
(viü) Isosceles-right triangle/HHÍgAE HHU fAYI
(iv) Area of triangle/fy 1 AG =x p xb

(v)
a a/2
H

(a) Perimeter/4fHTY (P) = a(2 + J2) Area of right angle triangle/H4TU fa1 35
H?
Ex. If the perimeter of an isosceles right triangle is 8(V2 +1) sin' 9
4
Cm, then the length of the hypotenuse of the triangle is: Ex. One of the angles of a right-angled triangle is l3
and the hypotenuse is 1 m. The area of the triang*
(in sq. cm.) is
HINTS:

8(V2 +1) - axV2(/2 +1)

HINTS:
a = 42 100 x 100
Area = xsin30° = 1250 cm?
.. Hypotenuse = av2 = 4 x 2 =8 cm 4
Ex. hypotenuse of aright angle A is 10 cm. What c
p? p? be its maximum area?
(b) Area/4hA = 2(6+4/2) 4 -(3- 2/2)
Ex. The perimeter of an isosceles, right-angled triangle
is 2p unit. The area of the same triangle is HINTS:

10x10
Areamax = 25 cm?
4

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faTn

 Mensuration-2D
Pthagorean
bich satisfy Triplets
: A set of three
integers a. b. c
Pythagoras
sides of a right-angled Theorem (d b
+ or the Maximum possible square inscribed in right angled
triplets. triangle is called Pythagorean
1. When side of square lies on hypotenuse

The smallest Pythagorean triplet is (3, 4, 5).

zaà B yqifiya feyete (3, 4. 5) h
Some important Pythagorean triplets

(3.4, 5), (6, 8, 10), (9, 12, 15), (12, 16, 20),
(15, 20, 25)
(5, 12, 13), (10, 24, 26), (21, 72, 75),
(8, 15, 17),
(7,24, 25), (14, 48, 50), (3.5, 12, 12.5), b
(9. 40, 41), (11, 60, 61), (1, 1, v2 ), (1, V3, 2)
Side of square/qi gPxbxh
p² +b² +pb
(2n, n' -1, n' +1),*,n-,n)
2 2. When side of sgaure lies on other side

According to figure radius of circum circle and incircle

A

b
D

ac
Side of maximnum square, x =
a+c
(v) Inradius/34d: faI (r)
So, area of the square DEFB
p+b-h |Perpendicular +Base - Hypotenuse a+e
'or
2 2
Circle/qri
(vi) Circumradius/aa fai (R)
h
7 'or Hypotenuse
Side of largest square inside a triangle whose base is
B' and height is H

Area of Circle (gi 1 5 i ) = r2

(ü) Circumference of circle (q yfT) = 2rcT
(iü) Area of Semi-circle (31Gg a1 )=
2
(iv) Circumference of Semi-circle (34 *Ì ffA) = +2r
Quadrant/aquter

BxH
r
Side of square/q £d yol = B+H
r

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fau 91

 Mensuration-2n
If R and r are radii of two concentric circles, then
Area of quadrant of circle (g h gt hl 45)
circle
Area enclosed by two

(i) Circumference of quadrant of circle (qT TI path/TE Ì terÉ

Tr (ii) Width of
+ 2r outer circumferencee- inner circumference
2
R-r= 2
Sector/farTs The area enclosed
between the concentric
Ex.
and the radius of the outer circle is circles
21
is 770
cm²
inner circle. cm, then
find the radius of the

HINTS:
)
Area enclosed between two circle = T(R?-

B
227 (212- r) =770cm² ’ r = /196 = 14 cm
The area of a circular path enclosed by two concentric
Ex. Gircles is 3080 m². If the difference between the radi.
2Tur0
() Length of the Arc AB/ IY AB T as () = 360°
of the outer edge and that of inner edge of the circulbe
path is 10 m, what is the sum (in m) of the two radi
(Take n = 22/7)
(ü) Area of Sector/ f a s aI h

(i) Area of Sector/ fGS HI 9 = 360°

circle = 5
Ex. If length of the arc =6 cm and radius of
cm. Find area of sector of a circle. HINTS:
T(R?- r) = 3080

HINTS: R+) (R-r) - 3080

1 ’R+r= 98 cm
Area= x 6 x 5 = 15 cm
The number of revolutions completed by a rotating
radius 7 cm
Ex. Find the area of the sector of a circle of wheel in one minute.
with a central angle of 90°.

TS 1
Distance covered in one minute/ 1f41e & TÍ
Circumference/ f f
HINTS:
circular field of radius
Ex. An athlete runs 8 times around a
TX7x7 seconds. His speed (in km/)
Area = 360°
x 900 = 4 T38.5 cm?
2 7 m in 3 minutes 40

circle is: (Taken n =

Area enclosed by two concentric
A# 3 f4e 40 4hs Ë 7 m ad
fa
HGH 8 ThT TIdI 34 (kn/h )

R HINTS:

44x8 18
X
144
220 5 25
|92
Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection
Aditya
 Mensuration-2D

According to figure three circles which radius are a, b inscribed in a

When three circles of equal radius is
and c touch each other externally and all the three
circles touch a line. right angled triangie as shown in the figure. Then

f f fer T -

1 1 1 a

b A
What is the total area of three equilateral triangle
ab
inscribed in a semi-circle of radius ' cm? Radius/fA (r)= 5a + b + C

An equilateral triangle circumscribes all the three

circles each of radius r'. What is the perimeter of the
equilateral triangle?

Area =Y
3× N44
21
When a circle is inscribed in a qudrant as shown in the
figure. Then

Be

LABC
In ABPQ, ZPBQ =30°
2
r=(2-1JR|
PQ
tan30° =
BQ
K R
When two circles of equal radius is inscribed in a right J3 x
x=V3r
angled triangle as shown in the figure :. Side = 2x+ 2r= 2\3r + 2r = 2r (V3 + 1)
Perimeter of triangle = 3 x side = 6r(V3 + 1)
Note: In case of six circles

b A

ab 4r
Radius/f (r) = 3a +b +C Side = 2x + 4r = 2V3r + 4r = 2r(v3 + 2)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selectedt Selection fau 93

 Ex. An equilateral triangle circumscribes all the circles,
Mensuration-2D
According to the figure two semicircles are
each with radius 10 cm, What is the perimeter of the
equilateral triangle?
in aquadrant. inscrnbed

(i) Area of shaded region (p)/rihd 47 (p) 1 T

- Area of shaded region (q)/GA 4A (g) 4E2
Area of shaded region (r)/BIGd AA (r) #1 T
- Area of shadedregions (s)/Hd 3 (s) 1
HINTS:
(ii Ratio of the area of the region (p), (q), (r), tsi
respectively/(p), (q), (r), (s) 4A0 E1 349A
Perimeter = 3 x 2x 10(W3 +2) p:q:r:s
4:4:7:7
= 60(V3 +2) cm
When a semicircle is inscribed in a right angled XBD is quadrant of a circle where, XB = 4a cm, XA
triangle, as shown in the figure. Then - AB = XC = CD. Four semi-circles are drawn taking
XA, AB,XC and CD as diameter. Find the area of
the shaded region.
XBD V# q 1 qati , TE XB = 4a HÌ, XA =AB
B
= XC = CD, XA , AB,XC BiTT CD HH aTT

X A R
ab
Radius/fH (r)=a +c
HINTS:
XB = 4a cm
When a semicircle of r-radius is inscribed in a right Area of shaded region
angled triangle lies on hypotenuse as shown in the
figure. Then = Area of quadrant of radius 4a - 4 x Area of
Semicircle of radius a + Area of leaf of radius a
If side of square = 2a cm. find the area of shaded
region.
B

a ab
Radius/f (r) = a +b

D A

94
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
 Mensuration-2D

HINTS: HINTS:
Areaof shaded region = Area of square of side 2a
Length of string 2 x 5 (7 + 3)
Area of semicircle of radius a + Area of leaf of
2x - 10 + 30
radiusa touch one another.
Three circular rings of equal radii of r cm each are Three equal circles each of radius r
The radius of the circle touching all the three given
touching cach other. A string runs all around the set
circles externally is
very trightly. What is the minimum length of
of ringsrequired
string to bind all the three rings in the given
manner?

A B

2r

K600

AABC = equilateral A
2r
faqHR A, B, CV HYATE fy }I
2Ttr
Length of three arc = 3
360 x120|=2r OB circumradius/4ftg t fr
Let radius of small circle/T 3Z g f =x
Length of string = 2r + 3 x 2r = 2r(r + 3)
Note: In case of six rings side of equilateralA 2r
OB=
V3 V3
2
V3
4r, 4r
xr

In the given figure, when all the outer circles have

radii R' then the radius of the inner circle will be

4r
. Length of string = 2Tr + 3 x 4r = 2r( + 6)
Bx. Three circles of diameter 10 cm each, are bound
together by a rubber band, as shown in the figure.
The length of the rubber band (in cm) if it is stretched
as shows, is

HINTS:

AC = /2 x 2R
’2R +2r = 2/2R
2r =2/2R - 2R
R RB r= RV2-1)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selectedt Selection fai 95

 2a, ? will :B=
l:1
|A
+(4E drodiagonal
=7x
pped
onewith r small
areas BD
on this
length circleof =
B
circle value 4 their *
drawn
HA and A perpendicular
(sum
x Selection
(Selected
of the
B
Quadrilateral/aq =2
line A that circle 4 CF
are diameters.
is
4 of
ratio 1
D
×
What
isAB Semi-circles
such BD
Ì big quadrilateral/47
below, semi-circles.
G13 M
a
the x of
AB drawn then
figure, E
as +
AB AE
given
figure
mid-point.
MB is
and it,
given
x
BD
MB, inside
radius A x
three AB, the ,
AM, a givern B B
of =
}l 2a
2R
=
HINTS: per Area
theas andthe R Area B
with fag As are 1
In M all
Ex.
twotangentof
shown
circumscribed
between
other
as
common Equilateral
of
Circum
radius
2+V3 circle Inspector)
placed "O, are
each V3
rradius each
4r R
is direct
touch
x rt of
'a'
are sideon of 2r
r
= circle
=
circle
radius (Excise
is each circle
radius squre
of rla? "0, larger six larger figure
square
equal of find
circle
circle.
2r of R Ranjan
case ofRadiusto
According
side equal
larger of
of a circle, Radius In
circle On
figure,
5 2 Three
a
Note: Aditya
circle. by :.
Two both
in a
 Mensuration-2D

In a quadrilateral ABCD, AC - 12 cm. If length of the

A
nerpendiculars drawn from B and to line AC are 5
Pand 7 cm, the area of the quadrilateral ABCD is:
faet ag ABCD , AC = 12 t yf Ba D#
a

b C
HINTS: B
+ breadth/gr)
72 cm2 (iv) Perimeter/tfrrg - 2length/arÉ
Area = n X 12 × (7 + 5) - 2(a + b)
breadth/rsTÉ ab
The guadrilateral formed by joining the mid-point of (v) Area/#AhG =1length/AS x
he adjacent side of the quadrilateral will be a (vi) Area of AAOB/AAOB 4 5 = Area of ADOC/
parallelogram of half area. ADOC 5d
AB0C/ABOC
Area of AAOD/AAOD #1 T5 = Area of
ab
A D 4

(vii) Radius of the maximum large possible circle

R
A

B
b
IfP, Q , R, S are the mid-point of the side AB, BC,
CD and DA respectively, then
f P, Q,R,S HR1: Y340 AB, BC, CD 3i DA
B a

(a) PQRS is a parallelogram Breadth -

b
2

(b) If the area of the quadrilateral is x, then Radius of the circle circumscribed the rectangle
ABCD be R, then
Area of the parallelogram PQRS =

D a

P
x/2 R

R= Va'+ba
2
B C
(i) If the length of the rectangle will become x times and
breadth will become y times, then area of the rectangie
Rectangle/3TUd will become xy times.
(i) AB = CD = a and BO= AD = b
(ii) AC = BD =
Ja+b (ii) Area of the path of uniform width d all around outside
the rectangle ABCD
i) AO = 0C = OB = OD =
Va' +b
2

Aditya Ranjan (ExciseInspector) SelectedtSelection far 97

Mensuration-2 be
to Find
The
drawn is
the 35m widearound.
wide.
pathsof fa
Selection
Selected
area m
m C B breadth
d 14 B
35
twO all m 2
the and 2 x
and b- 2 x -2
shows m
Find long Green
Lawn 2 x
long + 2 R 20- 14 length
(l leaving T2
m 12
m
metres. = m
m² grass. 20m =
below
m portion = lawn
50 50m 40020 lawn =
5n lawn
grass
field
given 5
P M R = plot with m grassy
grassy 10m
m
shaded
5)5 160
is m 16 grassy
Therectangular
diagram
path withlaid
rectangular 2
- = of = =
35 be 4
of 4 Breadth 10
portion.
each of (50+ covered
D
HINITS:
A
Length
HINTS: to 20 14 of x
5m Area area B=Area16
L=
a of D = A =
Ex. Ex.
outside
200m inside of path abovelength
is) 5m.
inside 5
metres m? the & satisfied
around is the
2d) is 8000 -2d) is 30 answer
from If path d)d
b+ measurement thewide. d= along
square
= all
b
+
b- Inspector
+ surrounds
2d(l (400) 2d(lround
m
the
0
areso
d D
'd +
(l
width E= 32 of (b) 10m
5m (d) = m validwidth
= (in runs width 5) =
D
20 R and 5
path
whose (d (b) not uniform h
metres = 2d)
the
20) uniform
I
long
width the -
30) andis
I
(Excise
width
+ m then b 2d) - 30m
garden
path/Tà 180 the path/TÀ + (d path/T
10 of rectangle
ABCD 38
uniform 2d(l- of
area of m², 32 2d) ’ 3mpath
width path+ path
(200
field
600
= + -
d) (a)
but
- option
breadth
the
and
Ranjan
rectangular
The (c) path
18.75m =2d(38
d(70
the the theof rectangular d(35 the the
P theof B 30m
(a) equation B
10 occupies
180m. of path of
HINTS: of of
of street HINTS:
of of = 150=
Area600 FromArea Area
Area x Area
Area-2 Area
A
300 Aditya
A a x
Ex. (iüi)
Ex. (ii)
 Mensuration-2D

of shaded region (p)/ithd (p) 51 Th (iüi) When diagonal is given then,

of shaded region (q)/thd a (a) 51 751 faav fer T ,
n0 of shaded region (r)/rthd a (r) 51 T5
(diagonal) d
=Area of shaded region (s)/uifa a (s) 1 aEA Area
2
2
Area of shaded region (t)/ of adjacent sides
fii) (iv) Straight lines joining the mid points
-Area of shaded region (u)/rthd a (u) 1 Th of any square forms a square.
(iv) Area of shaded region (p), (q), (r), (s)/3ufasa g7 (p):
(q), (r), (s) 1
- Area of rectangular region/ A4dhR 5 D
R

width
Acarpet has fix

b
A B

PQRS is a square.
P, Q, R, and S are mid points and
P, Q,R t S q-faz PQRS Y6 qf 1
Let carpet of width w covers floor of dimension Ix b (v) AOB = Area of ABOC = Area of ACOD
Area of A
a
Area of carpet/hRe 1 h i = Area of floor/0 I = Area of ADOA= 4
Hah l, x w= l xb
_lb
=
Length of carpet required/3|qNYG HRYZ ¥t AS w
a n

Let in rectangular tiles of dimension (x x y) cover the

floor of dimension (l x b)

Area of n tiles/n asH 51 hg = Area of floor/Í a1 B a C

(vi) Radius of the largest circle drawn outside the square

lb of side 'a'
n xxx y= lx b ’n

Ifthe floor is covered by the minimum number of square

tiles, then the side of square tile is HCF of the length
and breadth of floor. R

Square/at B

a
A B Radius of circumcircle (R) =

(vii) Radius of the largest circle inscribed inside the square

of side 'a'
2a

a
D4 Radius of incircle (r) =
2
Perimeter /fg = 4x Side = 4a
) Area =(Side? = a
(Selected Selection faiun 99
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
(viii) If one of the diagonal or the
perimeter become x
times then the area will become
Mensuration-2n
For the follwing figure, Side of square is 'a
times or increases
by ( - 1) times.

(ix) For two squares/ fes

(a) Ratio of sides/Y I 374d
- Ratio of diagonal (faui A0)
- Ratio of perimeter (tfr I AT)
(b) Ratio of area/ b #I 34Td
- (Ratio of sides/ya0 I ATIH)? Area of non-shaded region/3AAYGd i H TA= 3a'
14
- (Ratio of diagonal/favjf 1 AqAa?
Ex. If radius of all the circles is 14 cm, find the aras
- (Ratio of perimeter/tfurg 1 Aqa² the shaded region
(x) Find the area of the largest square that can be drawn
inside a semi-circle of radius r.

4
Area of square
HINTS:
(xi) Area of the square inscribed in the quadrant of a circle
of radius 'r(Ás shown in the figure,. 3
Area of red region x28 x 28 = 168 cm²
According to the figure area of shaded region
R
C
a

Area of square =

a a

(xii) Area of the square inscribed in the quadrant of a

circle of radius 'r'(As shown in the figure).
a

B a a
D

Area of square=5 r
A a B

f a i100
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 Mensuration-2D

According to the figure area of shaded region

D

a
A
B
A

Area shaded region/Brfsa 1 6d

iplr-12+6V3]
a

Area of shaded region is equal in each case.

If side of square/qf ai á YI = a'
Yellow
4
Area of shaded region in each case =
Blue
Ex.
ARCD is a square whose side is 14 cm, find the area
of the shaded region.
ABCD V qt fHGd TI 14 Ht , S ifd 1

Red

Radius of yellow circle/ q f I = 16

a
Radius of blue circle /ftt gã i I 6

D 3a
HINTS: Radius of red circle/I i gi Tf I =
For the following figure, side of square is 'a'.
Area of shaded region = a?
Red
4
77 x 14 x 14 = 112 cm2

According to the figure area of shaded region

Yellow+ +Yellow

a
Blue

Area of blue Region/-it I 5 = Ia

2 4

Area of yellow Region/qtt I = Ia

4 12
a
Area of shaded region-(3(1-V3)+n} Area of red Region/erA A H EG = a'-a_V32
6 4

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection feI 101

 For the following figure, side of square is 'x. HINTS:
Area = 24 x 10 = 16 × x
Mensuration-2D
x= 15 cm
D X
(vii) Area of all triangles of same base and
allel lines are the same. between the

A P
A B
Area of shaded region/3TUIHT RT 1 l: If XY | | PQ, then
Area AABC = Area AABD = Area AABE
-12-2x- 3/3) Ex. In AABC, Dand E are mid points of
sides AB and Rc
respectively BO is extend up to F such that CF = RC
Parallelogram/HiTR TfT Then what is relation between Ar.ADEF and Ar.AABC
In Parallelogram ABCD, let side AB = acm and BC = b AABC À, D RE h4T: Y30 AB 3R BC*
cm, then faz Rc
GHITT TyS ABCDÀ, T AB = a ns¦t BC = bèn, at Ar.ADEF 3R Ar.AABC RI HaY ?
A b HINTS:

ha
a
D

G
R
Let G is mid point of BC
1 AB = CD and BC = AD
Each diagonal AC or BD divides the parallelogram in Ar. AABC
.:. Ar.ADEG =
the congruent triangles. 4
If D and E are mid points of AB and AC respectively
then DE | |BC | |BF
(iii) AC + BD² = 2(a + b) Ar.ADEF - Ar.ADEG (triangles in between | | lines witn
Ar. AABC
(iv) Perimeter/fHTq =2(a + b) same base) =
4
(v) Area/T5A =Base x Height = a x h = bx h,
(vi) The length of one diagonal is d/G fauf aI d Rhombus/H4
In rhombus ABCD,
Then/4,
Area of parallelogram ABCD/HÍT TgH ABCD 1 A
TGA= 2 Js(s - a)(s- b)(s - d)
a+ b+ d
where/ s = 2

Ex. Side AB = 24 of a parallelogram ABCD is 24cm and

side AD =16 cm. The distance between AB and CD
is 10cm, then find the distance between AD and BC.
B
AD =16 I AB T CD * y î t 10 eft
Let the side BC = a, AC = d, and BD d,, then

102
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fangn
 Mensuration-2D

DA = a AB DC YE Y4|1
AB BC= CD = 5 H4 T ABCD
1
15m < (DC)I a T17
Side/l=a= (BC) = 10 fn, n (AB) -
ABCD 5I yfTy (ftzI H) PI ?

or, 4a² - d +d
HINTS:
15 m B
Perimeter/YHY = 4a
10m J0 m
1 8m 8m
Area/5T d, x d,
C
Perimeter of a rhombus is 2p unit and sum of the
lengths of diagonals is m unit, then the area of the
D
6m 15 m
F6mJAD'-AE?
rhombus is Pythagorean theorem DE =
/36 = 6m
DE =AD- AE' =10-8 =
m H26 I3H61 Perimeter of trapezium 62 m
AB=10 + 27 +10+ 15 =
= AD + DC + BC + parallel sides,
with AD and BC
Ex. ABCD is a trapezium of the area of ABCD to
The ratio
m²-p'lsq. unit E is a point on BC.
that of AAED is
YGSTÈ AII H414, E
ABCD, AD 3N BC HHi
rhombus is 13 cm and one
Length of each side of a
Ex What is the area (in cm)
of the diagonal is 24 cm.
of the rhombus?
HINTS:
D

HINTS:
4 x 13 x 13 = 242 +
d,?
d, = 10cm B E C

Area =
1
x 24 x 10 = 120
cm?
Area of trapezium ABCD
AD +BC)xh AD + BC
2 AD
Area AAED ADxh
Trapezium/H4 a g 2
AB =
which AB | DC and
Ex. ABCD is a trapezium inand BD meet at O. the ratio
2CD. The diagonals AC is
AOB and COD
of area of triangle 3t AB =
fH AB || DC
ABCD # HHCA qy O fHd TAOB
2CDI faAuf AC 3R BD f

HINTS:

b
trapezium/qHA TatA I 4AT
Area of 2x B
height/ A
AB = 2 CD = 2x
YAI340 61 4| x Let CD = xthen
parallel sides/HHIK
2 Sum of ACOD ~ AAOB

parallel to each AreaAAOB AB' (2x)

Ex ABCD, AB and DC are between them. CD?
-= 4
arapezium
Area ACOD
of 8 m What
perpendicular distance <(DC).
a and (AB) = 15m
Also, (AD) =(BC) = 10 m, the trapezium ABCD? Selection faT 103
is the perimeter (in m) of (Selected
Inspector)
Aditya Ranjan (Excise
 Ex. The ratio of the length of the parallel sides of a
Mensuration-2 D
Ex. A wall is of the form of a trapezium with
trapezium is 3 :2. The shortest distance between them
is 15 cm. if the area of the trapezium is 450 cm², the and parallel sides being 3m and 5m. What is
sum of the length of the parallel sides is of paintingthe wall, if the rate of painting is
the
per sq. m? Ps. 25

HINTS:

3a1 x 15 HINTS:

5x =30 x 2>x 12 1
Sum of the length of the parallel sides Area of trapezium 3+5) x4 = 16 m²
- 5x =5x 12 - 60 cm
Total cost of painting = 16 x 25 = Rs. 400

*** *

TRG fatt t
Competitive Exam
(ufarerft vïg) À UA (Maths)
faq IT-MfaIT Score ht à fes
RG Vikramjeet App Students h
Favourite Hf< HT Recorded Batch
ATT t enroll htl
ALL
Fees
699/
EAMS
MATHISSPECAL
LIVE VOD +
DOWNLOAD
RG VIKRAMJEET APP
CTON

Google Play
BATCH 8506003399/11
PRE + MAINS 9289079800
(Arithmetic +Aduance )
For ALL Exam
VALIDITY -LIFETIME
YSMART APPROACH VCRAUEET
Y UPDATED SHEETS
V PDF (BILINCUAL) Install
YCLASS NOTES
ADITYA RANJAN V (BILINGUAL)
PRACTICE SHEET
"MATHS EXPERT) V
SECTIONAL MOCK WITH
TEST SOLUTIONS
cya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) 104|
(Selected Selection farnyt
 Mensuration-3D

MENSURATION 3D 04
fafair
Indroduction/uft Lateral Surface Area (LSA) Iy yiu TAA
LSA of a solid is the sum of
areas of all the surface
A3-D solid is a figure that is not flat, it is three
dimensional, namely length, breadth and height or excluding top and bottom surface.
thickness. Theflat surface that binds it is called faces.
The intersection of surfaces gives us a line known as
dGe The intersection of edges gives point known as
vertices. Total Surface Area (TSA) h yss #ThA
TSA ofa solid is the sum of the lateral surface area and
the areas of the base amnd the top.

TSA = LSA.+ Area of top surface + Area of bottom

Buler derives a law to establish relationship between surface
number of vertices, faces and edges. It states that
number of vertices plus the number of faces in every
3-D solid will will always equal to númber of edges plus
two. If V, F and E denotes the number of vertices, faces Cuboid/a4
and edges respectively then, by Euler's law
A cuboid is a rectangular solid object having six
rectangular surfaces. It is sometimes also called as
rectangular parallelopiped.

V+F = E+2
Let us consider an example of cube: Height

Face Lengh

For a cuboid with base length (),

breadth (b) and
height (h)
Edge ciarÉ (). iss (b) r T (h) a IH f
(i) Lateral Surface Area G yas H
+Vertex = 2(l+ b)h
(iü) Total Surface Area/ ye
2(lb + bh + h)
Clearly,
V= 8, F =6 and E =
(ii) Volume of Cuboid/IH I 3HT4IR
12 - |xb xh
From Euler's Rule, V+F =8+6 =E+2 =12+2 =14
In (iv) Diagonal of Cuboid/y E1 fHU0
general a solid has two types of surface areas:
Ve+b² + h?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection farg 10s

 Note:- Length of longest rod that can be placed in the Folded up Mensuration-3n
- Diagonal fasuf
|-2)
Relation between area of faces and volume

Volume of rectangular box/3A14A5T

Volume =JA, XA, xA,
Ex. - (l- 2x) (b-2x)x
The areas of three adjacent faces of a cuboid are 32
cm², 24cm² and 48cm². Find the volume of cuboid. Ex. From the four corners of a rectangular sheet.
dimensions 25 cm x 20 cm, square of side 2
off from four corners and a box is made. cm 1s cut The volurne
of the box is
HINTS:

Volume = 32x 24 x 48 = 192 cm 2

Relation between diagonal and total surface area of a
cuboid HINTS:
Volume of rectangular box
(l+ b + h)² P + b² + h? + 2(lb +bh + h) = (25 -2x 2) (20 -2 x 2) x 2 = 672 cm³
(Sum of dimensions)² = (Diagonal)? + Total Surface Area Ex. A square of side 3 cm is cut off from each corner of a
(faAsT 9)? = (fauf)2 +(a7 ysy AT) rectangular sheet of length 24 cm and breadth 18 cm
Ex. The sum of length, breadth and height of a cuboid is
and the remaining sheet is folded to form an open
20 cm. If the length of. the diagonal is 12 cm, then rectangular box. The surface area of the box is
find the total surface area of the cuboid.

HINTS:
HINTS: Surface area of the open box
(20)2 = 12 x 12 + 2(lb+ bh + h) (l- 2) (b-2) + 2 (b- 2x) () + 2() ( - 2x)
Total Surface Area = 256 cm² = (24 - 2 x 3) (18- 2 x 3) + 2 (18 -2 x 3) (3) + 2(3) (24
Volume of hollow cuboid/et a t Tl -2 x 3)
= bh - (l-2) (b-2) (h -2) = 18 x 12 + 6 x 12+6x 18
Where, x is the thickness of walls of the cuboid =216 + 72 + 108 = 396 cm?

Note: fH 9A 5H Question Box open upper

Ex. AwOoden boX measures 20 cm by 12 cm by 10
cm.
Thickness of wood is 1 cm. Volume af wood to make paint hI #0 TA YST 4t t (Floor) l
the box (in cubic cm) is area (b)
sIE t RHé surface area (lb + 2bh + 2h) H per
A4dTAT q 1faTr FH: 20 HT x 12 4T x 10 41 square unit cost # multiply *B t I
Ex. The length, breadth, and height of a room are 10 m.
m and 6 m respectively. Find the cost of white washing
HINTS: the walls of the room and the ceiling at the rate of Rs.
Volume of hollow cuboid/aUd y a1 7.50 per m².
= 20 x 12 x 10 - (20- 2) (12 - 2) (10 - 2) = 960
Making a box from rectangular sheet

(a) Rs. 2,220 (b) Rs. 1,850

We can make an open rectangular box by cutting off
equal squares of side x unit at four corners and the (c) Rs. 2,150 (d) Rs. 2,000
remainder is folded up HINTS:
Area =(10 x 8 + 2 x 8 x6+ 2 x6 x 10) = 296 m"
cost of white washing = 296 x 7.5 = Rs.2220

106
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection f a t
 Mensuration-3D

f Hui Mesuration f per sequare Consider 'a' is the side of the cube.
cost prime number 31Al prime number l multiple
unit
3 prime number l multiple tn, tf9 1 Area/ áyá4 A5 = 4a?
(i) LateralSurface 4T6 = 6a?
Area/ F
9a7
multiple & a correct answer l digit sum 9e I (i) Total Surface
7.5 prime number3 #1 V6 multiple (ii) Volume/ 4T4 = a
3 1 % multiple (iv) Diagonal/ faf-23a crn, are joined end to
end. What
multiple Ex. SIX Cubes, each of edge the resulting cuboid in cmn ?
ia) Rs.2220 ET 3 1 thetotal surface area of
rectangular tank is 'T metres long and"h' metres deep.
A cubic mnetres of water be draw in off the tank, the
If'x in the tank goes down by 'd' metres,
level of the water
then the amnount of water (in cubic metres) the tank HINTS: cm
l=2 x 6 = 12 cm, b = 2 cm & h = 2 cm
given by cubic metres and the x 2)+ (2 x 12)] 104 kept in
. T.S.A. = 2[(12 x 2) + (2 volume
can hold is 1728 cm, are
Ex. Four solid cubes, each of each roW. They forn a
two cubes in
two rows having The total surface
breadth of the tank is metres.
rectangular solid with square base.
solid is:
area (in cm) of the resulting

XXh
d ld (H ) IA EI
HINTS:
Arectangular tank is 50 metres long and 29 metres Side of each cube = 1728 = 12 cm
deep. If 1000 cubic metres of water be drawn off the l= 12 x 2= 24 cm, b = 12 x 2 = 24 cm
& h 12 cm
tank. the level of the water in the tank goes down by 2 .:. T.S.A. = 2[(24 x 24) + (24 x12) + (12 ×
24)]
metres. How many cubic metres of water can the tank 288 + 288)] = 2304 cm²
- 2[(576 +
hold? And also find the breadth of the tank.
Right Circular Cylinder/44qs aT
cross-section is
A solid which has uniform circular
called a cylinder (or, a right circular cylinder)

HINTS:
1000 × 29
Volume of the tank = 14500 cub m
2
Note: We may conclude that even if the length of the
rectangular tank is not given. Volume of the tank can h

be calculated. To find breadth of the tank length is

needed but not the height of the tank.

Let r be the radius of circular cross-section and h be

the height of cylinder, then

1000
. Breadth of the tank = 10 metres.
50 × 2 (i) Area of cross-section/ 9 He 1 5 = r²
Cube/H (ii) Perimeter (circumference) of cross-section/ YR
Asolid object having all the six surfaces are square is
Known as cube. Thus, length, breadth and height of a (ii) Curved Surface area/4* (9INa) yst
cube are equal. Perimeter of cross-section/ AqYR Te 1 YfHTS X
height/3eI - 2rrh
(iv) Total Surface area Ht yaty Ah = Curved
surface area 4 (9ING) yay Ah + 2 x Area of

2rrh + 2(rr) = 2rr(r +h)

(v) Volume/34d = Area of cross-section/ - 9 hle
1 A x height/ha

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faiñn 107

 Hollow Cylinder/atuer t
Mensuration-3andn
Ex. The curved area of a cylindrical pillar is 264
m'
ita
22
volume is 924 m. Taking 7 Find the ratio of ita
diameter to its height.
264 m²
h
22
AYTA 924 m'Taking n- 7

HINTS:

() Curved Surface Area/YN yss Diameter 2r 2x 8ny2 2x8x22 x924 x924 7

- 2rrh + 2rRh = 2nh(R + r) Height h (CSA) 7x264x 264 x264
(ii) Total Surface Area/i ysts Eh
(i If curved surface area (c) and height(h) are given the
= 2rh(R + r) + 2r(R? - )
(ii) Volume of material of hollow Cylinder volume of cylinder/ tfk INd ys t a (c) a1 a

= z(R?- h
V=
(iv) Mass (weight) of hollow cylinder/ arg aH #I HHH 4th
(R)
Ex. Aright circular cylinder of height 16 cm is
= Density x Volume of material/ x yT 1 covered by a
rectangular tin foil of size 16cm x 22 cm. The volume of
Ex.
the cylinder is:
Ahollow cylinder is made up of steel. The difference
in its outer and inner CSA is 132 cm². Height of
cylinder is 21 cm and sum of its inner and outer
radius is also 21 cm. find the TSA of the hollow
cylinder (in cm). HINTS:
If tin foil covered cylinder then
curved surface area of
cylinder is equal tó area of tin foil.
C.S.A. = 16cm x 22cm
h= 16cm
HINTS:
We have, Volume = 16x 22 x16x 22 x7
4rh = 616 cm'
2rh(R - r) = 132 4x 22x 16
R-r = 1
Folding and revolving a rectangular sheet
Also, R+r= 21 cm (given)
’R= 11 cm, r = 10 cm
So, Rectangular sheet to be fold
TSA of hollow cylinder = 2h(R + r) + 2r (R² - r)
= 21(R t r) (h + R-r|
22
- 2 x
21(21+1]
=6 x 22 x 22 = 2904 cm?
(1) If curved surface area (c) and volume (v) are given then
ratio of radius to height
h=b
2n r l

8r y2
r" h=,2r=b >r- 21
b Folding along length Folding along Breadth

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection 108

 Mensuration-3D

revolved about
Rectangular sheet to be revolve Let the right angled triangle ABCABbeis the height (h)
its side AB to form a cone: then
base and
of the cone formed, B is the radius (r) of its
AC is the slant height(9.
b

fr (r) AC frtSt
h ` (h) à, BC 34 3

h =b
b
r =l

h =,r=b b

Along Breadth
Along length

A rectangular paper sheer of dimensions 22 cm x 12 cm

is folded in the form of a cylinder along its length. What B C
will be the volume of this cylinder? Slant height/frfF hs l= Vr?+ h?
Take (ü) Curved Suface Area/ YNG Ysty AHT = rl
(iii) Total Surface area/hi yst4 AhT = r(r + )
(iv) Volume/34TT = 3
rh
Ex. The volume of a conical tent is 1232 m' and the area of
its base is 154 sq.m. Find the length of the canvas
Taker required to-build the tent, if the width of canvas is 2 m.
HINTS:
2r = 22
22x7 7 HINTS
=
cm., h = 12 cm IR2 = 154 m2 ’ R = 7m
2x 22
1232
& RR?h = 1232 mn³ h =24 m
49 3 3 154
x 12 = 462 .:. l= 25 m
7 4

Afigure is formed by revolving a rectangular sheet of Area of the canvas required to build the tent = r
dimesions 7 cm x 4 cm about its length. What is the Which willequal tothe area of the rectangular canvas.
volume of the figure. thus formed? 22 x 7 x 25 = 2 x Length of the canvas
Length of the canvas = 275 m
Alltriangles formed by cutting cone are similar to each
other.
HINTS:
h=7 cm
r=4 cm
volume = r'h
h
22
7 x 4 x 4 x 7 = 352 cm
H| |B

Right Circular Cone4 qitu

The solid obtained by revolving a right-angled triangle
about oneb of its sides (other than hypotenuse) is
called a cone or right circular cone. R
f (i) AOCD ~AOAB(ZA = C= 90°,Z0= /0)
Hau (3u 3faftt)
H R H b
=
Tor R r

tya Selected Selection faIn 109

Ranjan (Excise Inspector))
 Let V is volume of larger cone and v is volume of smaller
Mensuration-3D
Cone

<l<
nR'H
3 R'H
(ii)
<|< Irh r'h h ......
3
Frustum
H R L
(iii) = =

h R
(i)
1
() Vollume of frustum (1-6 I H) = , n(R? + 4
Rr) h
4 (iü) Curved surface area (YNd Ya4 #a5) = z(R+ rl
5
(iüi) Total surface area (T y )
= rl(R + r) + n (R? + r) Where = /h² + (R-r?
Rotation of a right anlged triangle. (THGTUT A

CSA of5parts of cone/gi 5 i A I 47911

12: 22 - 12:32 22: 42-32: 52- 42
= 1:3:5:7:9
Volume of 5parts of cone/yi 5 0 3IYGA GI

Along
13: 29 19 :39 23; 43 39: 53 43
= 1:7: 19:37:61 Base Perpendicular Hypoteneous
A B A
If S denotes the area of the curved surface area of a
right araular one of h height and semivertical anglea
then S equals ?

r=c r=a
h a hc
l= b l=b
By Similarity rb = ac
sum of volume of two cones

h
Ex. A right AABC with sides 5 cm. 12 cm and 13 cm s
revolved about the side 12 cm. What is the volume o
the solid so obtained?

tan a = COs a =
HINTS:
r =h tana
r=5cm
l= h seca.
S = r l = th'seca. tana
h= 12 cm

1
Frustum/f6 Volume of cone =
3
rr°h
If a cone is cut by a plane parallel to its base, the
1
portion of solid between this plane and the base is IX 5² x 12 = 100 Kcm3
known as frustum of the cone.
110
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faAIgt
 Mensuration-3D

Cone
formed by rolling up a sector Curved surface area of cone = Area
of sector = 2

sector is rolled up in such a waythat the

two
When a
joinedtogether then a cone generates.
binding radiii are
Volume of cone (VG A1 3A1444)

angled sector of radius a cm is rolled up into a J3r r

Aright 4 2 8/3
construct a conical tent
Cone

Note: Canvas required to

= Curved surface area of cone
cm is bent
of metal of diarmeter 28
Ex. A semicircular sheet cup
cup. The capacity of the
into an open conical
909
22
use T =
7
is:
Rolled Up

use n =

HINTS:
22x 14x 14x14
’ 2rr' =r=&l=r Capacity of cup = 7x8x1.7
4 8/3
=622.36 cm3
(h)
Height of cone (ih áÌ 3ais)
Sphere/it
on revolving a circle about
A sphere is a solid obtained
any diameter of it.
16 4

Area of sector
Curved surface area of cone = 4

Volume of cone/y al 344GA

V15ur
192

r cm is rolled into a cone.

2 A semicircular sector of radius

Surface area (yy A5a) = 4zr?

h
Volume 341)
( r
Rolled Up of two
Let v. and v, be volume and S, and S, be area
sphere then
2
Height of cone r n iag (h) 3/2 2/3

V3r
2

Aditya Ranjan (xcise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIm 111

 Ex. The surface area of two spheres are in the ratio 4 :9.
Their volumes will be in the ratio. 1
6cm and is cmthick. The volume of the all
Mensuration-dia3mente
Ex. Ahollow spherical metallic ball has an external

(in
Take n =
cmi
HINTS:

3/2
2
1
39 27 2
22
7
Ex. The rartio of weights of two spheres of different materials HINTS:
is8: 17 and the ratio of weights per 1c of materials of
each is 289 : 64. The rartio radii of the two spheres is: 4
Volume of the ball -3-|
125

HINTS:
= =

)
Mass 4 2291_143 47-cm
2
Density = Volume 3 7 3

Hemisphere/srGirT
289 8x64 When a solid sphere is cut through its center into two
Ratio of the volumes of sphere = 17 289 x 17 equal (identical) piece, each piece is called a
64 hemisphere.

3
3 8x8x 8
17x17x17 I, 17

Spherical Shell/g T
It is solid encosed between two concentric spheres.

Let R be the external radius and r be the internal

(i) Curved Surface area ( yu HI) = 2xr
radius of a spherical shell then
(i) Total surface area (4 yaT Ta) =3zr
f, (üi) Volume (3747) = r
2

Ex. The volume of asolid hemisphere is 19404 cm'. Its tota

surface area is:

(a) 4158 cm? (b) 2858cm²

R (c) 1738 cm? (d) 2036 crn²
HINTS:
2 222
Tr = 19404 ’* x r -19404
its volume (R-r)= Volume of material in 19404 x3x7
=9261
2x 22
spherical shell
r= (926 113 = 2l cm
4
4158
22 ca'
.. Total surface area =3r =3 x 7 X21x 2] =
Total surface area = 4x(R?- ) 11. Itis
Total surface area is always multiple of 3 and
only possible for option (a).
frnga 112
Aditya Ranjan (Exeise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 Mensuration-3D

Hemispherical Shell/3+city ya Height of cylinder/a â

-Diameter of sphere/Ti 51 4- 2r
Volume of Cylinder/ tA ITAA : Volume of Sphere/

4 4
Curved Surface area (Nd yy rgha) - nr(2r):nr-2:3:2
3 3
- 2n(R?- r)
Total surface area (het ya A ) - 3r(R?- r) (ii) Amaximum cylinder inside cube then
(ii) Volume (314T) (R'-)
Summary/ IYI

Sphere Hollow Sphere Hemisphere Hemispherical Shell

- v - [ r + x - ] v-r v-R-r)| a

Radius of cylinder/ t fI
Combination of 3-D Objects
a
x edge of cube =
2
A
solid maximum 3-D object insidé another 3-D object Height of cylinder/ acH t T edge of cube/T
feh = a
Volume of cube / 1344AT: Volume of cylinder |
Amaximum cone inside a cylinder

a':

-1:2*-14:11
7 4
h
(iv) A maximum sphere inside a cube then

Volume of cylinder/H I 344GA : Volume of cone/

-rhih-3:1
sphere then
(ii) A cylinder just encloses a

a
Diameter of sphere/ tet 1 H(2r) - edge of cube /A
R- a
h - 2r
Volume of cube/ I HrTAR : Volume of sphere/T

- 21: 11

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faMI 113

 (v) A maximum cube inside a sphere (viii) A maximum cube inside a cone
Mensuration-3
Diagonal of cube/A 1 faEUÍ Diameter of sphere/

B
A
a a
a

R
21
J3a =2r a= D
V3
Volume of sphere / 1 AI4AT:Volume of cube/4 AOCD ~ AOAB

0C CD
4 2r OA AB
r': 4 22 8
V33*6-l1V3:7
(vi) A maximum sphere inside a cone
H R
AB -
V2a
H-a a/V2 2
(ix) Largest cube inside a hemisphere

R D

then, AOCD ~ AOBA

OD CD
OA AB
R Let R be the radius of hemisphere and x be the side ot
h-r cube. C is the centre of hemisphere.
lxr= hR - Rr
hR
l+R
BD = J2x
(vii) maximum cylinder inside a cone

.. BC =

In AABC, AC? = AB² + BC2

R? =

When we transform one object into another object.

18
AOCD ~ AOAB volume remains constant.
(ZA= ZC = 90°, Z0 common)
CD (i Concept of Melting &Recasting
OA AB
H R Volume
H-h r
Volume of Melted object/fyee J I=
of recasted object/yt aK 1 341
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) 114
(Selected Selection fam
 Mensuration-3D

rightcircular
cones of equal height of radii of base (ii) Concept of digging & earth taken out.
together and made to a solid
Two cm are melted
Ex cm and 4 5cm. The height of a cone is:
radius frÍ 1 T441
Volume of earth taken out/ frkrcft TÉ
3
sphere of
cuboid cylinder
-Volume of ambankment or volume of

HINTS:
cones = Volume of sphere
Volume of two
4
N3xh+ nx4° xh=x5'
3
3 125
=4 x
gh + 16h
4x125
= 20 cm
h 25
cubes of metal whose edges are 6cm, 8 cm and
Three
Ax. respectively are melted and a single cube is
10cm,
the length of the edgeof the newly forned
ed What is
cube?

|Tr°h = n[(r + w)² - r] x x

cuboidal or
Note: Generally, the soil taken out from a
HINTS:
cylindrical well is used to make a platform around the
Vohume of recast cube = Sum of volume of three cubes another cuboidal / cuboidal /
same well or to fill
a=6 + 83 + 10 = 216+ 512+ 1000
cylindrical / hemispherical vessel. The volume of the
- 1728 removed soil figure is made equal to the volume of the
used soil figure.
a = (17283 = 12cm
NOTE: When many cubes integrate into one cube the
side of the new cube is given by

=/Sumof cubesof sides of allthe cubes

Ex. Ahollow sphere of intertnal and external diameters 6cm Ex. A well 20 m in diameter is dug 14 m deep and the earth
and 10cm respectively is melted into a right circular taken out is spread all around to a width of 5 m to
cone of diameter 8 cm. The height of the cone is:
form an embankment. The height of the embankment
is:

HINTS:
Volume of cone = Volume of hollow sphere HINTS:
4
x4° xh -n(5' -3') Volume of embankment = Volume of well (Volume of
earth taken out)
h= 125-27 98 49 = 24.5cm T(152 10) h = nX 10² x 14
4 4 2
Ex. 12 sphere of the same size are made by melting a solid 10x10 x 14
h= = 11.2m
yinder of 16 cm diameter and 2 cm height. The diameter 125
of each
sphere is: Ex. A field is 125m long and 15m wide. A tank 10 m x7.5 m
x6 m was dug in it and the Earth thus dug out was
spread equally on the remaining field. The level of the
HINTS: field thus raised is equal to which one of the following?
Volume of 12 spheres = Volume of cylinder
4
12 x
3 Tr n X82 x 2
4x 2x3
=8’r= 2cm
12x 4
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fan115
 HINTS:
Remaining field = Area of field - Area of tank
- 125 x 15 - 10 x 7.5 = 1800
Ex. Water flows through a cylinderical
7cm, at 5 metre per second. The pipe, it
empty water tank, with height 1.54time,
Mensurwhostaakestieon-rad3iua
Volume of earth dug = 10 x 7.5 x 6 = 450m³ metres andtoarfieal
By given condition, 1800 x h 450
450
the base (3 x 5) square metres is |Taker =
h=
1800
m
100
4 cm = 25cm 7)
f 7
(iii) Filling a container by another shape
container.
Volume of filling container/ are a 1 3T41 =
Volume of tobe filled container/ SH AI a 1 Takers22
Ex. Ahemishphere bowl of
internal radius 15cm
314 7
liquid. The liquid is to be filted into contains a HINTS:
bottles of diameter 5 cm and height cylinderical shaped
6cm The number of r? (vt) = Area of base x height
bottles required to empty the bowl is:
22 7 7
7 100 100 x 5t (3 x 5) x 1.54
X

t= 300 seconds =5 minutes

Ex. Water flows at the rate of 10
metres per minute from a
HINTS: cylinderical pipe 5 mm in iameter. How long it take n
fll up a conical vessel whose
Volume of hemispherical bowl = cm and depth 24cm?
diameter at the base is 30
Number of bottles x Volume of 1 bottle
= Nx R°h =N 55
xTXxx6
2

N= 2nx15x15x15 HINTS:
3xnx5*6 = 60
2
Ex. The diameter of the base cylindrical drum is 35dm. r² (vt) = , RH
and the height is 24 dm. It of
is full of kerosarne. How many
tins each of size 25 cm x 22 cm x 35 can be
filled with
0.25 x 0.25 x 1000t =x 15 x
kerosene from the drum?Use n- 7
15 x 24
aER T4 3AT A IH 35 dm Rhs 24 dm ài t=
144
= 28 4
SHH Uf47 5 E minutes = 28 min 5
àI G4 À 25 H x 22 H4T x 35 31651R 60seconds
= 28
min 48 seconds
HINTS: Ex. Water is flowing at the
rate of 3km/hr through a
Volume of cylindrical drum pipe of 20cm internal circular
diameter into a circular cistern
Required number of tins = diameter 10m and depth ot
Volume of tin
cistern be filled? 2m. In how much time will the
22 x 350× 350 >x 240
7x2x2x 25x22x 35 = 1200
(iv) Filling or emptying a tank.
HINTS:
Volume of water flowing through pipe (Cylindrical / Water flowed in t hours through the pipe
Cuboidal) in t time/tH44 Ygg (HaT/gHAR) H A circular cistern = volumne of
ard qr 1 3AT4AA = Volume of the tank (Cylindrical / r° (vt) = R'H
Cuboidal)/} (aIAT/AAIR) 61 3A4TAI R²H 5 x5
Area of base x speed of flow x time/31R AI Ah x
t=
rv x2x100 x100
10 x10 x
yaTE T nfa x H4q = Volume of the tank (Cylindrical / 3000
Cuboidal)/2 (dAIE/AIEI) 1 31444| 2
x 60
Ex.
minutes 1hour, 40 minutes
1 Water
(a) r² xVxt= rR²h or LBH or R'H flows into atank which is
wide, through 15Om
a pipe of 200m long and
(b) lx b xvxt= LBH or RR?h km/hour.
the tank to Then the time cross-section 0. 3m
(in hours) for the
x 2m
water
at 20
level in
reach 8m is:
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection 116
 Mensuration-3D

HINTS:

40.3 Volume of extra cylinder - x liter

r ' h x x 1000 cm'
22 35 35
h 11 x 1000
HINTS: 7 2
water level in the tank to reach 8cm be 80 3
time for the
Let h 7
- 117 Cm
t hours
Water supplied by pipe in t hours
=Volume of water Ex. A rectangular tank whose length and breadth are 2.5 rn
nk area of cross section x (V
x 150 x8
x t) = 200 and 1.5 m, respectively is half fll of water. If 750 L mnore
L more warter is poured into the tank, then what is the
200 x15 x8 - 200 hours height through which water level further goes up?
t=3x 2x 20 x 10
object.
Coneept of inserting an object into another
()
HINTS:
Valume of inserted object/3Iit ` I 3T4TA = Volume Volume of extra cuboid = Volume of water
object/SIi
of water/liquid displaced by inserted 750
’ h = 0.2m = 20cm
2.5 × 1.5 x h =
1000
diameter 6cm are immeresed Concept of cutting a solid
Dy Two irons sphere each of cylindrical vessel of radius (vi)
in the water contained in a raised
Gcm. The level of the water in the vessel will be (a) Volume of solid does'nt change
by
used as
Ex. A sphere is cut into hemisphere. One of them is vessel
bowl. It takes 8 bowlfuls of this to fll a conical of
height 12cm and radius 6cm. The radius of the cylinder is:
HINTS:
Volume of two iron sphere = volume of extracylinder

x I X 33 = x 6² x h
=2 x 3 HINTS:
Volume of 8 hemishpere = Volume of cone
h = 2 cm
with 2
Ex. A Cylindrical vessel of base radius 14 cm is filled 8 x T X 62 x 12
water to some height. If a rectangular solid of dimensions 3
in
22 cm x 7 cm x 5 cm is immersed in it what is the rise 6 x 12 6 6
water level? 3=
8x2
6
’r= = 3cmn
(b) Surface area of solid increases.

HINTS: A cuboid of size 50 cm x 40 cmn x 30 cm is cut into 8

Ex.
Volume of extra cylinder = Volume of rectangular solid identical parts by 3 cuts. What is the total surface area
22 (in cm) of all the 8 parts?
7x 14 x 14 x h = 22 x 7 x5

5
h= = 1.25 cm
4
HINTS:
Ex. A cylindrical tank of diamneter 35 cm is full of water. If
11 litres of water is drawn of the water level in the tank
will drop by:
use n

3 cut 7fa ve Cut Arý KHI cut gT an tHU cut r s

use z=

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fa 117

 ie., 25cm x 20 cm x15cm dimension
TSA -8 x 2( + bh +hl)
8 Cuboid HINTS:
We know that
Mensuration-3
Total surface area of solid sphere = 4nr2
-8 x 2(375 + 300 + 500) - 18,800cm?
When it cut into half parts in two
Ex Asolid cube has side 8 cm. It is cut along diagonals of
top face to get 4cqual parts. What is the total surface then,
hemisphere
area (in cm) of each part. Total surface area = 3nr? + 3nr? = 6rr2
= 2nr)
So, increase in arca = br?- 4nr2
17.5 17.5
= 481.25
- 2x 2
HINTS:
4 V2
Prism/fyg
A prism is a solid that has two faces that are
and congruent and their faces (Polygon) join byparal
to vertex. Aprism has a polygon as its base and vertia
side perpendicular to the base.

(a) Curved surface area of a prism = Perimeter of baa

height
TSA = 2x;x8x 4 +8 x8 +8 x 4V2 x 2 = 96 +64V2
cm and radius
Ex. Aright circular cylinder has height as 18 (b) Total surface area of a prism = curved surface are +;
as 7 cm. The cylinder is cut in three equal parts (by 2 x area of base
cuts parallel to base). What is the percentage increase
in total surface area?
+ 2 X 341IR I &
at Hi 4 H1 GIGI (31T # HHA 2 h H)(c) Volume of a prism = area of base x height

HINTS: () Equilateral triangular prism:

Tr?

TSA = 2ar(h + r) = 44 x 25 = 1100 cm?

Increase in surface area
4r2 = 4 x 154 =616 cm²
a
616
% inc. = 1100 x 100% =56% C.S.A./# y3 =3ah

Ex. Asolid sphere of diameter 17.5cm is cut into two equal

halves. What will be the increase (in cm) in the total T.S.A./Huf ya - 3ah +x
2 a
surface area?

Volume/34G4 = 4
a'h

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection

 Mensuration-3D

Square
e Prism/q Ex. The height of a right prism with a square base is 15
cm. If the area of the total surface of the prism is b08
sq. cm, its volume is;

h HINTS:
Let side of base = X
4x x 15 + 2 608
2x+ 60x-608 = 0

On solving, x = 8
cm'
V= Area of base x height - 82 x 15 = 960

51 = 4ah + 2a?
Pyramid/frtfrs
T.S.A/ y
pyramid has
Volume/3414G4 = ah pyramid is a three-dimensional shape. A
A
triangular faces, which join at a
fyg apolygonal base and flat
a HexagonalPrism:/42htviq pyramid is formed by
common point called the apex. A edge of the base is
connecting the bases to an apex. Each triangular face,
connected to the apex, and forms the n-sided base,
has an
called the lateral face. If a pyramid
1 faces, n + 1 vertices, and 2n edges.
then it has n +

f9IHS 13T n- A1, t z4H n+1 h&, n+1TT

C.S.A/A Y8 I A =6ah
3/3a?
T.S.A/4YU y 1 Ah0 = 6ah +

Volume/ 3A1477 =
6xv3 a?h Height
4

triangular base of a right prism is

Ex. The perimeter of the base are in the ratio 5: 12 Pyramid/fHS #1 AF
60cm and the sides of the (a) Lateral/Curved surface area of
prism being
height of the lateral triangular
: 13. find its volume, if the ysty a h = Sum of areas of all the
50 cm. faces.

-x Perimeter of base/31R 1 YHIY Xslant height/

2

l i yT" A5
HINTS: (b) Total surface area of Pyramid/fufHSfaces + Area of the
lateral
= Sum of the areas of all
30 unit = 60
base.
:.1 unit =2 base/ yaty h +
=Curved surface area + area of
Sides 10,24, 26

height/
Area of base ’ x 10x 24 = 120 - xPerimeter of base/3-|R 1 RAIY x slant
height fazi 3TS + Area of base
Volume ’ Area of base x
cm³
= 120 x 50 = 6000
(Selected Selection faiñn 119
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
(c) Volume of a Pyramid/ff43 H1 31YAT

* area of base/3||R 1 6 x height/3Ë

Slant edge /frts fa1
Mensuration-3
(ii) Rectangular Pyramid/314AR frurferg
(i) Equilateral triangular Pyramid
Height
(h)
There are two slant height/<1

Slant
height (!)
Slant
Edge

Circum In radius (r) l/2

radius (R)
Jb/2

T.S.A./HYvi ys i aA = 2 x3al + 4 First slant height /"Eet frti aaà (4)-

V3-a xh
Volume/ 31447 = 4 Second slant height/Gert frrei 3 (L) =h

Slant height () =Vh² +r=h + a C.S,A./q& y8

(Slant edge)/frvs faI T.S.A./4yuj ya 1 7 = C.S.A + lb

1
=Vh² +R? Volume / 3|447 = 3* lbxh

(iv) Hexagonal pyramid/VZ6TUts futfrs

Square Pyramid/qtAR fYIfTS
Slant
edge

SE

Slant
height ()

1 V3a
C.S.A./h ya 1 4AA = 2
x4a xl
2

1
T.S.A./HYi y3 1 =x4al +a? 2

Volume/TZG7 = xa' xh

Slant height/fry* É= Volume/TYAA ==ya'xh

3 4

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection

 Slantheight/frsirÉ Mensuration-3D
HINTS:
Diagonal of square -av2 =12 2cm
’a-12 cm
Slantt edge/frsi fa1=h +a? For square base of
total.Surface area of a
pyramid
What is thewith side pyramid whose
isa square 8 cm and
height of the pyramidbaseis Slant height, I
3cm?
37f h’ height of pyramid
a’ side of square
HINTS:

Side of square = 8 cm
and height of pyramid = 8 cm =V360 =6/10cm
Now, TSA of pyramid
Slant theight b' + = Area of
1
Base + , Xperimeter of base x slant height

= 4x12
V9+16= N25 5cm = (12)2 +
2
x6V10
Total surface area of the pyramid = 144 + 144W10
1 1
x 4a xl + a = x4 x 8 x 5 + 8?
2
=

144(/10+1)em
Ex. The base of right pyramid is a square of side
and its height is 24 cm then the area of its 14 cm
80 + 64 = 144 cm?
The base of a pyramid is a square with each surface is. lateral
side of
16m. If the height of the pyramid is 15m, then find
the total surface area of pyramid?
HINTS:

HINTS: Slant height (9 - (height + side

2
)

Slant height =Height +(Half of base

l=
s +8² = 17
Total surface are of the pyramid l= 576+ 49
1
,(Perimeter) x Slant height +Area of square l= V625
|= 25 cm
1
) 64 x 17 + (16)2 = 544m + 256 m=800m² 1
Lateral surface area of pyramid oX perimeter of base
Ex xslant height
ASquare whose Diagonal is 12.2 cm is made base of
ne pyramid. If height of the pyramid is 18 cm, then 1
What is the total suface area (in cm) of the x 4 x (side of base) x slant height
pyramid? 2

’X
2
4x 14 x 25 =700 cm?

Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection farñn 121

Ex t E, F and V are respectively the number of edges, (a)
faces and vertices of a square pyramid, then the volume
of (2E- F+ 2V) is
RE, F t V m: v aí fufrg frd, her1 3 (b)
There are four equilateral faces

Alledge are equal in length

MensuTalon
HINTS:
(c) Slant edge is sarme as side of base

(i) C. S. A. - Area of3

equilateral triangle

3
=3x
4
a?

In a pyramid, (i) T.S.A. = Area of 4 equilateral triangle

Number of faces/HTE0 1 HG|=n +1
Number of vertices/G H= n + 1
Number of edges/f d HG|= 2n =4xa
4 =3a?
F(faces)/ HTE = 4+ |=5
V{vertices)/ =4+] =5 (ii) Height/aaIe
E (edges) / fa= 2x4 =8
Hence, 2

(2E - F+ 2V) =(2 x 8-5+ 2 x 5) = 16 -5 + 10= 21 (h)=/a-a

Tetrahedron/44qunih
Pyramid on a triangular base is a tetrahedron. When
(iv) Volume/ 3A4G7 (V)
asolid is bounded by four
triangular faces then it is
a tetrahedron. A right tetrahedron is so
the base of a tetrahedron is an
called when 3 Area of base/34TK ET xheight/
equilateral triangle and
other triangular faces are isosceles triangles.
encounter tetrahedron that has all its four
a
When we
faces
equilateral then it is regular tetrahedron. 3*4ax;a= 12
Ex. Find curved surface area of a regular tetrahedrt
side 6V3 cm.

643 H
HINTS:
CSA of tetrahendron
a

=3x 4

"3x V3
R 4 x 108 = 81/3

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

(Selected & Selection
 Mensuration-3D

Summary/HRIYT
SolidFigure Volume Total Surface Area Curved Surface area

Side3 6 x side2 4 x side2

Cube

Cuboid lx bx h 2(1 b + lh + bh) 2(lh + bh)

Cylinder Tr'h 27r(r + h) 2rh

Cone
Tr'h Trr + I) Irl (where I= r?+ h2)

4r? 4r?
Sphere

3rr? 2r?
Hemisphere

1 {R +r!
Frustum of cone n[R° +r +Rrlh (R +)l +n(R° +r)
3

4 4 nr
Hollow sphere P)

Prism Base area x'height LSA +2 x Base area Base peri. x height

1
1
x Base area x H LSA + Base area -x Base peri. x Slant h.
Pyramid 2
3

Aäitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected tSelection far 123|

 LCM and Hc
LCM AND HCF
05
Method-02: Shortcut Method using
LCM/TH HHqdrt factorization
Taking the above example in consideration
LCM stands for least common multiple. In other words,
LCM of two or more given number is the least number 2| 18, 42
which is exactly divisible by each of the given numbers. 3 9. 21
3, 7
.. LCM (18, 42) =2 x 32 x 7 = 126
qufa: fayg
For example: LCM of 10, 15, 20 HCF/ 4a 4HHT4di
Multiples of 10 - 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, HCF stands for highest common factor, sometimes ale.
110, 120, ... termed as Greatest Common Divisor (GCD). This is
Multiples of 15 = 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120, .... largest number that can pertectly divide two or more
Multiples of 20 = 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, ... given numbers.
1# numnber common in the list of multiples of 10, 15 and
20 = 60.
Therefore, 60 is the LCM of 10, 15, 20.
In other words, 60 is the first number divisible by 10,
15, 20. Giving the second thought, 60 is the lowest Process to Find out HCM /HCM Gh4 YE
number divisible by 10, 15 and 20. Method-01: By the method of factorization
LCM is only defined for positive numbers:
Process to find out LCM /LCM TA AA t VÍShT step-1: Factorize all the given numbers into their prime
Method-01: By Method of factorization/ u|-GS4 t fafy factors.

Step-1: Factorize all the given number into their prime Step-2: Take the product of common factors. This will
factors be the HCF. For example, find the HCF of 18 and 42.

Step-2: Out of those prime factors, collect all the distinct 3<TETU fy, 18 3R 42 h1 HCF IG AI
prime factors.
Step-1: Factorize 18 and 42
Step-3: Raise each of the prime factors to its maximum 18 3iTT 42 1 JUTGE h
available power and then multiply. 18 = 2 x 32
42 = 2 x3 x 7
Step-2: The common factors are 2 and 3
For Example : Find the LCM of 18 and 42. U-2: 3Yuf3 TUGS 2 r 3
18 n42 1 LCM IA hI .. HCF (18, 42) = Product of common factors
Step -1: Factorize 18 and 42.
= 2x3 = 6
18 1 42 #1 TUHGE I
18 =2 x 32 Method-02: By division method/ m faf R
42 = 2 x3 x 7. Find the HCF of 18 and 42
Step-2: The distinct factors that occur in either 18 or 42
are 2, 3 and 7 18)42(2
-36
18 42 344 yu6 3YY TUrTGE 2, 3 sn 7
Step-3: The highest power of 2 is 2, 3 is 32 and 7 is 7!. 6)18(3
Therefore LCM (18, 42) = 2' x32 x 7! = 126 -18
00

JHÍTr LCM (18, 42) = 2l x 32 x 7 = 126 .. HCF (18, 42) =6

(Selected Selection 124

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

 LCM and HCF

Important Properties and Standard Formulae relating HINTS:

LCMand HCF / LCM 3 L.C.M.of Numerators

L.C.M of fraction -
H.C.F.of Denorminators
Producttof nnumbers/n HGN 51 Uhg - HCF x LCM
set offnumbers has to be greater than or (1, 2, 4,6)of LCM 12
LCMfor a given of numbers. - 12
equalto HCFof the same set
I (2,5,7,17) of H.C.F 1
H48 51 LCM 3 What is the HCF of the following fractions?
Ex.
ffafaa fyi 1 HCF PI ?
theHCF of xand y is H, then
the HCF of
3. If 4 24 16
HCF, H
uft x 71 y 1 5'25'35
HETI HINTS:
also H
() x, (x +y) is HCF of Numerators
also H
(ü) x, (x-y) is HCF of fraction= LCMof denominators
also H
(üi) (x+ y), (x- y) is
4
Hct and LCM are not defined for negative numbers. (4 24 16 HCF of (4,24&16) 4

HCr
5'25'35) LCMof(5,25&35) 175
numbers 6 and 5040
D The HCF and LCM of two H.C.F. and L.C.M. of polynomials
respectively. If one of the numbers is 210, then the other
number is:
L.C.M. x H.C.F. = Product of two polynomial

L.C.M. =.
1polynomial x2d polynomial
HINTS: H.C.F.
We know that,
1"polynormial x2d polynomial
Product of two numbers = LCM x HOCF H.C.F, =
L.C.M.
6x 5040 = 210 x x
Note:
Where x= other no.
(a) H.C.F. of two or more polynomials is the "Common
x= 144 factor of highest degree".
H.C.F. is
Ex. Product of two numbers is 2028 and their
13.The number of such pairs is:
He 1 TU5d 2028 3r 3T1 H.C.F. 13 }IUH (b) L.C.M. of two or more polynomials is the "Common
multiple of least degree"
HINTS:
Let, first no, = x and Second no. = y Ex. Find the HCF of the following polynomial
According to question,
13x x 13y = 2028 15x + 8x- 12, 3+x-2, 3- 2x, 9-12x +4.
xy = 12 HINTS:
Number of possible pairs = 1 x 12, 3 x 4 Factors of the polynomial/4Ev<i* TURES
Hence, The number of such pairs is 2. 15*+8x -12 =(3x- 2)(5x +6)
L.C.M. and H.C.F. of Fractions 33+x-2 - (3x-2)(x +1)
9x- 12x +4 = (3x-2)*
L.C.M.of Numerators x(3x- 2)
L.C.M of Fractions HC.F.ofDenominators Hence, HCF = (3x-2)
Ex Find H.C.F of the following
H.C.F.of Numerators
6xy'z, 8a'y'z, 12x'y'z'
H.C.F of Fractions LC.M.of Denominators HINTS:

1 2 4 6 ’ 6xy'z=2 x3 x xXy xy XZ
Ex. Find the LCM of ,7and 17 ’8*y'z? 2 x 2 x 2 xxX*Xy xy x z k 2
6
’ 12xy'z'= 2 x2 x3 ×xx xXX*y xyxyxz xzx z
12 4
Hence, HCF = 2 x xxy xy Xz = 2xyz
2'5'7

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection fa 125|

 What is the smallest positive
LCM and Ho
Ex. What is the largest number which divides both 235 - 1
and 291 - 1?
Ex.
divided by 4, 5, 8, 9 interger which wh
leaves remainder

HINTS:
respectively?
f
GA41: 3, 4, 7. 8 yTq aTI 2
4, 5,8,9 3,4,7,
6À
First find the HCF of the power number. HINTS:
HCF of (35, 91)-7 LCM of 4, 5, 8, 9 = 360 k= 1
Largest number - 27- 1- 128-1 - 127 ..Required number 360- 1= 359
What is the greatest five - digit number
Ex. What is the HCF of 329 -9 and 338
329 -9 ¦ r 338 9 51 HCF PI ?
9? Ex.
divided by 6,7,8 and 9 leaves remainders -whi4,ch5,6on being7
respectively? and
HINTS:
f 6, 7, 8
HCF of (329 - 9) and (338 - 9) faf À h41: 4, 5, 6 3T 7 4qTà )
(329. 32), (338 3) - 3² (327 1), 3(336 1) HINTS:
HCF - 32 (3°- 1) = (3 - 32) = (31 - 9) Common difference - (6- 4)-(7- 5)-(8- 6) =
Application of LCM/AA4, HT 34TutT LCM of 6,7, 8 and 9 = 504 (9-7)-2
Findthe smallest no. which is exactly divisible by x, y, Required Number = 504k 2, where kis any
(1)
Since we need to find the largest five- digit
integer.
has to be a multiple of 504 and nearest to 99900 number., it
= LCM (x, y, z) put k = 198
(iü) Find the smallest no. which when divided by x, y, z 504k = 504 x 198 = 99792
leaves remainder r in each case.
.:: Required number 99792 - 2= 99790
9. 5bells ring together at 10am. They at intervals of 12
seconds, 18 seconds, 24 seconds, 36 seconds and 45
seconds. At what time do the bells ring together again?
= LCM (x, y, z) +r
(iüi) Find the smallest no. which when divided by x, y, z
leaves remainder a, b, c respectively

H41: a, b 3R c YIã aÌI HINTS:

LCM of 12, 18, 24, 36, 45 = 360 seconds
= LCM (x, y, z) -k where, k= (x- a) = (y- b) = (z- c)
Ex. Findthe smallest no. which is exactly divisible by 105, 360
min = 6 min
91 and 130 60

All the bells ring together againat 10 : 06 AM.

Ex. Swapnil, Aakash and Vinay begin to jog around a
HINTS: circular stadium. They complete their revolutions in
36 seconds 48 seconds and 42 seconds respective.y.
LCM (105, 91, 130) = 2730
After how many seconds will they be together at tne
Ex. Let x be the least number, which when divided by 5, 6, starting point?
7 and8 leaves a remainder 3 in each case but when
divided by 9 leaves zero remainder. The sum of the digit
of x is :
44 Áfu fa x HqÀ s iHA, f 5, 6, 7 3AR 8 fAHIfd ¦T 42

HINTS:
HINTS:
They will meet at the time of which is equal to
LCM (36, 48, 42)
LCM of (5, 6, 7, 8) = 840 r=3
36 = 22 x 32
Number = 84Ok + 3
48 = 2 x 3
Number is divisible by9, remainder 0. 1008
42 = 2 x 3 x 7
put k 2 16 x 9 x 7=. meet
LCM (36, 48, 42) = 24 x 3 x 3 x 7 = racers will
Required Number = 840x 2+3 = 1683 Hence, at 1008th second all three
Sum of digits = 1+6 + 8+3 = 18 together at the starting point. 126
fam
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
 LCM and HCF)

HINTS:
Applicationof HCF/HH4, 3quT
(4309-2388), (8151- 4309), (8151-2388)
largest number which will exactly divide x, y 1921, 3842, 5763
Findthe
andz
t f lx, yiR z FÌ yufa: fafsa HCF(1921,3842, 5763) = 1921
Factor of 1921 = 17 x 113
Sothe three digit number = 113
y, z) 113, will get
-HCF(x number which will exactly divide x, y When we divide 2388, 4309 and 8151 by
largest
Sindthe remainder r remainder 15.
ondz leaves .:. Required remainder = 15
are
Ex. The dimensions of the floor of a rectangualr room
5 m 40 cm. It has to be covered with
3m 60 cm x
|[x-r),(y- r), (z-r)] or HCf(x-y), (y - z), (z- c|]| square tiles. What is the dimension of
the largest
- HCF number
Findthelargest
which will exactly divide x, y Square tile that can be fitted? How
many such tiles
ani remainder a,b and crespectively
and.zleaves are required to cover the floor?
314IER A4 Í Ì fay 3 60 4 x5 40
c yI aa
sÌg 3497: a, b 3t
c)]
HCF ((x- a), (y - b), (z-
ind the greatest number which divides 216, 248 and
remainder.
312,leaving the same
312
va qs HeA AA 1Gs fsHH 216, 248 3r HINTS:
Dimensions of floor of rectangular room = 3m 60cm
i.e. 360cm and 5m 40cm is 540cm.
HINTS: find HCF of
(248-216)= 32,(312-248) = 64 and (312 - 216) = 96 The largest square tile that can be fitted
exactly 360 & 540.
Among 32, 64 and 96, the least number which
divides all the given numbers is 32. 360 = 2 x 180
Therefore, the largest number which divides all the 540 = 3 x 180
numbers leaving the same remainder is 32. :. HCF = 180
156,181 and
Ex What is the greatest number which when Which means the largest square tile should have a
331 are divided, the remainder is 6 in each case? dimensions of 180cm x 180cm.

Number of tile requred.

Area of floor 360 x 540
HINTS: =6 tiles
Area of squre tile 180 x 180
156-6 = 150, 181-6 = 175, 331 -6 = 325
HCF (150, 175, 325) = 25 Ex. In finding the HCF of two numbers by division method
The greatest number that on dividing 2675 and 2320 leaves four successive quotient are 4, 3, 6 and 5 respectively
and final divisor is 12. What are two number?
the reminders 5and 6 respectively, is

Hai 41: 4, 3. 6 31 5 }I 3iR 31GH HE 12à Hg

HINTS:
1anumber divides 2675 and leaves remainer 5 it means
HINTS:
this number willdivide (2675 -5)completely and same
in the case of (2320 6).
2670 =178 x 15 1176)5076(4
2314 =178 x 13 4704
372)1176(3
So, HCF of 2670 and 2314 = 178
1116
. 178i
Bis the greatest number which divides 2675 and
60)372(6
tx
2320 leaves the reminders 5and 6, respectively. 360
When 2388,4309
digit number, the and
8151 are divided by a certain 3-
remainder in each case is the same, 12)60(5
the remainder is. 60

Ta 2388 4309 TT
8151
Hecne, two number are 1176, 5076.

(Selected Selection far 127

Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Number Systen
NUMBER SYSTEM
(06

Number

Real Numbers Imaginary Numbers

Rational Number Irrational Numbers Complex Numbers

Integers Fractions (Decimals)

fy (IHTA)

Positive Integers Zero Negative Integers

Non-Negative Non-Positive

Whole Numbers Natural Numbers

Prime Number Unity Composite Numbers

Classification of Numbers/HI3Id 6T aífGUT Ex. -3,V-5

Note: V-1)=i, P- -1, iP =-i, i' - 1
Real Number/aIafas H
Which can be denoted on number line/f HGA ta s Rational Numbers/Tfràs HSr
and 9
Which can be written in torm, where q 0 and p
13 15
Ex. +5, -9, 2, 77,0.0754,V13 etc. is integer.

Imaginary Numbers./1ufr HGTr fsr HAdl , EÈq 0 pstqyus

Cannot be denoted on number line./H| t s fefyd 5 12 22
Ex. 3'10.33333 7 etc.

fara128
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
 Number System

IrratlonalNumbers/; Standard form = 2n + 1

form of P
+5, - 3, - 1, 1, 3, 5, 7, 11}
Which
cannot be written in the
a +b=even even +even
’a = even
a -b=even

a+b=even even 4 odd odd

’a natural
0.1232607.. a -b=odd 2
DecimalNumbers /
Terminating/A NIHCA Prime numbers/ 3r Hr
It has only two factor- 1& itself.
73 81
0.648 =
0.5= 0.73= 100 125
IBYa yTu
Prime number between 1to 100
repeating/ 34T
Nen - Terminating
1 56
0.333333... = 3
0.565656 ... = 99 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53,
59,61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89, 97
137
0.137137137...=;999 Even and smallest prime no/ HH 3R HH Bt 344g H
’2
Non-terminating Non-repeating decimal 3 34E0 34Yg
Smallest 3 digit prime number/ HÀ S
Hel’ 101
Numbers 344g
V2= 1.414 .. Irrational largest 3 digit prime number/ HGH 4ST 3 jd
Integers/quri HOI’ 997

Where Only pair of consecutive odd prime no/ I R faq4 344

of
All integersare rational number of the form HGI AI a t 4 ’3, 5, 7
Note: Each prime number can be written in (6p t 1)
q=1. form, But every (6p t 1) formn may not be necessarily
prime no.

a, ..,- 4, - 3, -2, - 1, 0, + 1, + 2, + 3, + 4, ...., + }

3 Negative Integers/UIHG qUIA Ex. 13 ’6 x2 + 1 (prime)
25 ’6 x 4 + 1 (not a prime number)*
fa,... -4, -3, - 2, - 1}
A Positive integers/ H6 yUth Between Number of prime no.
1-50 15
{+1, + 2, + 3, + 4, ..., + o}
1-100 25
Note: Ois neither positive nor negative integer.
1-200 46
1-500 95
a Whole Number/yut HAT 1-1000 168
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ... o}
How to check the given number is primne or not?
Natural number/Thfd# HAT To check whether a number is prime number or not,
{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ... o} first take the square root of the number. Round of the
Even number /HA HGI square root tothe immediately lower integer. Then check
The number which are divisible by 2. divisibility of number by allprime below it. If number is
not divisible by any prime number then number is prime
number.
Standard form =2n
8, - 6, - 4, -2, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8}
Odd aumber/fargy HGAT
The number which are not divisible by 2.

AAitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

Selected t Selection fain 129
 Ex. 137 is prime number or not?
137 34 HE ?
HINTS:
If all the numbers are even, then.
Number Syste
V137 = l1prime number less than or equalto 11are
2, 3, 5, 7 and 1, 137 is not divisible by any of So, two of them are odd and one of
there.
Hence it is prime numbers.
11 ST
Let z be 2 ithen is 2
Tat 34 yo 2, 3, 5, 7rn 118, 137 5H X+ y= 36
The closest prime number to 36 is
Ex. What is average of prime number from 80 to l00? we get y 5, an odd prime number.31. If x= 31
80 # 100 # 37 qN 3a n? .:.31 is the maximum value of x
V100 = 10 ’ Prime number less than 10 are 2, 3, 5, 7 Co-primne numbers/HF-Yrg
Hence, even number andending with 5 will not prime If the HCF of two numbers is 1,
numbers so only check divisibility of 3 and 7.
10 # 3 HENr 2, 3, 5, 7,gH yAT H4 qen sÌN Ex. (2, 3), (11, 13), (16, 9),, (25, 19)et.
Twin-prime numbers/yH AH4 T
When two consecutive prime numbers
are
interval of 2, then they are called twin with an
prime numbers
Prime number between 80 to 100 are 83, 89 and 97.
4R Hr 80 100 a 83, 89, 97 I
83 + 89 +97 269
= 89.67 Ex. (3, 5)(5, 7)(11, 13)
Required Average = 3 3 Composite Numbers/HY& T Yg T
Ex. x,y and z are distinct prime numbers where x<y <z. If It has more than two factors.
x+y+ z = 70, then what is the value of z?
x,y T z fafre H Ar , yai x<y <z tfk x
+y+z= 70 , z 1 HA I À? Ex. 4, 6, 8, 9,10,12,14,15 etc.
(a) 29 (b) 43 Smallest composite no. (HH IZ Y4 H) ’4
(c) 31 (d) 37 Smallest odd composite no. (H4H RI fATH Hg m0
Note: (i) 1is neither prime nor composite number.
HINTS:
Sum is 70. means, at least one of the number is even,
because odd + odd+ odd = odd (i) If aand b are any two odd primes then a +
As we know, ony one even prime number exists, and and a?- b² is composite numbers.
that is 2.
2 is also the smallest prime number. Thus, x = 2
Now, 70 - 2 = 68 = y z
Now, let's use the options Ex. How many composite numbers are there from 53 to 972
Option-1: 53 97 e5 fhd HU ?
z = 29 HINTS:
y = 68- 29 = 39 (y is non prime) The composite numbers from 53 to 97 are
Option 2:
Z= 43 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 60, 62. 63, 64, 65, 66, 68, 69, 70.
72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 80, 81, 82, 84, 85, 86, 87, 8.
y = 68 - 43 = 25 (y is non prime)
90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 and 96
Option-3:
z =31 Hence, The composite number from 53 to 97 is 35
y = 68 - 31 =37 (z < y) Perfect Numbers/uuf sN
Option-4: If the sum of all the factors of anumber (exCept u
z= 37 number) is equal to the given number, then that nu
y =68 - 37 = 31 (y <z, satisfies the requirement) ber is called a perfect number.
Hence, z = 37
Ex. x, y andz are prime numbers such that xty+z=38.
What is themaximum value of x? Ex. 6, 28, 496, 8128 etc.
x.y 3ir z TYy HU SH TE f# x + y+z÷ 38, at x Factor of 28 1, 2, 4, 7, 14
1 +2 + 4+ 7+ 14 = 28
(a) 19 (b) 23 Thus, 28 is a perfect no.
B
(c) 31 (d) 29 Note: 6 is asmallest perfect no.(6 HA
faci130
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
 Number System

Unit Digit/3h1 ts Ex. What will be the unit's diit of (382)°?

(382)575 51 56T6 35 I ?
findthe
units digit of a given expression, we do not
To solve the entire Step/U 1:
expression, but by operating on out remainder.
haveto Divide last 2 digits of power by 4 and fnd
digit of all the numbers, the units digit of the
the units
is known.
cesulting expression
4) 75 18
35

consider N= a x b, N=a + b, N = a- b to
Let us Step/U 2:
calculate the unit digit of N, we only consider the unit number and
a and b. Put remainder as a power of unit place
digit of number find out answer.
232 x 235.
Bind the unit digit of
HINTS: 23 = 8
Note: In Step 1, if remainder is 0 is then putpower equal
(O) to 4.
232 x 235 = unit digit
628 + 493 + 589. Find the units digit in each of the following cases.
ne Bind the unit digit of Ex.
HINTS:
(i) (187)282 x (529)321 x (343)236
628 + 493 + 589 = 8 +t 3 +9= unit digit (O) (i) (789)15 + (232)644 + (528)253
2383- 1689.
Dx. Find the unit digit of (iü) (982)431 (219j241
HINTS: HINTS:
(i) Divide last 2 digits of power by 4 and put remain
2383 - 1689 =-6 + 10 = 4 der as a power of unit place digit.
Concept of Cyclicity/ir4T Ht 3TaUT
After a certain frequency or cycle length, the unit digit 72 x 9' x 34 ’ 9x9 x 1 ’ 1
starts repeating for a given number. (ii) 93 +24 + 8' ’ 9 + 6 + 8 3
(iii) 2' 9' ’ 12 -9’3
[If first number is less than add 10 in it)

Number Cyclicity Power cycle

1 1 1 Ex. Find the unit digit of the expression.
4 2, 4, 8, 6
3 4 3, 9, 7, 1 1! + 2! + 3! + 4! +....+ 100!
4 2 4, 6 HINTS:
5 1 5 1+ 1x 2 + 1 x2 x 3 + 1 × 2x3 x 4 + 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x +
6 1 6
... + 100!
7 4 7,9, 3, 1 1+2 + 6+ 4 + 0 + 0+0 ..... + 0 =3
4 8, 4, 2, 6 Hence unit digit of the expression is 3.
2 9, 1
10 1 Factor/qurGS
Let us Any number Ncan be expressed in the form of aP x bax
consider N= x
x d'x..so on, Where, a, b, c, and d are prime number.
To calculate the unit digit of N, we only consider the
unit digit of number x. o t
HGdI , TE0, a, b, c, s d 3 sß
The unit's digit of an expression can be calculated by
Betting the remainder while power of the expression is Ex. 15 = 3 x5
divided by 4.
f 45 = 32 x 5
100 = 22 x 5² and so on.

Aditya R
Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected SelectionfTñn 131
 Number System
Finding total number of factors of a number Ex. Find the sum of all factors of 7056.

HINTS:
Iffuf N- a xbx cx d'x .. Then/l Prime Factorisation of 7056 = 2 x 32x 72
Total Number of factors (he UHGE0 HOn)
Sum of all factors( TUTTE #1 m)
- (p + 1) x (q + 1) x (r + 1) x (s + 1) ..... - (2° + 2' + 22 +2° + 2) (3° + 3' +3) (7°+7! +79
Ex. Find the total number of factors of 300. - (1 +2 + 4 +8 + 16) (1 + 3+ 9)(1 +7+ 49)
- 31 x 13 x 57 = 22971
HINTS: a
Sum of even factors/44 TUHTS0 AI
Prime Factorisation of 300 = 22 x 3! x 52
If/4f< N = aPx bax cx d'x ...., Then/
Total number of factors(h u-TGS0 0 HGI), )
Sum of alleven factors (H40 44 TH4E0 #
-(2 + 1)x (1 + 1)x (2 + 1) = 18
inding total number of odd factors - (a'+ a?+ ... + aP) (b° +b'+..b) (co+ c'+ ... + c
aPl-1 bl-1 c -1
a -1 b-1 c-1
If/4t N = aP x ba x cx d'x .... Then /d
Total Number of odd factor =(q +1) x(r+ 1)x(s +1).... 'OR'
Note: When we find the number of odd factors, we ig
nore the exponent of a, where ( a = 2) a-a b-1 c-1
a-1 b-1 c-1
Ex. Find the sum of all even factors of 270.

Ex. Find the total number of odd factors of 240.

HINTS:
HINTS:
Prime Factorisation of 270 = 2' x 3 x 5!
Prime Factorisation of 240 = 2x 3'x 5' Sum of all even factors ( 44 TUTGE0 1 )
Total number of odd factors i faq4 TyTGS0 HE), - (2) x (30 +3' +32 +3) x (50+ 5)
- (1 + 1) x (1 + 1) = 2 x 2 = 4 =2x 40 x 6 = 480
Finding Total number of even factors "OR'

If/4f< N=aPx bax c x d' x ... Then/11

Total Number of Even factor Fe HH TUfGs0 Ì HGI)
80 24 480
-p x (q + 1) x (r +1) x (s + 1)..... 2x
2 4
Ex. Find the total number of even factors of 1200.
Sum of all odd factors/Hî faq TUTGs0 a R

HINTS: If/af* N=aP xbax c'x d'x ...,.Then/à

Prime Factorisation of 1200 = 24x 3!x 52 Sum of all odd factors (t fa4H TUHGSI 1 1)
Total number of even factors H4 TUTGE0 0 HGN), - a° (b°+ b'+... +b9) (co+ cl+... +c), Where a=2
=4 x (1 + 1) x (2 + 1) = 4 x 2 x3 = 24 'OR'
'OR' ba! cl -1
We can also Use, b-1 c-1
Even factors = Total Factors - Odd Factors
Ex. Find the sum of all even factors of 360.
Total number of Even Factors =5 x2 x3-2 x3 =24
Finding Sum of factors of a given number HINTS:
Prime Factorisation of 360 = 2 x 32 x 5'
Iffaf N = aPx b9x cx d'x.., Then/A) Sum of all odd factors(ì faqn yuae0 1 1)
Sum of all factors M0 TuEs0 ) - 2° (30 + 3! + 3*) (50 + 5')
= (a°+ al+...t aP) (b° +b'+ ... + b) (c+ cl t ... + c) ..... = | x 13 x 6 = 78
'OR' 'OR'

ap*l -1 b-1 c -1 321 -1 5'*-1 26 24

a-1 b-1 c-1 = 78
3-1 5-1 2 4

132
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fag
 Number System

Prime
and Composite Factor of a Natural Number Ex. Number of sets of factors which are co-prime to each
other.
Weknow that
numbers of factors of any natural number HINTS:
Total Given that
N = 720 = 24 x 32 x 51
-1 +
prime factors t composite factors. Number of sets of factors which are co-prime to each
other
Note: Iis a
factor of all uatural numbers. = (p + 1) (g + 1) (r + 1) + pq + qr + rq + 3pqr
=(4 + 1) (2 + 1)(1 + 1) + 8+2+ 4 +3 x 8
= 5 x 3 x 2+ 38 =30 + 38 = 68
When we do primne factorization, the number of prime
Wirs can be given by just counting the number of Ex. Total number of factors which are perfect square.
in it.
prime factors present
HINTS:
Given that
N = 720= 2+ x 32 x 5!
Therefore, Total number of composite factors = Total For the factors of 720 to be a perfect square it should
number of factors - Prime factors -1
have even power of its prime factors.
Power of 2 Power of 3 Power of 5
2 20 5
7
Ex. N 56 = 29 x 2 32
Here. Total number of prime factors = 2(namely 2 and 7) 2
Total number of composite factor
Therefore,
-[(3 +1)(1 + 1)] -2- 1 = 8 -3 =5 Total number of factors of N= 720that areperfect square
=3 x 2 x 1= 6
X To find factors which are co-prime to each other Ex. Total number of factors which are perfect cubes.
HE3T
N= aP x ba la, b are prime factors of N] HINTS:
Then Number of co-prime factors will be Given that
-(p + 1)(q+ 1) + pql N=720 = 24 x 32 x 5!
IfN= aP x b x ct
For the factors of 720 to be cube, it should be use the
Then number of co-prime factors will be
following powers of its prime factors:
-I(p+1)(q+ 1)(r + 1) +pq + qr + rq + 3pqr]
OR take two at a time and then calculate. Power of 2|Power of 3 Power of 5
t How may sets of two factors of N = 56 will be co-primne to 20 30 5
each other? 2
Thus,
Total number offactors ofN = 720 that are perfect cube
HINTS: =2 x 1 x 1= 2
N= 56 = 23 x 7 Ex. Total number of factors which are perfect square and
Then Number of co-prime factors will be perfect cube both -
[(3 + 1)(1 + 1) + 3 x 1] = 11
Given that N =720 = 24 x 32 x 5' find
HINTS:
Total number of prime
factors Given that , N = 720 = 2+ x 32 x 5!
For the factors of N = 720, to be a perfect square and
HINTS: perfect cube simultaneously, it should use the below
Ex. TotClearly, there are three prime factors namely 2, 3and 5.
al number of composite factors powers of its prime factors.
Power of 2 Power of 3 Power of 5

HINTS:
Total
factorsnumber number of Hence, Total number of factors of N = 720 for which the
of ofcomposite
-Number factors-1= Total
prime factors factors are perfect square and cube simultaneously
30 -3 -1 =
26 = 1x 1x 1 = 1

Mitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selectionf I n 133

 Ex. Total number of factors divisible by 10 but not by 20. The above expression have one pair of 5,
Number System
there is only one 5 and an
abundance of 2's.2.Cear
HINTS:
Given that It is clear that in any factorial value, the
N= 720 = 2 x 3? x 5 will be always lesser than the number of number of5
2's.
For the factors to be divisible by 10, minimum power of
Count of 5's in a factorial will give the total Hence, the
2 to be used = 1, and minimum power of 5 used is 1.
zeroeS.
nurnber of
Hence all the factors of 720 that are divisible by 10 will
be of the format 21-4 x 30-2 x 5!
Therefore, Number of factors = 4 x3 x 1 = 12 Power of number contained in a factorial
Factors that are divisible by 20 should be of format
= 22-4 x 30-2 x 5' =3 x 3 x 1 = 9 Highest power ofa prime number p contained
given by in n! is
Therefore, factors divisible by 10 butnot by 20
= 12 - 9 =3
Ex Total number of factors which are divisible by 10.

HINTS:
where [xl denotes the greatest integer less than or equal
to x.
Kindly,refer to the above question for solution.
Ex. Find the number of zeroes in 47!
Number of Zeros/Ni t HeN
HINTS:
Number of zeros in an expression
For finding the number of zeroes in 47!1, we need to find
the maximum power of 5 in 47!
Let us assume we have to find the number of zeroes in a Thus, Highést power of 5 in 47!
product 24 x 13 x 52 x 27 which can also be written as 47| 47 47
25 x 34 x 132. Clearly, this product will have no zeroes t....
because it has no 5 in it. 125
AEr H7 Td f zÄ 24 x 13 x 52 x 27 * JU Ýyi =9+ 1+0+0 .. = 10
Hence, the number of zeroes in 47! will be 10
Ex. Find the number of zeroes in 300!

HINTS:
However, if we have an expression like: For finding the number of zeroes in 300!, we need to
find the maximum power of 5 in 300!
8x 15 x 24 x 13 Thus, Highest power of 5 in 300!
The expression can be rewritten as 300 300 300 300
25 125 625
26 x 32 x 5 x 13 = 60 + 12 + 2 + ... = 74
We know that zeroes can be formed by combination of 2 Hence, the number of zeroes in 300! will be 74
and 5 i.e. (2 × 5).
Counting of Numbers/HIT t fr
A Counting a Digit/feht at frt
In the above expression, there are two's and one five. Ex. How many times 5 will come from 350 to 600.
350 600 a 5 fad R3I|
Hence, we can only form one pair of (2 x 5). HINTS:
5 600
Therefore, there will be l zero in the product. 5 120
5 24 Frequency of 5 = 120 + 24 + 4 = 148
Finding the number of zeroes in a factorial 4

Again,
Let us assume that we have to find the number of zeroes in 7! 5 350
5 70

7! =7x6 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 5 14 Frequency of 5= 70 + 14 +2 86
=7x (3 x 2) x 5 x 2x 2x 3 x 2 x 1 2
= 7x 5 x 32 x 2* x 1 Frequency of 5 from 350 to 600 = 148 - 86 = 02
134)
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (SelectedÁ Selection faj
 Number System

manynumbers there from 400 to

are number formed
700 in which Ex. T682512 is divisible by 8 because the
How occurs exactlytwice?
the
digit6
f by last three digits i.e. 512 is divisible by 8.
3h 6 h AR 3ATI ?
HINTS: 8 4 faR}I
- - 500in 466
only = 1 time When Divisor is 3 and 9
400
In
- 600 = in 566 only = 1 time Tq YIGch 3 3r 9 t at
In500 the sum of digits of
600-700 660
- 669 - 1l = 9 times = (660, 661, A number is divisible by 3 or 9 when
In 664, 665, 667, 668, 669)
662,663, the number is divisible by 3 or9.
cRA -10 - 1- 9 times = (606, 616, 626, 636,
686, 696)
646,656, 676, 9 fay ata à
digits =5+
Hence, in
between 400 - 700, in total 1 + 1+9+9 = 20 Ex. 523872 is divisible by 3 or 9 because sum of
appear twice. 2+3+ 8+7+2 = 27 is divisible by 3and 9.
imes 6 digit will +2 + 3 +
required to write counting 523872, 3 I 9 f a y i f yj I YI = 5
Digits 8 + 7 + 2= 27. 3 3T 9 H fayy }I
When Divisor is 5, 25, 125, ..., 5
How many digits required to write counting from 1 to
Ex Tq Hh 5, 25, 125, ...., 5ª at at
400?
fri digit is 0 or 5. A
1 400 T A number is divisible by 5! when the last
00 or
number is divisible by 5 when the last two digit is when
9 number is divisible by 5³
Number of single digit 1 to divisible by 25. Similarly, a
so on.
9number x 1 digit per
number =9 the last three digit is 000 or divisible by 125 and
Number of double digits 10 to 99
= 180
90 number x 2 digits per number
100 to 400
Number of three digits
903
301number x 3 digits per number =
Required number of digits =9 +180 + 903 = 1092 formed
Ex 156625 is divisible by 125 because the number
IG
Sum ofdigits/3rdht aT by last three digits i.e. 625 is divisible by 125.

Ex Find out sum of all digits

from 1to 100. 1S6625, 125fag àifA fae n 3 4gfa 625, 125 &
fayg
HINTS: When Divisor is6
yhe
Sum of unit place digit/3a1 36 1
divisible
10 (1 + 2 +...+9) = 450 A number "N" is divisible by 6 only when "N" is
4F I 5i by both 2 and 3.
Sum of tenth place digit/<1 a fay a g "N" 2 n 3 gHi
10 (1 + 2 +........+ 9) = 450 V HI "N 6

Sum of hundredth place digit/thgI h 1G

Ex. 56934 is divisible by both 2 and 3. Therefore, it is
divisible by 6.
Total Sum = 450 + 450 + 1= 901 56934, 2 3r 3 0 f a I3HfT, 4E 6 faZI
Divisibility Test/faygT Ga When Divisor is 7 or 13

Adivisibility tule is a shorthand way of discovering

Anumber "N" is divisible by 7 if the difference between
Wnether a given number is divisible by a fixed divisor sum of the triplets at odd places and sum of the triplets
Without performing the actual division. at even places is divisible by 7.

A
When Divisor is 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ...., 2 Ex. 12348 divisible by 7. How?
12348 7 H fag )
2, 4, 8, 16, 32,
Anumber is divisible by 2, 22, 2, 24, .., 2n when the Step-1: Divide the number into triplets 012/348
number formed digit is
by last one, two, three, four, ...n
divisible by 2, 4, 8, 16,..., 2n respectively. Step-2: Start putting the '+' sign and -sign alternately,
2', 22, 2°, 2 starting from'+ sign on top of triplet from right 012/348
.2,3.4, ...n 36 a 4I HI: 2, 4. 8, l6, ....2n

(Selected Selection fau 135

Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Step-3: Divide the resulting number by 7. Ex. 123123, 147147, 164164, 574574
Number Syste
Ex. If the product 4864 x 9P2 is divisible by 12, the
+348 012 336
= 48 Hence, 12348 is divisible by 7.
P is:
f urh 4864 x 9P2, 12 4fayg P
value of
7
When Divisor is 11 HINTS:
G YTG 11 a We know, 12 = 3 x 4
Given Number = 4864 x 9P2
Anumber "N" is divisible by 11 if the difference between Here, The first number 4864 is divisible by
sum of digit odd places and sum of digits at even places 4(since the
lasttwo digit is divisible) and this number': s sum of
is divisible by l1. is 22 is not divisible by 3. So, The other number digjt
is 9P2 must divisible by 3. which
Sum of Digit of 9P2 = 11 +P;
Ex. 91718 divisible by 11. Thus, P= 1.(Using the divisibility rule of 3)
91718 II f a . Ex. If the seven - digit number 35345xy is divisible by dn
Step-1: Start putting '+' sign and '-' sign alternately on then the minimum value of (4x + 5y) is:
the digit from right to left 91718 uft H- sjad Ì HI 35345xy, 40 fayg 4.
+
HINTS:
We know, 40 = 5 x 8.
Given Number = 35345xy
(9+7+8)-(1+1) __ 22_
Step-2: 11 11 ATO, 35345xy is divible by 40, Then last digit must he
Since, 22 is divisible by l1. Thus, 91718 is divisible by 11. 0.So y = 0.
f , 22. 11 fag 3H YAR, 91718, 11 fag I As we know, If any number is divisible by 8. Last3 digit
must be divisible by 8. In other words, 5x0 must he
When Divisor is 12
divisible by 8.
Thus, Minimum value of x = 2
A number is divisible by 12 if the number is divisible by Hence, 4x+ 5y= 4x 2 +0 = 8
both 3 and 4. Ex. If the 8 - digit number 7y9745x2 is divisible by 72, then
aÉ He 12 faYg E0 yf HI 3 TT 4 i fag al the value of (2x- y) for the greastest value of xis:
When Divisor is 14 qf 8 3si ien 7y9745x2, 72 fayg, at x
3fyHd4 417 # fr (2x-y) 1 H17 :
If the number is divisible by 2 and 7 both, then the HINTS:
number will be divisible by 14. The number 7y9745x2, is divisible by 72
Divisibility by 8 - Check last 3 digit
When Divisor is 17 Divisibility by 9 - Check sumn of digit
5x2 is divisible by 8 ’ ifx= 1,5, 9
the maximum value of x is 9
Subtract 5 times the last digit from the rest. If the The number 7y9745x2 is divisible by 9 if y = 2
resulting number is divisible by 17 then "N" will be
Thus x=9, y 2
dívisible by 17. Hence, (2x- y) = 2 x9-2 = 16
Ex. If the 5-digit number 535ab is divisible by 3, 7 and
11, then what is the value of (a? - b² + ab) ?
Ex. 391:39- 1 x5 -34 which is divisible by 17. Thus, 391 5-34s HI 53 5ab, 3, 7 3 11 à fayg, at (a - b
will be divisible by 17. + ab) H14 I?
391:39 - 1x 5 = 34 G 17 4 faYY 3H yAR, 391 17
HINTS:
LCM of3, 7, 11 =231
When Divisor is 7, 11 and 13 together values of a &
Divide 53599 (take the maximum possible
a 1E 7, 11 3frr 13 Uh HTY at b) by 231.
When any 3 digit number multiplied by 1001 then it We get 7 as remainder number=
repeats itself and always completely divisible by 7, 11 t correct
Now, subtract 7from 53599 &get the
and 13. 23592
’a= 9, b= 2
. a²- b² + ab = 81 -4 + 18 = 95
fani136
litya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) ) (Selected Selection
 Aditya manyHow Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. EX.
HINTS: n n (y
neither How
Required Numbers
120 LCM 30 by
How = 119,
102,HINTS: 100 17?byHow =2 5 2 5 Hence,
25 So,
950700 are Total Between 100SxxE 48 90 let's 100 xHINTS: 2 5 HINTS: When LCM + 7,11 If
whereas 5, 3t 2 5 (1(20 + + 479479number HINTS:
x z) the
neither numbers many =360, many6 17884 -102986 of
anjan = 2,4 take 3E of T X and six
48 divisible +1= 17 1
many 226 + t 2'+ 2 6 + 2 6 (y 4,=
4 is
3 7,
X
and91 by 4 numberbetween 5, 700 and 000 2 + y= widigits
90 6 numbers
l 11, 13-
+ numbers 480, + + + 2 7 2 7 divisible z) digit
numbers
divisible whichare 5 93, instead (since and8 8? 52
numbers
# 22 4)2 ) be 13 eIthen
+1 986 of
cise neither
which
=are 96
+
= is *X 7,
z
divisible a =
qR. number
53 by 600 is 225 divisible = =9 {(y
100
= 300 = foît a 1 a (7+ number 479xyz
numbersdivisible & of 3are 3. 120 between = divisible
fhdt between are x by 1001
+
by numbers 99 nor 53 7 7, z)
100) is and 9) by
there 3 are there HGN Hen and11
137, 479xyz *
tor) not by by x are 7,11 x
nor 500
300 100 by7 4=64 11 is
divisible 5?
fron repeated R
by 5, equal is
fromdivisibleby3 95 which 17 and and
7 & 6 and 13
divisible
exactlyby
1 3t
divisible
by100
are to 13. # to:
700 8 700 fa 1000
by are twice yui:
3. 100
to 3 divisible are
Hence
there which faq? faA
950 norby
5. x divisible
then
5 divisible
= that
15, are by

Ex.

HINTS: Divisor Remainder neither

= by =by Total Between
are by 693 x Total 945 x HINTS:
that,
Dividend
Here,
.. know We the On The one
leaves Let Introduction/ Numbers nor
7=Numbers whereas
numbers Between 7=Numbers
nor
544 numbers 3
Required remainder us divisor 3 4 3 21, by
dividing number nor =
whereas
nor numbers =
21, by
Divisor the - 396 2 7 540
suppose divisible 37 let's s
3*-5402,6 let'7=950
400 by
bybetween 694 946
cted = Dividend’D) Nremainder is 699
=from which no from
does 7 + = take +
number take
number,Divisor a
Remainder
"N" N the
=between 7 4 and 4
= 144 - 396 and
38, is
number Remainder
/qht which= no x l =are x,X
can number not numbers by 693 to 544 945 2,6 to1
13, Quotient amount 700 400number 699
Quotient x 3 1 X;< 699 neither is 950 950
Quotient then also as divide are
Dividend nor &950 numbers numbers
&950 instead numbers instead
N=
DQ
by+R
divisible
be RN by neither is (since that number (since that
the left between
38, andwhen the divisible
tion = expressed 7
which which divisible
24 +t number of 699 are of950
are
= the quotient dividend over 696 by
Rememnber
and
38 divisible 948
divided 699) neither
is 950) neither
after are are 7. is Number System
quotient 1 & not
Remember x & by not by
24 is neither 699 Hence is
as as exacthy.
division 699 neither 3
IU + : by by 7. divisible divisible divisible
nor divisible divisible
below: Q.
13 is divisorD, which
Hence3 are there
= nor by
24 divisibledivisible divisible
925 = when
there by
137 13 and by by by 7.are by
by
are 3 3
7. x 3 4 3 x 3
 Clearly, product of R,,is
the remainder
R..
when P divided by Dis
NumbeofrD, Syste
R,,... is free
Properties of Remainder/qGA TUT
when the product R,R,R, ..... is divided
he hereltre
1. Remainders are Additive / 9tqs IG ad E
Let us suppose N,, N,, N,, ..... gives quotients Q
Ie Ey H, R., R., R...

Ga P hÈ D faytf f 1
1 uHhd D

r
by
remainder
D

,.. leavesthe remainders R,, R,, R,, ...respectively, RRR

when divided by common divisor D.
3efa YyE D a faitd For Example.
HA C f5 N,, N,, N.,...
1 3

361x 363 1x3| -3

Therefore,
12 12 R
N, = DxQ, + R,
N, =D x Q, + R, The remainder when 361 and 363 are divided
Hence.
are 1 and 3respectively. product the final by 12
N, = D x Q, +R, .... and so on.
Let S be the sum of N,, N,, Ng the remainder
Therefore
when
final
the
remainder = 3.
1x 3 is redimaivisinbldere tyis
R,) + 12.
then, S = (D x Q, + R)+ (D x Q, + R,) + (D x Q, t fayif
Ja 361 n 363 Ì 12
=D x (@, +0, +Q,+ ...)+ (R, + R, + R, +..).)
- D x K + R, + R, + R,
where Kis some number. 3. Concept of Negative Remainders/U|T4G
the
Therefore, the remainder when S is divided by D is
remainder when R, +R, + R, + ... divided by D.
Remainders by definition are non-negative in nath1rs
3Hf,a S Ì D fayf fa GII yTq R, + Hence, even when we divide -26 by 6 we say remainde
R, + R,+ ... i D fauf yIL Uh á aa àI is 4 (and not-2). But, sometimes to make the calculaton
easy we look at the negative value of remainder.
For Example:

0 + 1
6
1+4+ 1 ==1
yh 4 ati (3in -2 Ti)I f , 4-z U
36| 30 + 6| 21+9+ 6

5R 5 R Let us take a example to explain the above concept

i.e. If use divide 36 into two or more. parts and find out
more clearly. Let us write 109 as the difference of two
numbers and then divide it by 11
the individual remainder and finally add up those
individual remainder to get the final remainder.

109 118 9 118

2. Remainders are Multiplicative/IAT TUIIHE Fà 11 11 11 11
Let us suppose N,, N, N,, ...gives the quotients Q,, Q, Remainder obtained fromn
118
is 8 and
remainder
Q....leaves the remainders R,, R,, R, ... respectively, 11
when divided by common divisor D.
T Afar fa N,, N,, N,, ..**34fr3 IG DÀfavfra obtained from 11
is 9.
Therefore, Net remainder =8-9 = -1 + 1l = 10
R,, .... YI a I I obtained = -1 whe
Thus, we can say that remainder lessthar
Therefore, 109 divided by 11 is the number which is 1 same
means,
N, = D xQ, + R, a multiple of 11. Also, remainder = 10 ofl1. multiple
N, = Dx Q,+ R, number is 10 more than the previous
N, = D x Q, + R ... and so on.
Let P be the sum of N,, N,, N,, ......

then,P=N, N,N,
608
- (D xQ, +R,) +(D x Q, +R,) +(D x Q, +R) +... of
335

-Dx K+R,R,R, Ex. What is the remainder when the product

where K is some number. and 853 is divided by 13?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection

System
Number the
139
Progression number. the
remainder of of feiu
number. Remainder Remainder
expression odd
number. number.
0. 0. 73 0.
Arithmetic is Selectio
odd
of
rules
odd
is
571
g7!
13

is
expression
is
n
Where

451
+
26!
+ 9

is
expression
in
on

following
lasb+c)0,
A.Pand
in

is n.
expression
of
value
above, even
is 11

above, n.
of
value (7-4
(Selec
n 35l are 6 n defined all
Where so the all defined Where
important the ’0: the and 19 the of
of of ct.... number.of +1878
1973
+ For of For
’0; remainder of remainder 9. of remainder + of remainder ’0;
remainder
(a"
+b'
+c)l ... ’0:
18 remainder ’1;
13. Remainder(a+b+c) = Remainder a+b+c+
+6 concept
0.isexpression concept
0.isexpression
Sla"+b)l - + 70
+
17
(a+b) odd a" (a-b) a-b (a+b)
5 2 +b 167
+1773 16+ -b (a
+1
Some the + the + the the the
8
HINTS: 3
HINTS: a i
Here,Thus, Rem Where,
s HINTS: Using
HINTS: Using
HINTS:
Rem Find Here,Thus, Rem Find n Find Here,Thus, Rem Find Rem Find Rem
and
Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex.
reminders
areWhen
31, be: 3z) 11
as remainder then
=4tsas
then
by
divided
by will + 6, fiüj
9, Square
2y
respectively.
divided
remainder 256 72
get
we by
(4x- +121_A
divided
3it fa
are gA
=
58 6
by
9by then Inspe
x remainder. 8 divided divided
8.
I +3 number
by by is +5184a
13
608J35, z 27 31,
the
divided by is
and ad 55 divided number number
and
853
TuHHA x is is .2(72a
+11) 9
10 10 y
x, 24 by
7 number
(4x-2y 27
2 the is
numbernumber 5184a? (Exc
=Remainder = positive
8 - the
thedivided3i
is
=Remainder
Remainder Remainder
17, 48 8 be
certain number number
the
# 800 24
17. be, 48 55 58 x 31}’ will the the of of
number
= = =
17 24 27 4 =3 double remainder
=
=
is
32) Ty7hHNT: =
3z)
what
dividing
a
On same
If
the of of
double square
X=72a
+
11
the 72a
+11
+11
remainder ditya
Ranja
HINTS:
=13 13 13 8x
10 13 WheEnx +
+ + +
HINTS:the 1x31 lxy=311x2=31 +
2u
Rem(256 remainder 72)x(a
11
When 8 wnen When (72a 9
+335 +s08 +o53 x then,+a00 31 If lf
HINTS:
Now,4y-
S0, 10 Let r= . (ü (u) Y
 Number System
Ex. Find the remainder of
7425
Remainder
73
HINTS:
Using concept explained above, the value of expression
is 1.
Where E =
-(---}
Euler's number.
and is
knowWn as
Rem a ’1; When n is even number.

----).
’ (a -1) or -1; When n is odd number a, b, c are prime factors ofO.
a, b, c ...... Q 1 44Tugug }I
Ex. Find the remainder of the expression 34282 35. Lets understand the Eluer's theorem by
HINTS: question given below. analysing
34282 35 = (35-1)282 + 35 ’ 1
Ex. Find the remainder of the expression 34281 + 35.
HINTS:
Ex. Find the remainder when 11" is divided by 7.
34281 + 35 = (35-1)281 +35 ’(-1) or 35 -1 = 34
Ex. If 231 is divided by 5, then what will be the remainder?
Step-by-step solution of the given questions using
Euler's theorem.
HINTS:
231 + 5 = (2)7 x 23 +5 = 167 x 23 + 5 = 8+ 5 = 3 Step1. 7 and 11 are co-prime to each other, therefore
Ex. (719 + 2) is divided by 6, the remainder will be : we can apply Euler's theorem here.
(719 +2) 6 fayfd at R yg YI JI:
HINTS:

719
6 6
= 1 + 2 =3
Euler number of 7is: E, - 7x1-)-6
Ex. 9°- 11 is divided by 8 would leave a remainder of :
9- 11 8 fe h sqpT I aI : Step 2. Remainder
HINTS:

11_1-3 -2 (119)"x11
8 8 = Remainder = 8-2 = 6 - Remainder 7 - Remainder
Fermat's Remnainder Theorem: Let N and P are two
Important point to note/ A HgTyut fa
co-primne numbers. In other words HCF (N, P) = 1
For all the prime numbers, Euler number will be the
(N, P) = 1 number one less then given prime number.
The remainder obtained when NP: is divided by P is
always 1.

Therefore,
NP-1
= lprovided HCF (N, P) = 1
E, -5x1-5-4
P
Using fermat's remainder theorem we can directly say E, -71--6
3 4
that Remainder of - Remainder of = Remainder
5

of
5° -H-10
- 11x1-5
Wilson's Remainder Theorem: If P is a prime num
Euler's Theorem of Remainder : If P and Q are two
then (P - 1)! + 1is divisible by P. In other wOrd
remainder obtained when (P-1)! is divided by P is -l.
numbers co-prime to each other, i.e. HCF (P, Q) = l and 4f< P u 374q HEN (P - 1)! + 1, P
Q= aby cz
af P3r Q HE-3YYY HNr I gt a0 ö HCF (P, Q) qHt Na0 , (P-1)! P fafa #À s
- 13RO = ab÷ c²
140
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa
 Number System

Bind the remainder when 40! is divided by 41 Step-2: Add 1to the 16 i.e. 17
get 51
Step-3: Multiply the result of step 2 by 3, we
Solution: Using the Wilson's theorem. Step-4: Add 2 to it i.e. (51 +2) = 53
Thus, the value of N = 53
[(41-1)| worked.
Remainder =-141 +(-1) =40 Now, Let's look at how successive division
41
Quotient Remainder
few Important Results/73 H8guf fturs 53
=17 2
1. (x+ k) is the factor of apolynomial f() is f(-k) =0 3

4 1

2 (ax+ k) is the factor of a polynomial f() is f =0

4
4
7
The above example clearly explain the concept of
successive Division.

3. (ax- k) is the factor of a polynomial f() is f -0

Ex. When a number is successively divided by 3, 4 and 7,
the remainders obtained are 2, 3 and 5, respectively.
0 What will be the remainder when 84 divided the same
a
number?
4 (x-a) (x-B) is the factor of apolynomial f(x) is f() = 0 fa Hen aÌ Gh49I: 3, 4 7 fafa fa GII
and f(B) = 0

= 0 7T fB) = 0
HINTS:
If a polynomial f() is divided by (x + k), the remainder
is the value of f() at x = -k i.e. f-k) Divisor 3 7

Remainder 2
6 Ifapolynomial fx) is divided by (k - ax, the remainder
Step 1. Multiply 5 x 4 = 20
is equal to the value of fl) at x= Step 2. Add 3 to the 20 i.e. 23
Step 3. Multiply the result of step 2 by 3, we get 69
Step 4. Add 2 to it i.e. (69 +2) = 71
k k Thus, the value of N = 71
a a Least number to be added or subtracted to given
A Concept of Successive Division/shfHca fa& á number so it becomes divisible of a divisor.

Lets take an example to explain the concept of

Successive Division
Ex. What is least number to be added to 42072 to get a
number which is divisible by 93?
Suppose a number 'N' successively divided by 3, 4 and
7 the remainder obtained is 2, 1 and 4 respectively.

If we need to find the value of N, we need to follow the 93)42072452

below steps. 372
487
465
222
Divisor 3 4 7 186
36
Remainder 2 So least number to be added is/zafrs, HaÀ stà ai I
Step-1: Multiply 4 x 4 = 16 Hh alct HGl = 93 - 36 = 57

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fag 141

 Ex. What is the least number to be substracted from 25809
Number Syst
frn N 24
em
to get a number exactly divisibly by 139 is.
139 uta: fry HON g fu 25s09 eT Ex. How many pairs of whole numbers are there
difference of their square is 36? such that
HINTS: s 36 2
HINTS:
25809 139 36 can be written as the product of (Odd x Odd
We get quotient- 185 and Remainder - 94 or, (Even x Even) in two ways.
i.e. 36 =2 x 18 = 102 82
So, If we subtract 94from the given number 25809 i.e.
-6 x 6 = 62 - 02
=25809 - 94 - 257 15 is exactly divisible by 139.
Thus, Number of such pairs = 2
Concept of Number as a difference of squares Note:
1 Prime numbers other than 2 i.e. odd prime

dinumberS
has exactly one natural number solution as a
We know that/H .
If a number N can be written as the product of two
of two squares. fferenCe
number (a x b) then

3x1
For Example: 3 = -= 22 - 12
N= ab
Only one way
Thus, To write N as the difference of two square we have 2. 4k + 2 nunbers i.e. even number not divisible by a
to first write N as the product of two numbers. cannct be written as difference of two square for the
set of natural numbers.
(4k + 2) yAR GI0 Huf 4 fa AÀ areî
Lets take an example to explain/31r HHG + fers

N=x'-y? Arithmetic Progresion/HHiaT Suf

Suppose N = 24 is given. We have to find out in how A succession of numbers is said to be in arthmetic
many ways N can be written as differernce of two square
number, considering we need to find natural number progression (A.P.) if the difference between any two
solution for the same. consecutive term is constant. This constant is called
common difference (c.d.) and generally it is denoted by d.

Step-1l: Firstly, we have to think in how many ways we

can write 24 as (Odd x Odd) or (Even x Even)
Standard Form
(fag4 x faq4) (4 x H4) fa Hh ·I
Therefore, E x E a+ (a t d) + (a+ 2d)+..........
24 = 12 x 2=6 x 4
Where a be the first term and d is the common dtferente
It is not possible to write 24 as (Odd x Odd)
Step-2: of the sequence of an A.P, then
a yet q d qafrt
24 -12 x2(
- - 2 2 -7-s
Also, 24 = 6 x 4 =
-(( = 52- 12

Hence, we can say that there are two ways in which N

(i nth termn of an A.P.

- 24 can be written as the difference of square of two

natural number.
t = a + (n -1)d
142
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection fag
 Number System

n'h term of a G.P.

ofthe first n terms of an A.P.
essum
The
sut y4 n
The sum of the first n terms of a G.P.

n
-1)d]= ata+(n -1)d
S,
S, = a(l1-r
-r].rland r<l
tn

sFirstterm+Lastterm
2 S, = a(r"-).rland r>l
r-1

Arthmetic Mean/HHR HI If the common ratio is equal to 1,

then the sum of the
# T
A.P., then the
first n term of the GP is given by /yf Hat4a E
When three or more numbers are in
bers between the first and last terms are known as
arthmetic means (A.Ms) between them. (Geometric Mean/TuT HT
the
When three or more numbers are in G.P., then
as
numbers between the fist and last terms are known
geometric means (G.M's) between them.

Jf Abe the AM between two numbers a and b then. /

(i) If G be the GM between two numbers a and b then/

|A=a+b)
G= Vab
(ü) In general, if a, b, c, .... n terms are in A.P., then Ex. Find Geometric mean of 4, 2 & 27

their/HIH|-A:, YÍ< a, b, c. .... nygi +, HHI AUft Ë .

4.28 3r 27 61 TU HIA AA tfs)
HINTS:
AM a+b+c+...nterms GM =abc
GM =4x2x27 = 2 x3 = 6
(m) Three consecutive terms /äA h4H K (ü) In general, if a,, a,, a.,, ... n terms are in G.P., then/
HIH:, 1K a,, a,, a,
=a-d, a, a +d
v) Four consecutive terms/Rh
HG Y GM =(a, .a,....a, )r
=a-3d, a-d, a+d, a+3d Three consecutive terms aH 4A 4G

Geometric Progresion/TutaT Stuit -,a,ar

= a, ar, ar² orr
Asuccssion of numbers is said to be in G.P. If the ratio
Olts each term to its previous term is always constant. Four consecutive terms/R GHG G
ms constant ratio is called its common ratio and is
a a
generally denoted by r. = a, ar, ar", ar or,-,ar,ar"

Some Standard Formulae for Addition

Standard From
at ar t ar² + Sum of first 'n' natural numbers
Where common ratio of
be the first term andr is the
die sequence of a G.P. then
1 +2 t 3 t.........t n n(n +1)
r

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected à Selection faiçn 143

 Sum of the squares of first 'n' natural numbers. Arrange all the remainders
:: (127),, (1111111),
Number Syte
from last to f
first
Ex. Convert (576),0 to binary number
12+ 22+ 32 +,........+ n' n(n +1)(2n +1) 2| 576
6
2| 288
Sum of the cubes of first 'n' natural numbers. 2| 144 0

2 72

2 36
13+ 23 + 33 +...... .n 2 18

Sum of even integers/H yuai 1T5 2 4 1

2+4 +6.... + 2n = n (n + 1)
2 2 0
Sum of odd integers/faqy qufsÌ 1 1

1+3+5 + +...........2n - 1) = n?
Arrange all the remainders from last to first
Binary Number/fgTArt HT
(576),, = (1001000000),
In binary number, the radix(r) or base is 2 and the Conversion of Fraction Decimal Number
number represents in terms of 2 digits in binary Number System into Binary
number are 0's and l's.
Fractional decimal number can be converted into binam
number by the successive multiplication, by 2. Aiter
Ex. (10101110), (numberpase or radik every multiplication note that the integer parts and
Decimal Number System/<yHA HGI YUT procedure of multiplication is continued until the
In decimal number, the base or radix is 10 and the fractional part of the products becomes zero, sometimes
number represents in terms of 10 digits. The digits the fractional part does not become zero in that case.
in decimal numbers are ,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 the multiplication process is stopped after getting four
or five coefficients or till the number occurs.

Ex. (328), (440),o etc.

Conversion of Decimal To Binary Number

Step I: Divide the number by 2./He| a 2 fayf

Step II: Write the remainder at every step in the braces
either its 0 or 1because our divisor is 2.

10

First, convert the integer part

Step III : Repeat the steps until the quotient becomes
less than 2. 2| 17
2 8 1
Step IV: Now, arrange all the remainders from last to first.
2 4

Ex. Convert (127),, to binary number. 2

2| 127
1
2 63
2 31 1
2 15
Convert the fractional part
1
2 7 125 x2 = 0.250
1
3
1 .250 x 2 = 0.500
.500 x2 =1.000 1

(17.125),ho =(10001.001),
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) faemà144
(Selected Selection
 Number System
Conversionof Binary Number To Decimal Number/ Ex. (101
1001).0101), - (?)
the binary number is a For integer part
each bit positional
Since,
or digit ofnumber
the
system. That means Tx 20 + 0x 25 + 1 x24 + 1 x 23 + 0 22 +0 x 2' + 1
number multiply with their position Weight to binary x 20 m64 + ) +16 + 8+ 0 +0 + 1 =89
the conversion of binary to decimal number. obtain
right to left are 2°, 2', For fractional part
Position weight from 22, 2°,2*
2,24 27,...2n and for the fractional part are 2 , 2 0x 2+ 1 x22 +0 2 + 1 x 24 - 0 + 0.25 + 0
2..from leftto right. 0.0625 0.3125

1 HCa HON
(1011001.0101), =(89.3125),,
YI F fu Ex. What is (1110011), +(10111), equal to?
frerfa a1 20, 2', 22, 2', 2, 2, 20, (1110011), +(10111),f* T t?
2,...2"3 HINTS:
<Ir 2, 22, 2
We have,
A (11001), (1110011), +(10111),
HINTS: (1110011), = 1 x26 + 1 x 25 + 1x 2* +0 + 0 + 1x 2'
Decimal value =(1 x<24) +(1 x 22) + (0 x 22) +(0 x 21) + 1 x 20
| x 29) = 16 + 8 + 0 + 0+l = 25 = 64 + 32 + 16 + 2 + 1 =115
Ex (11111),
(10111), = 1x 24 + 0 + 1x 22 + 1 x 2'+ 1 x2°
HINTS:
= 16 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 23
Decimal value = (1 x2*) + (1 x 2) + (1 x 22) + (1 x2') +
(1x29 115
= 16 +8 +4 + 2 + 1 = 31 23
-5 =(101),
****k*

(Selected Selection feeg 145

itya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 SIMPLIFICATION Simpifcatl
CONCEPT-01)
(BODMAS Rule)
(CONCEPT-02
This rule is the basic principle of solving algebraic or (Fraction Series/t4=T5 n
numerical expressions.
1
1(1
axb (b -a)a
1 1 1_1
a xbxc (c- a)ab bc
Order to solve/5G * 4 1 1 1
B’ Bracket ( 3) a xbxoxd(d- a)abc bcd
O’ of ( ) Ex.
1 1
1x33x5 5x7 199x 201
D ’ Division (H) HINTS:

M’ Multiplication (TUm)
thySum = 1
1
diference of terms first term last term
A’ Addition (TS) 100
S ’ Subtraction ( )
Sum
201 201

V’ Vinculum (Ta 3 ) Ex.

+ 1 ,1 1 1 1 1
2 612 20 30 42 56 72
Types of Bracket &Solving order HINTS:
1,1,1 1 1 1 1 1
2 6 12 20 30 42 56 72
(i)’ Vinculum/ Line/Bar bracket (tai tgeh 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1,l
1x2 2x3 3x4 4x 5 5x6 6x7 7x8 8x9
(ii) () ’ Small bracket(BTe ah)
Sum =
(iii) ) ’ Curly bracket (H4GI #13
(iv) [] ’ Square bracket(asi 13) Ex If series is

Ex. 1
Simplify the expression/4a aif + ...+
lx2x3 2x3x4 3x4 x5 10 x11x12
HINTS:
25-(16-{14-(8-31) 1
Sum =
HINTS: 2x diff.of term first three terms last two ter!
1 1 1] 11
25-(16-{14-(18-8-3;] Sum =
2x11 12 24
Ex. If series is
’ 25-[16-{14-[18 -11];|
1

’ 25-(16-{14-7}| lx 2x3 x4 2x3x4 x5 3x4x5 x6 22x23 N24x25

HINTS:
’ 25 -[16-7] Sum = 1
3x
diff.of term first three terms last threeterm

’25-(9] =16 1 1 1 24
Sum =

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection 146

 Simplification
3 x 4 t 4 x 5 +
2+ 2 x 3+ ..... + n(n+ 1)
1x 2)(n+3)
n(n + 1)(n4 + (CONCEPT-03)
2 x3 3 x 4 + 4 x5 + (Comparison of Fractions)
1x 2 + + 10 x 11
Ex. Write in descending order:
HINTS:
10x1l x12x13
- 4290
4

89 7 23
9'11'9'3'5
HINTS:
HINTS:
9 7 3(Same
Clearly, 115| difference and

Now,
4 5 88 99
2,3
3 456 99
X
100
2
100 50
’ 10 > 9 sir
Note: First term + N t
2
Last term + D 7 ’ 18 <21
multiply 3 9

’72> 63

’88 > 81
HINTS:
Descending order is :
a t h

Ex. The greatest value among the fractions.

1 53
-8,15 99 7'3%4is:
X....... X
-100 ’6<7

3 8 15 24 35 48 63 99 11
X ’ 6 < 15
4 9 16 2536 49 64 81^ 100 20
Ex. Value of following series is:
’ 20 > 18

5
5 7 11 So
6 is greatest fraction.
2.3"3².4? 4°.57s².66.7
17 19
CONCEPT-04
8².92
+
g2.10 (Continuous Fraction/HT f )
Ex.
HINTS: 1+
1+
5 1 1
The term 92,22 Can be break down into ?1 g2.
1+
1
1+ 2
Similar pattern will continue, so we can write the whole 1+
3
series as follows:
Step-1: First write the last termn

1 1 1 1 fr
72 g2t 102 Step-2: Write '2 first in the last term and then write '3
1 1 25-1 24 6
4 100 100 100 *25 2 3

ditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIT 147

 Step-3: As many times as '1' is given
immediate preceding number will be
in the question
added to the next
with the number immediately preceding it
Simplificatiiroactnion
Step-4: And finally, write the last number
as a

number. f KY f£i
40
Required answer = 31
3 +5 8+5 13 + 8 21 + 13
2 3 5 8 13 21 34 (CONCEPT-05
Step-4: And finally, write the last number as a fraction
with the number immediately preceding it. (a Types of numbers/vaTT qm
(a) If denominator of a number same as multiplier
34
Required answer = 21
Ex. 999.994 x 999
Ex 1 999 Same
1
1
1- Add 5 in 994 so it becomes 999
1
1 994 5 GigA YE 999 GT
1-23
Hints:
999 994+5)x 999
999
Step-1: First write the last term
(999 +1)x 999 = 999000
2 Now substrate 5
3
= 999000- 5 = 998995
Step-2: Write '2 first in the last term and then write '3'
If difference between numerated and denominator is 1.
2 3
Step-3: Then immediately subtract the number from 1
+ 999
791
the previous one to the next one. Ex. x 99
792

791 1
2 3 1 2 -3 -1 Here 792 - 791 = 1so we can write =1
792 792
Step-4: And finally, write the last number as a fraction
with the number immediately preceding it.
8 999+1-o0 792
x99

Required answer =
dity 8
99000 -
792
99
= 99000
-3 3
Ex. 1+
1 (c Series Type/uft ehR
3+
2+
4
1 Ex. 999999. . +999
5
Step-1: First write the last term
999 x4 41+2+3+4
5
1
4
=(400 - 4)+ x5)/2
Step-2:Write '1' first in the last term and
then write '4'
5
= 3996 + 2 = 3998
1 4
Step-3:Then Ex. 999g .*9910
multiplying it immediately
add the
by the next number. previous number by 11 11 11

=99 x10+10 = 995

x1 2
40

(1 + 2 + 3 + ....+ 10 = 10 x11
2
Aditya Ranjan (Excise
Inspector) 148

(Selected Selection faan

 Simplification

(CONCEPT-06 SIAlh
Surds and Indices/hTUÍt 3
(Bar Type Questions/arr arà Indices/ rAE
0.7777....... o = 0. 7
AfE TAT
G.777. ......0 Power is greater than 1/a z I 1
Letx = 777. Surds/HTuft
7.
10x = from (2)
Subtract (1) Poweris less than 1/ra z4m1 F4 T 2 A
surds/5/2 H 7
7 Ex. 5/3 Hence 7 is indices and 1/3 is
A. 0.53535.3 frU4
Laws of Indices/rA
53 an x an = amn (ii) am + an= a
(i)
99
(iii) (a)n = amn (iv) (ab) - a"br
Ax. 0.28383 oo =0.28.3
n

Let x= 0.2838383. = a? +b
10x= 2.838383. (v) 1 (vi) b b
..(1) a"
283.83838.3 .(2)
1000 x = an
Subtract (1) from (2)
bm
(vii) (viii) am/a -Ram
281 bm an
990 x =
281 (x) a a
(ix) a° = 1(a#o)
990 (xii) a =a' ’ = y
(i) ap/e - (aP)i/a
Ex. 0.573
573-5 568 (xiii) a=an
990

Ex. 0.387
990
L t h(xiv) Vab = Nax b=an x ba
1
-(ab)?
387-38 349
900 900 (xv)
3
Ex. 0.003 =
300 =an Vam
900
(svi) (va)
Ex The value of 11.4 +22.567 33.59 is:
114+22.567 - 33.59 I HTA 3?
t y a .(xvi) (a)' - a - a
HINTS:
1
567 -5) 59 -5 (xvii) Ra - Vam = mn
a
990 90
mno

4 562 54 = a.
9 990 90 (xix)
440+ 562 - 594 1002
0.412
990 990 990 (x) yayavava...«. =a

1A= 0.312,B =0.415 and C-0.309,then what is the 2-1

value of A + B + C? (oxi) Jaya/a..

..ntimes = a ? = a

4i5 A = 0.312.B= 0415 aT C=0309 à, at A + B +C

(ocii) aaVa..o - Va
HINTS: (oxii) aaVa...co - "Va
A+ B+ C= 312-3
4154 309 -30
990
309 +411 279
990
720 279
900
Vaa
(xxiv) Ja + ya+va + va + . . . , . . 0 =
+ +
990 900 990 900 (xxv) a+ Va + Va...co = nVa
80 31 800 +341 1141 (xxvi) a xa x a x a x ..... n times = an
110 100 1100 1100

hAitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faIUN149

 Ex. If

HINTS:
then =?

1
(ii)
Ex.

Ex.
Js6+ /56 + V56 +...co =8 (56 -
Jao- v90 -V90... -9 (90 -
If'a' can not factorise into
two
Simplifñcation
8x7,9,Slarrngalerler is
10/suCcesi ve
integer
then va t Vatva t... - J1+ 4a t1
1 2
Js+V5+ V5+... J1+ 4x5 +1
CONCEPT-01
Ex.
2 21+1
2
Ex. J1-1-1-.... V1+42 -1 J5 -1
(Some Special Type of Series 2

(Square root expression

(CONCEPT-02
Infinite series in product type
inside square
In this type question try to make a
Ex.
yavava...o inside square root. square of
Solution of this question is a expresr
Ex.
yaybyavb....o
HINTS:
Ex. Js-2/6 - va(V2)+2/3* V2
Let yaybyavb.co x t h
Then a bx x CONCEPT-03
Squaring both side a bx =* (If square root in denominator
Again squaring both side a? bx =
=a? b ’x= (a²b)/3 In this type questions rationalise terms by multiply and
b) Finite series in product type/TI wi vkfTT uf divide by conjugate terms

Ex. Vayayava
HINTS:
itya 6 1 1
Count square root = 4 Ex. 2+
24 = 16
V3 2+ 3 3 - equals to
Ans is al5/16 HINTS:

2+ 6x V3 + 2-V3 + V3 +2
Ex V3x V3 1 -1

= 763/64 (::26 = 64)

(c) Infinite series in addition or subtraction from = 2+ 6V3 +2- /3-V3-2 =2
3
Remember this short formula:
yatyat Vat...0
There are two type of questions Va t vb, Va -vb
Va -vb Vat vb la -b
(i Factorise 'a' into two successive integers
Ex. If x =
V5 + V3 V5-V3 then (x+ y)
equals
If it is addition series then answer is greater one and V5-3 and y = V5+ V3
HINTS:
If it is subtraction series then answer is smaller one.
5+3)
x*y- 25-3= 8
(Selected Selection 150
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Simplification
(CONCEPT-04)
(Smallest and greatest value

Thereare various type questions/: 9+5 14. 15 +3 18

Greatest is /15-3 and smallest is J9 - /5
Some other important examples
.: We compare (number) LCM of 2, 3, 4 &, 6
Ex. The value of the expression given below is:
( 9 ) 2. 3, 4 & 6 1 . H. Hd
T4
Here LCM of surds 2, 3, 4, 6 is 12] 1 1

12/2, (3')2, (4/^)", (6/6)12 12-V140) 8-V6o) Vi0+ V84 :

62 HINTS:
-26, 3, 43,
36 1
= 64, 81, 64,
1

. Smallest is 6 and greatest is /3

V12-J4x 35 V8-V4x15 V10+ 4x21
1 1
S+3, /9 + 2,V7+V4, V6 +J5
Here sum of numbers are equal (8+3 = 9+2 = 7+4 =
AS = 11) then greatest of product of number terms
2
will be greatest and smallest will be smallest.
- Êi T5 qT ad (8+3 = 9+2 =7+4 = 6+5

1,1 2

8x3 = 24, 9x2 = 18, 7x4 = 28, 6x5 = 30 7-5 5-3 V7t3
Rationalizing in above equation
Greatest is J6+/5 and smallest is J9+ 2
(V7 V5)(5+3) (7-V3)
a 7-5,V9-V7,J5 -V3, V11-V9 2 2

If difference of number same (Here7-5 =9-7= 5-3=

11-9) then smallest of product of numbers will be greatest V7+5-5-V3
2
-N7+W3
and greatest of product of number will be smallest ’0
a He13i 134K HHH EI (YE0 7 59-7 =5-3 =A1-9)
Ex.
V29.16 Vo.2916,vo.0036 =?
Vi.1664 V116.64 Vo.36
HINTS:
’ 7x5 = 35, 9x7 = 63, 5x3 = 15, 11x9= 99
V29.16 +
Vo.2916 Vo.0036
.. Greatest is 5-J3 and smallest is Ji1-J9 V1.1664 V116.64 Vo.36
M 8+ V3 and V6+ V4 10 10
Ithe product of two numbers is same (8 x 3 =6 x 4 = =V4 10V410o 10*
24), then the number whose sum is maximumn will be 1
the largest and the number whose sum is. minimum
will be the
-x10° - 5+ 20
1
10
103
20
smallest,
e AA0 A1 Tu-5qHH (8 x3 =6 x 4 = 24) ai Ex.
y10+y25+y108 +V154 +V225 =?
HINTS:
Remember, these types of questions are always to be
8+3 = 11, 6 + 4 = 10 solved from the right side.
. Greatest is J83+V3 and smallest is V6+ v4
N9-V5 and 15-3 = J10+v25 +V108 + V154 +15
Ifthe
product
45), then of two numbers is same (9 x 5 = 15 x 3 =
the number whose sum is maximum will be J1o+y25+ 108 +V154 +15
the
will belargest
the
and the number whose sum is minimum =10+25+ V121=10+36 = 10+6=4
smallest.
Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection f 151
 ALGEBRA Algebra
08
HINTS:
Square Formulae /art qa Method-01:
1. (a + b)? a² + b² + 2ab or (a - b}² + 4ab (x+y+ z)² = +t y' + z + 2(y +yz +z
2 (a - b)²- a? + b?- 2ab or (a + b)² 4ab ’ 169-91 + 2(2y + yz + y')
3 a²+ b² - (a + b)²-2ab ’ 3978 = 2y(x + z + y)
a² + b²= (a - b)² + 2ab ’ 39 =yx 13
5 a²- b²= (a + b) (a - b) ’ y- 3
6 (a+ b} + (a - b)? = 2 (a? + b) (x- z)² = t 2? - 2z
(a + b} +(a - b) ’ (-z)² = 82 -2 x9
7 =2
a +b? ’ (x-z)² = 64
(a + b}²- (a b)² = 4ab ’ X - z =8
Method-02:
(a + b - (a - b)
ab
= 4 put x =1, y =3 and z = 9.
Hence, z - x =9-l= 8
Ex.
(867 + 289 - (867-289) =?
13. 2(ab + bc + ca) = (a + b +c)²- (a? + b² + c)
867 × 289 14. (a - b c? = a? + b² + c2-2(ab + ac - bc)
HINTS: 15. (a- b)² + (b- c)² + (c - a)2 = 2 (a² + b² + c²- ab -bc-a
The value of the expression is 4. Ex. If a+ b +c= 10; a² + b² + c = 38, what is the value f
(a- by² + (b- c)² + (c -a)² ?
10. ab =
--( 4t< a + b+c= 10; a² + b² + c² = 38, ,
+ (c - a)? 1 HH IA H|
la - b)² +(b-c

(2x13y2x
2

Ex. HÍNTS:
2
HINTS: (a + b+ c)² - (a2 + b²+ c?)
ab + bc + ca=
4x² +9y? +12y 4x2 +9y?-12xy 24xy 2
4 4 4 6xy
62
The value of the expression is 6 x y. ab + bc + ca =
2
=31
11. (a + b t c? =a? + b² + c2+ 2(ab + bc + ca)
12. a?+ b² + c2= (a +b+ c?-2(ab + bc + ca) Now,
Ex. If a+ b +c= 10 and ab + bc + ca = 30, (a - b)² + (b- c)²+ (c- a)² =2(38 - 31) = 14
then the value Ex. =0
If the value of (a + b- 2)² +(b +c- 5)2 +(c+a-5'
of a? + b² + c? is:
t a + b+c= 10 31ab + bc + ca = 30 7, t
a² + b² + c² then the value of Jb+c +(c + a) -1 is:
(a + b- 2)² + (b +c- 5)² +(cta- 5) = 0
HINTS:
a² + b² + c (a +b+ c)?-2 (ab + bc + ca) V(b+c +(c + a) -1 51 H4 AIA |
’ (10)² - 2(30) = 40 HINTS:
Ex. If x+ y + z= 13, x + y² + z² = 91
and xz = y², then the (a + b- 2)² + (b+c- 5)² + (c t a -5) =0
difference between z and x is: a + b= 2
ak x+ytz= 13, x² + y² + z² = 91
...(1)
3M Z = y² , z3 b+ c = 5.............(2)
C+ a = 5 .......... ...(3)
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) fant152
(Selected Selection
 Algebra
2
equation 1, 2 & Ca)
Adding (vi) (b+ c)(c + a)la + b) + abc = (a + b + cjlab + bc +
12
2/a + b+ c)= (Vii) a? (b -c) + b² (c- a) + c2 (a - b) = - (b-c)(c - a)(a - b)
+b
t c = 6........... .(4) (Viii) a(b² - c) +b (c?- a2) + c(a2- b) - (b- c){c - a)(a - b)
a 4 (ix) (a? + b)(2 + y') - (ax + by)² + (ay - bx?
1, c =
a=l. b=
(x) (ax? + by² + cz) + k=2 (px + qy +rz) then x p/ a, y=
(c+ a) -1 J(s) +(5)) -1- /9 -3 q/b, z r/c
.:/b+c)" + a² + b² + c2 + d² + 2ab + 2cd - (a + bj² + (c + dj?
(xi)
Note: a
individually y (xii) (a' + b² y? + c + axby +bycz + axcz)
by + c)(ax+ by - d) = px t qy² + 2hxy + 2gx+ 2fy +r 1
{(ax +by)² + (by + cz)? + (cz + a²}
3y - 5) is
If(2x + 3y + 4) (2x+ equivalent to
(ar°+by2. + 2hxy + 2gx+ 2fy + c), then what is the value
-(2axe+ 2by? +2c4z? + 2axby +2bycz + 2axcz)
(g+f-c)
of (abh)
aft (2r+ 3y +4)(2x+ 3y-5), (a+ by² +2hxy + 2gx+ 2fy + )
Cube Formulae /TA 4I
1 (a +b)³ - a³ +3a² b + 3ab² + b
(g+f-c)
(abh) = a³ + b³ + 3ab (a + b)
2 a + b³ = (a + b) - 3ab (a + b)
(2x+ 3y + 4) (2x+ 3y - 5) = a + by² +2hxy+ 2gx+2fy +c 3. a? + b³ = (a + b) (a² - ab + b)
On comparing, 4. (a -b) = a?-3a?b + 3ab² - b
= a- b - 3ab(a - b)
a = -4, b=9, c-- 20, h =6, g=-1, f- - 5 a- b³ = (a b}² + 3ab (a - b)
6. a?- b³ = (a b) (a? + ab + b)
g+f-c -1-+20 35
7 (a + b +cj = a + b' + c + 3a² (b + c) + 3b² (c + a) +
4x9x6
3c² (a + b) + 6abc
abh 432
8 (ma + nb)³ + (na - nb)³ = {(m + n)a + (m - n)b;
17. la?- ab + b) (a? + ab + b²) = at + a'b2 +b4 {(m² + n? - mn) a² + 2ab (m² - n) + (m² + n² + mn) b
E lfat + a?b² + b = 24 and a² + ab + b²=8, then find ab.
aft at +ab² + b = 24 3R a? + ab + b² =8, dA ab aa i f I Some Special Cases/ s fayrg ffrei
HINTS:
Special Case 1: If a? - ab + b² = 0then a³ + b³ = 0
af + a?b + bt = 24

24 Special Case 2: If a² + a+ l=0 then a- ] = 0 or a³ = 1

a?- ab + b2 = =3
b
a?- ab + b² = 3 ...(i) Special Case 3: If b +a = 1then a³ + b³ = 0
a? + ab + b² = 8 ...ü)
Subtracting eq (i) from eq (ii) ! 1
- 2ab = -5 Special Case 4: If a a - b
then a' + b' = 0
ab = 2.5
b
18. Special Case 5: If -l then a' - b = 0
a'-b' = (a +b)la - b)(a² +b) ba
19,
a'-b* = (a?)2 (b2)² = (a? + b)(a²- b) 1
Special Case 6: If + . then a - b' = o
Some Important Result/ b a a+b

1
la + Special Case 7: If ab (a + b) = 1then a'b - a'- b' =3
ii) (a +btC) +(a -b- c)² = 2(a² +(b + c?}
bt c)²- (a b- c² = 4a (b + c) Ex. If 8(x +y) - (x- y) (xt3y) (Ar + By +Cy), then find
+c + d) + 2b
(e +d) + + d)² =a? + b² + c? + d² + 2a (b the value of (A - B-C) is:
(a +by² +2cà
(bt c)² +(c t a)² =2 (a? +b² + c² +ab +bc +ac) qft 8(x +y) -(x- y) = (x + 3y) (Ar+ By + Cy),at
la-bj +(b- c' +(c- a)? =2(a? +b² +c2- ab- bc -ca) (A -B- C) 1 HH:

Rditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faI 153

 A3, B--4, C 9, D 16
HINTS:
(2r+ 2y)-(y (2x+ 2v)-(x-v)) (4+4y? +8xy
54x34+4) +3 (9) + 2(16)
12-4+ 27 + 32 67
Algeh
-2y +2r-2y)
(x3y)| 6 y +3y] 12. (a + b)' + (a- b)' 2a' +6ab'
Here A 7, B-6, C-3 Ex. What is the simplified
A-B-C-7-6-3-2 expression? form of the
9.

Ex.
(a 1) a' +3a² +3a + 1
If a - 909, then the value of a(a' +3a +3)+1 is
fol y
HINTS: HINTS:
As we know, (a + 1) =a' +3a? +3a + 1
Here, a = 999

Then, a(a +3a+3)+1 - (a +1) 13. (a + b)- (a - b)³ = 2b' + 6a'b

999 +l1000 Ex. If (2x-5y-(2x+ 5y = y[ Axe
a'-b' value of (2A - B)? +By' |, then what ist
a'-b
10. a+ab+b? (a - b) 'or' (a -b) = (a? + ab + b²) (2x-5y)-(2x+ 5y) =y[Ax +E
20xy +25y? +20xy +4- 25y] By²]-10y
Ex. Ir (5/5x'-343y')+ (W5x -Vy) - (Ar +By² + Cay), ’A=- 120
B=-250
then the value of (3A + B - 15 C) is: 2(-120) - 250) = 10
14. la + b+cB = a+ b³+ c+ 3a" (b+ c) +
tk (5V5r-3/3y') +(W5x-Vay) =(Ae +By° +Cay) . (a + b) + 6abc
3b² (c+al -)
T (3A + B- 1s C) HA aId | (0.1 +(0.2)'
HINTS: Ex. If A = +(0.3}+3(0.005 +0.016 +0.027)-0 08A
(0.1 +(0.2) +(0.3/ +0.04 +0.06 +0.12
then the value of 60A is:
(55x' -3/3y')
= (Ax + By² + Cxy)
V5x-v3y A=
(0.1 +(0.2 +(0.3 +30.005 +0.016+0.027-00G
(0.1 +(0.2 +(0.3 +0.04 +0.06 +0.12
N5x-3yi(5x* +3y' +V15xy)
N5x-3y)
= (Ae + By? + Cxy) (0.1)' +(0.2)° +(0.3) +3(0.005+0.016+0.027) +0.036
Comparing both sides (0.1° +(0.2 +(0.3 +0.04 +0.06+0.12
A=5, B = 3,C= V15 0.216
= 0.6
0.36
Then ’ (3A +B- V15 C)
.:.60A = 60 x 0.6 = 36
- (3 x 5 + 3- 15 x 15)= 18- 15 -3 15 a+ b+ c³-3abc

a'+b' a'+b'
- (a + b + c) la? + b² + c²- ab - be - ca)
11. a'-ab+?la + b) 'or' (a + b) = (a'- ab + b2)
a'+b'+c-3abc
'or = (a + b + c)
Ex If 27¢ - 64y =(Ax-By) (Cx + Dy² + 12xy), then the (a² +b' +e- ab -bc - ca)
value of 4A + B + 3C + 2D is: whatist
Ex. If xtytz7, xy + yz + Zx = 8, then
fk 27-64y' - (Ax-By) (C² +Dy² + 12xy), , value of x+ y' + z'- 3xyz?
4A + B+ 3C +2D #1 4H A x+y+ z=7, xy t yz t 2
HINTS: 3xyz 1 4A 8m?
A- B' = (A -B) (A² + B² + AB) HINTS:
(3x}'-(4y) =7(49 - 3x 8)
= (3x4y) (9x² + 16y² + 12xy) =7(49-24)
=7x 25 =175
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 - Algebra
=
Ifa
- 5, b = -6, c- 10 then
a'+b' +c-3abe Special Case-1:
? If a- b c
t ca.-a' -b'-e)
(ab+bc then a? + h? + c - ab- bc - ca 0
aft
a - 5 .b-6, c- 10 , a OR, a' + b'+c-3abe -0
Ex. If a? + b + 2 ab + bc + ca then find the
a'+b'+e'-3abc value
++ca a +b b+cC+ a
(ab+ bc of
b
HINTS:
a+b b+c
(a+b+clla'+ b'+c'- ab- bc - a' + b²+ c mab + hc+ca.
ac)
(ab +bc +ca - a´-b -c?) C+a

-I- 5) +(- 6) + 10] = 11 - 10 -1

b
a+b'+c-3abe HINTS:
a? + b² + c?- ab- bc- ca = 0

ia +b+ c)|3(a? +b'+ )- (a +b+ Then,

a =b=c
a? +h2 + =32
Ifa+btc=6, and a + b + =l89,
then
Now,
-3 is:
the value of abc a +b b+c + c+a
+
ta +b+c=6, a² +b² +a =32 3R a + b+= 189 t
C a

abc - 3 1 HIA ISrI

2+2+2 =6
HINTS: Special Case-2:
a+ b' + c-3abc If a +b +c = 0 then a3 + b + c= 3abc

(a+b+e 13(a? +b² +)- (a +b+ c] Ex. If a + b + c = 0then find the value of
b+c
b
189-3abc =3(3 x 32 -36)
a +c a +b
189-3abc =3 x 60
abc -3=6 b C
uk a+btc = 0, b+c
+

17 a +c a +b
a'+b+-3abc =(a+b+c) (a +b+c-3(ab +be +acl HINTS:
Ifa +b+c= 6 and a + b + c-3abc= 126. then
a+b+c=0| b+c= -a
ab + bc + ca is equal to:
a+b=-cc+a=-b
qf a+b +c=63R a³ + b³ t co-3abe = 126, a
Now.
ab +bc + ca quqt:
a b C b
Method-01: b+c a+c
4
a +b --3
126 =6|(6)?- 3(ab + bc + ac)] Ex. If(3x +1P + (x-3) + (4-2x + 6 (3x +1) (x-3)(x - 2)
ab + bc + ca = 5 =0, then what is the value of x?
Method-02: ufr (3x +1)P + (r- 3)³ + (4 - 24 + 6 (3x+ 1) (r - 3)
Put a= 5, b= 1, c = 0 (given conditions verified) (x- 2) = 0 , at x 4A G I
. ab = 5 x 1 =5 HINTS:
a' + b + ca-3abc = 0
0. a'+b +-3abea+b+c) a+b+c= 0
2 [la-bj² +(b-c² +(c- a)| 3x+ 1 +x-3 + 4 - 2x= 0
Ilx=32, y= 33 and z =35. then evaluate the expression X=-1

*+y'+z-3xyz.
1% X= 32, y =33 §N z = 35 . a + yt z
Special Case-3:
If two number are equal and thìrd
number is one more
than the numbers.

HINTS:
100
(1+4 +9) =700 a' + b+ c3abe = a + b+c

Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fam155

 Function Agebr
Ex. If a =b 336 and c = 337 then find the value of Function &
Inverse
a' + b' + c-3abc
t* a- b336 and c 337 , t a+b'+c3abc 1

HINTS: Based On Square Formulae /a

ab 336 and c= 337
1
Here, twO number are equal and third number is one = k, then x²+r?k-2
X
more than the numbers.
Now, a' + b'+C-3abc - a + b+c
-336 + 336 + 337 = 1009 Ifx+= k then, x - -+vk'-4
X

Special Case-4:
a + b + c-3abc 1
= k then, x" -
-tvk' -4
-la +b+c[(a - b +(b -c +(c- a'] -9bd'
Where a,b,c are in A.P. and common difference is d
and middle term is b. =tkvk'
Ex. If a - 199, b = 200, c = 201 then find the value of a +
b' + c-3abc If x-=k then
x
x*k' +2
qfk a - 199, b = 200, c =201, a+ b³ +c-3abc l
Ifxl = m then, x+ tym² +4
HINTS:
Here, a= 199 b = 200 and c = 20l a, b, c are in A.P.
Because common difference = 200 - 199 = 1 1
d = 1 = m then, x += tym²+4
b= 200

Now,
a + b + c 3abc = 9bd? -koe--x-sk
=9x 200 x 1 = 1800

Special Case-5:
a? + b2 + c²- ab - ba - ca

- [a - bY +(b-cf +(e- a']- 34²

Where a, b, c are in A.P. and common difference is d.
*-2
TEÍ a, b, c A.P. Ë r HI 3T dà
b2
Ex. If a= 2001, b= 2002 and c = 2003 then find ax+ =k’a'x' + -k-2ab
X
the value of a? + b² t c2- ab- bc - ca.
qf< a - 2001, b =2002 3n C= 2003 , t a² + b² + c²- ab
b b2
- bc - ca #1 HH I 6tI ax-=k’a'x+ = k² +2ab
X
HINTS:
Here, a = 2001, b= 2002 and c= 2003 a, band c are
b = tk?- 4ab
A.P =k then ax
because common difference is
= 2002- 2001l = 1

Now, b tk?+4ab
ax = k’ax +
a² + b? + c² - ab- bc - ca = 3d2

=3 x (1)2 =3

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection

 Algebra

Based on Cube Formulae/ YI qT Tenfta 4then find the value of

Ex. If x+
X+2

then x'+ a 3A
If X a, (x +2) (x+ 2
.IfX-b,thenx 1
yf x + 4 , A (x+ 2)1 + ye221 44
X+2
b b
= k, then a'r+ - k'- 3kab
HINTS:
b
- k, then r k+ 3kab 1
Given, x+ =-4
x+2
Special Case-1:

Ifx=V3 then x'+ ’(x+ 2) +t ix+2)-2

’x+2=-1

r*-= N3 then find the value of xo12 4 ’X=-3

HO6+x06 +00 + 00+ 00 + x06 + 00 4 ó + 5 Now, (x + 2) (x+ 2)

Xt-=3 ,t x012 +¢l006 +x506 +xs00 +x00 4 1
= (- 1)231 +
A06 4 06 + 00 + + 5 at h H17 IG fSU
=-|-l= -2
HINTS: Special Case-4:
1
We know that, x + =3 then = - 1. If x+= 2, then
Now,
r1012 + 006 + 506+ 500 + A00 + A06 + y206 + x200 4 x?+ x2 =0 or x + l = 0 or =- 1
+5 =-1+5 = 4
Special Case-2: Ex. If x+*=2: then find the value of x6 + x100 +
1
If x+ = 2 then x= 1. xl12 + xll6 + A +3.

Ex. If xt
1
=2 then find the value of xl21 + x121
aft xt= 2 at 6 + xl00 + !12 + xl6 + x* + 3

1
X x21 HINTS:

HINTS:
x+=2 then x' =-1
1
We know that X+ = 2then x = 1
x Now,
= 6 + xl00 + x!12+ xll6 +x+3.
Hence, x21 + = 1+1=2 =0 +0+(- 1) +3 = 2
Special Case-5:
Special Case-3:
1
If x+ 1 = If x+
X
= 1 then = 1
-2 then x =- 1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faiñn 157

 Ex. If x+ 1then find the value of xl03 4 xl00 t x0
x Algebra
+7+ 604 x t + 4.

1
Tips: Answer must be a multiple of x 4
y50)

HINTS:

Xt = 1then -1 1
Tips: Answer must be a multiple ofx
90

Componendo & Dividendo

a +b X+ y
If then
a -b X-y
=0+0+0 +0 + 0 + (-1) + 4=3
Special Case-6: Special Case:
2ab X+ 2a X+ 2b
=-lthen x = l or x- l = 0 If x = then =2
a+b X-2a x-2b

1 4/15
If x+=-1then find the value of x5l + x5 + xl5 find the value of v20, x+/
Ex. Ex. If x =
5+3 then X-N20 X
+ t 4.
4V15 xtV20 x+12
yf x=
5+3x-V20 x- V12
HINTS:

HINTS: Using the concept explained above, we will get the

result of the expression is 2.
1
We know that, if x+ - =-1 then =1 x+ 20 + xt12
X
2
x- 20x-12
Now, xl + 5 + l+5+ t 4
=()7+ (x)15 + (*)' + (r)5 + +4 Important Result Based on C & D Rules
= 1+1+ 1+1 + 1 +4 =9

Some Important Results/ahs HEyut vfrUTH

1 Or
1 1 x- y)
If the value of xt or x- is given, then
Vatvb Va-v5 then x+ 1 2la +b)
If x+ la -b)
X Ja-vb Va+vb
1
2 If - Ala' +B/a +C, Then
1 (Wa-a+1)
Tips: Answer must be a multiple of x +
-1 1
A=0;B -Ca-1
1
Ex. If
=al4 +b2 +c and a. b, cis a prue
1
4+2+1
Tips: Answer must be a multiple of x - number, then find the value of a+ btc.
5 HA
=a4 +b2+c st a, b, c
J4+2+1
158

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa

Algebra of in YrUTH abc pal 159
value ca 4 1
ca + +c
= =
-
=c +
bc x'+y'-2x'y' +
ca
+s² f<ñn
the bc + b 344 -c' -
b ab + +
bc
1 r
find t a r
= satisying. ab = = results/s+ (s +b+e q'-rp .
then
a
b°) = +b) b)
c'x
(a a) ab + a Selection
and - b-) - then
1+x1ty
a)(c cl(c a+b+c+ -b
| 2 - {a
Cx -then b) 1 ab)
= = is 1
c'{a'b) (c- (b- (+B)
(s
+ P-qr-
-
by
+
ax z
= value
b=c cla + a' p' b'
1
y + +
-a') x (b-c)(b
b' -a)
(c+a) + -c)
bx(c-
a' 1 a
1
important -
a) (1 1+
(s a'+
z a) (x+A) ,
=
x thesea= b)(b a then 3 (Selected
1+a
1+b
1+c xta
y+b
z+C - = + c)= then + =
1 1 cZ
ax
+ Z+a of & (c b°{c (a- y
and
= (1
ab) = +
then
0,
+ab) b)
value 2
and z=
2
b°
+ (1
bx+AB b) x=
y 2s,
0, 0) =
-
(1
+b
X+a
y
-c)+a'(b-c) -c)
a'x(b+c) (c-a)la
-b) +c= = rp ra+b' )
1 theeqn = (b-c'
ax other + +B 1+ or z z + -a?
1+2 by
+
cz HINTS: =y b)(a + ax + ( 1 + y, qr
1 1 x above
Check
x
(b' a
(+ 1+Aa) = b x+y(x,
tpq (1
Put a' -
(a
x=
+ xy +
0 then
If
Some (1 If a
If If = If
Ex.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
3raTTUT giveni.e simplity
expression value a the
c+
power symmetricity.
=
satisfying
=1 the find
the
and b²
then d, expression.
highest c,
55-39
16 át an in another
-1 V55-Jeg 16
in
numbers
Symmetricity/HHfufa =a+bthen +
b Inspecto
= V71 V55-39
V87
+ J87
+N71 87-71 yra
the term of
= in
a? value
c t in
1, to
concept
(0
= =+c=0
11+y
1+x is polynomial
Polynomial/E4< same variable/terms
each 2
b 1-1 V71y55+V39
V55-
V39 polynomial +9 c²
== these
=b=c
0, 1 and
and
=
y of in the
=
result(3),
a +
+
v87
3x a Aitya
Ranjan
(Excise
degree
come and
=? /87-V71
V39
+
V55 *1 a + Apply
a
1+c aa
=1Ifxy V71
V87-V39
V55+
+
2X* c+
1
then 1+y
1+x
find J87-V71 a in 4 1 b
HINTSt:hUse in+bgaHence, l+y
1+X
HINTS: 1
y1+
l+x of degree
Degree
6x
=
of variable + Degree
Example, of
the
they each the
expression.
Cxpression,
Whenever
ß the

=
b²
=b+c.
1+b
+
+
the a equation.
value
Here, Concept Same cquate HINTS: =
=Ifx 1 Here,
1 the Check
c
The la' and
of IS
 9 If be t ca + ab

b+c C+ a

bcla -1) ca(b -1) ab(c -1)

abc, then

4
a +b
HINTS:
Let y = X- 6
X=y+6
Agehra
Now, (y + 6) - 16(y + 6) + 59 0
10. Ifx+ y² - z+ l,y?+z' t xt l, z' + x y + 1, then yz y? + 36 + 12y - 16y - 96 + 59 - 0
1 y² - 4y = 1
=1 or

y = 4
11. ab(a -b) +bc (b- c) + ca (c - a) - (b - a) (b - c) (c - a) y

12. (a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) - 3abc = a? (b + c) + b² (c + a) +

1
c² (a + b) y2 l 8
1 1
13. If a + b+ = c+ (where a b c) then abc is 1
( - 6) + (r-612* l3
equal to t 1
14. (x+ a)(x + b) (x + c) = + x (a + b + c) + x (ab + bc+ ca) Concept-02
+ abc

Two Inportant Concepts Ex. If a3 + 3a? + 9a = 1, then what is the

value of o33
3
yf a + 3a2 + 9a = 1, i a³ + | HH F
Concept-01 a

Ex. If + x = 19, then what is the value of (x + 5)2 + HINTS:

1
(x+ 5)2=? 3(a+3a² + 9a= 1)
a+3a' +9a =a
1
4fk + x= 19 , at (x+ 5)2 + s2 l HH TE? a' -27a =a -3
a = 28a -3
HINTS: a +3 = 28a
Let y=x+ 5
a³ + a
-= 28
’X=y-5
Ex. If a² +3a +3 = 0 find the value of a³ + 6a² + 12a + 10 =?
Now,
yfa a? + 3a +3 =0 at a3 + 6a? + 12a+ 10 1 411 A
(y- 5)² + (y- 5) = 19
HINTS:
y² + 25- 10y + y-5 = 19 a² + 3a +3 = 0
y² + 20 9y = 19 a+ 3a² + 3a = 0

y²-1 = 9y & 3a + 9a + 9 = 0
a'+ 6a? + 12a + 9=0
= 9 a³+ 6a? + 12a+ 10 = 1
Ex. If x + 2 = 2x, then the value of t - t t2 is:
Yfk x2 +2 = 2x at x - + x2 +2 1 H7 }:
1
= 83 HINTS:
-2x+ 2 = 0
t-2+ 2= 0

(x+ 5)2 + (x+5)2 =83 x-2x?+ 2x= 0

x-x+x² +2 = 0
Ex. If x - 16x + 19 = 0, then what is the value of (x-6)2 +
Factor Formulae/T|UTGS HA
1
(x-62 =? 1. (x+ a) (r+ b) = + (a + b) x t ab
2. (x- a) (x- b) = - (a + b) x+ ab
1 (x- a) (x+ b) = -(a-b) x- ab
qfz x?- 16x +19 = 0 }, (x- 6)2 + (r-6e 1 A FI 3? 4. (x +a) (x- b) = t (a - b) x- ab
160
Selected Selection fany
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Algebra

Quadratic Equation/f
4ac - b
When a> 0
equation of the form a + bx + c= 0, is called F).m0y 4a
quadratic
An equation.
Ex. Find the maximum value of the quadratic equation
2x2+ 3x +4 + 0.
Roots of the equation ar + bx + c= 0 are AA *Tf
Two TGTA 46II 2 + 3x + 4 +0 # AfHAH H1
+ bx +c-0 Ha
HINTS:
-b+ /b -4ac -b- Vb² -4ac f(x) = 2+3x+ 4
and B -
2a 2a When a>0
are the roots of the
t equation ax? + bx + c = 0 23
Ifa and B 4ac - b² 4 x2x4- (3 32-9
Héh] ax + bx + c =0 # H a i f (x)
af a sitB 4a 4x2
max

HiHI
() Sum of roots/ 6. Nature of roots/ Hi Tçfa
-b -Coefficient of x (a) If b2 4ac = 0 ’ roots are real and equal.
(a+B) =
Coefficient of x2
Ex. For what value of m the roots of the equation 4 +
Product of roots/ HA | urd 6mx + 9 = 0 are equal.
(ii)
Constant term m faA HA fey HicsM 4 + 6mx +9 - 0 # H
Coefficient of x2

1f the roots a and ß are known then the equation is HINTS:

given by -(a+ )x+ (a.B) = 04f Ha a 21 B AE, à Standard eq". of quadratic equation
ax + bx +c = 0 and 4+ 6mx + 9 = O
x Find quadratic equation whose one roots is 2 + S3 comparing standard equation then we get
a = 4, b = 6m and c =9
HINTS: If roots are equal
’ b² 4ac = 0
a=2 + J3
’36m² = 144
B= 2-J3
m = + 2
Sum of roots (a + B) = (2 + 3) (2 - J3) = 4 (b) If b² 4ac > 0 & not a perfect square ’ roots are
Product of root (a. B) = (2 + J3) (2 - J3) = 1 real, unequal.
Ex. + 12x+35 = 0
Using Formula,
x- (a + B) x + a.ß= 0 HINTS:

-4x + 1= 0 Hence, a =1, b= 12, c = 35

4.
ua, b and c are rational numbers and one roots of D = b 4ac = 144 -4 x 1 x 35 = 4
quadratic equation is a + So then other roots is (a D> 0

vb]1.e (vice - versa) tf a, b sN c qfàT HGI in .:. Roots are real, unequal and rational.
Ex. (c) If b? 4ac <0’ roots are imaginary
Ex. J2t?-3t + 3J2 - 0
Maximum and Minimum value of aquadratic equation/ Here, a = J2, b=-3, c=32
F (x) =
a + bx t C D = b² 4ac = 9- 24 =- 15
D< 0
4ac - b?
F(,^nin. 4a When a <0; .. Roots are imaginary

Aaitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIn l61

 Conditions for Common Roots Cubic Equation/faur rsT
If a,p and yare the roots of
Algebra
cubic equation
Consider two quadratic equations: ax' + bx + cxt d = 0/4f a,ß
b + cx+d-0 # a ar
a,a+b,xtc, 0 Then/44
a,+b,xtc, - 0 Sum of roots,
(i Condition for both root common.
b Coeffioent of x
a+ß+Y=- a
Coefficiént of x
a, b Sum of product of two roots,
a, b, C, C Coefficient of x
aß + By +ya = a
(ii) Condition for one root common Coefficient of x
Product of roots,
d Constant term
(b,c, -b,c,)(a,b, - a,b,) =(c,a, -c,a)? aßy= Coefficient of x
If a, B and y. are the roots of cubic equation, then
the equation is, i.e.

x -(a + B+) + (aß+ By+y a) x- aBy= o

Selection
facngi 162
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected
 Tirgonometry

TRIGONOMETRY 09
facarurffa
Basic Arngular Systems/H Circular System/qu f a
Measurement of Angles
Sexagesimal System/4TtZ yGfa
x degrees x radians
of a right angle = 1°
180

(180
1 X radians
= 1°
90
57°1622"
of 1° = 1' |1 min.]
60
1°c (r = 3.141592...) 57°1721"
1
1° 1 = 1' | | 4 1 0.01746 radian
60

1 l=
of 1' =1" [1 sec.] Where l= length of arc
r = radius of arc
0 = angle on centre (0 is always in radians
1'# 60
=1" || Hhs]
Ex. Convert the radian measure to degree measure/ ifS4A
Ex Convert degrees, minutes to decimal degrees.
941° 27 8"
-53
10
HINTS:
941° 27' 8".
-53
HINTS:
10

1° We know that,
41° 27 8" = 941o + = 941° + +
180°
60 60 x 60 20 450 1 radian =
=941° + 0.45° + 0.0022°= 941.452°
Ex -531 180°
Convert the decimal degrees to. dgree, minutes and =18x (-53) = 954°
seconds. 10

48.63°. Radian System/tfsyT Vafa

Circumference
48.630 Fixed Number
Diameter
HINTS; = n (Irrational number)
48.63°’ D°MS"
D° = 48°
M= 0.63° x 60
M= 37
=37.8
180
S" =08 x
60 =48
D°MS" = 48. 63g° =
48o37'48* 2Tr 360°

äitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection fa 163

 Circle
angle
360 180

radius * 74
yrîI
Iradian (1)

arc centre 1radian 51

h
P
Tirgonometry
In the figure,
p perpendicular/a
b= base/31T
h- hypotaneous/*uÍ
By the 'pythagoras theorem'
AB - L = 2rrx p² +b² h?
360° Note: h is always greater than that of p and h

L=rx
Perpendicular/ TA
(i) Sino =
180° Hypotenuse/uf h

180°
L=rx Where, 0 = 9° x Base/3R b
(iü) Cos =
Hypotenuse/+ví h
Ex. A rail road curve is to be laid out on a circle. What
radius should be used if the track is to change direction Perpendicular / A_pP
by 25° a distance of 40 meters. (iii) tan =
Base / 31 b

Hypotenuse /UÍ h
(iv) Cosece =
Perpendicular / g
HINTS:

Given, Length of the arc = 40 m Hypotenuse/Í

(v) Seco
Base/ 341T b
57
e = 25°= 25x radian
180 36
Base /371T b
(vi) Cot® =
Perpendicular/
We know that, -r ’ r=
Important Pythagorean triplets. 9. 40 4!

(3, 4, 5) (5, 12, 13) (7, 24, 25) (8, 15. 17)
20. 1
40 4036x7 (16, 63. 65)
=91.64m (11, 60, 61) (12, 35, 37) (13, 89,85)
51 522 (28, 45, 53) (33, 56, 65) (36, 77, 85) (39, 80, 89)

36 (60, 91, 109) (15, 112, 113)

(65, 72, 97) (20, 99, 101)
(88, 105, 137) (17, 144, 145)
So, radius of track should be 91.64m
Relations Between Trigonomnetric Ratios
Trigonometric Ratios/frrfafa rra
Consider an acute angle YAX = with initial side AX
and terminal side AY. Let P be any point on the terminal 1
(i) (a) sin0 =
side AY. PM perpendicular from P on AX to get the right cosec

angled trianlge AMP in which PAM = 0.

1
(b) coseco =
sin0

gH yh f# ao AMP {HVI f i PAM - 0i (Selected

(c) sin0. coseco = 1 Selection 164

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

 -
- - Tirgonometry

Special Angles
(a)cos0= Sec0
Values of Trigonometric Ratios of

(b)sec0- COs 0
V3 -1 COs 75
(i) sin 15°
seco = 1 2/2
lcl cos0.

(a)tan0= cot ) V3+1 = sin 75°

(ii) Cos 15° =
2/2
(b)coto = tan 0
sin 18 =
/5 -1 = COs 72°
(iii) 4
coto=1
(c) tant.
sin
(iv) COs 18° =
Vio+2/5 = sin 72°
(a) tan0 = 4
Cos

tan0 Cos
(b) sine =
sin 36° =
V10-2/5 = COs 54°
sin 0 (v)
4
(c) cose =
tan

cos36° =
V5 +1 = sin 54°
cos (vi) 4
(a) cot =
sin

(b) cose = cot0. sin (vii) sin

22 2

Cos
(c) sin =
cot
(viii) cos
2

Some Trigonometric Ratios of Angles

Values of the trigonometric ratios for some special angles are given below:

Ratio of Standard Angles

Degree 30° 45°60 90
120°135°|150180o210°225°240°270° 300° 3 15° 330° 360
Radian T 2 3 5 7 5 47 31 7n 11x
6 4 3 3 4 6 6 3 2 3 4 2
6
sin 1 1 V3 1 1 1 V3 -V3
-1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
cos 1 V3 1 1 88 1 1 J3 -1
-V3 1 1
V3
2 V2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2
tan 1
1 V3 (ND)
-/3 -1
1 1
1 (ND)
V3 J3 J3 -V3 -1

Cote (ND) V3 1
1 1
-1 -V3 (ND)
1
1 1
-(ND)
-1
V3 V3
Sec (ND) -2 -2 (ND)
V3
2 -2 -V2 -1 -V2 2 N2
V3 V3 V3
1

cOsec (ND) 2 2 2
2 2 (ND) -2 -V2 2 2 -V2
(ND)
J3 -2

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fau 165

 A.
Trigonometric Identities /frturfufa Hdufaa
sin'0 ++ Cos0=1
sin0 = V1 -cos0
C
cosec0 = 1+ cot0
cosec0- cot 0=1
(cosec -cot )(cosec 0 + cot0) = 1
Note: If(cosece. - cot0)=p, then (cos ec0+cot0) =1
Tirgonometry
cos = 1- sin' 0
B. sec²0 = l+ tan0 COsec0 =
p'+1 & cot = p'-1
2p 2p
sec0- tan'0 =1 a
(sec 0 + tan 0) (sec0- tan 0) = 1 If sec + tan =
Note: If (sec 0+ tan 0) = k, then (seco - tan0) = 1/k a +b
then, cosec 0 + cot 0 =
k²+1 k'-1 a -b
sec 0 = & tan =
2k 2k
Trigonometric Ratios
Trigonometric Ratios in Terms of other

tan0 cot sec cosece

sin cos
tan 1 Vsec 0-1
sin 0 sin0 J1-cos0 sec COsec0
V1+ tan0 V1+cot 0
1 cot 1 Vcosec0 --1
cos V1- sin' 0 cos
V1+ tane V1+cot? 0 sec0 cosec

sin V1-cos? 0 tan0

1
Vsec²0-1
tan0
V1-sin e Cos cot Vcosec'e-1
1 1
cot 0
V1-sine Cos cot 0 Voosec'e-1
sin0 Vi-cos0 tan Vsec'0-1
1 1
J1+ tan?0
V1+cot? e sec
coseco
seco
V1-sin0 COs cot Vcosec? -1
V1+tan0 seco
COsect V1+cot e cosec
sin0 V1-cos?0 tan0 Vsec?0 -1

Sign of Trigonometric Ratios (1) First Quadrant/94 aquter

Alltrigonometric ratios are positive /4 ATUHA 3E
90°
y-axis (ii) Second Quadrant/fgár4 aqet
cosect
IIquadrant. Iquadrant. sino and cosec0 are positive. /sinh t
S A
(90° + x)
(ii) Third Quadrant/qfrs agti
(180° - ) (90° - x) tan and cot are positive. /tane s
Only sin and cosec All ratios are positive
ratios are positive
0, 360°
(iv) Fourth Quadrant/g aqut
180° +x- axis cos and seco are positive. /cose 3ir seco 90)
-X-axis III quadrant IV quadrant odd multipleof
90°, 270° ....... (will convert to an multiple
T C even
0°, 180°, 360° ...... (Will not convert to an
(180° + ) (270° + x)
(270° - ) (360° - x) of 90°)
Only tan and cot Only cos and sec Remember:
ratios are positive ratios are positive IV
In Quadrant: I III
COs +Ve
270° T-ratios: All Sin tan
-y -axis
Selected Selection 166

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

 Tirgonometry
sin30 + cos129 1 AA
Trigonometric Ratios of Some Special Angles 2 tan29. tan79 - 12

tut fAfufa HINTS:

cOs 0 20 + 70 - 90°
sin/90o. 0 cosec(90°- 0) = sec O
9 - 10°
cos/90o sin 0 sec(90°- 0) = coscc 0
tan(90 cot0 cot(90° - 0) = tan9 Now.
sin30 + cos120
sin30° + cos120°
sin(-0)= - sin A cosec(-0) = COSec

cos(-0)= cos sec(-0) =sec0, 1 1- 0

tan(-0) = tan cot(-0) = -cot0 2 2
B. If A + B = 180°,
sin(90°+0) = cos9 cosec(90° +0) =sec0 sinA cosecB = 1
os/90 +0) = -sin0 sec(90°+ 0) = -cos ec 9
C. If A+ B 45° = 225°,
tan(90°+ 0) = -cot 0 cot(90°+0) = -tan0
(i) (1 + tanA) (1 + tanB) 2
sin(180°+0) =-sint cosec270° +0) = -sec (i) (1 - cotA) (1 - cotB) = 2
os(180°+0) = -cos sec(270°+0) = cOs ec
tan(180°-0) = -tan cot(180°+0) = cot0 Ex

sin(270°+ 0).cos(360°+ 0). tan(170°+ 0). sin 60° HINTS:

Ex: cos(180°+0). sin(270° - 0).cot(260° + 0). cos 30° 1
HINTS:
Here, 22 2 x-y+ 22 +y-x= 45°
Hence,
-cos cos 0tan(180°+ 0-10°)
2
cos cos cot (270°+ 8-10°)2 12
an a n 2 *y-*2
-lx tan(8- 10°) Ex. Find the value of (1 + tanl1°) (1 + tan 21°) (1 + tan 24°)
= -1 (1 + tan 34) (1 + tan 45°)
tan(9-10°)
Ex. Find the value of cosec (1020°) (1 + tanl 1°) (1 + tan 21°) (1 + tan 24°) (1 + tan 34°)
(1 + tan 45°) 1 HI7 Ahl
cosec (1020°) 1 H7 T al
HINTS:
HINTS:
=cosec(3 x 360° 60) (1 + tan 11) (1 + tan 21°) (1 + tan 24) (1 + tan 34°)
(1 + tan 45°)
-2
-cOsec60° = ’2x 2 = 4
J3
D. If A + B = 135,
When sum of two angles are given
(i) (1 - tanA) (1 - tanB) = 2

A If A+ B= 90°, (i) (1+ CotA) (1 + CotB) = 2

(i) sinA secB = 1
Ex. Ifx +y=135° then find l+ tanl+
3
tan
(ü) cosA cosecB =1
(i) tanA tanB = 1

(iv) cotA cotB = 1 uft x*y- 13s" letantan

(v) sin?A + sin B = 1 HINTS:
Ex. find the value of sin30 +
I tan20, tan7A = 1 then ATQ, xty= 135
cos 120.
Selected Selection fa 167
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 On dividing both the sides by 3, we get

+
3 3
135
33
Multiple and Sub-multiple
Trigonometric Tirgfuoncnotimonetry
of 2A

2 tan A
sin 2A = 2sin A. cos A =
Hence, 1+ tan'A
2 tanA
" sin A = 2sin, 2 A
Some useful results/$U TUar vfru 2 coS, l+tan2 A
(A) 2

1, sin'a + sinB2 'or'

" cos 2A = cos A - sin A = 2cos? A -1
sin a + sin ß 2
-1-2sin? A 1- tan'A
1+ tanA
a B = 90° A A
" Cos A = Cos2 -sin? = 2cos?A--l =1-2sin? A
2 2 2
2. sin' a t cosB 2 or sin a + cos B 2 2
A
1- tan?
L.a =90° &B = 0°
1+ tan A
2
3. cos a + cos B 2 or' cos a + cos B = 2 A
"1- cosA = 2sin?
L a =B = 0°
" l+ cos A= 2cos?
2
A

(B)
" tan 2A =
2tan A
1. sin² a + sin' B =0 when a = B- 0 1-tanA
A
2. sin?a t cos² B = 0 when a= 0 & B= 90° 2 tan
" tan A = 2
3. cos a + cos² B O when a = B= 90° 1-tan? A
Identities based on Sum & Difference of angle of T-Ratio 2
cot A - 1
" cot 2A =
2 cot A

(a)sin(A + B) =sin Acos B + cosA sin B Trigonometric function of 3A

(b)sin(A - B) = sin A cos B- cos A sin B
(C)cos(A +B) = cos Acos B- sin A sin B
A -3 cos A
(d)cos(A - B) = cos Acos B+ sin Asin B " sin 3A =3sin A 4 sinA " cos 3A = 4cos
tan A tan B cot' A-3cotA
(e) tan(A + B) = tan 3A 3tan A- tan' A "cot 3A = 3cot'A-1
1- tan A tan B 1-3tan² A
tan A - tan B
(f) tan(A - B) 1+ tan A tan B difference
Transformation of a product into sum or
cot A cot B-1
(g) cot(A +B) = cot B + cot A (Urr T rr frada )
cot A cot B + 1
(h)cot(A - B) = cosB- cosA
cot B- cot A (1) sin(A + B)sinA - B) = sin A - sin B=
cosB-sin'B
tan A + tan B + tanC- tan A tan B tan C (2) cos(A + B)cos(A - B) = cos A- sin B=
(i)tan(A + B+C) =
1- tan Atan B-tan Btan C-tanCtan A (3) 2sin Acos B = sin(A + B) +sin(A - B)
(4) 2cos Asin B = sin(A +B) - sin(A - B)
(5) 2cos Acos B = cos(A +B) +cos(A - B)
(6) 2sinA sinB = cos(A - B) - cos(A +B)

frnva168
ditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection
 Tirgonometry

Transformation of sum or difference into product Results to find constant values

|() a sin) + bc0s ) - cP

C+D C-D
d or a cos9- bsin9 -d
sinC +sin D 2sin
2
Jeos bsin) - acos)
a'b'=c' d'
9 -d
(2) a sech +btan9 = c. bsec) Ta tan
sinC-sin D -2coin a' b' =c'-d'
acot9 = d
C+ C- D |(3) acOs cc 0 +bcot) =c. bcosec 9
cos C +cos D = 2 cos b' =c'- d'
qsech = 8 then find the
cos C - cos D = 2sin C+D 2
D-C
Ex. Ifpsec) - qtan = 10 andptan9 -
value ofp' - q² + 2.
ptanh - qseco - 8# p'
UR psec0 - qtan - 10
Some Important Results q² + 2 h HIA A0fU|
HINTS:

1 Using formula(2),
I) sin A. sin 2A. sin 4A = sin 3A
4 ’p'-q² = 102 8?
1
(2) cos A. cos2A.cos 4A = -cos 3A p?-q? = 36
4
3A Adding both the side's "2'
13) tan A.tanA. tan 4A = tan

14) sin(60°-A).sin A. sin (60° +A) = 4 Lsin 3A ’p²-q + 2 =38

Important Facts Useful for Solving Question on
Trigonometry
"1
(5) cos(60°- A). cos A. cos(60° +A) =cos
4
3A
cos A)(sin A+ cos A) = sin' A+cos' A
(6) tan(60°- A). tan A. tan(60°+ A) = tan 3A (1) (sin A +cos' A- sin A

(7) sin (60° - A)+sin° A+ sin?(60+ A) = 2 (1- tan 0) = tan' 0

3
(1- cot0
(8) cos (60- A) + cos A+ cos? (60°+ A) = |l- sin0 1- sin
seco - tan
(3) V1+ sin0 cos

Some Standard identities in triangle 1- cos 0 1+ cos = COS ec + cot0

(4) V1+ cos 0 sin0

(A) If A+ B+ C = 180° 'or' 1, lcos ec 0+1 = Sec+ tan

(5) Vcos ec 0-1
tanBtan C
| ) tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A sec + tan 0 = sec0+ tan 0
C A C (6) Vsec - tan 0
tantan1
) antan2 +tan cos ec0+ cot 0 cOs ec+cot
A B
|3) sin A+ sin B+ sin C=4coscoscos
(7) Cos ec 0- cot 0
2
A B C 1-Cos e 0°< 90°
(8) (Cosec - Cot 0)² = 1+Cos0
|(4) cos A+cos B+cos C=1+4sinz.sin,s2
)sin 2A+ sin 2B +sin 2C = 4 sin Asin Bsin C tan 0, + cot0, tant,.cot 6,
(9) tan(90- 0,) +cot(90 - 0,)
= tan 80
(B (10) tan 0(l +sec 20)(1 +sec 40)(1 +sec 80)
If A+ B + C= 90° 'or then,
2
=l+2tan'0
(11) sec*0- tan*0 = sec' +tan'0
CotA + cotB + cotC= cotA.cotB.cotC
(Selected Selectionf l 169
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
(12) cosec

Cos 0 + Sino
cot0= c0sec'0 +cot 20 - 1+ 2cot 0

1+ tan0
20sec 0-1
(ii) (a) cos 1°.cos2

(iii) (a) tan 1° .tan2°.

cos90º = 0
(b) cos1°.cos2°......to (greater Tircoosgon90")ometry
than
tan89 - | 0
(13) Cos e - Sine 1-tan0 tan;o (iv) Sin?9 + Sin? (9 + x) +. +
Sin' 90
lf cosec-sin-m and sec -cos n then (90 - 0) -
Total terms -(+ nS
(14) 2

(m'n) +(mn')-1 Ex. 1 Sin² 5° + Sin' 10° + Sin' 15° +

Sin' 90° .+ Sin 85
(15) If cot e+ tan =x and seco cos = y then
90- 5
Total terms = +1= 18
(x'y)-(ay}=1
Total terms 18
(16) If sin+sin'e=1 then sin- cos' and cos'e+ cos'e=1 Sum = -= 9
2 2
and cos'e+3c0s"e +3cos'e+ cos'e+2cos'0+2cos'9-2=1
2. Sin? 5° + Sin² 6° +
Sin? 84° + Sin' 85
(17) If tan =l-a² then sece+ tan' cos cosec =(2-a?) 85 -5
Total terms = +l= 81
1
(18) If sin + cose =/3 then sin2 =2
Total terms 81
(19) If cosece + cot = mand cosece Cot = n then mn = 1 Sum 40
2 2 2

(20) If cose + sine = land *sine - cose = 1then Max/Min Values of Trigonometric Functions
a a

a A. m sin0± n cos0

(i) Maximum value/3fh4 H7= Jm' +n

(21) If x = acos and y = bsin'0 then =1

(iü) Minimum value/HT4 HA =-Vm? +n'

(22) f cos A+ cos² A =1, then sin² A + sin" A=1
Ex: Find the maximum,and minimum value of 9sint -
(23) If sin +2cos 0 = 1 then 2sin - cos 0 =2 40cos0.
(24) If cosec x- sin x = a' and secx- cos x= b³ then

a'b(a' +b) =1 HINTS:

(25) If cot x(1+sin x)= 4m and cot x(1-sinx) = 4n then 9sin0 + 40cos.

m² - n' = mnn 41
Maximum value = J9 +(40) = 81+1600
(26) If cos ec o -sin = l and sec - cos 0= m. then
Minimüm value = -J +(40 = -/1681 =-*1
fm (l+m +3) =1
B. asin 0 + bcos?0
a? b
=1
(27) If x = asin and y = btan0 then 2 (i Maximum value/3fNh4 H7 = Max la, b]

(28) X =rsin A
cos C, y =rsin A sin Cand z rcos A (i) Minimum value / 4 H4 = Min (a, b|

then r? = x +y +z? Ex. Find the minimum vaue of 12sin*0 + 23cost

(29) If tan+ sin 0 = m and tan-sin = n,then 12sin 0 + 23cos?0 51 HH H Ahtt

m² -n' = 4Vmn HINTS:
(i) (a) sin1°.sin2°.sin3.sin4° .....sin180° = 0 12sin 0 + 23cos0
(30)
(b) sin1°.sin2°.sin3°.sin4°........ to Maximum value = 23
Greater than sin 180° = 0
Minimum value = 12 + 0 =Selection
Selected 12 170

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

 Tirgonometry
asin?0+ bcosec0 n qq 1,
When, n is cven/A
C.
bcotO
atan0 +
acos?0+ bsec'0 Maximum value/54 H- + 2

Minimum value/4HH= 2Jab, when a> h (ii) Minimum value/T4 T= 0

ninimum value of sin9. cos.
Minimum value/HdH 47|= (a + b), when a sb Ex. Find the maximum and
(ii)
Nnd the minimum value of 16tan0 + 4cot20.
Ex.
HT4 H IA fU HINTS:
16tan 0+ 4cot0 61
Maximnum value = sin 9. cos9.
HINTS:
Minimum value = 2Vab +1 1
26 64
- 2V16x4 = 16
Bind the minimum value of5 cos? + 8 sec?0. Minimnum value = 0
(ü) of sin9. cos9.
5 cos0 + 8 sec9 T T 4 HA IA fU| (iü) Find the maximum and minimum value

HINTS:
Minimum value = a + b when b> a HINTS:
=5 + 8 = 13 Maximum value = sin50. cos0.

D
sin0. cos Here, n =5 (odd)
When, n is odd/q n fays a. 1 1
1 Maximum value g532
() Maximum value/fAHH HH = +
1 1
1 Minimum value =-5=32
(iü) Minimum value/4 HH= 2n

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faGI 171

 Height and Distane
HEIGHT & DISTANCE

(10
The height and distance problems are solved with the If one of the angle of a
help of trigonometric ratios of angle of elevation in a
right-angled triangle.
right-angled triangle
the other acute angle mnust be
60 33
the sides will be shown as follows and the
ratio
of

Object
AN ·Horizontal line
Angle of depression
Line of sight
60° 30°
1
Angle of Elevation V3
B
Observer 30
Trigonometric ratios are 3
60
AB BC
Sint = AC COS =
AC If one of the angle of a
tant =
AB AC
right-angled
the other acute angle will
also be 45°triangle
is 45 he
and the ratio
BC: sect = BC sides will be as shown below : ot,
AC BC
cosec = Cot =
AB AB
In most of the problems of
height and
across the two special right-angled distance,aswe come
traingles follow :
45°
Angle of elevation is 30° or 60°. 1 2
Angle of elevation is 45°
45
Ex. The angle of elevation of the
of 70 rn from its foot on top of a building at distance
a horizontal
be 60: Find the plane found to 30°-60° Relation
height of the building. In more than 50% of height and
which two right-angled triangles distance problems =
HINTS: of elevation or are formed, angis
In AABC 60° angles of depression will be 30° ant

60*
J3 In these height and distance problems in whichtwv
angles of elevation or angles of depression are30°or
60°. In these triangles
problems
be formed. If one side right-angled
of the two of these two rightangle:
Given that, triangle is common or of equal length, the other
1 unit (BC) = 70 meter will be in the ratio 1:
3.
then,
J3 unit (AB) = 70J3
meter
Aditya Ranjan (Excise
Inspector)
Selected Selection fa
 Height and Distance

Some Important Results

(d)
(a

3
60 30

the angle of elevation of the top from the starting

EN
mosition of a 43.5 m tall tower to a woman standing on 60"30
the ground floor was 60°. It rises in a straight line from
the position of the tower in sucha way that the angle (e)
of elevation of the tower becomes 30° from its final
nosition. How far did she move from her initial position?

303
3

HINTS:

60
V3

(9 3
J3 30°
60°

B¢1t’c2’0
60
30°
Given that,
Ex. Avertical pole and vertical tower are placed on a flat
J3 unit (AB) = 43.5 meter ground such that the angle of elevation of the tower
from the top of the pole is 60° and the angle of
Then, depression of the base of the tower from the top of the
2 unit (CO) = 29/3 meter pole is 30°. If the height of the tower is 76 m, then find
the height of the pole (in m).
(b)

3
HINTS:
B
60
30°

)60°
(c) C
30° V3 76

W3 h
1

K60° 30° 30°

A
3 M

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fat173

 Height and Distance
Given that. Given than.
4 unit (AB) 76 meter 2 unit (MN) - 5 meter
Then, Then,
1 unit (AC) = 19 meter
In most of the 5/3
29/3 (AB) - meter
problems, of this type 2

(i (c)
If ABwill be
given, then CB is asked A

(ii) If CB will be
given, then AB is asked.
V3

60
3 C
45
h

(d
H13-1
.

d= h{cot,- cot,)
OR
For this we will see the
in different cases. relation between AB and CD 30
15
B D
^H* f FH AB 3r CD q fafa fefi 2
(a)
yay |gà }I

h
1
20
45 30 B
-1 h =y -x?
(b) Ex. Aman standing at the top of the tower of height
200 m
observes a car at an angle of depression of 60 after
some time angle of depression becomes 30°. The
distance travelled by the car during this period is.
V3

60 30°

1 HINTS:
Ex. Shadow of a pole decreased by 5 m when Sunil altitude
increase form 30° to 60° then height of the pole will be: 30 60°

HINTS:

B 1
60 30
C 2 D
Given that,
J3 unit (AB) = 200 meter
Then,
30 k60°
M 2 N 2 unit (CD) = 400V3
meter
3

174
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faru
 Height and Distance

If both angles ofi elevation are complementary Important Result/g TuÍ nfrTA
h =
h' V or

(90°-0)/

a cot .,
An Important Result/y 48rayuf yfuTE h=
cot 0, - Cot ,
m high, the angle
Ex. From the top of an upright pole 17.5
tower was 60°. If the
upright
of elevation of the top an away (in m) from the
tower was 57.5 m tall, how far
tower?
h
h Or foot of the pole was the foot of the

0.,

fu frd ft far t ) (Hr ) 1?

a =h (cot., + cot,) HINTS:
y Two poles of equal height stand on either side of 60
meters wide roadway. At a point in the roadway between
the pillars, the elevation of the top of poles are 30° and
57.5
m
60° what will be the height of the pillars?
E
60 17.5
m
1

HINTS:
D 1 E
Given that,
J3 unit (AB) = 40 meter
N3 Then,
6030° 4043
1 unit (DE) = meter
1 C 3 B 3
Given that, In this type, we will study the question in which
4 unit (AB) = 60 meter the figure will be formed as shown below :
Then,
J3 unit = 15J3 meter
A
EX. Exactly midway between the foot of two toweres P and
of elevation of their tops are 45° and 60°
, theangles
height of P and Q?
respectively. What is the ratio of the

B D
HINTS:
(i) 0 + a = 90° or both the angle of elevation are
D
complementary.

P¢
x= H,H, or x= H,H,

1
H,

45660° (90°-0)
Ct11’A
Ratio between P: Q =1: V3
(Selected Selection fain 175|
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Height and Distance
(ii) Height of the point of intersection of the lines joining Second Method : Given ADB - 0,,
from foot of one to top of the other from horizontal line and ZAD
is h.

h H H,
In most of the problems of this type

(i) If h will be given, x is asked

B
(ii) If x will be given, h is asked
(ü) If both angles of elevation are not complementary, then
we will solve these problem by using the right-angled
triangles ABD and BCD tan,
and
tan., - tan,
h -x(tano, tane,)
The angle of elevation of a cloud atheight habove the
level of water in a lake is 9 and the angle
H, depression of itsimage in thelake is . Thenthe of the
of the cloud above the surface of the lake is: height

Ex. Two trees are along the opposite sides of a road.

Distance between the two trees is 400 meters. There is
a point on the road between the trees. The angle of
depression of the point fromn the top of the trees are 45° cot + cot
and 60° if the height of the tree. Which makes 45° angle H-h
cot cot
is 200m then what will be the height of the other trees?
A

H-h
H

H+h
HINTS:
ATQ,
N45° H

607
307 a building !
1 Ex. A man of height 1.2 m walks towards
4560: height 49.2 m. Ifthe angle of elevation of the bulcr
changes from 30° to 60°, thefind the distance travele
2 by the men?
1unit = 200
2 unit = 400
Then,
Height of the other tree = 2003 HINTS:
To solve this type of question, we can use following
methods.

V3
First Methods : In this method we use the two right
angled triangles separately. S30° s 60°
A B
1.2m 2 P 1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection

 Height andDistance
Given that. unfinished
Ex. From a distance of 78m from the base of an unfinished
48 meter the top of the
R unit (BC) = tower, the angle of elevation of
be made
Then, tower is 30°. How high (in m) should the tower
so that the angle of elevation of the top of
the finished
unit (AP) = 32 /3 meter tower from the same point becomes 60'?
i an aeroplane.at an altitude of 200 m
Apilottin
wo pointss lying on either side of a river. If the observes
angles of
the angles of despersion of the two points be 45° and
60.then the width of the river is
GIr?
HINTS:

HINTS:
A

B D+ ’A
D V3
Given that,
Given that,
J3 unit (AD) = 200 meter J3 unit (AD) = 78 meter
Then, Then,
2 unit (BC) = 523 meter
V3+1
J3+1 unit (BC) = 200 meter
V3

itya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faln 177

 Co-Ordinate geometry
CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
(11

Rectangular Coordinate System There are two

mutually perpendicular lines, called co-ordinate axes.

x-cordinate
or abscissa x
y’y-cordinate
or ordinate y Intercept = OA

Origin (0, 0) (ü)

SOME IMPORTANT POINT/ 3H8ayut fag

The abscissa of a point is its
perpendicular distance
from y-axis.
y Intercept = OB
The ordinate of a point is its
perpendicular distance
from x-axis. (iii)

The abscissa of every point situated on the right side of

X-axis is positive and the abscissa of every point situated
on the left side of y - axis is negative

The ordinate of every point situated above x-axis is y Intercept = 0C

positive and that of every point below x-axis is negative For x-axis y intercept
x 344 * fs y 37:qUS = 0
For every line parallel to y-axis, y intercept
The abscissa of every point on y-axis is zero
y intercept is -
34d: qUS y BI
The ordinate of every point on x axis is zero
i Positive, If measured above the origin (Fig. 0)

Co-ordinates of the origin are O = (0,0)

Negative, If measured below the origin (Fig (ü).(u)

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) 178

(Selected Selection faut
 Co-Ordinate Geometry
x- Intercept/x-3Td:AUg
meets the Ex. Ifthe distance between two points (k + 1,9) and (4, b)
Ifaline x-axis at point A, then
the distance is 17 units then find the value of k
of pointA the origin 0(i.e -OA) is
from
called x-intercept.
Antercept
HINTS:
(k + 1, 9) (4, - 6)
A

Using distanceformula
xIntercept
AB-(x,-x,) +(y, -y)
»17-(4-k-1' +(-6-9÷
On Solving, k = (11, -5)
(fig. 1) Section formula/fayA YA
For y axis, x intercept = 0
(a The coordinate of a point which internally divides the
y 37H * Ts, x 3d:qUg = 0 line joined by the point (x, , y)and (x, , y) in the ratio
For every line parallel to x axis; x-intercept =0 m:n, then -

Positive, If measured above the origin

( Negative If measured below the origin. mx, +nx, my, + ny

X.= ,y=
m+n m+n
Inclination and Slope/hTq 3r TIA
The angle which a straight line makes with the positive
m -n
direction of x-axis (measured in the anti clockwise
(x,y) R (x, y) (x,, ya)
direction) is called inclination of the line.
(b If R (x, y) divides the line segment externally in the
ratio m:n then
yf R(x, y) tarGs m:n 3471 4 ara EY faf
The inclination of line is usually denoted by 0 (theta) hGl , t
mx, nx, my, -ny,
X ,y
y m-n m- n

P ...........R
(x, y)

x 645° X
n
Note: If point is mid-point then m =n= 1
yf fa g-f at m =n =1

x=Ay=Yty,
2
Ex. Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line
joining(5, - 2) and (9,6) internally in the ratio l:3.
Inclination, 0 = 45° (5, -2) str (9, 6) # ts
34fag frTE IA ifrs
Distance Formula/t a
la origin/4G fag fag (x, y) HINTS:
Distance of point (x, y) from
mx, tnx,= 1(9)+3(5) 24
4
m + n 1+3

(b and Q(x, , y)/ 1 my,+ ny, 1(6) +3(-2)_ 0

Distance between two points P(x,, y) y= 1+3 4
fagsi P(x, y) T Q(x, , y) m + n
the coordinates of the required point
(6, 0)

PQ - Jx, - x,f +(y,- y Selected Selection faiun 179

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Ex.
Aline segment AB with coordinates A(6, 3) is divided
by apoint P(0, 5) in the ratio of 2:3 find the coordinates
(a Slope of line/ta t
Co-Ordinate Geometn
yautl in general form ay
of B? Coefficient of x
0, then m=
T6 A(6, 3) arcTI U5 E AB ) fag P(0, 5) 4 2 :3 Coefficient of y
(b) Slope of line passing through (x, )
HINTS: (x, , y,) 37 (x, , y,) T rA and (x.,
(6, 3) (x, y)
3
A
Slope, m = X, - X, )
P{0, 5) B

mx, + nx,
m +n
Mirror Image /zUT ufafa
0=2x, +6 x 3 (a) Miror Image of (x, y) with respect to x-
-9 = X, X- 344 yfra.
(x, y) 1 < -Axis
is t., -9
(b) Mirror image of (x, y) with respect to y -
gffaa
(x, y) 1
mx, +ny,
Im + n y- 344 Yfta: (x, y) #1 < gfafaa is -AAxis -xy
5:xy, + 3x3
(c) Mirror Image of (x, y) with respect to origin is -x -
5
H fag vta: (x, y) 1 <40| ufafqa (-x, -uà
» 25 -9 = 2y, y-Axis
8 =y, P(-x, y) P<, y)
.. B(x,, y,) =+9, 8)
Ex. What is the mid-point of MN between the points
6) and N(8, 4)? M(2,
P(x, y)
fag M(2, 6) 3R N(8, 4) # gMN 1 H-fa I ? wT Axis
HINTS: (0,0)
M N
P

Using Midpoint formula, Po-x, y) P,(x, -y)

Note: Use this concept to find the coordinates of the
P-( 2 image of a point,
2+8 10
X 5
2 The perpendicular distance from the point to the mirr
and the perpendicular distance from the image to the
6+4 10
y=
2 2
-=5 mirror are equal and both lie on the same straight int

The midpoint of MN is (5, 5)

Slope of line (m)/ta yuraaT Ex. Find the reflection of the point G(5, +3) across the
X = 1,
Tangent (tan) of angle between line and +ve x-axis
Tg s +ve x-44 U dTangent(tan) HINTS:
=
tan
We know that,
(m)
line Reflection = 2 x Mirror point - Given pont.
of
Slope of vertical Slope =2x1-(+3) =2-3 =-1
line (m) = tan 90°
Reflection =(- 1, 3)
S l o po
e f
Horizontal
0
0°
= Angle between two lines of slope m, and m, is 0 than
tan
90 mË-m:
= tan = t
e line
(m) 1+m,m

90
m = -ve thert =
If line are parallel then0 0°
perpendicular
If lines are
- m,
tan0° ==
0 ’m .90°=o M,
l+ m, m,
=m) I+ m.
m.
>m,.m;*
’1+m,m, = 0

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

(Selected Selection
 Co-Ordinate Geometry

u n t of
nteIscction of fwn |lines nrb, yG-0 And a, N b, v #c0 TRIANGLE/ fa
b
A (X, y)
I

othe, lines are para llel

oneriappngcach lines are intersecting
besAe
Soution
No Soution
One Solution
c/ b
bat value of m will the system of equations 17x +
my+ 102 = 0 and 23x + 299y + 138 = 0 have infinite
number ofsolutions?
m fU HHhU| 17x+ my + 102 =0 3i 23x
B(x, y2) C(x,, y3)
+ 299y + 138 = 0
HINTS:
Area of AABC /AABC A AAAA
Given system of equations.
17x + my + 102
=) -;lxy,-y,)+
2 x,(y, -y) +x,(y,- Y.ll
23x + 299y + 138 =0
Coordinates of centroid/E # f #
Jsing conditions for having infinite solutions

b 3
b, Ca
Coordinates of incentre/34: fE
17 299 x17
’ m= = 221 ax, +bx, +cx, ay, +by, + y
23 299 23
a+b+c a+b+c
De For what value of m will the system of equations 18x Ex. Find Area of triangle whose coordinates of the vertices
72y + 13 = 0and 7x- my - 17 = 0 have no solution?
A, Band Care respectively (3, 4) (-4, 3) and (8, 6).
mfat 47 # fes HHTGU 8x-72y +13 = 0 tt 7x
my -17 =0 d yUTt 1 TS 10 3I
M<A AHRI: (3, 4) (-4, 3) 3R (8, 6) I
HINTS: HINTS:
Given system of equations, x, =3,x, =- 4, x =8 and y, =4, y, =3. y, - 6
18x-72y+ 13 = 0
Area of triangle
7x-my - 17 = 0
Using conditions for having no solutions -
a, D2
a, b, C,
18 -72 72x7
-3(3 - 6) - 4(6 -4) +8(4 3)|
’ m= = 4 x7 = 28
7 -m 18
9
Ex. If two lines 3x+ 4y =16 and 6x+ ky =19 having unique 2 Sq. unit
solution then find the value ofk.
Ex. Find centroid of the triangle whose coordinates of the
K ta34 3x + 4y = 16 3ir 6x + ky = 19 1 YHA
vertices are respectively (3, 8) (5, 6) and (7, 4).
HINTS:
(3, 8), (5, 6) 3Tr (7, 4)
Given system of equations, HINTS:
3x+ 4y = 16
6x+ ky = 19 Centroid, G=*X, Y,ty,ty
Using conditions for having no solutions - 3 3
a
(3+5+7 8+6+4)
a
b, C2 3 3 -(5, 6)
4 16 Ex. Find Incentre of the triangle whose coordinates of the
6
k 19 vertices are respectively (-4, 6), (2, 3) and (-2, -5).
19
k= 4 (4, 6), (2, 3) 3tt (-2, -5) 1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fau 181

 Co-
HINTS:
-Ordinate G
Geomer
HINTS:
4.6) -16,15)

(x. y)

(2, 3) (-2, -5)

d- (x, -x,} +(y, -y) X (4,0) (8,0)

Y
a- V(2+2)' +(3+5)' =V8o - 4/5 units Line (1), 3x+ 4y = 12
Put y = 0, then x = 4
b- -2+4) +(5-6)' =VI25 -5V5 units Line(1) cuts x-Axis at (4,0)
Line (2), 5x+ 8y = 40
C- (2+4y +(3 -6) =V45 -3/5 units Put y= 0, then x =8
Let coordinates of the Incentre = (x,, y) Line(2) cuts x-Axisat (4,0)
Base = 8-4 = 4 Unit
ax, +bx, +Cx, 4V5(-4)+5/5(2) +3/5(-2)-= -1 To find height, we have to find the
x
a +b+c 445+5/5+345 both the lines and the value of y will be
height in this point.
intersectconsioniderpointed.
3x + 4y = 12 ---[1]
ay, +by, +cy, 4V5(6) +5/5(3) +3/5(-5) =2 5x+ 8y = 40 ----2]
a +b+c 4V5 +5V5+3/5
Solving [1] and (2], We get y = 15
Thus, coordinates of the incentre is (- 1, 2). So, Height = 15 unit
Ex. Find the coordinates of vertex C of triangle ABC
if the coordinates of other two vertex A and B are Area of triangle = x 4 x 15 =30 sq unit
(-2, 5) and (4, -4) and coordinates of centroid is
(3, -2) Ex. Find the area of quadrilateral formed by four lines ir
15y = 120, 3x + 4y = 12, X-axis and y-axis
aR taA0 8x + 15y = 120, 3x+ 4y = 12. x-R8 -
iR B* fr16 (-2, 5) r (4, -4) a I hE
frra (3. -2)1 HINTS:
HINTS:
Let the coordinates of the vertex C (x, y)
Here, x =-2, x =4, y, =5, y, =-4
and X = 3, Y = -2
O|4A B

Centriod (X, Y) = 3

-2+4+ x 8x+ 15y =120

3=
3
r=7

’-2-3-4+y 15 8
y=-7
3
Similarly,
Hence coordinates of the vertex C is (7, -7).
Ex. Find the area of triangle which is formed by three lines 43
3x+ 4y = 12, 5x t 8y = 40 and x- axis?
Area of quadrilateral ABCD, ArA OBC- Ar.
f 1 I ifs 4 ta3 3x+ 4y -12, 5x +
8y = 40 3 x -81A 1 1
’,x 15 x8 ,x3x 4 54 sq.unit

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection a

 Co-Ordinate Geometry

Coordinates of circumcentre/ HINTS:

C(3, 4)
x,Sin 2A +x, Sin 2B +x, Sin 2C
Sin 2A + Sin 2B+Sin 2C
v, Sin 2A+y, Sin 2B +y,Sin 2C
Sin 2A+ Sin 2B +Sin2C A P
cquation of line AB 2x + y+3 - 0 ....li)
Coordinates of orthocentre/ q frI slope
m, = + 2
y- (-2)x - 3
-1 1
nA+ x, tan B. + X, tanC y,
x, tan, tan A+ y, tan B+y, tan C slope of CP =
tan A + tan B + tan C -2
tan A 4 tan B + tan C
equation of CP (y - 4) =
oguation of a line passing through points (x,, y)
’X- 2y = - 5 (ii)
and (x,, y,)
On solving equation (i) & (ii) we get
-11 7
5 y* 5
yV- y, x, X-x,) 2x3+1x4+3
D=
J2+3?
Ex Find the equation of the line whose end point are (3, 2) 13
and (4, 5). D=
V13
The perpendicular distance between parallel line ax +
s) by + c, = 0 and ax + by + c, = 0is:
HINTS: HH0GR taI ax + by+ c, = 0 Tax + by + c, =0 # Aq Tqdd
(3, 2) (4, 5)
A B
ATQ, Wa'+b²
y,- Y 5-2 3
Ex. Distance between the lines 2x+ 3y + 5 = 0and 4x+ 6y
Slope of line = =3 + 1= 0 is:
4-3 1
tai 4x+ 6y +1 =0 3tt 2x+ 3y +5 = 0 âà
Equation of line, y-y, = m (x-x,) HINTS:
Given line is -
’y-2 = 3(x 3)
3x-y =7 2x + 3y + 5 = 0 .....Line(1)
The equation of straight line on a point (3, - 5) and 1
slope is 2. 4x+ 6y + 1 =0 2x + 3y + =0 .......Line(2)
The distance between the given line is -
HINTS:
Equation of line, y - y, =m (x- x,) 5
’y-(-5) = 2(x -3) D= 2
» 2x-y- 11 = 0
Va +b? J2² +3² 2/13
The coordinate of point of intersection of two lines a,x +
b,y tc, =0 and a,x + b,y + c,= O 1s CIRCLE/qT
Equation of circle when center is origin/ ga hI HTH{
1 tA a,x + b,y + c, =0 7T a,x + b,y + c,= 0 * yls
x'+ y² =r
b,c, - b,c, C;a, - C,a, Where, r is radius/È, r f r
a,b, - a,b,'a,b, -a,b, Standard equation of a circle
Ferpendicular distance ofa line ax + by + c=0 fromn a Equation of circle having center (g. -) is/*% (-g. -
point (x, y) is
al ax +by + c= o t fag (x, y) AAd x² + y² - 2gx + 2fy +c = 0,
& Radius/f = g +f-c
|ax,+by, +c|
Na' +b? If e be the angle between two straight linesa,x + b,v +
Ex From the point (3, 4) aline perpendicular to the line 2x c, = 0 and a,x +by tc, = 0,then
y+3=0 is drawn. Findthe coordinates of the foot of yf taA0 a,x + b,y +c, = 0 R a,x +by+c, =
Perpendicular and alsofind perpendicular distance.
3 4) GI 2x+ y
tan ) a,b, - a,b.
ab, +a,b

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fa 183

 PERCENTAGE
Percentage
12
Percentage /uftyr: Percentage refers to " Per hundred" (135-99),100% - 26%
3
135
37
i.e., 37% means 37 out of hundred or Percentage This can also be solved by taking ratios:
100 : 135
99
is denoted by %. Simplified form :
11 : 15
37
37
100 4
5X100=2623%
In other words, it can be said that 'percentage is that
fraction whose every denominator is 100 and fraction Ex. 24 is what percent more than 20
is any fixed amount, this fixed amount is called per
hundred. (24-20) x100=20%
20
Thís can also be solved by taking ratios:
24 : 20
Simplified form
6 5
P 19
S P%=o qT 19%= 100

(Basic Concepts / fres x100 -20%

If you have to find the y% of a numberx then,
y
(iv) %of y =y% of x’ 00Xy = t00xx
y Ex. 10% of 20 = 20% of 10
y% of x= XX
100
10 20
30 ’ 20 x = 10 x
Se- 600 1 30% = 600 x = 180 100 100
100
’ 2 =2
( If x is to be expressed as percentage ofy, then required
percentage
(v) (p + )% of x = p% of x + q% of x.
Ex. Find 111% of 500
X (100% + 10% + 1%) of 500
100% = 100% of 500 + 10% of 500 + 1% of 500
y*
40
= 500 + 50 + 5 = 555.
x 100 = 25% percentage.
Ex. 40 kg is what % of 160 kg 160 (vi) fraction is to be converted into a
If a
180 is what % of 125
multiply the fraction by 100 and put a % sIga.
Ex. fa 00
180
x 100% = 144% 4 4
= 80%
125 x I00%
decmial
(ii) If you have to find x is what % less or more than y, or
then (vii) To convert a percentage to a fraction
bvy 100.
divide
fraction: Remove the %sign and
,
%61 fR KerAR 100 rI I
Required % = x100%
y 10
Ex: 99 is what % less than 135 rà- 10% = 100
=0.1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection

 Percentage

(Fractionto Percentage Conversion Derived fraction from base fractions

(f favra uraU )
Fractlon Percentage Decimal
100% 100% 1
=25%
4
1 50% 50%
2
3
75%
33% 33.33% 4
3

1 25% 25% 1 2 2
3 66,
20% 20% 4
2 3 -

=20%, 40%, = = 60%, = 80%

5
16.66%
6 163 %
14% 14.28%

-14%, 28-%7;-s7.-712%
2 4
12.5%
3

11.11% oR-14%,=1-100% -14%- 852%

1 3 5
10
10% 10% -37%, -62%,
1 1
11
9%
11
9.09% 7
'OR' =1-100%
1

1
12 8% 8.33% 1 4 4 5
G-11;% -22%,-44;%, -55%,
1
13
7%
13
7.69%

1
7.14%
14
8 1
1
67% 6.66%
OR 1--100% 11;%-
9
889%
15
1 1 2 7
i%,- 18 %,, 45,%,
16

1
6o
15
6.25% 11

10 10
17 17 5.88%
11
90%
1 5
5.55% 1 5 - 6 % , l x 6 % -73-%
18 5%
1 5
19 5.26%
1
-6,-11x6-% -68
20 5% 5%
1 217x25
24
4% 4.16%

1
25 4% 4%
-.13x6} -81
1
16

1 3
40 1

2%% 2.5% 'OR 16131 16

=100% - 18%
4 =81%
4

Aältya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faiu 185

 (i)
Important points/ HErAyuf fa)
When x is increased by %, total value will be
Important Concepts/
CONCEPT-01
Percentage
ryU

(Successive Percentage Change

10 + 10x 10% = 10. 100 = 11.00%
When two or more percentage changes
20 + 20 x20% - 20,400= 24.00% are
a quantity consecutively, the
percentage applied tois
30 + 30 x 30% - 30,90o = 39.00% called a "successive percentage
change. change
final change is not the simple addition of Here,
or norethe
40 + 40 x 40% = 40. 1600 = 56.00o percentages. In a successive percentagetwo
50 + 50 x 500% = 50.2500 = 75.00%
quantity is changed by some percentage,change, a
obtained new quantity is changed by and the
60 + 60 x 60% = 60.3600 = 96.00%
percentage, i.e., both the percentages are
to the same actual value. not another
applied
70 + 70 x 70% = 70.4900 = 119.00%
80 + 80 x 80% = 80.6400 = 144.00%
Note: x. HYf 4 YEG ferai ft decimal *
IS HN *1 qi feraiyf 3 4 digit SH 2
digit decimal * right Ì siT qi decimal left
ef x i carry 1 (i) If a number is increased by a% and then it is decreased
(ii When x is decreased by %, total value will be by b%, then resultant change in percentage wil
ab
bea -b- 100 %
10 - 10 x 10% = 9

20 - 20 x 20% = 16
ab
30 - 30 x 30% = 21 b
100
40 - 40 x 40% = 24
50- 50 x 50% = 25 (Negative sign for decrease, Positive sign for increase)
60 - 60 x 60% = 24
(ii) If a number is decreased by a% and then it is increased
70 - 70 x 70% = 21
by b%, then net increase or decrease percent is
80 - 80 x 80% = 16
90 - 90 x 90% = 9
100 - 100 x 100% = 0
ab
pq
-a +b %
100
i) (a) pq.pqpg...% =(100 -1) 99
(Negative sign for decrease, Positive sign for increase)
23
Ex. 23.23% = 99 (iii) If a number is first decreased by a% and then by b'o.
then net decrease percent is
18 2
18.18%
90 11
pg pg
pq.2pq% = (100 - 2) 9
ab
28 2 -a-b+ o(-ve sign for decrease)/0
28.57% = 100
Ex. 98 7

33
33.66% =
98 (iv) I1 a number is first increased by a% and ag«
increased by b%, then total increase percent is
pg pg
pq.3pq?% = (100 -3) 97
14
Ex. 14.42% =
97
at
11.33% =
11 a+b 100
97
186
fau
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 Percentage

Note/
B17
ß varriable g 2 varriable formnula 2 tines apply
1%, 2%, 4%, 7%...
H64 sra Ratio Method q|T E1
Dpes of percentage
(Apply Successive Method) +1 +3
20% 30% = & 50%
5 10

1l%,12,16%...
(Apply Ratio Method)
3
L’ 5
B’ 10
6
13
Lengthand breadth of a rectangle are increased by H ’ 2
10%and1 20% respectively. What will be the percentage V= LBH’100 78
increaseinthe area of rectangle? -221
3 ISTS 10% T21 20% 6 I 22
% decrease = x 100 = 22%
100
by 40% and then
Ex. A number is first increased
increased by 15% and then
HINTS: decreased by 25%, again or decrease
percentage formula decreased by 20%. What is the net increase
By Successive percent in the number?
10x20
20 + =32%
9hincrease = 10 + 100

ByRatio Method
+1 HINTS:
+l
10%= and 20% =
5 3H YAR + 90 successive percentage # formulae
10
H solve G7| lengthy at HfTs
ratio method Æ1 ym
L 10 11
B 5 6
+3 -1
-1
Area = L x B 50 66
40% = 5
+2
,25% = ,15% = 20% =
5
4 20
’ 25
+8 33 : 7
5
8
% incre ase = x100 = 32% 4 :3
25
20 : 23
5 : 4
Ex. Base of a triangle is increased by 33%
and its height
500: 483

is reduced by l6, %, Find the percentage change in area

17
% decrease x 100% = 3.4%
500
of triangle? CONCEPT-02
33% aa SGIN3HÁt É16%
3 (Series Method)
3
fa initial
4 Ad
Series method 1 y4t
value I à
HINTS:
apply ratio value successive yfad h* aTS final
II the given % value is mixed fraction, à, initial 3gi final y# value r
approach
1
33-%
3
=+13 16%
3 =6 Ex. The population of a city is 25000. If it is
increasing at
the rate of 10% every year. Then population of city
B: 3 4
after two year is?
H 6 5

Area=Bx H ’ 18 20
’ 9
HINTS:
1 11
GX100 =11 %
10% = 10
Ex breadth is
Length of cuboid is increased by 20%, Find Population after 2 year
50%.
Increase by 30% and height is decreased by
effect on volume. 11 11
= 25000 x 30250
10 10

(Selected Selection faeru 187

itya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Ex. When a number is successively decreased by 25
percent, 40 percent and 20 percent, then it becomes
32,904. what is the number?
ft a : 25 gfayra, 40 Vfrvra it 20
Study
CONCEPT-04
(Applicaiton of AB-rule)
the below statements
carefully.
Percentage
If the cost of an article is
much to decrease the increased
consumption
by A%,

article, hen80 brta

of
expenditure remains same is
HINTS:
given by
3 4
TA4 f h h4 f
25%=
4
40% = -20% -
'OR'
3 3 If the income of a man is A% more
N -32904 than
5 then income of another man is less
in another tra:
N= 91400
the lst man by
comparison
Ex. A geek gave 40% of his retirement money to his wife.
He also gave 20 % of the remaining amount to each of If the cost of an article is decreased by
his 3 sons. 50 % of the amount now left was spent on increase in consumption of article to A%, then t
miscellaneous items and the remaining amount of Rs. expenditure will be? maintain th
1,20,000 was deposited in the bank. How much money
did the geek get as retirement money?
'OR'
If'X is A% less than 'y'. then y is what % more than'yh
Required% = (increase)
qf 'x, y' A% 4 I t y 'x fr yfaya afs i
In such kinds of questions, apply AB - Rule.
HINTS:
Let geek get Rs.xas retirement money.
Ex. A's income is 25% more than income of B. Income
3 2 1 B is how much percent less than income of A?
x*S*5,-1,20,000
A á 3114 B A À 25% AfE B A#
=x= 10,00000

CONCEPT-03 HINTS:
If a number is increased by x% and then it is reduced
same
by %again, then percentage change will be a decrease
opposite
-1
% 25% = x 100
of 5
100

> Income of B is 20% less than A. income

x
% Ex. Rita's Income is 15% 1less than Richa's
more than
Rta
100
what percent is Richa's income
Ex. X's salary is increased by 20% and then decreased by income.
20%. What is the change in salary?

HINTS:
HINTS:
Same
x 20 x 20 opposite
% = =4% decrease +3 x100 =300o
100 100 15% =
17
17

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection

 Percentage

Due to fall in manpower, the production in a company purchased in Rs. 360

(11) New quantity which can be
decrease by 35%. By what percentage should the
working hours be increased to restore the original
production? be purchased in Rs.360
(iv) Initial quantity which can

HINTS:
HINTS:
same -1
20% =
opposite 5

+7.x 100 = 53.85%

35% = 13 P’ 5 4
C’ 4
.1
The price of sugar is increased by 25%. Then by how
EX. much percentage the consumption decreases so that 2 kg
expenditure remains same.
We have, 1unit = 2kg

360
HINTS: | Initial price = 4x2 = Rs.45 kg
+] -1
x100 = 20%
25% =4 5 360
) Reduced price = 5x2 -= Rs.36kg
CONCEPT-05)
(Price, Consumption & Expenditure) ii) New Quantity = 5x 2 = 10 kg
Price x consumption = Expenditure iv) nitial Quantity = 4 x2 = 8 kg
’If Expenditure is constant then Ex. The price of a commodity increases
by 28% However,
12%. What is the
1 the expenditure on it increases by
consumption?
Price
Consumption percentage increase or decrease in its
per kg to Rs.63
Ex. The price of rice increases from Rs.45
by 20%, then
per kg. If its consumption is reduced
it increase?
by what percent does the expenditure on
HINTS:
128
-16
HINTS: 100 <
112
20% =
16
Price : 45 63 -x 100 = 12.5 decrease
128
7 reduced by 20%, its
5
Ex. When the price of an item was
increase of 25%
COns 5 sales increased by x%. If there is an
Exp. = P x C: 25 28 then the value of x is:
in the receipt of the revenue
+3
3 x 100 = 12%
25
reduced by 20%. As a result,
Ine price of an item is Rs.360. Find HINTS:
CuStomer can get 2 ke more of it for
80

+45
100
of the item. 125
(i) The Initial price (in Rs.) per kg
45 x100 =56.25%
Rs.) per kg of the item. 80
) The reduced price (in

(Selected Selection fañn 189

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Ex. The base of a triangle is increased by
40%. By what Ex. The monthly expenditure
his monthly savings. If
of a person is
his monthly income
Pe40%rcentage
more than
percentage (correct to two decimal places)
should its
40% and monthly expenditure increases by increases
What is60%,
60 ty
his intihtiera
60%?
by
height be increased so that the area increases he saves Rs 2,070more
in a month

monthly expenditure (in Rs)?

afz
60% gfs Tr? JH fyn A4 4 40%

HINTS:

HINTS:
140
Exp. Income
100 +20
Savin840%+60%(+140 84
100
240
+40%/+96
160
(2
112 224 336
20 100
x 100 = 14.28%
140 7
2070 x140= Rs.24 1 50
(CONCEPT-06 12
CONCEPT-07
(Income, Expenditure & Savings)
Income = Expenditure + Savings (Population Based Questions)
The total numbers of males and females in a town is
2 Ex.
Ex. Aman spends 3
rd of his income. If his income 70.000. If the number of males increased by 6% and
that of the females is increased by 4%, then the total
increase by 14% and the expenditure increases by 20%, numbers of males and females in the town would
then the percentage increase in his savings will be become 73520. What is the difference between the
2 number of males and females in the town, in the
beginning?

HINTS:

Income Exp. Savings

300 200 100
HINTS:
+14% +20%(+40
(+2 Method-01
Male Female
342 240 102
6% 4%

2
-x 100 = 2%
100
352
Ex. Rupa's savings are 16% of her expenditure. If her 70
savings increase by 25%o and expenditure increases by
10.5%, then the percentage increase in her income is:
72 68
18 : 17
Given that, 35 unit = 70,000
HINTS: Then required difference,
Let Expenditure= 100 (18 - 17) unit = 2000
Exp. Savings Income Method-02
100 116 2% of M + 4% of M + 4% of W = 3520
+10.5%
(h0.5 +25%(4
f14.5
130.5
2% of M+ 2800 =3520
110.5 + 20 2% of M=720
14.5 ’ M = 36000 & W
=34000
% Increment x 100 = 12.5%
116 Difference = 2000
190
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faat
 Percentage

The population of a village was 9600. In a year with

the increase in population of males by 8% and that
females by 5%, the population of the village
becomes 10272. What was the number of males in
+he village before increase? (i) How many students like only tea?

coffee?
(ii) How many students like only

tea nor coffee?

(ii) How many students like neither
HINTS:
Method-01 one of tea or coffee?
(iv) How many students like only
Female
Male
5% of the
(v) How many students like at least one
8%

beverages?
7%
HINTS:
the
The given information may be represented by
2
9600 Venn diagrarm, where T = tea and C = coffee.
Male = x 2 = 6400 following
3
Method-02 Gai T = RC = hÍI
5% of M+ 3% of M+ 5% of F =672
C
5% of 9600 + 3% of M = 672
3% of M = 672 - 480 =192 60 80 40
100% of M = 6400
20
CONCEPT-08) Number of students who like only tea = 60
(i)
(Venn Diagram)
Venn Diagram in case of two elenments (ii) Number of students who like only coffee = 40

(iüi) Number of students who like neither tea nor coffee

A B
= 20
X Z Y
}- 20
W
(iv) Number of students who like only one of tea or
coffee = 60+ 40 = 100
Where/Tai
X=number of elements that belong to set Aonly
60 40 = |00

(v) Number of students who like at least one of tea or

Y= number of elements that belong to set B only coffee = n (only tea) +n (only coffee) + n (both tea
& coffee) =60 + 40 + 80 = 180
B
L= number of elements that belong to set A and
both
A B 0 Hq 0 <È) = 60 + 40 + 80 = 180
Z= 34 rai
Venn Diagram in case of three elements
none of the
W
= number of elements that belong to
sets A or B
A&Bot C
B
diagram
p: Always start flling values in the Venn Only A

Irom the innermost value.

A
not BXnot A

Only C
Ex. In a college, 200 students are randomly selected. 140 W
coffee.
like 120 like
tea, and 80 like both tea and
coffee
(Selected Selection feny 191
Aditya Ranjan(Excise Inspector))
 Ex.
W- number of elements that belong to none of the
sets A, B and C CONCEPT-09
(Question Based on Election)
In an election between two candidates,
Percentage
In a class there are 120 students, 60 read Times of Ex.
India, 55 read Hindu and 45 read Economic Times. If one
the total valid votes, 90% of the votes were got 60% of
whatvalid. lf the
19 students read Times of India and Hindu, 12 read total number of votes was 12000, then
Hindu and Economic Timnes and 15 students read number of valid votes that the other was
candidate the
Economic Times E and Times of India. If there are 4 1 60%
studentswho read all the three newspapers, then find: I , 90% 4A
NI 120 Ts , 60 ag sf sfs va , ss faZ
HINTS:
Method-1 (Chain Method)
Total Vote -(12000

() Those who read only Times of India/à d AgH4 Valid Vote =12000 x
90
10800)
100

(ü) Those who read only Hindu/a fog v¡à t W

60%
L
40%
(iii) Those who read exactly one newspaper/àt farci Number of valid votes that the other candidate got

(iv) Those who read at least two newspaper/ i 4 40

=10800 x = 4320
100
Method-2 (Series Method)
(v) Those who read at least one newspaper/a 4
Number of valid votes that the other candidate got
90 40
(vi) Those who read at most one newspaper/à t =12000 x = 4320
100 100
Ex In a two-candidate election, 10% of the voters did not
(vii) Those who read Hindu but not Economic Times/
cast their ballots, 10% of the votes casted were found
invalid. The winning candidate received 54% of the
HINTS: valid votes and a 1620-vote majority. Find the number
T H of people on the voter list who have registered to vote.
30 /15) 28
11 8

2 22
E

W=2 HINTS:

(i) Those who read only Times of India/à d EH Method-1 (Chain Method)
Total Vote = (100x
-10% not voted
(ii) Those who read only Hindu/ q fa va 28
Vote Cast 90x
(iüi) Those who read exactly one newspaper/à facga -10% Invalid
UE H4TR E YA =30 + 28 + 22 = 80
Valid Vote (81x
(iv) Those who read at least twO newspaper/ G 4
4 E4 HH Y3d = 15 +11 +8+ 4 = 38
W L
(v) Those who read at least one newspaper/ HA 46%

64 UG HHTR A Yad = 120-2= 118

8%
(vi) Those who read at most one newspaper/a i
8lx x = 1620
100
(vi) Those who read Hindu but not Economic Times/à x= 250
G fa vad f yh-f46 Zgs T0 = 28 + 15 = 43 TV = 25000
Selected Selection 192
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Percentage

Method-2 (Series Method) CONCEPT-10

the number of
enrolled Voters &
(QuestionsRelated to Student Passing
x
Let
9 = 1620 Failure)
10 100 marks and failed by 6 marks.
Ex. Astudent scored 32% would have passed by
’X=2500O If he had scored 36% then he
Two candidates participated in an election. 20% voters 2 marks. Find
did not cast their votes and 2000 votes were declared
invalid. Winner candidate got 60% of valid votes and
got elected by 1200 number of votes. Find the total
list.
number of votes in Voter
(i) What is the passing marks/3í Á5 ( )
gutta 11 feri 20% HHKIAI30 344 ate exam/giA HI AfH4 E
(ii) Maximun marks of the

4d fHo a 1200 HÈ faffa (iii) Passing percentage/3Ári ufrra

60% (iv) Student's marks/TA 0E
HINTS:
HINTS:
6 Passing Marks 2
36%
*-200)1200 32%

4% = 8
.:. 32% = 64
X-2000 = 6000 (i) Passing Marks = 64 + 6 = 70
8
(ii) Max. Marks = x 100 = 200
= 8000 4

70
X= 10000
(iüi) Passing percentage × 100 =35%
200
Ex In a election two candidates participated. 20% of (iv) Student's marks = 32% = 64
population did not vote. 200 votes declared invalid and
the winner got fifty percent of voting list and won by
(CONCEPT-11)
800 votes. Calculate the valid votes. (Questions Based on Commission)
Ex. A company give 12% commission to his salesIman on total
sales and 1% bonus on the sales over 715000. If the
salesman deposit 752,350 after deducting his commission
from total sales. Find

HINTS:

Total Vote = (10O0x)

- 20x (i) Total sales./i fat
(iü) Total commission of salesman./HH HI HÁNA
Vote Cast 80x HINTSS:
12%

Valid Vote (80x 1%

15000
Salesman fk 15000 1% 4Ata 15o fA ST at
W L
IÅ sale 13% Commission fi rt
50% 30x
(i) Total sales =
(52 350 - 150)
x 100 = 60000
20x = 600 87
(üi) Total commission of salesman
80x = 2400- 200 - 12% of 15000 + 13% of 45000
= 2200
= 1800 + 5850 7650

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection f a n193

 Profit and Lo
PROFIT& LOSS
13

Ex. If an article is sold for Rs. 355, there

Some Common Terms/hs HIA Yd At what price (in Rs) shouldd it be sold to
is a
loss of 29%
CP (Cost price/4 H)The price at which we buy any profit? gain 31% f
a 29%
SP (Selling price/fas Hc) The price at which we sell

If SP > CP HINTS:
Profit (IN) = SP CP
CP
If CP > SP Loss (3If) = CP - SP SP SP,
71% 100% 131%
Profit Rs.355
Profit% = x 100
Cost Price
355
-x131% = 655
71%
Loss
Loss% = x100
Cost Price ) Ex. The difference in selling prices of an article when sold
at 15% profit and 17% loss is 96. Ifit is sold at 10
Important Concepts/4zaqud raUrur profit, then what is the selling price ?

CONCEPT-01)
(Basic Concept)
Ex. Aproduct is bought at Rs. 20 and sold at Rs. 50. Find HINTS:
profit percent.
SP SP,
93% 100%
CP
115%
HINTS:
Profit = 50 - 20 = 30 32% 96
110% ’ ?
30
Profit % = x100 =150%
20 96
110% = x110 = Rs.330
32
Ex. The selling price of a mobile phone is Rs 59,620 and
it was sold at 8.4% profit. The cost price (in Rs) of the (CONCEPT-02)
mobile phone is:
(CP of X =SP of Y)
If cost price of 'x articles is equal to selling pr rice
=x, Cost
articles, then Selling Price/fasss Hey
HINTS:
SP = 59620, P= 8.4%, CP =?

100 108.4

CP) SP) Hence, Profit orLoss% = 100

y
priceof
+8.4% Rs.59620
to selling
Ex. The cost price of 15 article is equal percentage.
596200 10 article. Then find profit or loss
the
CP = x100 = 55000
1084

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection

 Profit and Loss

at a loss (in )
shopkeeper sold an article for ? 455
Ex. A an amount
HINTS: 490, then he wOuld gain
SP x 10 If he sells it for what price (in ) should he sell
CP x15 four timnes the loss. At
CP thearticle to gain 25% ?
+1
SP

= 500,
1
Profit% 7x100%
(cONCEPT-03
(Profit or Loss = CP or SP) HINTS:
two.
Byselling artides for T800, a person gains the cost
articles. The profit percent is :
4
price of
L SP
SP,
CP 490
455
35
HINITS:
Let CP of article be Rs. 1
CP = 2
35 7
5
P= 5CP- 5
490 - 4 x 7 = 462
5 CP = 455 + 1x7 = 462 or
. P% =x100 =250%
(cONCEPT-04 SP =
462125 = 577.5
100
(Profit or loss on selling price) (CONCEPT-06
price and
Ifaperson calculates his profit% on sellinghis
according to him, his profit is 20%. Find actual (Number of Articles)
profit%. Ex. A person bought some
articles at rate of 11 for 10 and
the profit/loss %.
sold them at the rate of 10 for 11. Find

P= 20% on SP
HINTS:
1’P
= i.e., CP= SP- P= 5-1 = 4 Method-01
5’ SP Price Article
100 CP ’ 10x 10 1l x10
Profit% on CP = 4 x 100% = 25% 10
121 SP ’ 11x11 11

(CONCEPT-05) profit% =
21
x 100%= 21%
incurred)
(Profit Obtained is X- Times of the loss
100
an article for Method-02:
Ex. The profit made by selling
amount of loss incurred on
? 13400 is equal to the What will be the CP SP
selling the same article at 11600.
profit if it is sold for 14,750 (in ) 10
11
100 121

P% = 21%

A trader bought some orange at 7 for l1. He sold

HINTS: Ex.
all at 2 for 73. Thereby he losses 30. Find number of
SP L SP oranges sold.
11600 13400
CP

HINTS:
CP =SP, + L= SP-P P A
1800 22 CP ’ 11,,: 7
= 900
2 21 SP’ 3,, : 2,7
13400 - 900 = 12500 Rs.1 loss ’ 14 articles
1600 + 900 = 12500 or
SP = 14750 Rs.30 loss ’ 14x 30 = 420 articles
(Given)
P= 14750 - 12500 = 2250
Selected Selection faA195
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Profit and Losa
4 for Rs. 5 HINTS:
Ex. Ashopkeeper bought 60 pencils at a rate of He mixed Let the merchent bought 25 bananas.
and another 60 pencils at a rate of 2 for Rs 3.
5 8 12
4.
all the pencils and sold them at a rate of 3 for Rs
Data
P/L -100% +15% +10%
Find his gain or loss percentage.
-500 + 120+ 120 -260
P/L% = = -10.4%
25 25

(CONCEPT-08)
(When SP is Same)
HINTS: Direct Formula
Method-01
P
100(x+ y) +2xy
P/L% = 200+ x +y
5 4
CP1 If profit is of xo and loss is also of %then
CP2 3, 22 -x
33 CP 11,3 8.3 L% =
100
32 SP 348
Ex. Two horses were sold at {1599 each. First was sold a
Loss = x 100% = 3 25% proft and second at 20% loss. Find the overall
33 3 profit or loss %.

Method-02:
CP SP HINTS:
5 3 4 Method-01
x60+x60
4
: x120
3
75+ 90 160 CP SP
165 160 1
I’ 25%
4
4,4 5,4
5
Loss% x100% =3-%
3
165 II 20% =
S.5 4.5
(CONCEPT-07)
41 40
(Average Concept on CP)
Ex. A man bought three articles for 6,000 each. He sold
the articles respectively at 15% profit, 12% profit and 1
Loss% -x 100% = 2.43%
15% loss. The total percentage profit/loss he earned is: 41
Note: To make the SP same in both cases take the LCM
34 q i i 41: 15% IY, 12% I4 3R 15% atf1 9 of 5 and 4.
Method-02
HINTS:
D ’ lst 2nd 3rd 100(x +y) +2xy
15% 12% -15% P/L% =
Profit 200 + x + y
15+12 -15
Profit% = = 4% 100(25- 20) +2 x25 x(-20)
3 2.43%
Ex. A fruit merchant bought some bananas. One fifth of 200 + 25 - 20
them got rotten and was thrown away. He sold two fifth Ex. TWo horses were sold for 1g20 ach. First was So
over a
of the bananas with him at 15% profit and the at 20% loss and second at 20% profit. Find
remaining bananas with him at 10% profit. Find his profit or loss.
overall loss or profit percent?

2
5 HINTS:
x -20*
L% = = 4%
100 100
J196
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
faut
 Profit and LOSs

CONCEPT-09) his goods at C.P. but

A dishonest shopkeeper sells
(CP of 1* article = SP of 2nd article) uses false weight, then his profit -
Ashopkeeper sold two items. The selling price of the
Ex. first item equals the cost price of the second item. He
the first item at a profit of 20% and the second item
loss of 10%. What is his overall profit/loss percent? Gain%/ 4%
True weight - False weight x 100
False weight
Ex. sell his goods at
A dishonest shopkeeper promises toFind
less weight. his profit % ?
HINTS: its CP but he uses 30%
CP SP

1 20% = 5,, 6.6

II -10% = -1
10 10., 9,. HINTS:
Méthod-01
55 57
Let SP = 1000
2 40
-x 100% = % =3Lo True weight = 1000, False weight = 700
P% = 55 11 11
300 6
Note: To equate the SP of lst with CP of 2nd, take the
LCM of 6 and 10. Gain/IY% = 700 x100= 42%
CONCEPT-10 Method-02

P CP SP
P.
700 1000
Q, x(100 +P, /L,)% , x(100 +P, / L,)%
Ex By selling 3 dozen oranges for Rs 405, a trader loses +300
25%. How many oranges should he sell for 288 if he
needs to earn a profit of 20% in the transaction? 3
P% =7 x100% = 300 %=42%
7
Ex. A dishonest shopkeeper promises to sell his goods at
44% loss but he uses 910g weight instead of 1 kg. Find
his actual loss percent ? (approx.)
HINTS:

405 228
’X= 16
12x3 x 75% XX120%
Ex By selling 18 table fans for i1,664 a man incurs a HINTS:
loss of 10%. How many fans should be sell for17,424
CP SP
to earn 10% profit?
100 : 56
910: 1000
91 : 56
35
HINTS:
35
11664 17424 L% = -x100%o = 38.4%
91
18x 90 XX110
X= 22
Ex. A shopkeeper marks up his goods 35% above the CP
and gives 23% discount to the customer. at the tine
CONCEPT-11) of buying he uses 1120g instead of lkg and At the time
(Dishonest Shopkeeper) of selling the goods he gives 880g weight instead of lkg.
find his profit %?

Buying Selling
if?

(Selected Selectionf L 197

Aáitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 HINTS: CONCEPT-13 Profit and Lon
CP
100 135
(Two Article Case)
Ex. Aperson buys 5 tables and 9
100 77
sells tables at 10%% profit and chairs
for
1000 1120
880
1000
+323
1000
1323
his total profit on selling all the
72,080, what is the cost price of 3
vE f 5 49 9 fit 5
at
21540 .
chairs 20% He
tables annd profit 1
chairs? chairs
15 A00
323 20% 4
P x100%o 32.3%
1000

CONCEPT-12
HINTS:
CP, SP, 10 20

208ó

In
CP, SP,
these type of questions two situations are given.
In
A54

the first case, an article is bought and sold at some P/ 1000 540
27
L% and in the second case, it is given that if the article 50
77 unit ’ 15400
was bought at a certain percent less or more and sold it 1 unit’ 200
for a certain rupees more or less then buyer would have Cost of 9 chairs = Rs. 5400
made a certain P/L%. CP of the article is to be found.
5400
Then, Cost of 3chairs = = Rs.1800
3
Ex. A man sells a table at 12% loss and a
book at
profit and earns a profit of 160 but if he 19%
table at 12% profit and book at 16% loss, sells,
then
the
be
bears a loss of 40. Find the
of a table and a book.
difference between price
Ex. A man bought an article and sold it at a gain of 10%.
If he had bought the article at 20% less and sold it for
1000 more, he would have made a profit of 40%. The
cost price of the article (in ) is:

HINTS:
CP ’ 100x 100y
HINTS:
10%
Table Book
CP SP
-12x +19y = 160
100x 110x

-20%|, +2x = 1000 +12x -16y = -40

80x I12x 3y = 120
+40%
.:. Book =100 x 40 = 4000
1000 × 100x
CP = 50000 -12x + 760 = 160
2x
’ 600 = 12x
Ex. A person sold a house at 15% profit. If he had .:. Table = 100 x 50 = 5000
purchased it for 25% less & sold it for 60 less, then Difference = 5000 4000 = 1000
there would have been a profit of 32%. Find the cost
price of house. CONCEPT-14)
If P% = CP, Then CP = 1o(W25 +SP - 5)
pwrst
prottthe
Ex. A wrist watch is sold for 1,200 at aprice t
of
equal to its cost price. Find the cost
HINTS: watch.
15% SP
CF
100x 115x
-25% -16x= 60

75x 99x Hints:

+32%o

60 CP = 10(V25 +1200 -5)

CP = x 100X = 375
= 10(35 - 5) = 300
16x
fayà199
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 Discount

DISCOUNT 14

Some Terms/h HHA Id HINTS:

Discount/4I( (e): The discount which is given at the MP ×

90 80 75 = 2592
time of selling the article is called discount. 100 100 100
MP = 4800
Marked or Listed price/Afhd HeY: The price printed on CONCEPT-02)
an article or written ona slip attached to it is called its CP (100 - D%)
marked price (MP). It is also called listed or printed MP (100+ P/L%)
price. 18% and
Ex. A dealer allows his customers a discount of
to the
still gains 24%. If an article costs Rs 1,560
dealer, what is its marked price (to the nearest Rs)?

When discount is offered, MP> SP

When discount is not offered, MP = S P e
Discount/aA( e) = MP/f6d ye4- SP/fa4 yeq HINTS:
CP = 1560 MP = ?
D% = 18% P= 24%
D
Discount/g)% = MP × 100
MP 100 +P/L%
CP 100 D%
Note: Discount is always given on MP.
MP 124
(S.P.) 1560 82

Profit/ Loss Discount 96720

’ MP 2359
41

(C.P. (M.P.) CONCEPT-03)

Two successive discounts of % & y% are given then
equivalent discount -
Important Concepts/HErqyot feglI
(CONCEPT-01)
If mark price is given and also discount (D,%, D,%...)
are given then, selling price is
Ex.
-(**y00) %

Equivalent discount of 15%, 25%

15%, 25% #1 HHgY TEe

SP (fashY H) 25x15
15+25 100 j% = (40-3.75)% =36.25% discount
- MP (3fhd He) x 100-D, 2%
100
100- D,%
100 Ex. What will be a single equivalent discount for successive
discounts of 20%, 40% and 75% on the marked price
This can be referred as Series Method. of an item?
Ex.
a article is sold at three successive discounts of 10%,
<070 and 25%. If the selling price of the article is
s.2,592 then what is the marked price of the article? HINTS:
10%, 20% 3TR 25% -4 -2 -3
20% = 40% = 75%
5 5 4

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 199

 MP

5
SP
4
Note: 2 discount
(qrfy)
1discount
1 3 discount 1R r
Ar
faru Disquarscounte
Cube roroot0t
4 1 (CONCEPT-04)
25 3 'y' articles (quantity/ number) are
purchasing 'x articles. Then, given free
gttà 'y q4 (HIA/HOA ) fA:
D% - 25
x100% 88%
Discount/% = X+y
yx100
Ex. Two successive discounts on the marked price of an
article turns out to be equivalent to a single discount No. of Free Articles x 100
of 25%. If the rates of the first discount is 10%. what or, Discount/% = Total articles
is the rate of second discount?
Ex. On buying 24 bangles Isha gets 6 bangles free of cost.
What percent does Isha get as a discount?

HINTS:
Method-01 HINTS: Here, y =6 and x= 24
MP SP 6x100
Discount/2% 6+24
= 20%
lst Discount 10 9
2nd Discount Buy 11 get 3 free + 12.5% additional discount will
Ex.
Equiv. Discount 4 result in?

6 - - x 1 0 0=167%
2nd Discount% =
36 6
HINTS:
Method-02
90 MP SP
-10%
14 11
-15 8 7
100
16 11
-5
-25% 75
5 125%
15 2 D% = x100% = 31.25%
2nd Discount% =
90
-x 100 = 16%
3
16 4

(Remember this concept?)

(cONCEPT-05)
After giving two successive discounts, each of x %,
(When sum of given two discounts is same)
Ex.
on the market price of an article, th» total discount Ex. A Company offers three types of successive discounts
is 259.20 If the marked price of the article is (i) 25% and 15%, (ii) 30% and 10%, (iii) 35% and 5%,
720, then the value of x is: which offer is best for the customer?

AR 15% (ii) 30% 3 10% (iii) 35% 3 5% -HI

HINTS:
HINTS:

MP SP
7200 4608
900 576
2D ’ V225 V144
1D ’ 15 12 (i) 25 - 15 = 10
3
(iü) 30 - 10 = 2o
3
(iii) 35 -5 - 30
Discount% = x 100% = 20%
15
200
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fany
 Simple Interest

SIMPLE INTEREST
(15)
Some Common Important Concepts/44ut fugia
Simple Interest: Simple interest is the amount that a CONCEPT-01
borrower pays on a certain sum of money at a fixed
rate over a specifhed period of time. Concept of time (H44át 37AUTUT )
Ifa certain sum becomes 'n' times of itself in T years on
Simple interest, then the rate percent per annum and
Time is

Interest Rate: The rate at which a sum of money is

borrowed is called the rate of interest.
R% = (n-100%
T

T (D-x100%
Time neriod: The time period for which an amount is
Ex. If a certain sum becomes 3 times of itself in 4 years on
borrowed is called the time period of interest. simple interest. Find annual rate percent.

HINTS:
Principal: The borrowed money is called principal.
Rate % = (3-1),-x 100% = 50%
4
Amount:Sum of principal and interest iscalled amount. If simple interest, becomes 'n' times of principle

i.e. SI =Pxn ’RT =n x 100

Basic formula(HIH|A E)
Ex. A sum doubles in seven years at simple interest. In
PxRxT how many years will the sumn become five times the
Simple Interest/HARO , SI= original sum?
100

Amount/f4ge1, A= P+ SI
HINTS:
Where, ATO, Sum doubles in 7 years, it means in 7 years
P= Principal/H147 interest occurred is equal to principal.
T= Time /444 P 7Y

R= Rate of interest/| h x4

, Find the simple interest and amount received on +4F (SP) 28Y/
rate of 15% interest (CONCEPT-02
a sum of Rs. 16000 at the
in 3 years. RATIO OF PRINCIPAL AND AMOUNT

The simple interest received on a sum in 10 years at

Ex.
HINTS: the rate of 5% per annum simple interest is Rs 2000,
then find the ratio between the Amount and principal.
16000 x 15x3 = Rs. 7200
100
23200
A= P+ SI = Rs. 16000 + Rs. 7200 = Rs.

(Selected Selection f i n 201

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 HINTS: (CONCEPT-04) Simple Intere
In Such type of questions we don't need to solve Concept of total SI
question completely.
P 100% SI 10 x 5% - 50%
Ex. Acertain surn is lent at 4% p.a. for 3
P:A- P:(P+ SI) - 1009%: 150% 2:3 for next 4 years and 12% p.a. beyond 7 years
(CONCEPT-03) period of 11 years the simple
interest years If foris a
Ex.
MunniConcept (qt raurUT)
A sum lent out at simple interest amountsto 6076
27,600, then the sum is (in):
v fafyqd f 3 Ti #fru 4% ufa A
obtained
4
8% ufa gú qt 7 ai 12% vfa arí
in 1 year and 7504 in 4 years. Find the sum and
rate of interest. f TTA
VIra zI , T8 ifr ( ) faaâ2
HINTS:
TOTAL SI (4% x 3) + (8% x 4) + (12% * 4) - g20/
HINTS:
27600
Sum = x 100% =30000
7504 - 6076 1428 92%
1Year's SI - 3
-Rs. 476
4-1
(CONCEPT-05)
Principal - Rs. 6076 - Rs. 476 - Rs. 5600
Concept of Equal SI
SI 476
Rate % p x100% =
x100% = 8.5% ( H4H HTATTUT A|G H 3HAATUT )
5600
Ex. A person invested a total of 9,000 in three naw:
Ex. A sum at a certain rate of simple interest becomes Rs. at 3%. 4% and 6% per annum on simple interest
14880after 3 years and Rs, 16800 after 5 years. Find At the end of a year, he received equal interest
the simple interest on the same sum at 10% per in all three cases. The amount invested at 6% is
annum for 4 years (in Rs.)

HINTS:
HINTS: Let the sum invested in the ratio x:y:z.
P+3 Year's SI = 14880 --[1] ATO, Here the SI on all the sum invested is equal and
P+5 Year's SI = 16800 -{2] time is constant.
On solving (2] - [1] we get Sum
2 Years SI = 1920 Thus, SI o Rate%
3
Principal = 14880 - 1920 x
’34 6
= Rs. 14480 - Rs. 2880= 12000 ’X:y:z=4:3:2

PRT 12000 x10x4 2

SI = = Rs. 4800 The sum invested at 6% = Rs. 9000 x Rs. 2000
100 100

Note: Solving these questions with the help of diagram cONCET-06)

could be easier and time saver but concept must be
sarme.
Concept of average in SI

5Y Ex. A person invested one-fourth of the sumn of 23,0

at 4%
3Y the rest
2Y at a certain rate of simple interest and
received for 22
vears
P 14880 16800) p.a. higher rate. If the total interest sum
which the second
1920
is 4,125. What is the rate at
2880
was invested?

12000 U# fH 25, 000 ht

i
12000 x 10x 4 AG 4,125 .
SI = 4800
100
(Selected Selection 202
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Simple Interest
HINTS:
HINTS:
Net SI% = 4125 1
1Year's 2500 *100% 8.25% Due debt (4411 h)
Sum - 1 3
8x4
Rate -’ r% r%+ 4 -30,000 + 30000 x
2
8.25% -Rs. 39600
r%+ 3(r %+ 4) - (3+1)) x 8.25% Let the value of each installment 100
r%= 5.25%
1year 1year 1year 1year
Thus, Second sum invested at = 5.25% + 4% = 100 100 100 100|0 year100Inst.
9.25%
(CONCEPT-07) +24 +16 +8 1 year Inst. 108
Concept of equal amount 2 year Inst. 116

3 year Irnst. 124

r 21750 is invested by a person in the bank account
448
of his two
sOns whose ages are 9 years and 13
in such a way that they will get equal amount atyears
an
e of 21 years at the rate of 4.5% per annum, Find
the share of younger child.
(3 q) NA I 3 3H installment #1 Actual
qoi f 314 9 ad sir 13 ad,

TI TE 34 installment 1 Actual HA,3 yfs41

HINTS: .. We have 448 units = 39,600

For Younger child :. Value of each install1ment i.e., 100 unit
Invested the sum for the period = 21 -9 = 12 year 39600
For Elder child - x 100 = 8840
448
Invested the sum for the period of = 21l - 13 = 8 Year Total amount that has been paid
Let the sum invested for younger and elder child is x =8840 x 4 = 35360
and y. Interest= 35360 - 30,000 = 5360
ATO, At the age of 21 both of them willget the same
amount.

Thus, (100+ 12 x 4.5)% of x =(100 +8 x 4.5)% of x

154% of x = 136% of y

x 136 68
-= =

y 154 77 Ex: What annual payment will discharge a debt of ? 808

dues in 2years at 2% simple interest.
136
Ine sum for younger child = 21750 x 154 +154

= Rs. 10200 HINTS:

Installment (fea ) We have, Due debt (4614| - Rs.808

Let the value of each installment 100 units
Simple interest Installment Concept 1 HH . Due debt = 100 + 102 = 202 units
808
Exmaple HEK H concept Haf Hr Doubt 1 Value of each installment = 202 x100 = 400

Ex. LettP =Rs. 30,000, R 8% per annum, T= 4years. Ex. What annual installment will discharge a debt of
1740due in 5 years at 8% simple interest.
nd the value of each installment.
4q a
30,000 44, R = 8% yfa ay T =

(Selected Selectionf I 203

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 HINTS:
Simple Interest
Ex. Acamera is sold for 2500 as cash down
thethe rate of payment
We have, Due debt (4h| ) Rs. 1740 and 2100 after 3 months. If
charged is 20% p.a, find cash
Let the value of each installment 100 units
:. Due debt 100 + 108 + 116 + 124 + 132
camera. pricenterest
of
2500 E
580 units

1740 20%
Value of each installment 580
x 100 300 HINTS:
Cash down payment 2500
Ex. What five monthly payment will discharge a debt of Installment paid after 3 months - 2100
Rate of interest = 20% p.a.
94500 in 14 year at 12% per annum simple So, Principal amount for the 2100
3
interest?
» P100+ 20 x12 % = 2100

4
Px105% = 2100

12% wfa a rTR qa1 ît? ’P=

2100
-x100% = Rs. 2000
HINTS: 105

12 15 Thus, Price of camera=2500 + 2000 = Rs. 4500

R=
12 x5- 5%, T= 5 -= 3 Ex. Acomputer is sold for 30,000 cash or 18000 cash
down payment and 6 monthly instalments of 2150
We have, Due debt (4hI ho = Rs.94500 each. Find the rate of interest charged under the
Let the value of each installment = 100 units instalment plan.
.. Due debt = 100 + 105 + 110 = 315 units
94500
Value of each installment = -x100 = 30000
315
Ex. A man borrowed a sum of Rs. 7000 from bank at HINTS:
simple interest. After 3 years he paid Rs. 3000 to the Cash price of the conputer = Rs. 30000
bank and the end of 5 years he paid Rs. 5450 and Cash down payment - Rs. 18000
clear all his dues. Find the rate of interest. Payment in 6 instalments = (6 x 2150) = Rs. 12900
Total amount paid = (18000 + 12900) = Rs. 30900
:. Interest paid = (30900 - 30000) = Rs. 900
Principal for lst month (30000 - 18000) = 12000
Principal for 2nd month= (12000 - 2150) = 9850
HINTS: Principal for 3rd month (9850 - 2150) = 7700
Borrowed Sum = Rs. 7000 Principal for 4th month (7700 - 2150) =5550
Total Amount Paid = 3000 + 5450 = Rs. 8450 Principal for 5th month - (5550 - 2150) = 3400
Interest paid = 8450 - 7000 = Rs. 1450 Principal for 6th month = (3400 -2150) = 1250
PxRxT
.. Total Principal for one month = (12000 + 9850
We know, SI = 100
7700 + 5550 + 3400 +1250) = Rs. 39750
Here we will pay the interest for two principal i.e: We have, 39700
x100
x12=900
r

7000 for 3 years and 4000 for 2 years.

7000 xRx3 4000 xRx2 = 1450 900 x 12 x 100 1440 = 27.17%
100 100 39750 53
290R = 1450 Thus, the rate of interest - 27.17% per annum
R = 5%

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) faIui 204

Selected Selection
 Compound Interest

COMPOUND INTEREST
16)
Interest/hgfG
snOund interest is the
horrowed or lent, which isinterest
T
earned on an amount
There are various ways to find cormpound interest
Using Basic Formula
lncinal amount and the calculated on both the initial
Using Tree Method
previous periods. accumulated interest of Using Ratio Method
" Using Successive Method
Note: Basic Formulae (rK rE) TANA t, d
The comnpound interest for an amount Method 1 Ratio Method 1u HIHA: A dA
depends on both
Principal and interest gained over periods. This is the
main difference between compound and GH, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% 4244T
simple interest.
89%6, 12%, 14-%, 16% etc. 2

For finding Compound Interest we will use the get# Successive Method 1 yT TA d ai Rate%
formula following Ì Fraction Convert hIHrAT aa , 3%, 6%,
7%, 9%, 13%, 18% etc.

A-P1+ C.I. =A-P

Table for successive percentage
C.I. =
Remember the following table for finding solutions
Where, quickly
A = Amount/f4,
P= Principal/yuA, Table 01: For 2 cycles/years
r= Rate of Compound Interest (C.I.)
Rate CI CI - SI
5% 10.25%
t= No. of years/HHafA 0.25%
10% 21% 1%
If in the question stated that interest is compounded
half-yearly,Quarterly, Monthly or n-Monthly then you 15% 32.25% 2.25%
nave to find new rate and cycle to calculate CI with 20% 44% 4%
the help of following Table: 25% 56.25% 6.25%
30% 69%
9%
Table 02: For 3 cycles/years
Rate Time (n) Rate CI CI - SI
5% 15.76% 0.76%
Annually/arftea r% tyears
10% 33. 10% 3.10%
Half-yearly/yaf
Quarterly/2HIfTE
2
r
t x 2years

t x 4 years
15%
20%
52.09%
72.80%
7.09%
12.80%
%
4 25% 95.31% 20.31%

Monthly/4¥t 12
% t x 12 years 30% 119.70% 29.70%

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selectionf I n 205

 Compound Interest
For 02 Cycle/years
How to calculate successive percentage is invested at 20%
Asum of Rs 2500
compound interest (compounded:l annually):for per annum
increment faster. Ex.
2
2500 F v fI Ì 2 qui + fes 20% ufa years. find-
ab
For 2 year cycle = a + b+ 100
G
(i) Compound interest/hgf
a? (ii) Amount/f4gr
If a = b then, 2a +
100
(i) Difference of CI & SI/ Th1G 317 A
So, whenever we have to find successive percentage
increment of same value - (iv) 2nd year CI/qH qi 1 Th3f
Step I: Double the value HINTS:
Method-01: (Successive Method)
Step II : Square the value, put decimal after two digits
from the right & add it to the result of step I. Equivalent successive %change for 2cycle of 20% 4%
Ex. 2% & 2% We have principal 100% = 2500
44
Step I = 2 x 2 = 4 (i) .. CI = 2500 x = Rs. 1 100
100
Step I| = 22 = 4 ’ 0.04 (ii) Amount = 144%
Now, 4 + 0.04 = 4.04
144
= 2500 x = 3600
Ex. 5% & 5% 100
Step I = 2 x 5 = 10 (iii) Rate of SI for 2 year = 40%
Difference = 44 - 40 = 4%
Step II = 52 = 25 ’0.25
Now, 10 + 0.25 = 10.25 4
= 2500 x = 100
100
Ex. 10% & 10%
(iv) 2nd year CI = 20 + 4 = 24%
Step I = 2 x 10 = 20
24
Step II = 10² = 100 ’ 1.00 = 2500 x = 600
100
Now, 20 + 1.00 = 21 Method-02 (Tree Method)
(ab + bc+ ca) abc 1
For 3 Cycle, a+b+c+: We have, 20% =
100 1000
For 2 cycle, let (5)2 = 25 as principal
3a2 a Now,
If a= b =cthen, 3a +
100 1000 3a|3a|a
year
Ex.
Principal
2%, 2% &% 2%

-3x2|3x 2°2° - 6.1208 SIfor lst year |SIfor 2nd year

Ex. 3%, 3% & 3% Clon SI of

firstyear for
5 2nd year
-3x3|3x 3²|3' =9.2727
Let's understand,
Ex. 5%, 5% & 5% 2 year CI = 5 + 5 + 1 = 11

-3x5|3 xs|s'-15|73,125 - 15.7625 Here We have, 25 unit = Rs.

2500
Ex. 6%, 6% & 6% =
1ioa216 - 19.1016 () .. CI =1lunit = 2500 x11 = Rs. 1100
25
(iü) Amount after 2 year = P+ CI = 25 + 11: = 36unit
Ex. 8%, 8% & 8% =
24192|512 - 25.9712 2500
x 36 = 1100=
3600
25 3600 or A=P+ C[ =2500 +
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
fami20ó
Selected Selection
 Compound Interest
year difference in Sl and C- 11 10 - 1unit was lent for a period ol
(ii) 2 Ex A certain amount of noney
of |0 per ann um
2500 xl- 100 I year 9 montha at a rate
cornpound interest i9
25 (ompounded annually If the
unit Rs 1480, find the amount of money lent
ie) 2nd vyear Cl 5+1- 6
2500
x6 600
25
Method-03: (Ratio Method)
HINTS:
Rate of interest for 1" year 10%h
20% = 5
Rate of interest for remaining 9 months

10 × 9
Pincipal Amount 12
-7.5%
5 6 Equivalant rate of interest for 1 year 9 mnonths
(5) For 2 cycle (6)' = 10 + 7.5 +
10x7.5
- 17.75 + 0.75 = 18.50%
100
25 36 1480 x 100 = 8000
.. Principal = 18.50

A-P=36- 25 = 11 For 03 Cycle/years

Tree Method - (Solution Structure)
Which is CI.
We have, 25 unit = 2500
Principal
)CI = 1l unit = 1100
(i) Amount = 36 unit = 3600
sI for lst year SI for 2nd year SI for 3rd year
iti) Difference of CI and SI for 2 cycle/years can be

R Clon SI of
found by using direct formula = p |first year for
100 2nd year Cl on SI of
first year for
|3rd year
20x 20
Diference = 2500 >x 100 x 100 = 100
Clon SI of
2nd year for
Ey On what amount, the interest compounded |3rd year
semi-annually at 12% per annum for one year
Clon Clof
is 1545?
2nd year for
|3rd year
P

A
HINTS:
b b
C[ = 1548 R= 12% per annum Int. for b
lst year Int. for
T=1 year =12 months c
2nd year
Since interest is compounded annually Int. for
12 3rd year
T'
6
=2 & R= 112 x6 = 6% lst year interest =a
2nd year interest = a + b
(Successive Method) 3rd year interest = a + 2b +c
3years Sl =3a
quivalent successive percentage for 2 cycle of 6%
3 years Cl = 3a + 3b +c
12.36%
We have CI = 12.36% = 1545
Diff. of 3year Cl = 3b +c

Ex A Sum of Rs 1000 is invested at 20% per annum

1545 x 100
Principal = 100% = = 12,500 compound interest (compounded annually) for 3 years.
12.36 find:

itya Ranjan (EExcise Inspector) (Selected Selectionfaig 207

 Principal 125 unit 1000
Compound Interest
() CI- 91 x 8- 728
(ii) A 216 unit - 216 x 8-1728
(i) Compound interest/7 f
3ai fru Ratio Method
(ii) Amount/fH fr6141 confusing 44I 2 difference &, 3rd year l
(iii) Difference of CI and SI for 3 cycle/
(ii) Difference of CI& SI/ af st APNÊ #1 34
years
2 Can be
(iv) 3rd year Cl/ At a 1 ThgfK found by using direct formula P R 300 -p
HINTS: 100
100
20 x 20
Method-01: (Successive Method) Difference 1000
320
Equivalent successive% change for 3 cycle of 20% =
100 x 100 100 - 128
72.8% Ex What is the difference between the
5-compound
(i) We have principal 100% = 1000 interest, when interest is compounded
.. CI = 72.8% = 728 and the simple interest on a sum of?
12,000 for
monthly1-
(i) Amount = 172.8% = 1728
years at 12% per annum?
(iii) Difference = 72.8 - 60 = 12.8% = 128
1
Method-02: (Tree Method) 12000
4

R= 20% =E
5
HINTS:
For 3 cycle let (5)³ = 125 as principal
P= 12000
125
1 1
5
T= 1÷
4
year = 15 months, R = 12% per annum

25
Since interest compounded 5-monthly
25
15 12
.:: T =
5
3 & R= 12*5 = 5%
5
Method-01: (Direct Formula)
2
R 300 + R
5 D = P
100 100
1 25 305
Total CI =3 x 25 + 3 x 5 +1 =91 D =12000 100 x 100 100
= 91.50
We have 125 unit = 1000
Method-02: (Successive Method)
1000
x91= 728
Equivalent successive percentage for 3 cycle of 5:
(i) .:: CI = 91 unit =
125 = 15.7625
(iü) Amount = principal + CI = 1000 + 728 1728 D = 15.7625 - 15 = 0.7625
(iii) Difference of CI and SI =3 x 5 + 1 = 16 unit We have, 100% = 12000
12000
1000 D= 0.7625 = x0.7625 = 91.5
x16 = 128 100 Sum 0
125 Ex The compound interest On a

(iv) 3rd year CI = 25 + 2 x 5 + 1 = 36 unit years, interes?

? 20,000 at 15% P.a. for 24
3
1000 compounded yearly is :
.x36 = 288
125
2
Method-03: (Ratio Method)
Principal Amount
6
For 3 cycle (6)
HINTS:
(5
P = 20000
125 216

T= 2,year,
3 R = 15% per annum
A-P= 216- 125 = 91
We have, CI = 91 units Since interest compounded annually
(Selected Selection 208
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Compound Interest
Rate of interest fo first 2 complete vears - 15%

An Important Concept/gTnt TT
2
Rateofinterest for remaining Vear - 15 x )10% Amount & CL CL CL and a0 on will be in Geometrie
&
Method-01: (Ratio Method) Progression(GP)
Let sObserve the following Example.
A
Assume, Principle - Ra 10000, Rate - 10%
P And T -3 Years
23
20
23 1
20 R 10% Multiplying Factor or 1.1
10 10
10
4000 5819 P
A A A,
10000 11000 12100 13310

A-P= 5819 - 4000 = 18]9 x1.1 x1.1 x1.1

20.000
We have, 4000 unit = CI, CI, CI,
1000 1100 1210
. Cl= 1819 unit = 1819 x 5 = Rs, 9095
x1.1 x1.1
Note:Wherever, we have the different rates of interest Note: 4 fhi Ë amount 374a1 CI# Ratio #È t
for different year it is better to apply ratio method. Rate 31I Principal { HAd I
Method-02 (Successive Method) Ex. 2nd year CI 100, 3rd year CI- 110 find R = ?
HINTS:
Equivalent Successive percentage for 2 cycle of 15% 100 110
=32.25%
Simplified form 10 11
Again, equivalent successive percentage of 32.25 &% 1
10. R = x100 = 10%
10
32.25 x 10 Ex. Compound interest on a certain sum at the end of
32.25 +10+ 100 fourth year is Rs 625. Findthe CI at the end of fifth
year, If the rate of interest(compounded annually) is
= 42.25 + 3.225 = 45.475% 8% pa.
We have, Principal 100% = 20,000
= 45.475 x 200
=Rs. 9095
HINTS:
Method-03 (Tree Method)
C.l at the end of 5th year =625 x = Rs 675
25
3 1
We have, R = 15% = for 2 years & 10% = Ex. P = 25600, R = 25% find 4th year CI = ?
20 10
HINTS:
2
for ? 25600x 155 5 = 12,500
year. 4 4 4

Let principal Note: Principal 1

4
5 5
2000 1 4 4
20 3
20
10

4
300 200
20 45 1
Ex. lst year Cl - 6400, R- 12%, 4th year Cl =?
HINTS:
1 30 9 9 72900
6400 x - 9]12.5
30 8 8 8
1
10 9
4.5 Note: its 6400 yH q a CIÀFHfes sH
CI =
909.5 units 9
We have. 2000
unit = 20,000
:. C[ =
9095
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected t Selection faGI 209
 Ex. 3rd year Cl -1,25,000, R = 25%, lst year Cl -? Ex. If the compound interest in the
Compound
third year
Interest
at
HINTS: on acertain sum is then what is the 8% p.a.
3600.

5 5
- 125000 x 80,000
between the compound interest in the 4h and 5h
(nearest to an integer in ) dif ereryear?nce
4 afz fazf f 8% ufa aÚ
Ex. P= 1000, R= 10%, 4th year Cl - 3rd year CI =?
HINTS:
1 11 11 1 HINTS:
- 1000x 10 10 1010 121
27 2
5th year CI - 4h year CI = 3600 x
Note: 4th year Cl - 3rd year CI = 25 25
-311.04
1 11 11 11 1 11 11 How to find time? / H44 hA aTA 2
1000x 1000x
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 In how many years will asum of 320
Ex.
405if interest is compounded at 12.5% per annuioz
amount to
1
- 1000x 10 10
1 11 11 1 HINTS:
- 1000x 1010 10 10 Principal Amount
320 405
H fra ñ HR Steps h Direct final Result frat Simplified form
64 81
Which is a perfect square.) Square root
10 8 9

Ex. A sum of Rs. 4,000 is lent at 10% p.a., interest :.T=2year

Ex. The compound interest on (4,000 at the rate of 5%
compounded annually. What is the difference between p.a. is 630.50, then the time period is :
the compound interest for the 2nd year and the 3rd year?
yf 4000 5% fa it H 4hqtz 3 630,50 2

HINTS:
Principal Amount
40000 46305
HINTS:
P= 4000, R= 10% Simplified form
8000 9261
3rd CI - 2rd CI = ?
Cube root
x11 1
= 4000 44
20 21
1010 10 .:.T=3 year
1 Note: f* principal TAI amount #1 simplified ratio per
Note: Principal 4000 multiply +4 R lst year fect square a at HH4 2 qY ( ) aI perfect cube

11 How to find Rate? / hH TT ?

10
Ex. A sum of Rs. 6,400 invested on the basis of yeary
1
compounding of interest, grows to Rs. 7,056 in tw
years. What is the percentage rate of interest?
Ex. Asum of R18000 is lent at 10% p.a. compound interest,
compounded annually. What is the difference between
the compound interest for 3rd year and 4th year?

HINTS:
P A
HINTS: 6400 7056
4th year CI - 3th year CI Simplified form
400 441
= 18000 x 111,11,
10 10 1010
198 x11
10 =217.8 for 2 years, take square root
20 21

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection 210

 Compound Interest

interest = x 100 5%
Rate of 20 Since in 2Y amount becomes y times of itaclf
invested at conpound interest amounts to Rs.
sum
7.800
A in 3 vears and Rs. 11,232 in 5 years. What is the 3 3
-|1880> P- 5280
rate percent?

|Important Result (WETqof vfrUTTH )

fsTS00 tirmes
A certain sum becomes x times in n, year and y
is compounded, then
in n, years when rate of interest
HINTS:
5Y
x =y"

3Y 7800 2Y
11232
Simplified formn 100 144

for 2 vear, take square

root Ex. A sum of money becomes 3 times in 10 years at the
10 12 rate of compound interest (compounded annually),
2 In how many years will it become 243 times?
interest = x 100 = 20%
Rate of 10

Ges to find Principal? /oYA AA TE0? HINTS:

A Sum amounts to 8,028 in 3 years and to712.042
Method-01:
in 6vears at a certain rate percent per annum, when
the interest is compounded yearly. The sum is: Using formula,
n, = 10, x =3, y = 243, n, = ?
5

HINTS:
310 =32

6Y 5
’n, = 50
10 n,
3Y
3Y 8028 12042
Simplified form 2 Method-02:
10 years times
x5/
50 years times
3
Since in 3Y amount becomes times.of itself.
2 Note: Step1- Times (T) AIG at Power
3 Step2- Power fdt 1 Multiplication H4
Px =8028 P= 5352
2

Asum of money becomes Rs 11,880 after 4 years and Installment (fhyA)

Rs 17,820 after 6 years on compound interest, the One of the Regular payments that you make for
something until you have paid the full amount.
interest is compounded annually. What is the half of
the sum (in Rs) ?

Compound Interst Ì Installment Haf AUIUNS0

For two Installments
HINTS:
l
6Y Let, R= 10% =
10

4Y
11880 2Y A17820 10' 11
Simplified form 2 Value of each
installment
10* 11
3 To make each installment equal, multiply tËrst ratio
by 11.

kaitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selectionf I n211

 HINTS:
Compound Interest
10.,, 11 ,Value of each We have, R- 10%= +
installment
100 121
210 242 10%10 11,|
(Amount) 100 : 121
(Principal)
210 242
Amount- Principal - Interest 32 Here, we have value of each
Ex. A sum of Rs. 4,620 is to be paid back
in 2 equal i.e., 121 units = 6897
installment
installment (in . Insterest = Amount - Principal -
annual installment. How much is each 242 -
Rs.) if the interest is compounded
per annum?
annually at 10%
units =
121
6897

For Three Installment

x 32 = 1824
-210-3%2
R = 10% = t
arfts a yes faya (, ) fadî zrî?
101*11 11:11
Value of each
HINTS:
10'.1 11,,
3 installment
R= 10% = 10° 11
3310 3993
10,10 1l|
100: 121 (Principal) (Amount)
Amount - Principal = Interest = 683
210 : 242
Ex. What annual payment (in ) will discharge a debt f
Here, we have principal, 210 unit = 4620 2
.. Value of each installment, 121 unit
15.240 due in 3 years at 16,% per annum
compound interest?
4620
x 121 = 2662
210 faaz arfts yIaA (Fuà ) 16,% vfa ai
Note: 3H yeh 99 qfE Installment t value yt 3qi 4 15 240 F44 U 1 yTaTA ?
Ts , at f Rate% fraction convert h* HINTS:
denominator h Nemerator & add a K HI HI 1
1
divisibility fea
R=
16%
3 =
(10% =
10
-’ 10 + 1 =11) t
options check à
6,49 7s49
Ex. Loan is to be repaid in two equal yearly instalment.
36,7 49x7
343
216
If the rate of interest is 10% per annumn,
compounded annually, and each installment is Rs. 762 : 1029
6,897, then find the total interest charged. We have, Principal i.e., 762 units = 15240
:. Value of each installment
15240
i.e., 343 units = x 343 = 6860
762

***

Selected Selection 212

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)

 Ratio & Proportion

RATIO& PROPORTION 17

CONCEPT-01
Ratio/r1a
3HTrfta)
te the ratio of a to b is written as a:b and read "a is (Simple Ratio based/HA YT4a
smallest?
Where 'a' is called the 'antecedent' and 'b' is called Ex. Which of the following ratios is the
the 'consequent'. 3: 4, 1:2,2: 5, 1 : 3
a
aTe b 1 34IG f à a: bfTad T a 474IG bYt
3: 4, 1:2,2:5, 1:3
HINTS:
Condition:/
300 200
=75 100 50 > = 40
(i) If ad = bc then 4 2 5

100
ac =33.33 Smallest
(i) If ad > bc then 3
b d
Ex. If a : b = 2: 3 and b: c = 6 : 8, then find
(üi) ad < bcIf a:b: c.
bd
yf a: b = 2 :3 371R b:c = 6:8 , at a:b:c IA
* then
HINTS:

b_d a b
a C

2
c d

12 18 24
a +b -Ctd
(c) b d 2 3 4
Ex. If a:b =2:3, b:c = 4:5 and c :d = 6:7. Find a :
a -b C-d b:c:d.
(d) b
yf a: b=2:3, b:c = 4:5 3IR c:d = 6:7 , at a :
a +b c+d
(e)
a -b C-a
HINTS:

(9 d
k a b C d

i.a =bk,c = dk 2
(kmethod) 5
3) For continued proportion÷ :-b-k
b C : 12 15
.. b = ck & a = bk 6 7

. a= (ck) k = ck? 16 24 30 35

Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faI 213

 Ratio &Proporton
Clearly, Naresh gained the most his
CONCEPT-02 2
x 702 = 156. Actual portion
Mistaken portion
(Number Based/ I TUTfta) 6
x 702 = 324 324 - 156 =
1.2 3 13 168
Ex. Three numbers are in the ratio of 34
The
CONCEPT-03
difference between the greatest and the smallest
number is 27. The smallest numbers is : (Based on Coins/ fuza
12, 3 In one bag 50 paisa, 25 paisa and 1
234 the ratio of 5: 8:1. If the total cost rupee
of all Coins are in
Rs.55 then how many coins of 25 the
paisa are in thecoins is
HINTS:
L.C.M (2, 3, 4) - 12
bag?
2 x12:x12:x12
6:8:9
HINTS:
1 1
Smallest number Value :1
2 4

x6 = 54 No: 5: 8 : 1
3
Ex. A, Band C divide an amount of Rs 10,500 amongst (Rs.)Total:-:2:1
2
themselves in the ratio 5:7:9, respectively. If each
one gets Rs 500 more, then what will be the ratio of unit = 55
the amounts with A, B and C? Given, 2
lunit = 10
A, B C f0 *. 10 500 h TÍT Ì AT9H 4R: 5:7:9 Required value = 10x 8 = 80
Ex. In a bag there are coins of Rs.5, Rs. 10 and Rs 20
denominations. The total number of coins in the ba2
HINTS:
is 240. If the number of coins of Rs.5, Rs. 10 and Rs.20
Share of, A: B : C denominations are in the ratio of 2 :3:5, then what
5 : 7:9 is the total amount of money in the bag?
+1 +1 +1
Each gets Rs.500 more so their new ratio will increase
by one then,
Required ratio
6 8 : 10
3: 4 : 5
By mistake, instead of dividing Rs.702 among Ram, HINTS:
2
Value Ratio =5: 10 : 20
1,1,1 Coins Ratio = 2:3:5
Ramesh, and Naresh in the ratio 1t was
Given that,
divided in the ratio of 3: 4 :6. Who gained the most Total coins = 10 unit = 240
and by how mnuch? Then,
Total money = 5 x 48. 10 x 72, 120 x 20
1.1,1 = 240+ 720 + 2400
34 6 = Rs. 3360

CONCEPT-04

fas1? (Based on Addition or subtraction)

HINTS:
Ram Ramesh Naresh
6 Onincreasing
Mistaken 3
Ex. Two numbers are in the ratio 3:4. Thenumbersar
1
Actual 6
of them by 30, the ratio becomes 9:10.
3 4

3 2
HEN 3 : 4
’ 4
q 4q4Ta 9 : 10 a I I }I HEAr 8:
Selected Selection feami214
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Ratio & Proportion
HINTS:
HINTS:
6unit -’ 30
9:10/ Income Ratio 11: 13
lunit= 5

then,
20 Exp Ratio
Required no. = 15, 9: 11
ratio in the number of
The
is3: 4:5. If 20
students in three classes
students are X
class, then this ratio becomes increased
in every Savings 4000 4000
4:5:6.
the original number of students in
What was Then,
taken together? these classes (121 - 117)unit= 44000 - 36000
4 unit = 8000
20 faemef Required difference = 2 x 2000 = 4000
Ex The income of A and B are in the ratio 5:3. The
expenses of A, B and C are in the ratio 8:5:2. If C
spends Rs.2000 and B saves Rs.700, then Asaves.
HINTS: A A B 3A14 5:3 4T }1 A. B CE1
Initial 3: 4:5

HINTS:
Final 4 : 5 :6
Income Ratio = A:B
1unit = 20
5:3
. 12unit = 12 x 20 = 240
Exp Ratio =A: B:C
Number of students initially = 240
1R The number of students in three 8:5:2
sections of Grade 10 Given that
in a school are in the proportion
3:5:8. If 15, 30
and 15 more students are admitted in the
C's Exp= 2000
three Then,
sections, respectively, the new proportion becomes 4 : B's Income = 5700
7:9. The total number of students before the
new Then, A's saving = 9500 8000 = Rs.1500
admissions is: Ex. The ratio of last year income of A, B and C is
3:
4:5. While the ratio of their last year
income to
:5:8 à af ai HENH ÀH4: 15, 30 R 15 3tfE BA current year income is 4 : 5, 2: 3 and 3: 4. If
their total current year income is Rs.
98,500, then
find out the present income of (B + C).
A. B3t C Ì fysi q Ì 314 I
HINTS: 34791G 3 :4:5

3: 5: 8>16 x 15 = 240 3414 4 3A4A A4RT: 4 :5, 2:3 3tt 3 :4 } 4f 345t

gHT i 3414 98 500 F44 ai (B + C) *
4 : 7 :9
HINTS:
Last year income Ratio of
CONCEPT-05 A:B:C

(Income & Expenditure Based) 3:4:5

present year income Ratio of
A:B: C
Ex. The ratio of 15 :6: 20
incomes of A and Bis 11
13 and the the ofmonthly 4 3

of ratio their expenditures is 9:11. If both Given that

them
ind the manage to save Rs. 4000 per month, then 197

B
difference in their income (in Rs.) 12
unit = 98500

HfHG 3A4 Gl Then,

38
unit = 76000
3AR4 (E ) I 34G 3

Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fau215

 5 at Ta, A 31 B
Ratio &Proportion
CONCEPT-06
(Age Based/ q T TuTfta) afr , C, B À10 zI
Ex. Ratio of the present age of a mother to that of the
daughter is 7: 1. After 5 years the ratio will become 4 : 1. HINTS:
What is the difference (in years) in their present ages? A B
5 year ago ’4 5
5 year hence ’ 6 7

HINTS:
2unit = 10 year
1unit = 5 Year
M D
At present ’ 7 : 1 7 : 1 Present age of A=6 x 5-5= 25 year
After 5 year ’ 4x2 l x2 : 2 Present age of B=7x 5-5 = 30 year
..1unit = 5 year Present Age ofC = Present age of B - 10 Year
Age Difference b/w M& D, 6 unit = 6 x 5 = 30 years. = 30 - 10 = 20 year
Note: Attention, Difference in age will always be same Ratio of Present age of Aand B = 25: 20 = 5-4
Ex. The ratio of the ages of A and B, 8
Ex. Eight year ago, the ratio of ages of AandB was 5:4. 7. The ratio of their ages, 8 years
years ago, was 5
from now, will be g
The ratio of their present ages is 6:5. What will be 11. If the present age of Cis 13years less than tho.
the sumn (in years) of the ages of A and B after 7 years B, and the present age of D is 8 years less
from now? than that ni
the age of A, then the sum of the present ages of C and
3H18 q YEG, A 3¦R B 314 at 34741T 5: 4 41| 346d D, in years, is:

HINTS:
C 34 13 q 4, RD T aHT 3 A :
A B
8 year before ’ 5 4 HINTS:
At present ’6
A B
1unit = 8year 8 year ago ’5 7

A's present age = 6 x 8= 48 year 8 year from now ’ 9 : 11

B's present age = 5 x 8= 40 year 4 unit = 16 year

After 7 year, 1 unit=4 yeàr
Sum of age of Aand B= (40 + 48) + 2x7 = 102 year Present age of A = 5 x 4 + 8 = 28 year
Ex. 5 years ago, the ratio of the age of Ato that ofB was Present age of B = 7 x 4 + 8 = 36 year
4:5. Five years hence, the ratio of the age of A to that Present age of C = B's Present Age - 13 =23 year
of B will be 6:7. If, at present, Cis 10 years younger
than B, then what will be the ratio of the present age Present age ofD = A's Present Age - 8 =20year
of Ato that ofC? Sum of Age of C and D = 20 + 23 = 43 year.

Selected Selection arm21

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Ratio & Proportion

Proportion/ Hrqura Fourth proportion/ T rA

A:b: C X
equal,
When two ratioare b d ' then a, b, c, d are
bo

saidtobe in proportion and a, b, cand d are said to be of 12, 14 and 24

first, 2nd, 3rd and 4th proportion respectively.
Ex, The fourth proportion
is :
a c
12, 14 s 24 #1 q A ?
bd a, b, c, d Ta nzà n
HINTS:
3
a,b,c 14x24
28
Required proportion 12
Case-1: When 3 numbers are given./ T4 3 HONr n given./ 4 2 10 1 Z
A:a::b:c Case-2: When 2 numbers are
a:b:: b:c
First proportion/UH 3qUra First proportion/ wuH A
b
A:a:: b:c

ab
b
a=
C
The first proportional of three numbers 6, 12 and 24
:
Ex. The first proportional of two nurnbers 3 and 5 is
a HeT 6, 12 3Tt 24 1 gH 3Td I atI?
HINTS: HINTS:

First proportion/ H3q9d Required proportion

12x63
24
Mean proportion/ H I

Second proportion/ fats q4ra a b

a:x::b:c
’ b= yac
Ex. Find the mean proportion of 3 and 27.
3 3r 27 1 1Tt (mean proportion) A 1TT
Ex. The second proportional of three numbers 28, 4 and
HINTS:
5 is :
Required Proportion= 3x27 =9
HINTS: Third proportion/ qars 3qUTA
28x5
Required proportion = 35
4 a b

Third proportion/qát 3qud bc

a:b:: x:c
b²
X=
b
Ex
ne third proportional of three numbers 2, 3 and 15
Ex. The third proportional to 8! and 27 is:
is: 81 3i 27 1 qtarqct (third proportional) ?
HINTS:

HINTS: 27 x27-= 9
Required proportion = 81
Required prroportion s 5x2103

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (SelectedÀSelection fai 217

 Ratio &Proportion
CONCEPT-01 cONCEPT-02

(Proportion After addition) (Proportion After Subtraction)

Let x be a number which is added to a, b, c and d to Let xbe a number whích is subtracted to a, b, c d
to make them proportional then and
make them proportional then
qf x E HO|}Ha, b, c 1d H
uft x EHON fa a, b, c n d tg à r ai

ad- bc
bc - ad X=
(a +d)- (b+c)
(a +d)-(b +c)
Ex. If x is subtracted from each of 24, 40, 33 and 57, the
Ex. What number must be added toeach of the number 8, numbers, so obtained are in proportion. The ratio of
13, 26 and 40 so that the number obtained in this (5x + 12) to (4x + 15) is
order are in proportion?
faR HA aÌ 8, 13, 26 3r 40 ITI AIfEr anfs H9TA i (5x+ 12) si (4x+ 15) %1 TA T
HINTS:
HINTS:
24 x57-40x33
Required No. = =6
13 x 26-8 x 40 81-73
Required No. =2
48- 39 Required Ratio = 14: 13
R a n j a

M a t h ?

d i t y a

faGa218
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 (Partnership

PARTNERSHIP 18)

Partnership/Iarâ HINTS:
Gimplepartnership: If all partners Ratio of investment of Deepa and Ziya
invest same capital
e the different time or the different =50000:40000’ 5:4
capital for the in the
same time.
When time is constant. Profit will be shared
ratio of Investment.
Thus, Ratio of profit of Deepa and Ziya = 5:4.
their
Ex. A, Band C all together invest ? 48,000. Ratio of
time investment is 99: 77:84 and ratio of their profit
Compound partnership: If all partners invest their amount is respectively 3: 2:4. Find the investment
amount of A?
different capital for the different time period. 4R faI
A, B 3t C i fHGT EG 48 000 TF
hÀ Iyf 36 H44 1 34791 4I: 99 :77 : 84 1 T1
IY GI 34441d 4T: 3 :2 :4 a1, a A # Mai Tg
Types of partners:
Active partners/HÍhs HGER HINTS:

Sleeping partners/ ffgs EI Profit

We know, Investment = Time
Active partner: Invest money as well as takes part in
business activity for which he is paid salary from the 3 2 4
profit. Ratio of Investment, A:B:C=on::
99 77 84
3 2 4
x99x77x84: x99x77x84 : x99x77x84
9g 77 84
Sleeping partners: Who only invest money and does -7:6: 11
not take part in business activities.
48000
:. Investment of A, 7 unit ’ -x7= Rs. 14000
dity 24

CONCEPT-01
Basic terms: When Someone Join or Left
I= Investment/f4W1
P= Profit/ IY Ex. Kapil starts some business with 50000. After 3
C= Capital/ yit months Monu joins him with 70000. At the end of
the year, In what ratio should they share the profit ?
T= Time/ HH4
Kelation between P, C and T/P,C RT* a HqY

Profit/ 9 =Capital/ tx time/ HHY HINTS:

Ratioof Investment of Kapil and Monu,
by
Partners Deepa and Ziya start a business =50000:70000 = 5:7
vesting R50,000 and 40.000 respectively. What will Ratio of investment period by Kapil and Monu
e the ratio of their profits at the end of the year? = 12:9 = 4:3
50,000 7
We know, Profit = Investment x Time
R40 000 hl Thus , Ratio of profit = 5x 4:7x3 = 20:21

(Selected Selection fai 219

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 cONCEPT-02
Increase/ Decrease in capital
A 3AT B #41: 30 000) Z20,000
Partnership
1fay

(qoft qfs/ht )
Ex. X and Y enter into a partnership with capital in ratio
3:5. After 5 months X adds 50% of his capital, while HINTS:
Y withdraws 60% of his capital. What is share (in ? Ratio of investment of Aand B -3:2
Lakhs) of Xin the annual profit of R6.84 lakhs?
Let Total Profit 100 unit.

1 60% f61 aI 6.84 IA afts IY X1 (? 100

HINTS:
Let the capital of X and Y is 30x and 50x. 80 20
Investment Time Investment Time

X 30x 5 m 45x 7 m

Y 50x 5 m 20x 7 m
A BA B
We know, Profit = Investment x Time Period 40: 40 12 8
Ratio of profit of X and Y is
- 30xx 5 +45x x7: 50x x5 + 20xx 7 Share of A = 40 + 12 = 52 unit
= 465x: 390x Share of B= 40 +8 = 48 unit
Rs 6.84 Lac 4 unit = Rs. 4000
Share of X in annual Profit = -x465
465+390 .:.1unit = Rs. 1000
6,84,000 Total Profit - 100 x Rs. 1000 = Rs 1,00,000
855
x 465 = Rs. 3,72,000
Share of A =52 unit = Rs. 52,000
CONCEPT-03
Share of B =48 unit = Rs. 48,000
Donation/Tax based(I1/G TATd) CONCEPT-05
Ex. A and B invst in a business in the ratio 3:2. If 5%
of the total profit goes to charity and A's share is 855, Management (yaya)
the total profit (in ) is :. Ex. Nasir is a working partner and Rohit is a sleeping
A 3R B qHI4 4 3:2 34G9ra MI Hà ~I yf partner in a business and Nasir puts in 5,000 and
Rohit puts in 76,000. Nasir received 15% of the proft
for managing the business and the rest is divided in
proportion to their capitals. The amount received by
HINTS:
Nasir out of the total profit of 7880.
When time is constant, Profit willbe shared in the ra
tio of Investment.
Ratio of profit ofAand B = 3:2
Let total profit = 100%
after 5% chairity, Remaining = 95%
3
ATQ, 95% x =Rs. 855
HINTS:

100 % =
855 x100 = Rs. 1500 Ratio of profit of Nasir and Rohit = 5:6
57
Total profit = 880
CONCEPT-04
Money got by Nasir for managing the business,
Distribution based (faatur 3Tenfra) - 15% of Rs. 880 - Rs. 132
Rs. 748
Ex. A & B invest 30,000 & 20,000 and 80% of total profit Remaining Amount = Rs. 880-Rs. 132 =
distributed equally among them. Rest profit distributed 5
according to investment ratio. The difference between Amount recieved by Nasir = Rs. 132 + Rs. 743"1
the shares of A & B is 4000. Find the total profit and
find the share of A & B? = Rs. 132 + Rs. 340 = Rs. 472

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) fami220

(Selected Selection
 Mixture

MIXTURE 19

Mixture/frruT HINTS:
A W

Amixturee is a materiall madeup of two or more different

substances. 2 5
7 unit =350
1unit = 50
Concentraion of Mixture/tHUT Á HcGT The initial quantity of water =
3001- 100l = 2001
in a vessel is 2:3 by
Presence of particular constituents of mixture in Ex. The ratio of milk and water some water then ratio
percentage is called concentration of that constituents. chemical process if we extract
reduced to 36l,
becomes 5 :7 and quantity of mixture was extracted?
thenfind how much quantity of water

CONCEPT-01
Addition or Removal of Some Quantity

Ex 200 litres of a mixture contains milk and water in HINTS:

the ratio 17:3. After the addition of some more milk
to it. the ratio of milk to water in the resulting mixture
becomes 7:1. The quantity of milk added to it was.
In this question, ratio of milk will be equal.
M: W M W
2: 3’x 5 10 : 15
Initial
Final 5: 7’ x2 10 14

ATO, 24 unit = 36
HINTS:
Extracted amount of water, 1unit = 1.5 Litre
1 :3. We
Ex. The ratio of milkand water in a mixture is
then ratio becomes
added x Itr of milk to the mixture
then
In this question, ratio of water will be
equal. 7: 15 and we added 50l water to the mixture,
Find the value of x.
M: W M: W ratio becomes 2: 5.
Initial 17: 3 ’x1 17: 3
Final 7: 1’x3 21: 3
17
Milkin Initial mixture =200 x 20 =1701
HINTS:
3 21
20 x2101
M W
Milk in Final mixture =200 x 3
10 :30
Added Milk - 2101- 1701 = 401
ratio 1:x.
Abeaker contains acid and water in the
Ex +X
of the mixture
is mixed in 300 ml What is the
2 x7 : 15 x 2
When 50 ml of water water becomnes 2: 5.
e ratio of acid to +501
value of x. 7 x2 : 5 x 7

50 x 4 = 40 Litre
Value of x=

(Selected Selectionf i n 221

Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 HINTS:
mixture
Mixture
cONCEPT-02 The amount of milk in replaced
15 10
1
Concept of Replacement
901-090 160
90

=53.33 Litre
of questions are asked -
Based on thisconcept 2 types
3
liquid. p is the
If xis initial amount of amount which
AT 61 ufrrya process is repeated
Replacement of equal quantity /UHTA is drawn, and this
is in the ratio
ntimes
such
any substance 's' is n that the resultant mixture a:b then.
When 'x amount of mixture of othersubstance. Then
timesreplaced with 'p' quantity ofin replaced mixture -
finding quantity of substance 's' a +b

n-a vfrenfya fa1 GIIaà yfafya fgv VqTeÍ 's

mixture/fretvd
Quantity of substance 's' in replaced a

a +b
the milL
A vessel contains some milk. 6 litre of
18l milk is taken out and Ex.
taken out of the vessel and replaced with 6 litre of wate
Ex. Avessel is full of 90lmilk,
process is repeated and again 6 litre of mixture was taken out and w
replaced by water and again this left after the 3rd
2more times, the amount
of milk replaced with water. Now the ratio of milk to watee
C
replacement is? b e

100: 69. Find the initial quantity of milk in the vessel

HINTS:
mixture HINTS:
The amount of milk in replaced
Method -1
Let the quantity of milk initially is x litre.
4
18
oo 1-g0 = 90x
55
46.08 Litre

HTAT aT
Using Direct Formula,
Replacement of unequal quantity/AHHTT 100
is n 100 + 69
When 'x amount of mixture of any substance 's'
so on quantity of On Solving, x = 261
tÉmes replaced with 'p', 'q', 'r and
other substance. Then finding quantity of substance's' Method -2
in replaced mixture -
Milk (Initial) : Milk (Final)
169 : 100

V169 : /100
13 : 10
Quantity of substance 's' in replaced mixture/iad
3unit = 6

..so on.
Quantity of milk initially = 13 x 2 = 26l
CONCEPT-03
A vessel is full of 90 litre milk, 18l milk is taken out single
Ex.
and replaced by water, again 151milk is taken out Mixing Different Mixture to form a
and replaced by water and again 10l milk is taken 3:
A and Bare
out and replaced by water. The amount of milk left Ex. The ratios of copper to zinc in alloys
B are
takeninthe
after the 3rd replacement is? 4 and 5:9, respectively. A and Whatis
new alloy C.
ratio 2:3 and melted to form a
the ratio of copper to zinc in C? 3:4

f T A 3t B aià sì EI
3tr 5 : 9 }I ASAT B 2 :3

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection

 Mixture

HINTS: HINTS:

Cu: Zn Cu : Zn
3: 4 7 6
AlloyA X2 Cu : Zn Cu : Zn
5 : 9 |4 5 : 9 X 3
Alloy B
Ratioof copper and Zinc in Alloy C, : 8 ’ 15 7 :
Alloy A 7
12+ 15):(16 t 27) = 27: 43 12 : 3
Alloys A and B contain copper and zinc in the ratio Alloy B 4 : 1 ’5,,
in the ratio X: y.
Ex. 7:8and 4 : 1, respectively. In what ratio should Let the mixture Aand B is mixed
Bbe mixed to obtain a new alloy C
Aand
copper and zinc in the ratio 2 : 1? containing ATQ,
Cu 7x + 12y 2
Zn 8x+ 3y 1
faT A 3ii B iGI 3iN GEI hHYT: 7:8 31T 4:1 2
On solving we get, =
3
solved using
fs A B * fH 34141 Note: These type of questions can be
Alligation also.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faUn 223

 Alligation
ALLIGATION
(20
ufryr
Applications of Alligation in different chapters. Ex. Two containers have mixtures of milk
and
respectively, in the ratios 3:2and 6 5. In whatwater
Mixture-based questions /4 3TfRa w
should the contents be mixed so that the ratio of ramitiolk
to water in the final mixture is 4:32
Percentage based questions/sfrrra fr wA 491: 3: 2
Simple interest based questions /ATU ARA A
Profit and loss based questions

HINTS:
Discount based questions/ TIftA yA Let's operate on milk only
Average based questions /3iH& 3TATA A x11x5x7
Time and distance based questions 5 Dx15«7
11
= 231 =210

Number system based questions

x11x5x7
7
=220
Mixture/urut
In this type of questions, the ratio of the ingredients in the
first vessel and the ratioof the ingredients in the second 10 11
vessel are given. After that, the ratio of the ingredients is
alsogiven in the new mixture made by pouring or mixing Percentage /ufryrd
the mixture of both the vessels in a third vessel. The ratio
of the ingredients in the first vessel is written on the left In this type of questions, the total population of a place,
side, the ratio of the same ingredient in the second vessel the percentage rate of increase/ decrease in the popula
is written on the right and the ratio of the same ingredient
in the third vessel is written in the middle.After using the tion of males and that of females are given. And the in
alligation method, we get the ratio in which the first and crease/decrease or increase/ decrease percentage in the
the second mixture were mixed or the ratio of the amount total population of the place is also given. The increase
of the same ingredient in the first and second vessel. decrease percentage in the population of males is wnitten
on the left, the increase/decrease percentage in the pop
látion of females is written on the right and the increase
decrease percentage in the total population is written n
the middle. With the help of allegation, we find out tie
ratio of the initial population of males and females.

jST MIXTURE 2ND MIXTURE

OVERALL
MIXTURE

Quantity-1 Quantity-2
(Selected Selection 224
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Alligation

decreases by 6 and
(Male ) % inc./ dec. (Female) income of a fa mily savíng increases
% inc./dec. EX. Tf the
expenditure decreases by
g%. and its
expernditure of that
of income and
by 4%. Find the ratio
family.
% inc./dec. in
Overall Population

Initial number Initial number HINTS: S

of female E
of male +4%
Population of a town is 1,20,000. If number of male -8%
Ex. increases by 7% and females increases by 10%, then the
population of town would increase by 9.5%. Find the
diference between male to female population living in 6%
that town?
- 6 - - 8)
4 -(-6)
10 2
1

F S
6 5
HINTS:
Simple Interest/HTUT T
10%
7% invested in
question the given principal is two differ
In this type ofschemes/banks/individuals at
9.5%
two different certain time the total amount
ent rates of interest.After a
amountwas invested in both the
is received. How much be found. With the
schemes/ banks/individuals, it is to
amount received, calcu
help ofgiven principal, time and rate of interest on the
0.5 2.5

late the gross interest rate. The

1 5
bank /individual
amount invested in the first scheme /
interest on the amount
1,20,000 x4 = Rs.8000 is written on the left side, the rate of individual is Writ
6 invested in the second scheme / bank/
is written in
ten on the right and the gross interest rate
Income - Expenditure &s Saving the middle. With the help of allegation, we find out the
ratio of the distributed principal.
percent
Inthis typeof questions, the increase/decrease family/
of a
age in the expenditure, savings and income
person is given. Increase/decrease percentage in expen
diture is written on the left, increase/decrease percent
increase/de
age in savings is written on the right and With
the middle.
Crease percentage in income is written in
the help of allegation, we find out the ratio of expenditure
and savings in the beginning.

Rate of Rate of
Interest (1) % Interest (2) %

Gross Rate of nterest

% inc./dec. in % inc. / dec. in
Expenditure Saving%
Principal1 Principal2
% inc./dec. in
Ex. Harish is having 40,000. He deposited it in 2 banks.
Income Interest given by 1" bank is 9.5% per annumn and that
of 2nd bank is 5.5% per annum. If at t he end of a year
Harish got 3200. Then find the difference of the bal
Expenditure Saving ance amount deposited in both banks?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faI 225

 HINTS:

68.20
Alligation
CP of Mixture = x 10 = Rs.62
11
Apply alligation
60 65
r=
SI 100 3200 × 100
40000-1 8%
HINTS: 62

9.5% 5.5% 3

Inthe second type of question, cost price or the

8%
of either two different components or two types of quant1t;
one component is given. The first
sold at a certain profit/loss percentagecomponent
or
and the type is
2.5 1.5
component or type is sold at a certain profit/loss second
e.
centage. Overall there is a profit/loss of a
P = 5 3 certain/ loss
or percentage. While using allegation, the profit amount
centage on the first element or type is written on the lef
40,000 x 2 side, the profit/ loss percentage on the second elemen:
= Rs.10000 or type is written on the right side and the total
proft.
loss percentage in the middle. From which the ratie f
the cast price/quantity of the first and second combe
Profit and Loss/Y aIfT nents or types is obtained.
In this type of questions, the cost price of two
different
quantities of an ingredient is given and it is asked,
what ratio we should mixed both the in
by selling the mixture at certain price quantities so that
there would be profit
or loss of certain percentage. Find out the
the mixture with the help of given cost price of
profit/loss percentage.
After that, by writing the first cost price on the
left
second cost price on the right side and cost price ofside,the
mixture in the middle, find the ratio in which the first
and second mixture were mixed.

Profit/ Loss (1)% Profit/ Loss (2)%

Over allProfit/ Loss %

Cost Price (1) Cost Price (2)

Cost Price 1 Cost Price 2 Or
Quantity (1) Quantity (2)
Ex. A student bought 10
Cost Price of Mixture pencils and 8 pens at ? 150 .
sells pencil at 4% profit
he gains ? 9. Find the costand pen at 7% profit. Overa
price of each pencil ana pe
Quantity (1) Quantity (2)
Ex. In what ratio must a
grocer mix tWO varieties of tea worth
Rs. 60 per kg and 65 per kg
So, that by selling the
mixture at Rs.68.20 per kg he may gain Pencil
10%? 4%
Pen
7%

af fHu 68.20 44 afa faciTH 6%

d t 34 10% 1
1
2
CP’ 50 100
Aditya Ranjan (Excise
 50
Rs.5 Alligation
Pencil
= 10

100 12.5
Per

Discount/
In thistype of question, the marked price of the total
article and the
quantityof an discount percentage
second part of the total
and on
The
first
the total discount percentage is
also quantity
is given.
given. The first Average 1 Average 2
discount percentage is written on the
second discount
percentage is on the right left side, the
and the
discount percentage is written in the middle. The total
ofthe marked price of the first and the second part ratiois Total Average
alligation.
iund by using
1st Number 2nd Number

EX. In a company with 600 employees, the average age of

male
employees is 42 years and that of fernale enpioyees
1s 41 years. If the average age of all the employees in
the company is 41 years and9 months, then the number
of female employees is :
DISCOUNT(1)%
DISCOUNT(2)%
OVERALL
DISCOUNT %
HINTS:
Marked Price 1 Marked Price 2
x Aseller sells 2 watches at 8% and 15% discount each. Male Female
Total marked price of both the items are 2100. Find 42 41
the difference between marked price of both items, if total
discount is of 12%.

41 Yrs 9 m

9m 3m
HINTS:
3 1
8% 15%

600
-xl= 150
12% 4

In these types of questions, how many runs a bowler

gives for each wicket (bowling average), is given. Gets a
certain number of wickets by givìng a certain number of
MP ’ 3 4
unit ’ 2100 bowing
runs in the 'next innings'. Due to which his
unit ’ 300 lower/higher. We have to ând
average becomes slightly before or after
the number of wickets taken by the bowler
average of the
Average/ 3ua 'this innings. First of all, find the bowlingaverage after this
In this type of questions separate averages of two groups next innings'. Also find the bowing decrease. The
of fixed number of member/ person/element are given. innings' with the help of given increase/ innings' is written on
bowling average before the given
And the The number of innings on the
memberstotal is also given. this
gross average
in the first
and second the left side, the bowling average ofafter 'this innings on
onBrOthe /individuals/elements
up isleft,to the
be found.
averageWrite
of the averagegroup
thesecond
first
of theon group
the right
right side and the bowling average
the middle. With the help of allegation, find the ratio
after
of
this
'this innings' and
and the With the help of the number of wickets before
gross average in the middle.members/individu-
aalelsg/aetlieomn,ents
the ratio of the number of
in the first and second group
isfound.
innings'.
Selected Selection faI 227
Ranjan (Excise Inspector
 Alligation

Average Speed (1) Average Speed (2

Average Speed
Bowling Bowling
Average 1 Average 2
Time 2
Time 1

Total Average Ex. A car travel 20 kmn/h for 30 min and at x kn/h for 45
min. If the average speed of the car for entire journey is
14 km/h find the value of x
Wicket1 Wicket 2

Ex. Average run per wicket of a bowler is 11.5. In his next

inning bowler took 5 wickets and conceded 40 run,
thereby he reduced his bowling average by 0.5. Find the HINTS:
total number of wickets.
20 km/h x km/h

HINTS:
14 km/h

11.5

30 min 45 min
2 3
11

JUMP RELATED (TWO PERSON/ANIMAL JUMP)

Wicket 3 0.5 Eg. A fox chases a lion. Fox takes 7 leaps for every
6 1
leaps of the lion and the distance covered by lion in o
leaps.
leaps is equal to the distance covered by fox in 5
40 Find the ratio of their speeds?
Avg. = 5

=7x 5 =35

Time and Distance/HHu 3ir

distance is covered in
In this type of questions, a certain
two parts or by two mediums with different speeds. The
Fox Lion
average speed of the total distance or the total time taken
distance is given. The time taken to 7 5
to cover the total
speed
cover both the different distances is to be found. The
the
with which the first distance is covered is written on
left side, the speed with which the second distance is cov 6
ered on the right and the totalaverage speed is written in 5
the middle. With the help of alligation, the ratio of the Speed 42 : 25
time taken to cover both the distances is known.
Selected Selection freni22
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Alligation
Number System/H UUreit
zoo,there are Rabbits(4) Pigeons(2)
Ex. In a rabbits
and
counted. there are
200 and if legspigeons.
are
If heads are
there? counted, there
580. How many pigeons are
10
200

HINTS: 29
4 29
Heads count = 200 2
10
Legs count = 580
10

Average Legs count for per head 580 20 Rabbits : Pigeons - 9 11

9:11
200 10 10
11
Number of Pigeons - 200 10
20

fah Competitive Exam

(ufraît qtgT) À TfUTT
(Maths)
RG Vikramjeet App wStudents
Favourite 3Tfe HT Recorded Batch
ALL
Fees
699/
EXAMS
MATHS SPECIAL DOWNLOAD
RG VIKRAMJEET APP
+LIVE VOD BATCH Google Play

PRE + MAINS 850600339911

9289079800
(Arithmetic +Aduance)
For ALL EXam
VALIDITY -LIFETIME
SMART APPROACH VIKRAMJEET
UPDATEDSHEETS
PDF (BILINGUAL) nstall
CLASS NOTES(BILINQUAL)
ADITYA RANJAN PRACTICE SHEET WITH SOLUTIONs
(MATHs EXPERT) SECTIONAL MOCK TEST

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fe 229

 Average
AVERAGE
(21
The result you get by adding two or more amounts
together and dividing the total by the number of For consecutive natural numbers
amounts, is called average.

(i) Average of first n natural number/3u9 n frs

Sum of all terms HN3A0 1 34 = (n+1)
Average/ster Number of terms
2

Finding Average using Deviation method (ii) Average of square of first n naturalnumber/7
(n +1)(2n +1)
Step I: Assume any term as average in observation. 6

(iüi) Average of cube of first n natural number/ n

Step II : Calculate the difference between the
observations and assumed average. (These differences n(n+1)²
are known as Deviation). 4

For consecutive even numbers

Step II : Add all deviations calculated in Step-II and

divide it by total number of terms given in the (i) Average of first n even no. /gH n H4 HA1 1
observations. (This is known as net deviation in the
average). 3¦HH =(n + 1)
(ii) Average of squareof firstn even no./9H n HH H
2(n + 1)(2n + 1)
3
Step IV: to get the actual average, .add or subtract
the net deviation in the assumed average (as per the (ii) Average of cube of first n even no. /94n H4 HS
result of Step-III).
For consecutive odd numbers

Ex. Find the average of the following observations:

(i) Average of first n odd no. /94 n faH HI0 1
48, 52, 40, 60, 53, 54, 49 STHT = n
HINTS:
Step I : Let Average = 50 (1) Average of square of first n odd no. /SH n aH
Step II: Deviations we get when we subtract from (2n + 1)(2n - 1)
the observations 3
-2 +2 -10 + 10 +3 + 4 -1
Step II: Net deviation (iii) Average of cube of first n odd no./9eR n fage s13
-2+2-10+10+3+4-1 +6 +0.857
7 7
(iv) Average of consecutive numbers/
Step IV: Actual average (aItqh THa) =50 + 0.857 First number + Last number
= 50.857
2

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) 230

(Selected Selection fag
 Average

CONCEPT-01 Ex. The average marks of 40 students was found to be

.cAbere are 3 natural numbers and 68. If the marks of two students were incorrectly
umber when added with third numberaverage of any twO entered as 48 and 64 instead of 84 and 46
gives a, b, c. respectively, then what is the correct average?
Then

a +btc
Sum of number=
2 HINTS:
First number = 2a - k (84 + 46- 48-64) -
68 + 68.45
Second number - 2b-k 40
Third number 2c - k cONCEPT-04
CONCEPT-02 Ex. The average of 21 data is 36 Out of which the first 12
data are having an average of 15. The average of the
If the average ofn, observations is a,, the averageof n, rest 9 data is:
observations is a, and so on, then
21 3416c0 I HA 36 fH q 12 AHEi T A4
n

HINTS:
Average of all the observations/HÎ vaui a1 s4T Average of remaining 9 number
(Totalsum - sum of first 12data )
n,a, +n,a, t ...
n, + n,+,

CONCEPT-03 (21x36- 12 x15) 576 = 64

9
When data is misread To make it shorter you can solve it using the ratio of
number deviation explained below

(A
First Remaining
If average of n numbers is m but later on it was found
Data 12
that a number 'a' was misread as 'b'. The correct
average will be Ratio 3

Average 15

Here, Overall average = 36

Deviation occurred in 4 = (15 -36) = - 21
= m+
(a -b)

Ex. While finding the average of 10 given numbers a

student, by mistake, wrote 64 in place of a number 21x4
Average of remaining, x = 36 + 3
= 64
46 and got his average 50. The correct average of the
given numbers is: Ex. In a primary school, there are 60 boys of age 12 years
each, 40 of age 13 years each, 50 of age 14 years each
and 50 of age 15 years each. The average age (in years)
of all the boys of the school is :

HINTS:
Method-01
Correct Average HINTS:

-50.(-18) 69 40 50 50
= 48.8
10 12 13 14 15
(B
tie average of n numbers is m but later on it was +l +2 +3
found that two numbers a andb misread as p and q.
12

= | X 40 + 2 x 50 + 3 x 50
The correct average (HT sÌHa) = 40 + 100 + 150 = 290 =
290
=|.45
200
(a +b-p-q) Average = 12 + 1:45 = 13-45

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 231

 CONCEPT-06
Average
CONCEPT-05
(Cricket Based/fhehz ATUTfra
(Replacement/ Inclusion / Exclusion) Acricket batsman
had a certain average of
( ufrrrqH ATàyAaft7U) Ex.
his 11 innings. in the 1 2th innings, he made runs
a
for
score
of 90 runs after that his average run is decreased by
Ex. There are 50 students in aclass. One of them weighing
50 kg goes away and a new student joins. By
this the 5. Find his average of runs after 12th innings
1 T 21 1
kg. The
average weight of the class is increased by
weight of the new student is:
v S0 famet v faenefff 1 qH 50 f*.
HINTS:
Let the initial average X
1 (Initial Innings)*Average + Recent Run
New Average = Total Innings
HINTS: 11xx+90
>x-5 =
1 12
Weight of new student = Old + , x 50 ’X= 150
= 145
= 50 + 25 = 75 kg So, New average = 150 -5
Ex. The mean weight of 34 students of a school is 42 kg. Method -02
If the weight of the teacher is also included, the mean ATQ, Average Run is decreased
by 5
rises by 400 grams. Find the weight of the teacher (in kg). Total in 11h innings = 11 x 5 = 55
Runs.
So. In the 12th innings he made a score of 90
The Average of Runs after 12h innings.
= (90 + 55) = 145
HINTS:
Average of 64 innings ofa player is 62 runs, difference
Ex.
Method-01 between his maxinum and minimum score is 180
Weight of teacher = Old Average + 0-4 x 35 runs. If these two innings are excluded
then the
=42 + 14 = 56 kg. average of remaining innings is 60 runs. Then his
Method-02 maximum score is:
Let the weight of the teacher is x kg.
ATO, 34 x 42 +x= 35 x 42-4
’x= 56 kg
When5 boys
Ex. The average height of 25 boys. is 1.4 mn.
then the average height increase by 0. 15m.
leave the group, who leave?
What is the average height of the 5 boys HINTS:
ATQ, 64 x 62 - H -L = 62 x 60
’248 = H + L ’ (i)
Given that,
HINTS: H-L= 180 ’ (ii)
Method-01 on adding (1) and (2), We get -
Here Overall Average = 1.4 m 248 = H+ L
When 5 boys left the group, Average of 20 boys is 180 = H- L
increased by O.15 m.
428 = 2 H
’H= 214
0-15x 20 Ex. A cricketer whose bowling average is 11.125 ruts
thereby
Deviation =
5
=0.6 runs and wickets
wicket. he takes 7 wickets for 38.5number of
Average of Left boys 1.4 -0.6 - 0.8 m decrease his average by 1.125. The
Method-02 taken by him till last matches was:
Let the average height of all 5 boys be xm. H613Ha L125
ATQ, 25 x 1-4 -5 x x =20 x 155
’X= 0.8 m

faIa232
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) Selected Selection
 HINTS:
Average
Total Run So, The average age of Ravi and his
Bowling Avg. = 38-5 daughter
TotalWicket =5.5
7 .(39 +11) 50
11.125 2 25 years
5.5

CONCEPT-08
10 Ex,
(Number Based/int Trfra)
Average of 25 natural numbers is 67. 1* number is
increased by 1, 2nd number increased by 3 and 3rd
number is increased by 5. and so on. find the new
4.5
average.
1.125
7
-x4-5 = 28
So, 1.125
Number of wicket till the last match HINTS:
= 28 + 7 = 35.
We know, Average of n-odd number =n
So, Average of 25 odd no. = 25
CONCEPT-07 Thus, New average = 67 + 25 = 92
(Age Based/1 3TTfra) Ex. The average of 21 numbers is 44. The average of first
D 5 vears ago, the average age of A, B, C and D were 45 11 numbers is 48 and that of last 11 numbers is 42.
Vears. With the joining of E, the If 11th number is excluded, what is the average of the
five is 48 years. How old is E?
average age of all the
remaining number?
ia q yd, A, B, CTT D Ì 3HG 3IY 45 qË efti 3a E

HINTS: HINTS:
Method-01 No. 21 11 11
Total present age of (A,B,C,D) = (45+5)x4 - 200 years
Total present age of (A,B,C,D,E)= 48 x 5 = 240 years Average 44 I 48 42
Present Age of E= 240- 200 = 40 years. ’ + 44 22 = +22
Method-02 11th Number = 44 + 22 = 66
Total present Average of (A,B,C,D) = 45+ 5 = 50 New average after removing 11h number
Total present Average of(A,B,C,D,E) = 4 8 s 21x44 -66
Here We Can see that, after joining of E average of 20
=42.9
A,B,C,D is reduced by - 2.
Thus, Age of E= 50- (2 x 5) = 40 years.
Ex. Th» average of 15 numbers is 45. The average of the
first six numbers is 42 and that of last six numbers
D The average age of Ravi, his wife and their two children is 43. The seventh number is two times the 8th
1s 23 years. His wife is just 4 years younger than Ravi number
but 5 more than the 9th number. The average of the
and his wife was 24 years old when his daughter was seventh and the ninth number is :
bom. he was 32 years old when his son was born. The 15 HEA30 1 3ATHT 45 I g4 SE HEAI 34T 42
average age of Ravi and his daughter is ?

HINTS:
T1 74 32
All Fist Last
HINTS:
Total
Number 15
Sum = 23 x 4 = 92 Average 45 42 43
R D Deviation - (-3 x 6) + (-2.x 6) - -30
32 Let 7th gth gth
28 4 0 = 64
2x 2x- 5

* 64 + 4x =
|*x x +x Now, 5x-5 = 45 x 3 + 30

92 ’5x =170 ’ x= 34
68 +63
Ravi = 32 + 7 = 39 Average of 7h and 9h number 65.5
2
Daughter = 4 + 7 = 11
Aitya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
(Selected Selection faT 233
 Time and Work
TIME & WORK
(22)
Method-01
CONCEPT-01
A, Band C can complete the work in
IfA completesa piece of work in 'x days and Bcompletes 12x15x 20 12 x 15x 20
the same work in 'y days, then -5 days
(12x15) +(15 x 20) + (20 x 12) 720
Method-02
A’ 12 5
Total time taken to complete the work by Aand B both
B’ 15 60 (LCM of 12, 15 and 20)
C’20 3
y Total Work 60
= 5 days
X+y (A+ B+C) E, +E, + bc 12
Ex. A can do a piece of work in 12 days whereas B can do CONCEPT-03
the same work in 18 days. In how many days A and B
together can do complete the same work? If A can finish
m
part of the work in D days. Then, total
n

time taken to finish the work by A = x D days

m

HINTS: qf AfaÌ A14 n

Method-01 n
xD f
18 x12
A and B can do the same work in = =7 days Ex. A can do one third of a work in 15 days, B can do
30
75% of the same work in 18 days and C can do the
Method-02 same work in 36 days. B and C worked together for 8
A ’12~3 days. In how many days will A alone complete the
>36 (Total Work, LCM of 12 and 18) remaining work?
B’ 18 2
T.W 36 1 B 3HT 14 1 75% 4T 1s fi g C 4 36
T.E -7 days
CONCEPT-02
HINTS:
If A can doa work in 'x days. B can do the same work in
3
'y' days, C can do the same work in 'z' days, then total A can finish the work in =15 x T45 days.
time taken by A, B and C to complete the work together
Similarly, B can finish the work in 18 x 3 = 24 days.
Now,
A ’45
1
B’24 5 360 (LCM of 45, 24 and 36)
xyz
111
+ +
y+ yz + Zx C’36 10
X y Work done by B and Cin 8 days =(B + C) x8 =25 x 8 =
200
Ex. A, B and C can do a work in 12, 15 and 20 days
respectively. In how many days will they complete the Remaining work = 160
same work together? Time taken by A to finish the remaining work
A, B TT C fh ÍT 4 HRI: 12, 15 20 fei 5 Re maining work 160
Efficiency of A 8 = 20 Days
(Selected Selection 234|
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector))
 Time and Work

CONCEPT-04 Ex. A can finish a piece of the work in 16 days and B can
IfA&and B can do a work in 'x days. B
same Work in 'y' days. Cand A and Ccan do the finish it in 12 days. They worked together for 4 days
can do the same work and then A left. B finished the remaining work. For howW
Then total time
days. taken, when A, in 'z'
Band Cwork together many total number of days did B work to finish the
work completely ?

} A, B3j CUh HIT

2xyz days
xy + yz+2x
and
Ex. Raghav Aditya can complete a work in 3
Aditya and Ishan can complete the same work in 4 days. HINTS:

Jshan and Raghav can complete it in 6 days. Method-01

dovs will it take for Raghav, Aditya and
days. How many B will finish the remaining work in
Ishan, combined
together, to complete the same work? 16x12 -(16 + 12) x 4 192-112 80 = 5 days.
16 16 16

Total number of days B worked = 4 + 5 = 9 days.

Method-02
A ’16 3
48
B 12 4
HINTS:
Here A and B worked for 4 days and after that B had
Method-01 completed the work. Let the number of days B worked
Work will finish by Raghav , Aditya and Ishan alone is 't' days.
So, 4(A+B) + Bxt=T.W
2x3x4 x6 2x3x4 x6 28 + 4t = 48
(3 x4) +(4 x6) +(6 x3) 54
=2days.
3
4t = 20
Method-02
t=5 days
R+A ’ 3 4 Total number of days B worked = 4 + 5 = 9 days.
A+1 ’ 4 3 12
CONCEPT-06
I+R ’ 6 2
Lefting the work from backward
2(1+ R+A) =9
9 A can do a piece of work in 'p days
Efficiency of (|+R+A) = 2 and B can do the
same work in 'q' days. They start the
but A leaves 'd' days before the work is work together
12x 2 finished. Time
E -2 days taken to complete the work.

CONCEPT-05
Lefting the work from forward
(3 hH SG )
IfA can do a piece of work in x - Pq +qd days
days and B can do the
ne work in y davs if thev work together for d days p+q
after that A
thne leaves work is
to do the work then the time taken byB Ex. Aand B working alone can
complete a work in 8 days
afR Af remaining and 12 days,
respectively. They started working
HÊH xf À HI31 B 34T T4 together, but A left 2 days before
work. In how many days was the workcompletion of the
completed?

y-<x +y)xd
X
days
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIñn 235
 Time and Work
HINTS: CONCEPT-08
Method-01
Concept of alternate days
8x12 +112x2 120
Work completed in -
(8 +12) 20
-6 days (åafaa fai t 3HTUTTTT )
Method-02 Ex. A and B can complete a work in 10 and 20 days
respectively. A started the work and they work in
Tips: Add the work of left days(before completion of alternate days. In how many days willthe total work wil
the work) in Total Work and Solve using basic concept. be completed?
A ’8 A
24
B’12~2 +6
30
30 HINTS:
Work completed in = 5
=6 Days
A ’ 10
20
CONCEPT-07 B ’ 20 1
Lefting the work from forward and backwardboth Work done by Aand B in 2 days = 2+ 1=3
So, Work done by Aand B in 12 days =3 x6 =18
Since A has started the work, so A will work on 13th Da
Acan do a piece of work in x days, B in y days and C Work Done till 13th day = 18 + 2 = 20
in z days. If all three of them start the work together
but B leaves the work d days before its completion and Thus, 13th Day Work will be finished.
Cleaves the work after D days of starting, then the CONCEPT-09
complete the work in 3rTUrT)
(Concept of efficiency/arA4AT t
Efficiency of a machine or person is the rate of work
done in per unit time.

Work done
Efficiency (E) = Time taken
xyz + zxxd- yXDdavs
yz + zX 1

Ex. A, Band Ccan do a work in 10, 12 and 15 days Also, Efficiency(E) No.of days
respectively. They begin the work together but after 3
days C left the work and 4 days before B left the
work. If the efficiency of A is twice the efficiency of B, then
In how many days will the total work be completed? ratio of time taken by A andB will be = 2: 1
4T: 10, 12 3TT 15 fei 4 veh hH Hhd
A, B 3R C

Ex. Timn is thrice as gooda workman as Joya and they together

f<i am?
finish a piece of work in 75 days. In how many days wl
HINTS: Tim alone finish the work?
Method-01
Work completed in
10x12x 15 + 15 x10x4-10x 12 x3 2040 68
days
12x15 + 15x10 330 11

Method-02
HINTS:

A ’ 10 Ratio of efficieny Tim and Joya = 3: 1

5 60 Total work =(E,+ E) x time taken
B ’ 12
C ’ 15 4 (3 + 1) x 75 = 300
60 3C + 4B Tim alone will finish the work in
Work completed in E A+B
Total work 300
60-12+ 20 68
3
= 100 days.
11 days
E,

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) fam 236

Selected Selection
 Time and Work

CONCEPT-10 HINTS:
6M x77 - 2W x 77 4B x 77
MDH Concept 6M- 2W - 4B
M,D,H, M,D,H, M: W: B
W, 2: 6 : 3
W,
D ’ Days (1M + 1W+ IB) = 6M × 77
M’ Man,
W ’ Work/Wages 1lx 6 x 2 x 77
H’ Hours,
If 35 men can finish a work in 6 days, then in how X = 84 days
many days can 7 men do half of the same work? CONCEPT-11
qf 35 34TGH days more than A & B and B
IfA working alone takes x
than A & B. Then the
Working alone takes y days more together to finish
HINTS: number of days taken by A & B working
the same job I TB
M,D,H, M,D,H, 4t A36 H1Í à zu A 3 B 4 xfH AfNA
W W,
35 x6 7x x
2
» Jy days.
days.
’x= 15 days
Ex. A and B working together can complete a work in d(18+d)
Working alone, A takes (8+d) days and B takes
Ey Eighteen persons working 8 hours a day can complete d.
value of
2units of work in 10 days. How many days are required days to complete the same work. Find the
by 25 persons to complete 5 units of work working6 A HÌ (8 + d) fa 3T B
67 Hh 3 T4 4
hours a day?
hÌ (18 + d) f¢ I Id 1 HH IA #tl
HINTS:
Aand Bwill finish the work in,

HINTS: d - V18x8 = V144 - 12 days.

M,D,H, M,D,H, CONCEPT-12
W, W, (Concept of wages/4qt t 3aTUTT)
18 x 10x8 25xxx 6
3 5
Total wages - Per day wage x Number of days worked
’x= 16 hours
Ex. 64 men working 8 hours a day plan to complete a piece of
work in 9 days. However, 5 days later they found that they Wage is shared among the person in the ratio of the efficiency
had completed only 40% of the work. They now wanted to of the person.
finish the remaining work in 4 days. How many hors per
day should they need to work in order to achieve the target?
64 34TGÎ yfafr 8 gà A fhî 9 f< H
Ex. Aand B worked together and received a total of Rs
18,000 for 15 days. A's efficierncy in the work was 5 times
that of B's. The daily wage of A (in Rs) was:

HINTS:
nere, number of davs and employee is constant.
HINTS:
64M x8x5 64Mxxx 4 Ratio of efficiency of A and B = 5: 1
40% 60%
X= 15 hours Total sum
Wages per day of A and B = Time taken
Ex. 6 men or 2 women or 4boys can finish a work in 77
days. How many days will 1 man, 1 woman and1 boy 18000
together
6 qaq 2
take to finish the same work? Rs. 1200

Daily wage of A =Rs. l1200 x = Rs. 1000

6

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 237

 Pipe and Cistern
PIPE& CISTERN
23
Amount of water released or filled - Rate x time. Ex. Pipe P can empty a tank alone in 15 }
Ocan empty the same tank alone
time can they together 10
hours. Pipe
enptyhours.the
In how much
Note: We will use '+'sign for pipe used to fill the tank tank?
and '- sign for pipe used to empty the tank. YIS4 P, 15

HINTS:
CONCEPT-01 Both pipe P and Q can empty the tank in
Two taps 'A and 'B can fill a tank in 'x hours and 'y' L15x10 150
=6 hours
hours respectively. If both the taps are opened together, (15 +10) 25
then how much time it will take to fill the tank?
CONCEPT-03
If x, y, z,...... all taps are opened together, then the
time required to fill/empty the tank will be:
y x, y, Z,
xy
Required time = hrs
x+y
1
Ex. Pipe P can fill a tank alone in 15 hours. Pipe Q X y T

can fill the same tank alone in 10 hours. In how

where T, is the required time.
much time can they together fill the tank?
Note: Positive result shows that the tank is filling and
Negative result shows that the tank is getting empty

HINTS:

Both pipe P and Q can fill the tank in CONCEPT-04

15x10 150 If a pipe fills a tank in 'x hours but it takes emor
=6 hours
(15 +10) 25 hours to fill it due to leakage in tank. If tank is fled
completely, then in how many hours it will be empt
CONCEPT-02 (due to leakage outlet]
Two taps 'A' and 'B' can empty a tank in 'x' hours and
'y' hours respectively. If both the taps are opened
together, then time taken to empty the tank will be

Required time =
X+y
hrs Required time = x(*+t)
t
hours

Ex. hours mor

If a pipe fills atankin 20 hours but it takes 4 isfilled
to fill it due to in the tank. If the tank
leakage empty?
completely, then in how many hours it will be
20 2 A a fa
(xty

Selected Selection 238

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Pipe andCistern
HINTS:
Method-01 Ex. Pipe Acan fill an empty tank cornpletely in 15
Tank will empty in due to leakage hours. Pipe B can empty this fully filled tank in
20 x(20 +4) =120h
10 hours. If both the pipes are opened
4
Simultaneously, in what time will the full tank
Method-02 be emptied?
F’ 20 h 6

120 (Tank capacity)

F+L’ 24 h 5

Efficiency of filling pipe (F) = 6 HINTS:

Eficiency of leakage (L) = 6 5 =1 Method-01
150 150
Tank will empty in due to leakage = 120 = 120 h Tank will be empty in = 10-15 -5
=30 h
-1

CONCEPT-05 Metho d-02

Atap 'A' can fill a tank in x hours and 'B' can empty A ’ 15 h +10
the tank in 'y' hours.
150 (Tank capacity)
B ’ 10h
15

ja) Time taken to fill the tank when both are opened.
When both the pipe open simultaneously, Tank will
150 150
hrs [x>yl be empty in = 30 h
15-10 5

Ex. Pipe A can fill an empty tank completely in 10 cONCEPT-06

hours. Pipe Bcan empty this fully filled tank in
15 hours. If both the pipes are opened Two taps A and B can fill a tank in xhours and y
simultaneously, in what time will the empty tank hours respectively. If both the pipes are opened
be filled? together, then the time after which pipe B should be
closed so that the tank is full in t hours

HINTS: Required time/ HTAYYT H44

Method-01
150 hours
150 =30 h
Tank will be filled in = 15-10
Ex. Pipe A can fill a tank in 16hour and pipe B flls
Method-02 it in 24 hour. If both the pipes are opened
A’ 10h
+15 together after how many hours should pipe B be
150 (Tank capacity) closed, so that the tank is filled in 12 hours?
B ’ 15 h 10

When both the simultaneously, Tank will

pipe open
be filled in = 150 150
= 30 h
15-10 5 ifey, f zt 12 r?
(b) Time taken when both are
to empty the tank
HINTS:
opened.
12 4

Xy
x166 h
Required time - 24 1--24
hrs [y > x]
X-y
(Selected Selection fan 239
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Pipe and Cistern
Ex. Pipe V, can fill an empty tank in 8 hours. Pipe V, can HINTS:
fill the same tank in 16 hours. Pipe V, can empty the A’ 72 Min
same tank completely in 12 hours. If three pipes are
opened simultaneously, then in how much time will 4

the tank be fill completely?

B’ 90 Min 360 (Total capacity)
A+B-C ’ 120 Min 3

efficiency of C - (5 + 4 - 3) - 6
uOrk done by pipe Aand B in 12 minutes (5 44.
12 = 108.
HINTS:
108
Time taken to empty by pipe C = = 18 min
V, ’8 Hr 6 6
3
V, ’16 Hr 48 (Total capacity) Ex. Pipe A and B fill a tank in 43.2 minutes and 108
minutes respectively, Pipe C can empty it at 3 litres
Vs ’12 Hr unit minutes. When all the three pipes are opened together
Three pipes are opened simultaneously. they will fill the tank in 54 minutes. The capacity (in
litres) of the tank is :
So, Required time to fill the tank.
UgY A 3 B Gh421: 43.2 f442 AT 108 f2 T 5
48
(6+3-4)

Ex. Pipes A and B can fillatank in 8 hours and 12 hours,

respectively whereas pipe C can empty the full tank in HINTS:
6 hours. A and B are opened for 3 hours and then
closed
A’ 43.2
and Cis opened instantly. C will empty the tank in: 5

9IS9 A R Bf cÌ Ì H1: 8 gà 3ÌN 12 ÁË B ’ 108

2
216

A+B+ C’ 54
.: efficiency of C=4-(5 + 2) =-3
i.e., Cempty 3 units in l min.
We have, Ccan empty 3liters in 1min.
HINTS:
Therefore capacity of tank = 216 x 1 = 216 liter
B takes
A ’ 8 Hours Ex. Pipe A can fill a tank in 12 hours and pipe
18 hours to fill it. Both pipes were opened together and
B’ 12 Hours 24 (Total capacity) increased the filling-up time
a leak was spotted which
hÍurs will it take tor
C’6Hours by 48 minutes. Find how mnany
the leak to empty a full tank.
(A + B) opened for 3 hours together
= (3 + 2) x 3 = 15 unit
tank
Now, C can empty the filled
15 3
4
= 3- hours.
emptying
Ex. Pipe A and B are filling pípes while C is an minutes HINTS:
tank in 72 and 90
pipe. A and B can fill a 12x 18
respectively. When all the three pipes are opened 12 +18
=7 hrs. 12 min.
together, the tank gets filled in 2 hours. A and B are
C is
opened together for 12 minutes, then closed and A’ 12
opened. The tank will be empty after
4
B qra aa YT3Y a t SY C rei 54 ael
B ’ 18 72
qSU A
AS B f 1 Á1 1 41: 72 37 90 f4e Ë
yey A+ B + C ’8
.. efficiency of leak = 9 (6 + 4) = - 1

Leak will empty the whole tank = 727

1
mu
fami240
(Selected Selection
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Time and Distance

TIME &DISTANCE 24

Basic Concepts/HYa froi Speed is usually measured in km/h, mnile/h or m/sec.

Dis tance
Speed = Conversion of Units/HE0 E1 E T
Time
1 1h =60 min = 60 x 60 = 3600sec.
Distance
Speed , 44 =
Time =. 2. 1km = 1000 m
3. 1 mile = 1.606 km or 1 km = 0.62 14 mile of 5mile - 8 km
Distance = Speed x Time
4. 1yard = 3 ft
1000
5. a km/h = a x 60x 6O m/sec
Two friends left Delhi for Goa at 5 a.m. One friend who
went by train reached Goa in 24 hours and other friends 5
=a X m/sec
who went by Aeroplane reached in 3 hours. 18
60 x60
a m/sec = a x
1000 km/h
18
a x
5
km/h
We know that speed of aeroplane is more than train so
Ex. Dimple is travelling at a speed of 90 km per hour on a
time taken by train is more than that of aeroplane.
highway, while Sachin is travelling at a speed of 108
km per hour. What is the difference in their speeds, in
metres per second?

It can be infer from above explanation that

1
Speed (When distance is constant) HINTS:
Time
Required difference = (108 90) = 18 km/h
1
5
18x = 5m /s
18
If two athlete run for constant time then distance CONCEPT-01
covered by the athlete whose speed is more would be Ex. A car when increases its usual speed by 30%, it
more. reach certain destination 2 hours early. Find usualwould
time
taken by car to cover same distance.

It can be infer from above explanation that distance c

time taken (when speed is constant)
Initial: final
s= 10 13
Units of Measurement /HI4 HIAG t= 13 10

ane is usually mneasured in second (sec), minutes (min)

or hours (hr). I-132hr
H44
HIHG: 2
F -xl0 = 20-hr
Distanceis usually measured in meters (m), kilometre
(km) or mile, vards or
3

feet. 26,hr =8hr 2

3
- 8h+x
3 60 min =8h 40min

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selectionf I n 241

 Time and Distance
Ex. Atakes 2hours 30 minutes more than Bto walk Method-02
40 km. If A doubles his speed, then he can make it
in 1hour less than B. How much time (in hours) 2 19
D X
does A require for walking a 40 km distance? 11 4

40 km i â Tg À A BÀ2 30 fr42 afu

4419 = 11 km
4
CONCEPT-03

HINTS:
A man go a certain distance with km/hr and he
A
comes back with a speed of y km/hr. If he takes ,
A
-1 B +2.30 hours more tocome back than go. Find the distance
Speed of A= 1 :2
Time ofA = 2: 1
5 7
lunit 1,
2
Then distance/0
Timetaken by A covered distance
x (difference between time)
7 X-y
2unit 2x=7h The difference between time can be solved by the
following tricks
CONCEPT-02
Aman goa certain distance with x kmn/hr andcomes Same important cases in speed
back with a speed of y km/hr. If he takes t hour to go Early, early case (subtraction)
and come back. Find the distance? Late, Late case (subtraction)
Early, Late case '+ (Addition)
Late, Early case '* (Addition)
Ex. Ramesh drives from his home at a speed of 40 km/h
and reaches his college 25 minutes late. The next day
Then distance/î= xty
xy xt he increases his speed by 10 km/h, yet he is late
by 10 minutes. How far is his college from his home?
Ex. Astudent goes to school at a speed of 5 km/h and
3
returns at a speed of 4 km/h. If he takes 4 4 hours
for the entire journey, then the total distance covered
HINTS:
by the student (in km) is:

3Hfs Ratio method 1 ym t

Method-01
4 200

HINTS: 5 4

3Hfs Ratio method 1 yum 40 50

Method-01 1unit = 15 minutes
Ratio of speed = 11:8 then,
then,
Ratio of time = 8:11 1
Given that, total distance (200 unit) = 200 x 50 km
4
19
19 unit = hours Method-02
4
then, Distance /<â
19 40 x 50 25-10
8unit = -x 8 = 2hours
4 x 19 50 -40 60
then, 40 x 50 15
11 10 60
Total distance = 2 x -= 11 km
= 50km

2421
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fart
 A train cOvers a certain Time and Distance
train is distance
Ex. at a
the speed of the certain speed, if
the same distance it takes 6km/hr
6 more, then to
hours less. But if the cover
of the train is 6 km/hr less, speed
more to cover the same then it would take 10 hrs
covered by the train. distance. Find the distance Ex. A car covers a certain distance travelling at a speed
of 60 km/h and returns to the starting point at a
speed of 40 km/h. The average speed of the car for
the entire journey is:

ht sn 40 km /h fa yTfE fz m AI ztÁ
HINTS:
HINTS:
Let, original speed of Train = s
2x 60 x 40
Average speed of Car = 60+ 40 48 km/h
s(s + 6)6 s(s - 6) x10
6 6 Case-II/frerfa-II
3s + 18 = 5s - 30 When time is constant
2s = 48
s = 24 km/h S S,
Total distance covered by train t
24x 30 D, - S, xt D, -s, xt
x6= 720 km Average speed/34A dlA =
6
D, +D, s,t +S,t_ t(s, +S,) S, +S,
CONCEPT-04 t+t t+t 2t 2

Average speed/THa ar Average speed/ 3HG AIT =

Sum of the speed
Total covered distance
Average speed = Number of speeds / observations
Total taken time

Ex. Vikas covered a certain distance by bike. If he covers

40% of the distance at 40 kmn/h, 50% of the distance
Cases for Average Speed at 25 km/h and the remaining 10% distance at 10
km/h. Find his average speed over the whole distance.
1. When distance is constant

2.
When time is constant 40 km/h t IT H, 50% d 25 km/h Ì Å TT

Case-I/ffa-I
HINTS:
When distance is constant
Let total distance = 100 km

D 100
Average speed= 40 50 10
25km /h
A
S B S, 40 25 10
D
S t, S, CONCEPT-05
Average speed/31Hd IA
Average speed with stoppage
D+ D 2D
2s,S,
DD D | 1 s,+S,
S, S,
S, s, When stoppage time is taken into consideration while
distance calculating average speed, it is said average speed with
From above explanation,
1S constant,
, it is clear that when
average speed is free from distance. It
stoppage.
means there is no need of distance or questtiion can be
solved through any supposed distance.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fan 243

 Time and Distance
’Time taken by the train 1to reach at its
Excluding stoppage, the average speed of a train is u
and with stoppage its average speed is v. Then, the
after crossing each other. destination
stoppage time per hour

T. ’ Time taken by the train 2 to reach at its destinatior

after crossing each other.
Diff. between their average speed u-v

Speed without stoppage

fTu T H44)
With u > vand u, v # 0
Ex. D’ Total distance form Ato B.
Without any stoppage, speed of the bus is 54 km/hr
and with stoppage its speed is 45 km/ hr. The bus
stops for how many minutes per hour? Ex. Shyam starts to walk from A towards B at 10 a.m. and
Radha starts to walk from B towards Aat 10 a.m. and
after meeting atCthey both reach their destination
in 24 and 54 minutes respectively. Find out the time
HINTS: they meet at C.
yYTH A B t 3AR 10 GTT E aTT 3 TII B
|54 - 45| x 60 x 60 = 10 minute
54 54
Ex. Speed of a car without stoppage is 48 km/h and that
of with stoppage is 36 km/h. If car stops each time
for 5 min then find the number of stoppage in 1 hr HINTS:
20 min.
T= J24x 54 = 36 min
Meeting time on C = 10: 36 min
Ex. A and B started their journeys from X to Y and Y to
X, respectively . After crossing each other, A and B
HINTS:
12 completed remaining parts of their journeys in 68
Total stoppage time = -x 80 = 20 min
48
hours and 8 hours, respectively. If the speed of Ais
20 32 km/h, then the speed, in km/h, of B is:
.:. Number of stops = 5
=4
A3t B 4T: X Y 3T Y X fu sT

CONCEPT-06
6 2s 82
HD, HD,
4 qu f41| 4fr A Ì G 32 km/h , ai B 1
P B
A
On this concept three types of questions are asked in
the exams and they are based on the given formula HINTS:
below : Let speed of B = x
|49
32 V64

(a) T= T, ×T, 32
7
8

S, x= 28 km/h
(b) s, VT, Ex. Two cars A and B start simultaneously from a certai
(c) D= s,T, + S,T, place at the speed of 40 kmph and 55 kmpn,
respectively. The car B reaches the destination 2 houthe
S, ’ Speed of train starting from A between
earlier than A. What is the distance
starting point and destination?
S, ’ Speed of train starting from B HIÌ A3R B H1: 40 f yfa y2 3iT
RB

T’ Time after which they meet each other.

244
Aditya Ranjan (Exeise Inspector) (Selected Selection fam
 Time and Distance
HINTS:
Let the tine taken by car Ato reach HINTS:
xhours. destination is In one hour, the earlier rider covers a distance of 10 kn.
the time taken by car B to The distance between the two hours - 80 - 10= 70
(x- 2) hours. reach destination is km.
Hence,
-s,T, + S,T, The two riders approach each other with a relative
- 40T, = 55 (T, - 2) speed of 10+ 25 - 35 kmph.
- 40T, - 55T, -110 The timne taken
70
2 hrs.
35
= 15T, =110 = 7 hours 20 minutes
Therefore, they meet each other at (8 + 2) = 10am.
CONCEPT-07 Ex. A train leaves a station A at 7 am and reaches another
station B at 11:00am. Another train leaves B at 8
Iwalk a certain distance and ride back
time of 37 minutes. I could walk bothtaking
Ex a total am and reaches A at 11:30am. The two trains cross
ways in 55 one another at
minutes. How long would it take me to ride both wavs?

HINTS: Time Speed

Let distance covered by foot = x 4hr
7 km/h
distance covered by bike = y
28 km (Distance)
X+ y= 37
x+x= 2x= 55 8 km/h
X= 27.5
. y=9.5 t=
So, total time taken when both side travelled by bike
=9.5 x 2 = 19 min 2
= lhrx
5
60
CONCEPT-08
=1 hr 24 min
Relative Speed/ITA aIT Hence, two trains cross one another at
Relative speed refers to the speed of one moving body 8 + 1 hr 24 min =9:24 am.
in relation to another. Ex, A policeman sees a theif at a dis tance of 150 m. He
starts chasing the theif who is running at a speed
of 5 m/sec, while the policeman chases with a speed
Relative speed in same direction. / fNI ö HTA AA of 7m/sec.
=S, - S,
Where S,- Speed of first object and S, Speed of sec
ond object.
Kelative speed in opposite direction./fayia f<n HH (1) What is the time taken by the police?

=S, + S, (i) Find the distance covered by the thief when he

is caught?
Where S,= Speed of first object and S,= Speed of sec-
Ex ond object. (iii) Find the distance covered by the police man when
The distance between two cities Aand Bis 80 km. A
he caught the thief?
towards Bat 7 am at a
motorcycle rider starts from A
Peed of 10 km/hr. Another motorcyclist starts from
Btowards Aat 8am at a speed of 25 km/hr. At what HINTS:
time will they cross each other? (i) Relative speed -7-5 =2 m/sec.
VEÜ A¦r B 150
75 sec.
Time =
7q 10
YA 8 25 f/geI
Tf AB S
S,
D
D,

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector))

(Selected Selection faiun 245
 Time and Distance
We have 7- 5 - 2 units 75 m CONCEPT-09
(ii) Distance (D,)- 75 x 5 - 375 n Buses are leaving bus terminal after every
(ii) Distance (DJ - 75 x7 - 525 m 10 minutes
(T) But, a person who is moving towards the
Ex. A thief was noticed by a policeman from a distance meets the bus after every 8 rminutes (T). terminal
of 80 mnetres. The speed of the thief is 21 km/h and
the policeman is 20 km/h. What is the distance
between them after 18 seconds? (T) *

T 21 km/h stt yfrrt 20 km/h IX Speed of man T -T,

Speed of bus T
HINTS: OR'
80 metres
Police ’ thief Speed of Train
21km /h 20km/h Speed of Sound T,
.:. Distance between thief and police after 18 sec
Here,/Ti,
5
= 80 - 1x x 18 = 75 metres T, = Time after which buses leaves the terminal.
18

Ex. Athief stole jewellery from a shop at 8:15 p.m. and

left on a bike at a speed of 60 km/h. The police were T, = Time after which it meets with the person.
informed at 8:30 p.m. If the police want to arrest the
thief at 9:00 p.m., what should be the minimum speed
of the police jeep? Ex. Buses start from a busterminal with a speed of 20 kn/
VGF G5 h1 H 8:15 p.m. ar KIr 3R 60 hr at intervals of 10minutes. What is the speed of a man
coming from the opposite direction towards the bus
terminal if he meets the buses at intervals of 8 minutes?

HINTS:

1 15 fHTI
2 S, - 60 HINTS:

’S, - 60 = 30 Let speed of mnan = x

S, = 90 km/h 10 -8 2
20
Ex. A thief running at speed of 'x km/h is chased by a
policeman running at a speed of 10 km/h. If the thief x= 5km/h
is ahead by 100 metres, the policeman catches the Ex. Two guns are fired from the same place at an interval
thief after 3 minutes. At what speed is the thief running
of 13 minutes. A person in a train approaching the
('x* being the unknown speed)? place hears the sound firing 12 min 30 second after
the first; Find speed of train. Suppose that the souna
travels at 300 m/sec.

HINTS:
100
’ 3 x 60 = HINTS:
5
(10- x) X 8 Let speed of train - x
18 13-12.5 0.5
9= 300
10- x 12.5 12.5

x= 8 km/h X = 12m / sec

246
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fan
 Train

TRAIN 25

Some important concept/qs HEyuf ftagta

400
L, + 800 L,
100 60
when train passing a pole or static object then
distance covered will be equal to the length. 3L, + 2400 = 5L, + 2000
400 = 2L,
L, 200 m
of 60 kn/h.
Ex. A train 280 m long is moving at a speed a platform
train to cross
D= L, t Lo What is the time taken by the
220 m long?
Where/si
Tas
L =Length of Train/tgt HINTS:
as
L, =Length of Object/ad
When a train passes another train in same direction TS
distance covered will be L, + L.
280+ 220
T= 500 x 18
5 = 30 sec
L +L,zî 60 x 60x 5
18
trains is 10 :9. The time
S =S, - S, (Same Direction) Ex. The ratio of speeds of two in the ratio 4:3. If
direction taken by them to cross a pole is
When a train passes another train in opposite thedifference between their lengths is 156 metres then
distance covered will be L, + L,
find the length of the smaller train?

fes 34h GRI fTs Tr H44 I 3T411 4 : 3 }I 4f 34t

(Opposite Direction)
S -S, + S, HINTS:
meter and
Generally, Length of the train is given in Given that
focus on the units.
speed is given in km/hr.So, always Speed =10:9
Time 4:3
then,
Distance = 40: 27
in min. Find the
l50 mlong train crosses a man Given that 13unit = 156
speed of train (in km/h). 156
324 metre
Length of the smaller train = 27x 13
Ex. Two trains of equal length cross a pole in 5 sec and 7
HINTS: sec respectively. In what time they will cross each other
going in same direction
Speed = Distance
Time
150
8x60
X
18
5
Skm
8
/h
Ex. A 800 mand 400
train passes two bridges of lengthsrespectively.
min
The HINTS:
100 seconds and 60 seconds
length of the train is: 35’ (Length of train
yei 41:
800 îz sN 400 fe AIg
(Speed) ’
HINTS: (Time) -5 7
D
S T= 35 x 2
Required Time = = 35 sec
2
S,t800 L, t 400
100 60
(Selected Selection faIT 247
itya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Ex. Two trains of length 160mn and 18Om respectively cross Ex. Ratio of speed of two trains is 5: 3.
Train
Both trains
a pole in 5 sec and 6 sec respectively. In what time from station Aand Brespectively and meet at staart
they will cross each other going in same direction? p If distance between both station is 60 km point
thes
find how much more distance first train covered)

HINTS:
D ’ 80: 90
T 5 : 6
S ’ 16:15 HINTS:
170
T 170 sec D 5
>8’ 60 kn
Ex
D
Two trains cross a man standing on a platform in 27
sec and 17 sec respectively while in opposite direction 60
crosses each other in 23 sec. Find ratio of speed of 1 unit 8
the trains?
Required (extra) distance covered by A
60
x2= 15 km
8

HINTS: Ex. A carriage driving in fog passed a man who was

Time 27 walking at the rate of 6kn/hr, in the same direction
He could see the carriage for 4 minutes and if visibility
was 200m, the speed of the carriage was:
23 + Relative Time

Speed -’ 6 4

Required ratio of speed 3:2 HINTS:

Ex. A 225 n long train is running at a speed of 30 km/h. DSx T
How much time does it take to cross a man running
at 3 krn/h in the same direction? 200m = (x-6) km/h x 4min
200 4
1000 -(x-6) 60

HINTS: 3 X- 6
> X=9km/h
S

225 18
T 30 sec
27 5

248
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected t Selectionfaer
 Race & Circular Motion

RACE & CIRCULAR MOTION

(26

B
Common statements used in questions A
1000 n 1000 m
based on race./ g vt 3mftra wyt à 3Um Distance
(T + 10) sec
Time T
Speed T:(T+10)
Given below are some statements, which are explained start of 100 metre.
in detail, understand these statements carefully and In arace of 1 km, A can giveBa
1002 8A
after that you will be able to solve the questions easily. 1f5t t e A, B
person will
The meaning of giving start is that the one will not
cover the entire distance and another person
another words the
cover the length of the start or in
the ahead of
another person will start the race from
In a race of 1km, A beats B by 100 metre. start length.

In this case, Person A covers the distance of 1km but

Person B covers only (1 km - 100 m) = 900 m and time
distance
taken by both the person is same. In the given statement, Person A covers the
100m(length
of 1km and and person B covers lkm -
of start) = 900m.

Diagramnmatic representation:
Diagrammatic representation:
T
100 m
+100 m+
B A B End Point
B
Start Point
A
A B
Distance 1000 m 900 mn
T Distance 1000 m 900 m
Time T
Time T T
Speed 10 9
In a race of 1 km, A beats B by 10 sec. Speed ’ 10:
A can give Ba start of t minutes : This statement
distance of
implies that Awill start t minutes after B starts from
In this case, Suppose Person A covers the the starting point.
1km in T seconds then another Person B will take (T
+ 10) seconds to cover thé same distance. A, B Àt fire at yHTT :5R Hi fa

In a race of 1 km, Agives Ba start of 150 metre and

stillwins by 10 sec.

Diagrammatic representation:
In the given statement, Person A covers the distance of 1
km and and person B covers lkm - 150m (length of start)
B = 850 m and suppose person Atakes time T to reach at
the end point then person B will take T+ 10 sec.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faIU 249|

 Race &Circular Motion
HINTS:
BIfh
A B C
H7I sìr HA cîfu f ft6 A 3fm f Vt 1200 1100 100
TH a yft B ) T 10 #43 e
600 600 500
Diagrammatic representation: 72 66 55
A C
150m Speed 72 : 55
A B Time 55 : 72
B
A 17 unit= 30 sec
A B 30
Distance 1000 mn 850 m .:1 unit sec
17
Time sec (T+10)sec
720 17 17
Dead Heat : A dead heat situation is when all Speed of Bike C =7230 -m/s
participants reach the finishing point at the same
instant of time. Ex. A's speed is 30% more than that of B. If A and B
run a race on a 117 m length race, what part of the
length of the race should A give B as a head start
so that the race ends in a dead heat?
SOME EXAMPLES A A B IA 30% frE }I af Asir B. 17
Ex. In a 100-m race, A beats B by 20 m and B beats C
by 20 m. By how much distance does A beat C.
100 mt g A, B 20 m UI B, Ca 20
HINTS:
A: B

HINTS: Speed 13 : 10
13 unit
In this question there is two statements.
According to first statement, In 10Om race, A covers 10 unit
100m and B covers (100-20) = 80m & according to
2nd Statement in 100m race B covers 100m and C
covers 80m.
3 unit
117 m
Thus,
117
Head-start = x 3 = 27 m
A B 13
100 80 80 Thus, A give B 27m as a head start to B to end the
100 100 80 race in a dead heat.
10000 8000 6400
1

100 80 64
CIRCULAR MOTION/G fa
100
Over the years many questions based on circular
speed have been asked in various exams especially in
In 100m, A will beat C by 100 - 64 = 36m
the exams conducted by SSC and in today's time it
In a 1200 m race, bike A beats bike B by 100 m. has become very necessary for the students to have a
Ex.
Bike B beats bike C by 100 m in a 600 m race. If good command over them. Total 5 types of questions
bike A beats bike C by 30 sec in a 720 m race, then
are being asked from this topic, the concepts related
what is the speed of bike C?
to which are as follows
1200 mn i 18 H AISG A, ISGh B 1 100 m A I0
à 600 m i te À ISA B, Ig5 C 100 m
zi à yft agE A720 m i tg Ë IG C 30

250
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fan
 Circular Motion
Race &

Whatkinds of questions are asked on Circular Track? HINTS: is

first cyclíst
taken to completethe l round by
Time
Ater how many seconds they willmeet for the first 240
time?/fd 5
- 48 sec
Afer how many seconds they will meet for the first second cyclist
z taken to cornplete the l round by
time at starting point?/63TGt far fagt Time
240
At how many points on the track they will meet?/ - 80 sec.

meet at starting points

No. of times they will
When will be their n" meeting? /å n R a fyc
At what distance the n meeting will take place?/ = LCM (48, 80) 240 sec. meet?
on the track they will
(ii) At how many points
If
A>5 m/s ; B ’ 3m/s; Track length ’ 240 m.
bey start simultaneously from the same point in the
same direction.
B’3m/s
A’5m/s
for the first
After how many seconds they will meet

HINTS:
Eor the first meeting the faster one has to travel one Track length
slower one,
round more than the 240m

Slow Fast
A B
HINTS: track
round
xround (x+ 1) person running on a circular
Keep in mind, If two simplest ratio's of the
add the
B’3 m/s in opposite direction we point they will meet.
distinct
A’5 m/s speed tofind the number of
Ratio of speed =5:3
meeting points = 5 + 3 = 8.
Thus, Required Number of
the
1600 m, A and B start from
Ex. In a circular race of with speeds of 27
time
Track length same point and at the same After how long will
45 km/h, respectively.
km/h and on the track when
time
240m they meet again for the first direction?
same
they are running in the
B HATA fAG 3 HHTA
1600 mÌ gilcaR TS H A 3r E
aG
after hHN: 27 km/h 3itt 45 km/h t
They will meet for the first time HH4

Track Length 240 240 = 120 second

S, - S, 5-3 2
the first time HINTS:
hiter hoW many
seconds they will meet for Hs + aK They will meet for the first time
after
faZ r à fad
3ATÁ0
ar starting point? /yJE Track Length 1600 18
fct? 45-275320sec
S, -S,
B’3 m/s In arace around a circular cycling track
of 75 km, two
Ex. 25 km/h.
and
A’5 m/s cyclists are riding at a speed of 30 km/h
at the point
After what time (in hours) will they meet
journey?
from where they started their

HISfAT TI
Track length Hsfa HaR 30 knm/h ir 25 km/h *d e
240m

(Selected Selection fein 251

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
Aditya
Ex. Ex.

63Differenee-ef
..Only 6+5 ratio=+
simpBest
6+4 6:2 61 WeAs
Ratio meet. inHINTS:
of Keep 6, the sec.same same TwoThus, speed in KeepHINTS:
Ratio distinct
length
speeds
oppositeAnjali They
Ranjan can per thesame then
circular opposite favûa - 25 75
Time TimHINTS:
e
Differenee Difference
oneDifferenee Differeneequestion
take ofspeed in If friends
direction.point
how they Required of to in LCM will =taken
30 75

speed directionmind, speed find mind, f<m of of and

points directions 5 3h taken
5
possible the 8 meet
Excise ratios to many trackcross around P direction Babita to
find If and the circularm/sec to
ef ef of of they and P wetwo P = f hH91: they -15 at complete complete
eimplest
simplest simplest
simplest are and each runs number 4:3
Q number two
value. the take
Q person
values are hstarting
meet simultaneously
a person
we will and from
ctor))
-
=6:b number the b
is circular
other at 8
m/s meet?
track
running the
ratio 2 can a 6 of ofadd same the
Fatie=5
ratie-=+ ratio=5 difference distinctrunning points
times running natural m/sec at meeting the 3r m/sec,
is 1 1
of b track. 960 time on round round
= take? exactly 6
2 distinct and simplest m/s after
on number startpoints point on m, at a
respectively. by
of a They
Q t how circular
same by
point two runsrunning they circular a second
simplest
circular first
points run =4 ratio's I many
point
less cyclist
they at +3 wil H track cyclist
ratio b in of times Ifwith
wil track = meet. thetrack
than from
's onm/the 7. EtE the in is is
(ü) (i) Ex.
Ex.

= = Tac 4 HINTS: forAfterpoint From HINTS: again After 2m/s,questions:

running thetrack A, They
= 2m/sHINTS:
A tospeeds
for same
T c Relative
SpeedTA+B s1200 arounda A,
LCM(30, They the eC
arLCM(600,150)B 3m/s A7 the the
120 how
120 speeds and will B
firs after
the athow 3m/s running of Relative
SpeedLength
Track LengthTrack 6 m direction,other and
will themuch in length Length
Track m/s dars first of
ected sec.,
T¡:=30B much start = meet 2m/s,
a2m/s, start C time? two. circular run
t = 60 120Om = C
24) meet time LCM sec, starting tclockwise m/C6
s 1 U##
= all inrunning
120 for TA while4m/s
120 for anywhere time (60,three time 6m/s = simultaneously,
After
anti-clockwise3m/smeters
tp 600 the qaTH track
sec the from 40, 120 point? from Ìdirection. sec first 2+6 1200 4-2 1200 t5 C
how runs and of
will 3
first fa simultaneously and
120 the =10 time }A length
ection 5
onthe 20) meet 40= 6m/s from =
600sec
55 much 6m/s. in
time 150sec
seC24 the start = sec, start ei min after RG: the starting
120again Answer the time respective
1200m,
A
after direction
track? all
sec. t,= all TE respectively. same
491: opposite and
three at three #}I wil from
B at
fag the
120 the
and point a
on 2m/s, thev
direction
run
Afollowing
will will
startng sec20- circular
A 4 inpoint, a
met
meet meet 3Tt Band with m/ the
25 C is
 Boat and Stream

BOAT & STREAM

27

Definition and Formula/qfrTAT 3i. Candidates must learn these formulas by heart to
ere are a variety of sub-concepts that are related to ensure they are able to answer the simple formnula based
questions based on boat and questions correctly and do not end up losing marks for direct
answering
Given below are the four terms which are streams concept.
important for a questions.
candidate to know to understand the concept of boat and
streams.

Speed of boat in still water = B

Speed of the stream = S

Stream : The moving water in river is called stream.
Downstream Speed of boat/1a 1 3qyaTz ra -B+S
Upstream : If the boat is flowing in the opposite Upstream Speed of boat/A 5ayaa r = B - S
direction to the stream, it is called upstream. In this
case, the net speed of boat is called upstream speed. Speed of boat in still water/ÍT TG Ä A 0 AA
1
- (Downstream speed +Upstream speed)
Speed of the stream/YI T ala
Downstream: If the boat is flowing along the direction 1
of the stream, it is called downstream. In this case, Downstream speed - Upstream speed)
the net speed of boat is called downstream speed.
Points to Remember/Urs AI
If the total time taken by the boat to row a distance of
Still Water: Under this circumstance the water is Dand reach back to its initial position is T then,
considered to be stationary and the speed of the water
1S zero.

(a) Distance between the two places is/

T(B-S?)
The questions from this topic may seem to be confusing i gâ D =
2B
until a candidate is aware of the above-mentioned terms and (b) Average speed of the boat/a 34 A
how they may be used for answering the questions.
(B²-S)
2B

If it takes T hours more to go to a point upstream than

nis topic basically deals with calculating the speed of
anything in the water when it flows along with the flow of downstream for the same distance. Then,
water or in the opposite direction.

T(B°-s)
Distance/û -
Important Formulae/ H8rqt { the help
2S
hours
of whichGivenyoubelow
can are
solve questionsformulas
theimportant
a few
with
based on boat and If a boat travels a distance downstream in T
distance upstream in T, hours.
and returns the same
Streams
(Selected Selection faGI 253
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Boat andStream
HINTS:
water/fre a Tra 1f
Speed of boat in Still Down Up
5 11 ::2.2 -22 11
S(T, +T,) Time 10 5
11
(T, -T) Specd
boat to row same istance
in speed = 1 lx and
If the time taken by the - Let the Downstream
then
downstream is T, and in upstream is T, Upstream speed 5x

55 X=2
to the speed of stream
The ratio of speed of the boat ATO, 11x=2.5
water,
Speed of boat in still
B_(T,+T)
s (T,-T) 2 = 16 km
CONCEPT-01 B= (1 1x +5) =8x=8 x
9 km/h in still water and
Ex. If the speed of a swimmer is then find the speed of
CONCEPT-04
the speed of stream is5 km/h along the stream.
Swimmer against the stream and against the stream and e
Ex. Aswimmer swim 3 km/h then in hom
1km in10 minutes along the stream,
km in still waterT
much time will take to cover 5

HINTS:
km/h
Upstream speed - B-S =9-5 = 4
14 km/h
Downstream Speed = B+S =9 + 5 =
(CONCEPT-02) HINTS:
along the flow of river in3
A swimmer walks 30 km
Ex.
hours 45 minutesand walks 15 km against the
flow Upstream speed = 3km/h
the speed of boat in still
in 2 hours 30 minutes find 1
km/h).
water and the speed of flow (in Downstream speed = 10 - 6km/h
60

9
B=, (6 + 3) = 2
4.5 km/h
HINTS:

B+S =
30 3hrs 45 min=D
4
hrs
Time =
5 =
50 10
15 4.5 45
4
B+ S = 8 --[1]| CONCEPT-05

2hrs 30 min hrs with a boat to some destinabot

15 Ex. A man goes downstream placein 5 hours.
B-S= 5 and returns upstream to his original stream
and the
If the speed of the boat in still water the distance of
2
B-S = 6 [2| respectively.
are 10 km/h and 4km/h
On solving [1] + (2], We get the destination from the starting place is
2B = 14 ’ B =7 km/h
From [], S = 8- 7 1km/h
(CONCEPT-03
a
A man takes 2.2 times as long to row a
distance in 4 fa
Ex. 10 fa4te sit
upstream as to row the same distance in downstream.
If he can row 55 km downstream in 2 hours 30
minutes, what is the speed of the boat in still water? HINTS:

D= T(B -s ) s(10 -4') = 21 km

2B 2x10
fami254
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 Boat and Stream

CONCEPT-06 HINTS:
Aboat moves 25km upstream and 39km downstream U, D T
Ex. 8 hours. It travels 35km upstream and 52km 25 39 -(i).
downstream in 11 hours. If it travels at a uniform 35 52 11 -(i).,
speed then find (i) Speed of the stream (ii) Speed of 5 1 +(iii-(ü)
the Boat.
5
5 km/h
U,1
39
fI 35 f 3N and D.= 85) = 13 kn/h
13-5
Speed of Streamn =
D, -Us =4 km/h
2 2

D, + U 13 +5
Speed of Boat = =9 km/h
2 2

k***

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection far 255

 Permutation & Combination

PERMUTATION & COMBINATION

28

fu n fa
What are Permutations/hHY T?
n-2 fah4 fud 34 TGI, n f4at r
Permutations are different ways of arranging objects
in adefinite order. It can also be expressed as the
rearrangement of items in a linear order of an already n!
ordered set. The symbol nP, is used to denote the (n -r)!
number of permutations of n distinct objects, taken r permutations formula.
at a time. It locks schedules of buses, trains or flights, This is called the
allocation of zip codes and phone numbers. These are
a few situations where permutations are used. Permutations Formulas/ h44Ha
We have already seen the basic permutations formula
in the previous section. Here are different
permutations formulas that are used in different
Scenarios.

Let us learn more about permutations along with a few The number of permutations (arrangements) of n
different things out of which 'r' things are taken at a
solved examples. time and where the repetition is not allowed is: -

For example, there are 5 chairs and 3 persons are to n!

be seated. We have 5 ways to seat the first person; 4 "P. =
(n -r)!
ways to seat the next person and.3 ways to seat the formula, the total number of ways of
Using the above
third person. Thus, to find the number of ways for arranging n different things (taking all at a time) is n!.
arranging 3 persons in 5 chairs, we multiply the
options available to us. We do it in 5 x 4 x 3ways.
i.e., it can be done in 60 ways. Observe that 5 x 4 x 3
can be written as (5!)/(2!) (or) (5!)/(5 - 3)!. Because in this case/ f e 34 frefa H, r = n
n! n! nn!
.: "P.
(n-n)! 0! 1
The
According to circular permutation formula, circular
number of ways of arranging 'n' things inthe
shape is (n-1)!.

fa 5 x 4 x3 #1 (5!9)/(2!) () (5!)/(5 - 3)!. # Ay / fetal (where all

The number of permutations of 'n' things r,'objects
are not different), among which there aresecondtype,
Generalizing this, we get n options to fill the first chair, are of the one type, 'r, objects are of the
n-l options to fill the second and n-2 options to fill ... and 'r'objects belong to the nh type, 1S
the third chair. Thus, the total number of
permutations (arrangements) of r people in n chairs
can be expressed as:
n
"P. = n!
(n -r)!
(r!x,!x r,!x ... xr,!)
25o
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
(Selected Selectionfarna
 The number of permutations of 'n' Permutation & Combination
'r' things are
taken and
the where things out of
which
is n'. repetition is allowed Examples on Permutations As Arrange ments
n'

Here are sorne applications of permutations in real lie

Howto Calculate SCenarios.
Permutations can be
repetitions. calculated with or without
Ex. (a) How many words can be formed using the
of the word TRIANGLES?
letters
Aere are 10 pairs of Socks and
ait of them, then you can you choose 2 Dairs
do it in ioP, wavs.
(b) How many of these words start with T and
end
with S?
Number of permmutation, It repetition is not allowed
HINITS:
10! 10! 10 ×9 x 8! (a) There are 9 distinct letters in the given
i.e. P = word. Thus,
(10 - 2)! 8! = 90 the number of different
81 ways permutations (or
arrangerments) of the letters of this word is P, = 9!.
Number of permutation, If repetition is allowed (b) If we fix T at the start and S at the end of
the word.
1f we have we have to permute 7 distinct letters in 7 places.
repetitions, we always have n arrangements
every time. We have 10² ways This can be done in P, = 7! ways. Thus, the
= 100 wavs. number of such words is 7!
Ex. How many different 5-letter words can be formed
the letters from A to J (total ten letters) using
such that each
word has at least one letter repeated?
Concept of Factorial /h4fUrA a Hayru
The product of first n
called as n!
consecutive natural numbers is

HINTS:
Ex 3! is defined as product of first three natural numbers. The number of letters from A to J is 10.
We need to count:
(i) The total number of 5-letter words (with or
3! = 1 x 2 x 3 without
repetition) which can be formed using 10
3! = 6 letters. This number is 10, since each placedistinct
in the
1! = 1 5-letter word can be filled in l0 different
2! = 2 ways, and
so, the required number is 10 x 10 x 10 x
3! = 6 4! = 24 10 x
10 =105
5! = 120 6! = 720 (ii) The number of 5-letter words
which can be formed
Note : 0! = 1 using 10 distinct digits, such that no digit is
5!
repeated. This number is 1°P
Ex
3
5x4x3! The answer to the original question is the
3!
= 20
of these two numbers. Now, from the difference
set of all the
Words, if we take out those words which
7! have no
41 7x6x5x4!
4!
= 210
repetition of letters, then you get the set of words
which have at least one letter repeated. Thus, the
answer is 105- 1°P. inal
8!
Ex.
5!3! > 8x7x6x5!
5!x3x2y156
Ex. There are 10 students in aclass. Two of these
students
are Jack and Daniel, who don't get
along very well. In
how many ways can the teacher arrange the
l0! in arow, so that Jack and Daniel are students
6!41
10×9x 8x7x6! not together?
= 210
6!x4 x 3x2x 1
71
7x6x5 x 4!
413! 35
4!x3×2x1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fann 257

 Permutation & Combination

HINTS: Combinations as Selections/

Suppose we have a set of 6 letters (A,
The total number of arrangements of the 10 students
is l°P, - 10!. how many ways can we select a group of 3
this set? Suppose we find the nurmber of
,B,Cletters
,D,E,F).frormIn
Now, let us count the number of arrangements in
which Jack and Daniel are together. Treating Jack + of 3 letters possible from those 6 letters that
wOuld be P, Consider the permutations that
arrangernent
numbers
ways, contain
Daniel as asingle unit (call it JD), we have a total of
the letters A, Band C. These are 31 -6
9 entities which we can permute: the 8 students, and ABC, ACB, BAC, BCA, CAB, and CBA narnely
JD. These 9 entities can be permuted in P, 9fways. TH tfU ZH T4 6 AA1 (A,B,C,D,E, F) T y
But for each of 91 permutations, J and D can be
permuted among themselves in 21 or 2 ways: JD or
DJ. Thus, the total number of permutations in which ffs fh B4 37 6 41
Jack and Daniel are together, is 2 x 9!
We conclude that the number of permutations in which fH 34 A,B C rfH 3! - 6 4u
Jack and Daniel are not together is 10! - (2 x 9!1) i CBA }
ABC,
ACB, BAC, BCA, CAB,
Combinations/Huu (Hu) Now, what we want is the number of combinations and
not the number of arrangements. In other words, the
Combinations are also called selections. Combinations 6 permutations listed above would correspond to a
correspond to the selection of things from a given set single combination differently. Now the order of thines
of things. Here we do not intend to arrange things. We is not important; only the group/combination matters
intend to select them. We denote the number of unique in our selection. This means that the total number of
combinations of 3 letters from the set of 6 Jetters
r-selections or combinations out of a group of n objects
by C,. available to us would be Ways, since each
3!
combination is counted 3! Times in the list of
permutations. Thus, we denote the number of
combinations of 6 things taken 3 at a time by C.

Combinations are different from arrangements or

permutations. Let us learn more about how to
calculate combinations, combinations formula, H YIH 34| 6 31T He 3 37T aT
differences between permutation and combinations,
with the help of examples, FAQS.
3!

What Are Combinations/HuT RT i.e. C, =

"P, This is also said as 6 choose 3.
Combinations are selections made by taking some or 3!
their
all of a number of objects, irrespective of of n
number of combinations |Some Important result on Combinations
arrangements. The
different things takenr at a time, denoted by nC, and
n!
where 0sr<n. The number of ways of selecting n objects out of
it is given by, "C, = r!(n-r)! objects is:

n! n!
"C, = n!(n -n)! n!0! =1
out of n
The number of ways of selecting 0 objects
n! objects is:
"C, = r!(n -r!
n! n!
Note: nC, formulae Direct value frg fers N n "Co = -1
0!(n -0)! O!n! n
object out of
The number of ways of selecting 1
objects is:
5x4
For Example C,- 2x1 = 10 n! nx(n-1)!
"C, =
l(n - 1)! (n - 1)!
6x5x4 x3 "C = C.
Another example= C, = 4x3x2x1 = 15 "C, + "C =nC,
Selected Selection 258
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Permutation & Combination
How To Apply
Combinations Formula The number of permutations of size r will be P. In the
list of nP permutations, cach unique selection will be
countedrt times, because the objects in an r-selection
We calculate
combinations
formula and factorials and in
using the
terms of combination can be permuted amongst thernselves in r! ways. Thus,
the number of unique combinations can be
In general, suppose we
and we want to find the
have n things permutations.
available to us,
number
select r things out of these n
of
ways in which we
can
the number of all the things.We first find
en r at atime. That permutations of these n things "P
number
.his list of "P,, permutations, eachwould be np, Now. in r!
counted r! times since r combination will be
amongst themselves in r! ways.
things can be permuted "C, = "P,
n n!
Thus, the total number r! (n-r)r! r!(n -r)
of permutations and
combinations of these n
taken r at a time, denoted by "C,, will be: things, Examples on Combinations/tir m AII
Ex. Consider the word 'EDUCATION. This has 9 distinct
letters. How many 3-letter permutations (words) can
be formed using the letters of this word?

h444 (Y|) HIU GI Hhd ?

HINTS:
Now, We know how to answer questions like this;
The answer in this particular case will be °P, .
Consider the following 3-letter permutations formed
using the letters A, E, T from EDUCATION:
AET, ATE, EAT, ETA, TAE, TEA
"P, n! These 6 different arrangements correspond to the sarme
"C, r! rl(n -r)! selection of letters, which is (A, E, T). Thus, in the list
of all 3-letter permutations, we will find that each
Relationship Between Permutations and unique Combination corresponds to 6 different
Combinations arrangements. To find the number of unique 3-letter
selections, we divide the number of 3-letter
permutations by 6.
Permutation and combination formulas and Hence; the number of 3-letter selections will be
have a lot of similarities. Suppose that youconcepts
have n
'P, 60480 = 10,080
different objects. You have to determine the number 6 6
of unique r-selections (selections that contain r objects) X. Out of a group of 5 people, a pair needs to be formed.
which can be made from this group ofn objects. The number of possible
calculated as follows. combinations can be
Think of a group of n people - you have to find the
number of unique sub-groups of size r, which can be
created from this group.
5! 5! 120
C, = = 10
2!(5 - 2)! 2!3! 2x6
Ex. The number of 4-letter
Combinations which can be
made from the letters of the word DRIVEN is.

HINTS:
6! 61 720
°C, = 4!21 24 x2 = 15
4!(6 4)!

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faIT 259

 Probability
PROBABILITY
(29

Terminologies Involved/ynfrt rTaeft

The list of the terms related to probability is as follows.
Outcome/ufruTE: This is the result of a trial
Experiment/va: An activity whose outcomes are not process of a sportsperson hitting a ball towards
goal post, there are two clear outcomnes. He Thay either
known is an experiment. Every experiment has a few
favorable outcomes and a few unfavorable outcomes. make the goal or miss the goal.
The historic experiments of Thomas Alva Edison had
more than a thousand unsuccessful attempts before
hecould make a successful attempt to invent the light
bulb. Possible Outcome/tar uttuH: The list of all the
outcomes in an experimen t can be referred to as
possible outcomes. In tossing a coin, the possible
outcomes are head or tail.

Random Experiment/T fya ytT: A random Equally likely Outcomes/H414 s TTfaa ufuna
experiment is an experiment for which the set of An experiment in whích each of the outcomes has an
possible outcomes is known, but which particular equal probability, such outcomes are referred to as
outcome will occur on a particular execution of the equally likely outcomes. In the process of rolling a so
experiment cannot be said prior to performning the faced dice, the probability of getting any number is
drawing
experiment. Tossing a coin, rolling a die, and random equal.
a card from a deck are all examples of
experiments.

1
P (any number) - 6

Trial/qtgUT: The numerous attempts in the process Sample Space/faayí Hafz: It is the set of outcomes
dce.
rolling a
of an experiment are called trials. In other
words, any of all the trials in an experiment. On and 6. These
experiment is outcomes are 1, 2. 3, 4. 5
particular performance of a random the possible 3, 4, 5, a
called a trial. For example, tossing a coin is a trial. outcomes make up the sample space. S = (1, 2,

gfa<ví Hfe àÌS=1, 2, 3, 4. 5, 6)

can e
Probable Event/Hrfaa ge: An event that
event. We can caleulate
Event/TZI: Atrial with a clearly defined outcome is predicted is called a probable particular
a probability of such events. The probablity of acalculated
an event. For example, getting a tail when tossing child being promoted to the next class can
be
coin is termed as an event. event.
hence, we can refer to this as a probable

Random Event/Ugth I : An event that cannot

be easily predicted is a random event. For such
events, the probability value is very less. The formation
of a rainbow during the rain is a random event. 260
faon
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection
 Probability
Impossible Event/3HYa TI: An event that is not
apart of the experiment, or which Hence, if in an experiment there are 'n' ocCurrences out
the sample space of the
does not belong to of which 'm oCCurrences are favourable to a particular
can be referred to as an
outcomes of the experiment
event E, then the probability of the event E, denoted
impossible event. There is no
snowfall in a temperate climatic region. Here, the m
enowfall can be reterred to as an by P(E); is defined as P(E)
bocause the probability of OCcurrenceimpossible event n

of such an event
is zero.

Also, the non-0ccurrence of the event E, is denoted by

E, that is (n-m) in thís case. So, (n-m) oCcurrences
Complementary
events occur whenEvents/r ye0: Complementary
there are just two outcomes, and
are not favourable to the event E, and favourable to
one event is exactly opposite to the event E
another event. For an
event with probability P(A), its compliment is P(A ).

P(E) n - m
n
PIA) + P(A) = 1
In an examination, the event of success and the event We can observe that, P(E) + P() = 1
of failure are Note: From the above discussion, we can infer that,
complementary events. 0s P(E) < 1in all the cases.
If P(E) = 1,the event is called a certain event.

P(Success) + P (Failure) = 1 P(E) =0, the event is called an impossible event.

Mutually Exclusive Events/sT I4at geî: Two
events such that the happening of one event Ex. What is the probability of a prime number, if we select
the happening of another, event are referred prevents a
to as number from first 20 natural numbers?
mutually exclusíve events. In other words, two events
are said to be mutually exclusive events, if they
occur at the same time. For example, tossing cannot
a coin
can result in either heads or tails. Both cannot be seen HINTS:
at the same time. Natural numbers = 1,2, 3 20
Prime number = 2,3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19
8
Probability = 20
Ex. If the probability of winning a game is
0.3, what is the
probability of losing it?

Probability/urfyaadll HINTS:
Probability is the measure of the likelihood of P(W) + P (W) =1
OCcurrence of an event.
0.3 + P (W) = 1
That is out of all the possibilities arising out of a P (w) = 0.7
Certain random experiment, the chances of favourable Ex. There are 3white and 4 black balls in an um. A ball
Outcome is measured in terms of probability. is selected randomly. What is the
white probability to be

aitya Ranjan (Excise

Inspector) (Selected Selection fa 261
 HINTS: Coins/fyh
Probability
Total number of balls - 3 + 4 -7
When an unbiased coin is tossed once:
3
Probability ,
Ex. A jar contains 54 marbles cach of which is blue, green Possible outcomes are/ Hfrd vfru
or white. The probability of selecting a blue marble at 2n -2'-1
1 Tails
random from the jar is and the probability of Sample space ’ Hands and
3"
When two unbiased coins are tossed simultaneouel.
4
selecting a green marble at random is How mnany

white marbles does the jar contain? Possible outcomes are/ 4faa yfruTE
22 = 4
1 Sample space = (H,H) (H,T) (TH) (TT);
3 When three unbaised coins are tossed simultaneousiy
4

Possible outcomes a r e / HYfaa yfruTH

HINTS:
23 = 8
Sample Space = (HHH) (HHT) (HTH) (THH) (HTT) (THT
1 B
B= 18
3 54
(TTH) (TTT)}
times:.
4 G Whenn coins are tossed or single coin tossed n
8 54 G= 24

Total number of white balls = 54 -(18 + 24) = 54 42 = 12

numbered from 2 to
Ex. A bag contains cards which are
the YfT yfrury = 2
90. A card is drawn at random from the bag. Find Possible outcomes/
perfect square.
probability that the card number is a
Ex. Two unbiased coins are tossed up simultaneously.
Find the probability of getting

HINTS: (i) Two tails/ e

90
Perfect square numbers between 2 and
49,64, 81 (iü) One head/E fd
= 4,9, 16, 25, 36,
(iii) At least one tail/H4 4 4 U Y2
8
Probability 89 (iv) At most one tail/3afrt 3f 4e
selected at random
Ex. Find the probability that a number (v) No tail/s qe ad
hundred natural numbers is a multiple of 3
from first
HINTS:
or 5?
Sample space = (H,H) (H,T) (TH) (TT):
1
HINTS: (i) P(two tails ) =,4
99 2
Multiple of 3 = =33
3 (i) P(one head) =
4
,
100
= 20 3
Multiple of 5 = 5 (ii) P(at least one tail) =
90
3
Multiple of both 3&5 = 15
6
(iv) Plat most one tail) =
+20 -6= 47
Total no. of probable conditions =33
1
47 (v) P(no tail)
Probability = 100
4
262
fam
(Selected Selection
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Probability
Ex Three unbiased coins are tossed up together. Find the Ex
probability of getting. A coin is tossed 7 times. Find the probability of atieast
2 tails

(i) all heads/qi fra HINTS:

(i) at least one tail/ *s 4 *4 w5 ye Total Cases 27 - 128
0T -> C - 1
(ii) exactly 2 heads/fach ft 1T ’ C, =7
HINTS: 2T
Sample Space 3T
- (HHH) (HHT)(HTH) (THH) (HTT)(THT) (TTH) (TTT): 4T
5T
(i) P(all heads) - 6T
7T

(i) Plat least one tail) Favourable cases = 128 - (1 + 7) = 120

120 15
3 Probability =
(ii) P(exactly 2 heads) = 128 16

Ex. A coin is tossed 5 times, what is a probability of getting Dice/qTHT

exactly 2 heads?
When a dice is thrown once/q faî À v

HINTS: Sample space = {1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6} = 6

Total cases = 25 = 32 Ex. A dice is thrown, find the probability of:
5! 5.4.3!
No. of favourable cases = 5C, 2! x3!= 21 x3 10
10 5 (i) a prime number/ V 3AYY Hl
Probability 32 16=

(ii) a multiple of 2 or 3 /2 41 3 #I TUF

Ex. Acoin is tossed 8 times, what is a probability of getting (ii) a number greater than 4/4 H TS HA
exactly6 tails? HINTS:
Sample space ={1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6} = 6
(i) Prime number = 2, 3, 5
HINTS: 3
Total cases = 28 = 256 Probability =
8! 8.7.6! (iü) Multiple of2 or 3 = 2, 4, 6
No, of favorable cases = °
21 x6! 2! x6! = 28
4 2
28 7 Probability = 6 3
Probability = 256 64
Ex. A coin is tossed 9 times. Find the (iii) Numbers greater than 4 = 5, 6
2 tails.
probability of atmost 2 1
Probability = 6 3
Ex. A dice is thrown, find the probability of:
HINTS:
Total cases = 29 = 512
9!
(i) Getting an even number/ HH HA
0tail 'C, =gl x 0!1 (i) Getting an odd number/fays HI
(ii) Getting a natural number less than 7/7 at
9!
1tail ’ 'C, =
gI x1!
(iv) Getting a natural number greater than 6/ 6 # G
9!
2 tail ’ C, =
..
71x2! HINTS:
Total no. of favourable cases = ] + 9 + Sample space = (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} - 6
36 = 46 (i) Number of favourable outcomes = 3
46
Probability =s12 23
256 P(E,) =
3
6
1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise

Inspector)) (Selected Selection fanm 263
 Probability
(ii) P(E) = P(E)= 1- or else, we can say P(E,) Sum as 8/4 8
(i)
3 1 (i) Atleast a sum of 9 / 1 5d h4 u o
6

(iii) Here, number of favourable outcomes = 6 (iii) A doublet i.e, same number on both the dice
P(E) - 1 ’ This is called a certain event as there
is no chance of failure. liv) Amultiple of 2 on one dice and amultiple of3 on
(iv) Here number of favourable outcomes = 0 theother dice / IH M 2 1 Gsin qHÌ Tç n
P(E) = 0 ’ This is called impossible event, i.e., 3 TuG
there is no chance of success. HINTS:
Total number of possible cases = 6² = 36
When two dices are thrown simultaneously.
(i) Sum = 8

(13 8) 5
Total number of possible cases = 6² = 36 Probability = 36 36
Sample space:
(i) Alteast a sum of 9 means sum can be 9, 10, 11 or
First throw
12.
1 2 3 4 5 6 Favourable cases for 9 as sum = 13 -9 = 4
1 (1,1) (1,2) (1,3) (1,4) (1,5) (1,6) Favourable cases for 10 as sum =13 - 10 - 3
2(2,1) (2,2) (2,3) (2,4) (2,5) (2,6) Favourable cases for 11 as sum = 13- 11 = 2
Second 3 (3, 1) (3,2) (3,3) (3,4) (3,5) (3,6) Favourable cases for 12 as sum 13 - 12 = 1
throw
4(4,1) (4,2) (4,3) (4,4) (4,5) (4,6)
(4 +3+2+ 1) 10 5
5(5,1) (5,2) (5,3) (5,4) (5,5) (5,6) Probability =
=

36 36 18
6 (6,1) (6,2) (6,3) (6,4) (6,5) (6,6)
(iü) Favourable cases - (1,1) (2,2) (3,3) (4,4) (5,5) (6,6) =6
6
Sum Probability yst r4 a 4 , m I 4 Probability - 36 6
34R Total No. of cases (36) Divide YK sum
value 6 3tf at sum Ì 13 g 36 H (iv) Favourable cases = (2, 3) (2, 6) (4, 3) (4, 6) (6, 3)
(6, 6) (3, 2) (3, 4) (3, 6) (6, 2) (6, 4) (6-69= 11
Divide a0
11
Sum Cases No. of cases Probability Probability = 36
1
2 (1,1) 36
Ex. Two Dice are thrown Simultaneously. Find the
2 probability that the number on the first dice is more
3 (1,2), (2, 1) 2
36 than the number on the 2nd dice?
3
4 (1,3), (2,3), (3,1) 3
36
4
(1,4), (2,3), 4
5
(3,2), (4, 1) 36 HINTS:
(1,5) (2,4), (3,3), 5 No. of favourable cases
6 5
(4,2), (5,1) 36
6 (2, 1)
(1,6), (2,6), (3,4), 6
7
(4,3), (5,2), (1,1) 36 (3, 1) (3, 2)
8
(2,6), (3,5), (4,4), 5
5 (4, 1)(4, 2) (4, 3)
(5,3), (6,3) 36
4
(5, 1) (5, 2) (5, 3) (5, 4)
(3,6), (4,5),
(5,4), (6,3)
4
36 (6, 1) (6, 2) (6, 3) (6, 4) (6, 5) = 15
3
(4,6), (5,5), (6,4) 3 15
10 36 Probability = 36 12
2
11 (5,6), (6,5) 2
36 Note: Total cases = 36
1
12 (6,6) 1 6 H case zi fGrH qà ñ HHH Hel (Doublet)
36
aI Tq 30 case 4 H 15 UH case
Total 36
favourable
Ex. Two Dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the cases fa a á Number of
probability of
cases I4 Hh

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) fan 264

Selected Selection
 Probability
When a dice is thrown "THRICE" Playing Cards / ATT È TÀ
52

No of possible cases/ nfad vfrt t H1 6 = 216

Ex. Three unbiased dice are thrown
Find the probability of:
13 Cards13 - Cards13 - Cards13 - Cards
Diamonds He arts Spades Clubs
(i Sum as 6/T hq 4 6 (RED) (RED) (BLACK) (RED)
(ii) Sum as 9/ aY 9
(ii) Sum as 14/ T+ 6s Ë 4 Ace - 1 Ace - 1 Ace - 1 Ace - 1
2 2 2
HINTS:
3 3 3 3
No of possible cases/ HItaa yfku40 HON = 6 = 216 4 4 4 4

No. on Sum of remaining 5 5

(i) No. of possible
first dice 2 Dice cases 6 6 6
1 5 4 7 7 7 7
2
3 3 2
4 2 1 9
Total = 10 10 10 10
Face Cards
10 5
Probability = King King King King
216 108
Queen Queen Queen Queen
Jack Jack Jack Jack
(ü) No. on Sum of remaining No. of possible Ex. One card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards. What is
first dice 2 Dice cases

5 the probability that the card drawn is.

2 7 6
3 6 5
4 5 4 (i) An ace/V 34hT
5 4 3
(ii "10 of a Red suit/ TT A 10
6 3 2
Total 25 (ii) A face card/y AH1S
(iv) Either red or king/41 at IG A a TI

25
(v) Black and a queen/II 3iTT UF TÌ
Probability HINTS:
216
No. of possible cases/ HfAT yfUTHT Ì HÊ =52
(iii No. on 4 1
Sum of remaining No. of possible
first dice 2 Dice
(i) 52 13
cases
2 12 1
2 1
3 11 2 (ii) 52 26
4 10 3
5 9 12 3
4
8
(ii) 52 13

Total = 15 (26 +4 -2) 28 7

(iv) 28 52 13

515
Probability = 216 72 2 1
(v) 52 26

Aditya Ranjan (Excise

Inspector) (Selected Selection f a n265
 Aperson draws 3 cards from a pack of 52
Probability
Ex One card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards. What is
Ex.
cards. Find
the probability of getting exactly two red cards?
the probabil1ty that thecard drawn is?
3T

, wt 1 TI HINTS:
(i) a jack, queen or a king/
(ii) neither a heart nor a king/1 t AH 26x 25
x 26
(iii) other than ace/1 3a Probability -
"C,"C 2x1 13
SC, 52 51 x 50 34
HINTS: 3x2x1
No. of possible cases/ifad yfw H0- 52
Ex. A person draws 3cards from a pack of 52 cards kueL
(4+4 +4) 3 replacement). Find the probability of getting:
(i) 52 13

(ii) Heart 13 & King = 4

Heart or King - 13 + 4- 1l - 16
(52 -16) 9 (i) all three red cards/- AA HTÉ
Probability = 52 13 (i) that none of the cards is an ace/# HT 9 SEÊ

48 12 HINTS:
(iü) Probability = 52 13 26 26 1
26
Ex. Jacks, Queens, Kings and Aces of red color are () Probability = 52 5252 8
removed. From the remaining cards a card is drawn
at random. Find the probability, that the card drawn 48 48 48 1728
(i) Probability =5252 52 2197
is a black queen?
Miscellaneous Questions/fafau wA
Ex. A glass jar contains 6 white, 8 black, 4 red and 3
blue marbles. If a single marble is chosen at random
HINTS: from the jar, what is the probability that it is black
Remaining Cards = 52 - 8 = 44 cards or blue?
4 AG AR 3 fG
2 1
Probability = 44 22
Ex. Find the probability that when a hand of 3 cards are
drawn from a well shuffled deck. What is the HINTS:
probability that it has: 3+8 11
Probability 21 21
Ex. A bag contains 6 white and 4 black balls. 2 balls are
yIÍYAdI f: drawn at random. Find the probability that they are
of same color.
(i) all faces cards/qî cH hIE
(i) atleast one king/4 4VG GI

HINTS:
HINTS:
6 5 1
12.11.10 P(Both white) = 1o9 3
C, 3.2.1 11
(i) Probability =5252.51.50 1105 4 3 2
3.2.1 P(Both black) =109 15 X

(ii) P(atleast one king) = 1 - P(No king) P(Same colourl = 2 7

48.47.46
3 15 15
1 = 1 52.51.50 Ex. There are 2 bags. First Bag contains 3 Red & 4 Blue
balls and the second bag contains 5 Red & 2 Blue
= | - 5525
4324 1201 balls. One ball is picked from each of the bags. Find
5525 the probability that both balls are of :

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection faI 266

 Probability

2
Ex. The probability ofA and B clearing an exam is and
3

3
(i) Same color/4HH I respectively .What is the probability that atleast one
4
(ii) different color/3eTT of them clears the exam ?
HINTS:
2
=
3
3R, 4B 5R, 2B.
3 5 15
P (Both red) = 7 7 49 4

& P (Both
4 2
black) = ,*7 49 HINTS:
15 8 23 Probability that atleast one of then clears the exan
P(Same colour) - 49 49 49 -1 - PNo body clears)

(i) P(diferent colour)=1- P(Same colour) =1

23 26 1 l-1 11
49 49 34 12 12

Ex. A bag contains 2 red, 3 green and 2 blue balls. Two Ex. A problem is given to three students whose chances
balls are drawn at random. What is the probability that
1 1 1
none of the balls drawn is blue? of solving it are 2'3 and 4
respectively. What is the
probability that the problem will be solved?

1 1 1
HINTS: Gh4N1: 2 ' 3
4
*C, 5.4 10 HINTS:
Probability =7c, 7.6 21
P(Solved) - 1 - P(Not Solved)
Ex. Abox contains 5 green , 4 yellow and 3 white marbles. 123 3
Three marbles are drawn at random. What is the - 1-5*x1-l
4 4
probability that they are of the same color ?
Ex. The probability that three students A, B and C solve
3 5 1

HINTS: a problem are 7' and respectively. What is the

probability that the problem is solved?
C, +*C, +'C, 10+4+1 15 3 H A A, B AR CARI v5 HH Ì ItSaI
Probability = 12C, 220 220 44
3 5 1
Ex. A basket contains 10 apples and 20 oranges out of H: 79 5
which 3 apples and 5 oranges are defective. If we
choose two fruits at random, what is the probability
that either both are oranges or both are non defective? HINTS:
P(solved) = 1 -P(Note solved)
4 4 4 64 251
=1 = |
795 315 315
HINTS: Ex. A man and his wife appear in an interview for two
A lon vacancies in the same post. The probability of
D 3 5 husband's selection is and the probability of wife's
z
|N75

20C, 4"C, -C, selection is What is the probability that only one
190 +231 -105 316
30 C 435 435 of them is selected ?

Aditya Ranjan (Excise (Selected Selection faIT 267

Inspector))
 B. 9
Probability
8 r

HINTS:
5 2 8 21 1
Probability = 7^97 9 63 3

Out of 17 applicants 8 boys and 9 girls. Two

HINTS:
Ex.
persons
are to be selected for the job. Find the probability that
at least one of the selected persons will be a girl.
1 4 6 1 10 2
Probability -7575 35 7

Ex. A brother and a sister appear for an interview against

two vacant posts in an office. The probability of the
HINTS:
brother's selection is and that of the sister's Plat least one girls) = 1- P(No girls)
5
8.7 27
1 = ] 1
selection is What is the probability that only one 17.16 34
3
of them is selected? Ex. Two friend Himanshu and Naman appeared in an
exam. The probability that Himanshu will qualify the
1 1
exam is and Naman will qualify the exam is
20 10
5
1
1 The probability that both will qualify the exam is so
3
Findthe probability that only one of them qualify the
exam.

HINTS:
1
4 6 2
20

Ex.
Probability -

A speaks truth in 75% of cases and

-ti5
15 15 5

Bin 80% of cases.

1 1
50
10
What is the probability that they likely to contradict
each other, narrating the same incident.
A, 75% I4i Ha aldGI 30R B, 80% HTH0 at
HINTS:
H

HINTS:
3% 2% 8%
3 1. 14 7
Probability = a S 4 5 20
speaks the
Ex. A speaks the truth in 60% cases while B that 1
truth in 40% of the cases. What is the probability PH) = 205%o P(N) = = 10% & PBoth) = 50 2
case ? 10
they will contradict each other in a exam
Ha atdI } 3R B40% HJ40 Ë Ha aaI Probability that only one of them qualify the
A60% HIH
8+3 11
100 100
India wvill
Ex. In a cricket world cup the probability that
HINTS:
Pakistan winning
3 3.2 2 13 win the cup is 4 The probability of
Probability = 5^5 25
6
speaks truth the cup is and of Australia winning the Cup
Ex. Aspeaks the truth 5 out of 7 times and B 5
3 teams
8 out of 9 times. What is the probability that they What is the p!probability that either of these
worldcup?
fact? India, Pakistan and Australia would win the
contradict each other in stating the same

farn 268
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection
 Probability
Ex.
Find the probability that a leap year will have:
1
4 (i) atleast 52 Sundays /#4 #4 52 tfrar
1
(i) exactly 52 Sundays/ faa 52 tfaar
6
(ii) exactly 53 Sundays/ fr-gA 53 faar
HINTS:
tî?
() Leap year -366 days - 52 weeks + 2 days
Note : Only one team can win the cup
Since in a leap year 52 weeks are there, hence
Platleast 52 Sundays) = 1
HINTS:
(üi) Remaining 2days can be MT, TW, WTh, TF, FS
1,1, 1 15+12+10 37 5
Probability
-t 60 60
P(exactly 52 Sundays) = 7

Ex Two letters are chosen from English Alphabet. What

is the probability that both are vowels. (iüi) P(exactly 53 Sundays) -,2
A person can hit a target 5 times out of 8 shots. If he
fires 10 shots, what is the probability that he will hit
HINTS: the target twice?

5.4 2
Probability = 26 c, 26.25 65

Ex. A Word consists of 9 letters; 5 consonants and 4

vowels. Three letters are chosen at random. What is HINTS:
the probability that more than one vowel will be Direct shortcut
selected ?
"C, (P) (1l - Pjr-r
5 3
P(Hit) l , P(not hit) =

HINTS:
Probability that more than one vowel Probability -
= |-P(No Vowel)
10x9 52 34 1125x3
- 1 - 5.4.3 37 2x1
C. 9.8.7 42
Ex. In a biased coin the probability of
Ex. A letter is taken out at random from getting a head is
0.4, if we toss a coin 10 times, what is the
another is taken out from
ASSISTANT' and probability
'STATISTICS'. The of getting exactly three heads?
probability that they are the same letter is :

HINTS:
HINTS:
Direct shortcut
AA
SSS
SSS "C, (P) (1 - P-r
TTT
A P(Head) = 5 P(not head) 5
TT
IF
C Probability = °C,
Probability = xl 3*intöx,2,3
3 1 19 10 x9x 8 2'x3 2° x3*
9 10 910 910 90 3x2x1

Aditya Ranjan (Excise

Inspector) Selected Selection fau 269
 Statistics

STATISTICS
30
Hifcát
Ex. If the mean of six observations 5, 7, 9, a, 11 and 12 is
Mean/HT4 9 then the value of is:
The aithmetic mean of a given data is the sum of all zufz rUn 5, 7,9, a, 11 317 12 #1 9, a H .
observations divided by the number of observations. HINTS:
5+7+9+a+1l +12
Mean (x)= 6

44+
Sumof allobservations/Ht yui 51 9=
6
/=
Mean Number of observations / ÜU0 Ì H1
a= 10
Grouped Data/qífprt t1
Ex: Find mean 12, 34, 45. 50, 24 When the data is present in tabular form, we use the
(12 + 34 + 45 + 50 + 24)
following formula:
Mean/HjZ 5

165
Mean /HT = = 33 xf +x,, t...tx,S.
5
Mean (x)= f +f, +...f,
Mean is denoted by x (pronounced as x bar).
Shoe size 5 6 7

Ex. Frequency 1 3 4 3 1
Types of data/aT yehR
Shoe size Frequency fxx =fx
Data can be present in ungroup data or group data. Let's ()
find the mean in both cases
5 1 5

6 3 18

7 4 28
Ungrouped Data/3rarífpa tat
3 24
Let x,, X,, X x, be n observations.
1

We can find the arithmetic mean using the mean formula. Er=35 Ef-12 Efn =84
5+18+ 28 +24 +9 84
Mean() 12 12
=7

Range/ TR T yfrT
Mean ()=
The range in statistics for a given data set i the
difference between the highest and lowest values.
Ex. The arithmetic mean of the following data is

23, 17, 20,19,2 1 Range = Highest value - Lowest value

HINTS:
Arithmnetic mean Ex. The following are the weights (in kg) of 25 students.
23+17+ 20+ 19 + 21 25 fanfei qH (fseius )f f f i
5
=20 58, 55, 53, 50, 53, 51, 52. 54. 53. 52. 54, 53, 58, 53.
59, 55, 53, 52, 51,. 54, 53, 59, 55, 53, 52
270
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fam
 Statistics
What is the range of the given data?
Median/fra
HINTS:
The nurnber of the middle most observation, obtained after
Range (T4, Yf)
arranging the data in ascending or descending order, is
Range = Highest value - Lowest value called the median of the data.
= 59 50 = 9

Mean Deviation/T4 faaH

The mean deviation is defined as a statistical measure Case 1: Ungrouped Data/ 3rarffpa t
that is used to calculate the average deviation from the Step 1/ 1: Arrange the data in ascending or descending
mean value of the given data set. order.

Step 2/T 2: Let the total number of observations be n.

Step-1: Find the mean value for the given data values To find the median, we need to
consider if nis even or
odd. If n is odd, then use the formula:
Step-2: Now, subtract the mean value from each of the
data values given.

Step-3: Now, find the mean of those values obtained in

step 2. Median/ rfgeA =
( observation/4
Ex: Find median of the following data.

Mean Deviation/ faHTI = El 32, 25, 33, 27, 35, 29 and 30

n HINTS:
Where/E0, 32, 25, 33, 27, 35, 29 and 30
Arrange this data in ascending order
x=represents each value in the data set.
25, 27, 29, 30, 32, 33, 35
There are 7 observations i.e., odd number
X =represents the mean of the data set
th

Median = n+1
2 observations
n = represents the number of data values
= 4th observations i.e., Median = 30
Ex. What is the mean deviations of eight If n is even then use the formula:
observations?
6,7, 10, 12, 13, 4, 8, 12 tBh th

term + +1 term
HINTS: Median=
2

x = 6, 7, 10, 12, 13, 4, 8, 2

12 Ex. Find the median of 2, 4,6, 8?
6+7+10+12 +13+4+8+12 = 9
th th

term + +1 term
Median=
n 2

Mean Deviation/ HIZ fTA Sx - Ex. Find the median of following data.
n

(9-6) +(9-7) +(9 - 10)+ (9-12)+ (9- 13) + 2, 4, 6, 8

(x,-x) = (9- 4) +(9- 8) +(9- 12) (2)h term + (3)h term 4 +6
8 Median =
2 2
22
82.75 Median = 5

Aditya Ranjan (Excise

Inspector) (Selected Selection faI 271
 Statistics
HINTS:
Ex. The following observations are arranged in ascending
order. If the median of the data is 19, then find the value We need to calculate the cumulative frequencies to frd
of x. the median.
Marks
Number of Students Cumulative frequency
6 0+6 6
0-20
f T 19 ,t x T4 TA ifr 20-40 20 6+ 20
26
37 26 + 37 63
6, 9, 15,x+ 4, x+ 8, x + 12, 30, 32 40-60
63 + 10 73
60-80
HINTS: 7 73 +7 80
80-100
Xt 4 t x+8 n 80
Median = 40
n =Last value of cf =80, 2
-x+ 6= 19
X=13 Since n is even, we will find the average of the th and
Case 2: Grouped Data/arfta tet
n
When the data is continuous and in the form of a the ( 2 + 1)h observation i.e.,
frequency distribution, the median is found as shown
below: The cumulative frequency greater than 40 is 63 and the
class is 40 - 60.
Hence, the median class is 40-60.

Step 1: Find the total number of observations. /}e L=40, f= 37, cf =26, h = 20
Using Median formula:
Step 2: Define the class size, and divide the data into
different classes./f36R YMIfya t, ir ta faf
Median= L+ xh
f
Step 3: Calculate the cumulative frequency of each class.
median
Step 4: Identify the class interval in which the
falls.
n+1 = 40 +
80_26
2
37
x 20
(Median Class is the class (where term lies.) /34 qf
2

40 + 7.57

n+1 fifaa ) = 47.57

2
class (I), and
Step 5: Find the lower limit of the median (c)./41fz61 Therefore, the median is 47.57
class
the cumulative frequency of the median
Mode/aEeTG
The value which appears most often in the given data i.e.
the observation with the highest frequency is called a mode
n_d
Median= L + 2 x h
of data.
f

Where, Case 1: Ungrouped Data/rauifpa a

class/HIf61 qí t fft iT Mode/qECTS = Observation with maximum frequency
L= Lower limit of median
observations/9AuT HA
n = Total number of
median class/
cf = Cumulative frequency of the preceding Ex: What will be the mode of the following data?

class/H1fiqe51 f artara 13, 15, 31, 12, 27, 13, 27, 30, 27, 28 and 16
f= Frequency of median
limit)/ staRTeT (3
h = Class interval (upper limit - lower
HINTS:
From given data
following data:
Ex :- Calculate the median for the 13, 15,31, 12(27). 13.27. 30.27).28 and 16
2040 40-60 60-80 80-100
Marks 0-20
20 37 10
27 appears maximum no. of times.
Number of Students .. Mode = 27

facn 272
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection
 Statistics
t
Case 2: Grouped Data/qftgpa HINTS:
When the data is continuous, the mode can be found
3Median = 2 x 43 + 60
using the tollowing steps: Median 48.66
Ex. Evaluate the following for given set of number:
3 x mean +2 x mode 6x medain
Sren 1: Find modal class i.e. the class with maximum Set = !1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4;
frequency.
3 x A +2 × AAA -6 TfTÆ1
Step 2: Find mode using the following formula:
H48 -(1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4;
HINTS:

Mode = |+ xh
Mean
1+2+2 +3+3+ 3+4 + 4 + 4 + 4 30
2f-, -f, 10 10
-3

Where/d, 3+3
ftat zâT Medain = 3
|= lower limit of modal class,/qETeA q i 2
f = frequency of modal class,/4aTA qf t arataI Mode = 4
f. = frequency of class preceding modal class 3 x Mean + 2 x Mode -6 x Medain
=3 x 3 + 2 x 4 6 x 3 = - 1
f, =frequency of class succeeding modal class
Variance/faru
Variance is a measure of variabilityin statistics. It assesses
h = class interval/t 3iRII the average squared difference between data values and
Ex. Find the mode for the given distribution (rounded off to the mean.
two decimal places).

qufaa)1
It is denoted by (o)/3 (o) yfT fe II }
Class
5-10 10 -15 15-20 20 -2525-3030 - 35 Sample variance/sfr<d faU
Interval
Frequency 8 7 6 11 10

HINTS: () =
n-1
Modal class = maximum frequency of the table.
Here, modal class = 25 -30 How to compute variance and standard deviation?

Mode =l+ xh
2f, -f, -f, Step 1- Compute the simple mean .
l= Lower limit of modal class = 25
h= Class interval = 5 Step 2 - Calculate the difference of x - I, for each
1, =Frequency of modal class = 11 value in the data set.
, =Frequency of class preceding modal class =9
1= Frequency of class succeeding modal class = 10
Step 3 - Calculate the squared difference (x - ) , for
’ Mode = 25 + 11-9 each value in the data set.
x5
22-9-10)
85
= 28.33 Step 4-Sum of Differences of the the squares (<-F.
3

Relation between Mean, Median and Mode

Step 5 - Divide the sum of squared difterences with n,

3Median = 2 Mean + Mode

3 HIf = 2 H14 + ET variance (a) =
Ex. The n

value of the mode and mean are 60 and 42

respectively, in a symmetrical distribution. The median
of the ai srt q n. faru (o')=
distribution is. H& H4YT: 60 3 42 I fa{UI
n

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faMI 273

Ex. Find the variance of the following data points.
Statistics
(o')= (
57, 64, 43, 67,49, 59, 44, 47, 61, 59
HINTS: 5' +2+0 +1'+6?
5
57 +64 +43+67+49 +59+61+59 +44 + 47
Mean() =
10 66

550
= 55
10 66 =V13.2
SD(o) 5
(o°) = Coefficient of variation/ frr TUTE
n
It is describe variability by expressing the standard
2 +92 + 122 + 12? +6 +4?+6 + 42 +112 +82 deviation as a proportion of mean, usually a percentage.
The formula for it as a percentage is,
10

662
= 66.2
10

Standard Deviation/HI1G faut Coefficient of variation/farU TUA

If o is the variance, then o, is called the standard Standard deviation
-x100
Mean

Ex. If the mean is 25 and the standard deviation is 5 then

Standard Deviation (o) = vvariance the cocficient of variabtion is:
x,- x
n-1
HINTS:
Ex. If the variance of 5 value is 0.81, then what is its Coefficient of variation/fU TUE
standard deviation?
Standard deviation
x100
Mean
HINTS:
5
We know that, x100 =20%
25
Standard deviation = variance Ex. If coefficient of variation of a certain distribution is 55%
and the mean is 14, then its standard deviation is
= Jo.81 -0.9
Therefore, the standard deviation = 0.9
Ex. Calculate the standard deviation for the following data.
HINTS:

Coefficient of variation - Standard deviation x 100

4, 7,9, 10, 15 Mean
HINTS:
55 =
14
-x100
4 +7+9+ 10 +15
X= 14x 55 770
5
-=7.7
100 100
45
=9 Standard deviation (o) = 7.7
5

274
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fan
 Logarithm

LOGARITHM
(31)
Logarithm/UTG (v) log,a = log,a. log,b = log, c
log a

The exponent or power to which a base must be raised

to vield a given number. Expressed mathematically, (vi) log,a. log,b 1
x is the logarithmof nto the base b. (vii) log, m" =nlog, m
(vii) log qm = log, m
fah| 4, x 3A1T b n #| TU }I
If bx = n then x= log n () log(aq)mP P log, m
ut bx =nèx= log,n
16 = 2*,log, 16 = 4 (2) alogn n
Ex. alog x= xlog ", x >0, a > and a, x #1
Common logarithm/HIHTA TeUrh : (x£)
Logarithms to the base 10 are called common (ii) logab= - log,b
Remember:
logarithms. There are two notation to represent
common logarithm i.e, log b (read as 'log b) and log,,b. log 2 = 0.3010
log 3= 0.4771
us Ít fers <i 3j64 34efa, log b ('log b' log 5 = 0.6990
Ex. What is the value of log,,5 + log,(5x + 1) = log,,x +
Mathematically, log x = log,,b 5) + 1, and then xis equal to?
log,5 + log,(5x + 1) = log,ox+ 5) + 1, f4 ?
Natural logarithm /urefrcs qrurG : HINTS:
Logarithms to the base e are called natural logarithms.
We have
There are also two notations to represent natural ’ log, 5 +log,o (5x + 1) = log,(x+ 5) +1
logarithms i.e, In b and log,b.
»log,,5 +log,(5x + 1) =log,,(x+ 5) +log,,10
We know that,
log (m.n) =log m+ log,n
log b. ’ log, [5 (5x + 1)] = log,x+ 5) >x 10]
These both represent the logarithm of b to the base e. ’ 5x+ 1 = 2x + 10
’3x= 9 x=3

Mathematically, In x= log,x. 1 1

Log of zero or negative numbers are not defined i.e,

Ex. What is the value of o log, 1024- log, 10 log, 3125
log 0is not defined. 1 1
log, 1024 - log. 10 + log, 3125 HR ?
10
log 0vfTfYa Ti HINTS:
Properties of Logaritham/TUTG qur 1
log, 1024 - log, 10 + log,
5 3125
10
Let m and n be positive number such that a, m, n,
b, c> 0 and a, b, c 1 We know that,
log m" = nlog m
HT7G sm st n yrHA GATà f 1
a, m, n, b, c > 0 341R a, b, c t 1
log a = 1
1
10 log,(2)lo - log,10 +log,(5)
(i1
log, 1 = 0 10
log, 2- log, 10+log, 5
(ii) log n = log m - log n
10
= log,2 - log, 10 + log 5
(iv log (m.n) = log mn + log,n = log,2 - log.2 - log,5 + log,5 0

Aditya Ranjan (Excise (Selected Selectionf I 275

Inspector)
 Logarithm
Ex. If the roots of the quadratic equation - 4x -log,, N What is the value of log a.lOg b.log c?
Ex. C

=0 are real, then what is the minimum value of N?

f< s* fgrA HAu -4x- log,, N- 0 + areafgs log sa.log b.logC #1 H7 I }?

HINTS:
HINTS:
We have a. log, b.log , c
= log v5
-4x- log,,N= 0
a = 1, b= 4 and c = -log,N
Roots of quadratic equation are real log, a
L1og.b
1 Llog,
1 c
then D>0 i.e b² 4ac>0 2 3 4

»-4)?- 4 x 1x (- log,N) > 0 - 20ga-x3,log bx4 logc

4log,,N- 16 ’ N > 10 - 4 log b log c log a
N0.000 1 =2 x 3x 4 = 24

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) fant276|

Selected Selection
 Calculation)

CALCULATION 32

Despite sufficient knowledge, in various DO IT YOURSELF

competitive exams many students are not able to pass
the examination due to lack of good basic calculation N2 NË+N2 NI N N+N
speed. If you practice for 20-30 minutes every day
69 49 67 48
sing the techniques given in this chapter, your
leulation speed can increase up to 5-times within 2 65 29 89 37
months. 87 48 74 51
69 52 73 37
76 42 79 28
Ex. (187 + 287)
mä techniques 1 yat1 *d g nfafe 20- 30 fe 14 Step -1: Break the number (187) as (100 + 80 + 7)
à t Iyd Calculation speed within 2 months 5 and (287) as (200 + 80 + 7)
(187) R (287) # h4T: (100 + 80 + 7), (200 + 80 + 7)
Addition/y
Sum of two or more number is known as addition. Step -2: Add base number first/31-T HAAA hT ISA TT
(100 + 200) - 300, (80 + 80) = 160
CONCEPT-01 Step -3: Add unit digits/#É Æ0 TEA R ’ 7+7) = 14
Ex (96 + 8) Step -4: Now add the results /AI4 qfruH0 S qT
Step -1: Break the numnber (96) as (90 + 6) (300 + 160 + 14) = 474
96 1 (90 + 6) q AafYT Ex. 4639 + 1235
Step -2: Add unit digits ’ (8 + 6) = 14 Step -1: Keep largest number in mind/HTH TS0 HaT
za * 3# (8 + 6) 1 4 = 14
Step -3: Total sum / YT ’ (90 + 14) = 104 4639
DO IT YOURSELF
N,
Step -2: Break the second number 1235 as SÌ HA
Ng N,+Ng N, N2 | N, +N,|
96 93
1000 + 200 + 30 + 5
98 95 7
91 18 95 11
Step -3: Add the numbers one after another / *
93 17 97 12
4639 + 1000 = 5639
96

Ex. (69 + 37)

20

CONCEPT-02
96

ele
5639 + 200 = 5839
5839 + 30 = 5869
5869 + 5 = 5874
Step-1: Break the number (69) as (60 + 9) and
as (30 + 7) (3) DO IT YOURSELF
O9 R 37 *Ì hHN: (60 + 9). (30 + 7) s À N2
fafT 4 NË+N2 N N: NË+N:
Step -2: Add base number first ’
(60 30) = 90
+ 169 249 637
taH VE ATATE en0 à g ’ (60 + 30) = 90 1265 629 269 137
Step -3: Add unit digits of
A1 3Ei number ’ (9+ 7) = 16 563 438 511
àå -’ (9 + 7)
Step -4: Now add = 16 639 252 2273 1237
Ma <m vftUH0
both the results ’ (90 + 16) = 106 3479 1128 4570 1+45
IgÀ q ’ (90 + 16) = 106
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIn277
 Ex. (57 + 94)
Calculation
CONCEPT-03
In this approach, Interchange digit of a two digit Step -1: Assune 94 as 100 (6 is extra herel
number then the sum of resultant number and real 94 51 100 4T d (T1 6 3AfafrR 2)
number are always divided by 11
Step -2: Add 57 with 100 i.e. 157
100 HTA 57 ts yr 157
Step -3: Then subtract the extra number ie
Ex. (47 + 74) 157 - 6 = 151
Step -1: Sum of real number and resulted number fhr 3tfafr Ho 1 4ru 4Ht 157 - 6 = 151
Ex. (314 + 399)
(47 + 74) = 121
Step -1: Assume 399 as 400’ (1 is extra here)
Step 2: Resultant number 121 always divided by 11
yfuT HA 121 zAI 11 fafd z 399 h1 400 H14 d (Yai I 3tfafr )
CONCEPT-04 Step -2: Add 314 with 400 i.e. 714
314 61 400 # Ig GIS Y 714
In this approach, numbers which are very close to
each other are added. Step -3: Then subtract the extra number you added
i.e. ’ 714 - 1=713

Ex. (45 + 52) ’ 714 - 1- 713

Step -1: Double the smaller number, i.e. ’ (45 x 2) = 90 DO IT YOURSELF
sâ HH yn t, r ’ 45 x 2) = 90 N, Ng N+N, N, N, N, +N,
Step -2: Find the gap between the numbers i.e. 84 181 92
189
(52 45) = 7
269 277 363 358
HA30 ¥n 3iR IA f s 31ug (52 45) =7
1196 146 1264 1277
Step -3: Now add both the results i.e. ’ (90 + 7) = 97 1639 1645 2273 2282
3ra i yfuri Ì t qâ ’ (90+ 7) = 97 3489 3492 4576 4584
Ex. (333 + 338)
Step-1l: Double the smaller number, i.e. 333 x 2 cONCEPT-06
= 666 In this approach, during addition you should be very
sái Han Ì <I A, YÌ 333 x 2 = 666 alert to find some pair of number which are getting
added and forming base numbers like 100,200,300 etc.
Step -2: Find the gap between the numbers i.e. 338
333 = 5
N0 ¥g 5Ê 34 TH 379ta 338 - 333 = 5
q T 100. 200. 300 341I
Step -3: Now add both the results i.e. 666 +5 = 671 Ex. (45 + 53 + 75)
4a i qfruIH0 ss qrâ 666 + 5 = 671
Step -1: Add those numbers first which will give you
DO IT YOURSELF ’ 45 + 75
base number like 100, 200, 300 etc. i.e.
= 120
N, Ng N,+N2 N, N, +N2
69 74 87 92
200, 300 3f yt 45 75= 120
137 146 269 277
1264 1277 Step -2: Now add Result with remaining number 1.e
363 358 120 + 53 = 173
1639 1645 2273 2282
4576 4584 3489 3492
Ex. (157 + 186 + 143)
CONCEPT-05
Step -1: Add those numbers first which will give143
yO =
base number like 100,200,300 etc. like 157 +
In this approach, number is added with the number 300
which is closed to 100, 200, and 300 and so on.

100, 200, 3 300 341f HIq I 100, 200, 300 3ft 157 + 143 = 300

278
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)) (Selected Selection fai
 Calculation

hen -2: Now add Result with remaining numnber i.e. Step -2: Use O with the result i.e. 300
486
300 + 186 =
486 * g Step -3: Now add all the unit digits ’7+8+5+3+ 5
DO IT YOURSELF +5 -33
N, No Na SUM N N N3 SUM 35 533
43 66 79 52 22
34 Step 4: Add (Step 2) and (Step 3) result, ’ 300 + 33 = 333
46 93 56 57 78 43
(TIM 2) sn (TI 3) frui 1 , 3 0 0 33-333
67 88 47 167 196 148
Ex. (56 + 48 + 78 + 567 + 983)
163 177 284 227 258 298
Step -1: Add all hundredth place digits ’5 +9 = 14
cONCEPT-07
In this approach, Numbers are added with the Step -2: Use double 0 with the result i.e. ’ 1400
numbers like 90, 190, 290, 390 etc.
zH gfetU , HOA30 Ì 90, 190, 290, 390 9fz HON0
Step -3: Now add all the tens digits -’ 5 + 4 + 7 +6+
8= 30
EX (67 + 90)
34a <ETÉ # 3s ’ 5+ 4 + 7 6+8= 30
Step -1: Assume 90 as 100 (10 is extra here)
90 1 100 H14 (48È 10 afaftà) Step -4: Use single O with the result i.e. 30
Step -2: Add67 with 100 i.e. 167
67 1 100 # HI S YÌ 167 Step -5: Add all unit digits (6 + 8 + 8 +7 +3) - 32
Step -3: Then subtract extra number i.e. 10 from the H geHT¾ 1 IS 6 + 8 + 8 7 3 = 32 Te
result 167 10 = 157 Step -6: Add results of (Step 2), (Step 4) and (Step 5)
f7 gftUH 3tfaf HA T0 10 4 ’ 167 - 10 = 157 ’ 1400 + 300 + 32 = 1732

Ex. (468 + 790) (UT 2), (qU 4) 3ir (qUT 5) yfzuH ’

Step -1: Assume 790 as 800 (10 is extra here) 1400 + 300 + 32 = 1732

790 Ì 800 H17 (480 10 3Hfaft ) DO IT YOURSELF

Step -2: Add 468 with 800 i.e. 1268 N, N2 N, N4 N5 SUM
468 1 800 G YÍ 1268 69 74 48 176 680
Step -3: Then subtract extra number i.e. 10 from the 49 64 58 276 580
result 1268 - 10 = 1258
39 54 46 177 340
f yfUJ4 3faf AY 10 ’ 1268 - 10 = 1258
269 177 250 124 43
DO IT YOURSELF
125 363 358 1264 1277
N1 N2 N1+N2 N1 N2 N1+N2
69 95 87 92 SUBTRACTION/TZTG
47 91 169 97 Subtraction is also used to find the difference between
136 98 148 91 two or more numbers.
163 95 467 890
1576 4594 3489 3992

CONCEPT-08 CONCEPT-01
In this approach, so many numbers are Ex. (73 - 7)
add all these numbers in a single flow and added. Try to
practice on Break 7 as (3 + 4) using unit digit of first number
daily basis you willbe pro in addition after few days.
Step -1: 73 3 = 70
Step -2: 70 - 4 = 66
Ex
Ex. (77 - 8)
(67 + 68 + 35 + 43 + Break 8 as (6 + 2) using unit digit of first number
65 + 55 )= ?
STep -l: Add all tens place digits -’
+ 5 =30 6+ 6 + 3 + 4 + 6
TE` # 3j Step -1: 77 -6 =71
I ’6+ 6 +3 + 4 +6 + 5 = 30 Step -2: 71 -2 = 69
Aditya Ranjan (Excise
Inspector) Selected Selection faIn279
 Calculation
CONCEPT-02 CONCEPT-04
(a) In this type of approach, double digit number is getting In this approach, two numbers are getting subtracted
subtracted from its reversed number and we need to which are closer to a base number (100,200,300), So
multiply the difference of digits with 9 always. add the margins of both the numbers from the base
number.

Ex. (73- 37)

Step -1: Difference between digits (7-3 4) Ex. (815-777)
9jest a 3 ’ (7-3= 4) Find Base Which Is closer to 777 i.e. ’ 800
Step -2: Multiply the result always by 9 i.e. ’ 4 x 9 = 777 Hrs3T HeA’ 800
36 Step -1: 815 is 15 above than 800
yfrUTH t zAI 9 Tu t 37fa ’4 x9 = 36 815, 800 15 3fr
DOIT YOURSELF Step -2: 777 is 23 less than 800
NË N2 N- N2 Ni N2 N- N2 777, 800 23 h4
61 16 87 78 Add the margins, 15 + 23 = 38
54 45 27 72 34R EÌ GIG, 15 + 23 = 38
63 36 93 Ex. (1305-878)
39
75 57
Find Base Which is closer to 878 like 900
74 47
84 48 91 19
878 4Y 31TR HA 900
Step-1: 1305 is 405 above than 900
CONCEPT-03 1305, 900 4 405
In this approach, a number which is closer to a base Step-2: 878is 22 less than 900
number like 100, 200, 300... is subtracted from :
number. 878, 900 22 H4
Add the margins 405 + 22 = 427
200, 300... a1 : GA YE fr TI GTS’ 405 + 22 - 427
Ex. (267 - 94)
DO IT YOURSELF
(Consider 94 as 100, 6 is extra here)
(94 Ì 100 HrÀ, 4ai 6 faftr ) NË N2 NË- N2 N1 N2 Ni- N2
Step -1: First Subtract 100 from 267 i.e. ’167 169 124 387 292
HAH YE 267 A100 4 YIf’ 167 237 196 269 277
Step -2: Then add extra number (6) i.e. ’167 + 6 = 363 158 1264 277
173
1639 1345 2273 2182
f 3tfafo HI (6) GG ’ 167 + 6 = 173
4576 4184 3492 2892
Ex. (567 - 393)
(Take 393 as 400,7 is extra here) CONCEPT-05
393 1 400 H179 R, 3faftaR& HGII7
It is not necessary to always add first. Sometimes we
Step -1: First Subtract 400 from 567 i.e. ’ 167 can subtract also if it is easier. 35 + 73 - 55
HaR VE 567 400 T YIf4 ’ 167
Step -2: Then add extra number (7) i.e. ’167 + 7
174
f57 4fafrs HOA (7) r yrf ’ 167 + 7 = 174 Ex. (35 + 73 - 55)

DO IT YOURSELF Step -1: Since 73and 55 are closer to each other, so

First 73 55 = 18
N, N2 N- N2 NË N2 N- N2
169 94 137 92 73 - 55 = 18
146 89 178 98 Step -2: Add result with 35, 35 + 18 = 53
278 86 264 197 yfry ht 35 * HI Gs, 35 + 18 - 53
Ex. (- 267 + 196 + 253)
247 192 227 192
Step -l: Since 253 and 267 are closer to each other,
576 184 348 192 so First 253 - 267 = - 14

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faIUn 280

 Calculation)
3i 267 vh t
tfs 253 MULTIPLICATION/UTT
267 = 14
result with 1 96, 196 CONCEPT-01
Step -2: Add
14 - 182

14 - 182 In this approach, any two digit numbers are getting

DO IT YOURSELF multiplied.
Expression SUM Expression SUM
28- 65 66 47 54 + 57 Ex. (29 x 15)
Step -1: (20 + 9) × 15
76 + 62 - 72 57 + 78 - 43
63- 58+ 34 64 + 77- 103
Step -2: 15 x 20 + 9 15
Step -3: 300 + 135 435
-267 + 164 + 245 573 + 382 234
272 489 249 + 125 Ex. (351x14)
576 + 684
Step -1: (300 + 50 + 1) x 14
CONCEPT -06
Step -2: 4200 + 700 + 14
In this approach number is subtracted. from 100 or Step -3: 4914
multiple of 100 like 200, 300, etc. So check how much
vOu should add to smaller number to reach the bigger DO IT YOURSELF
number. N1 N2 N x N2 Ni N2 N, N2
zfaU HEI Ì 100 I 100 * Tug H 200, 300 39 25 69 15

67 14 169 15

264 13 661 17

Ex. (100 - 46) 1639 18 4273 12

Try to make 46 reach 100 2376 11 2789 14

46 100 TeF Y I 1 94H
CONCEPT-02
Step -1: Add (4) to 46, it becomes 50
46 (4) tgt 5r TGI In this approach, Even number is getting multiplied
with number ending with5.
Step -2: Add (50) to 50, it becomes 100.
50 (50) Gg 100 8 IGI I
We have added 4 and 50 so answer is 54
z4t 4 3r 50 Ì siSI BHfIs SK 54 Ex. (45 x 26)
OR Step -1: Double the number which is ending with 5
46 is (40 + 6) like 45,45 x 2 = 90
Step -1: Subtract 40 from 100, 100 40 = 60
100 40 Te, 100 - 40 =60 45 x 2 = 90
Step -2: Subtract 6 from 6O now, ’ 60 -6= 54
344 60 Ë 6 yeU, ’ 60 -6 = 54 26
Step -2: Half of 26, = 13
Ex. (1000 - 357)
357 is 300 + 50 + 7
26
Step-1: Subtract 300 from 1000, ’ (1000 - 300) = 700 26 1 3AT, 26, 13
1000 300 Hm, (1000 300) = 700
1170
Step-2: Now subtract 57 from 700, ’ (700- 57) = 643 Step -3: Multiply both the results 90 x 13 =
HA 700 4 57 g , (700 57) = 643 gH0 yfUJH I Tul h 90 x 13 = 1170
DO IT YOURSELF
DOIT YOURSELF
N Nx N:
N N2 NË-N2 Ni N2 Ni-N2 Ni N2 NËxN Ni
50 14 45 18
26 60 32 25
67 27 35 14 165
46 69
263 265 13 b65
135 661 277
4275 12
1639 645 1273 682 1635 18
14
2376 1184 2489 1492 2375 36 2785

Selection faIñn 281

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected
 CONCEPT-03
In these tvpes of products, Consccutive numbers are
CONCEPT-05
Multiplication of Even Number With 5
Calculation)
getting multiplied. To calculate in mind, you should
know the square from l to 100.
In this approach, Even number is getting
with 5 multipled
Ex. (26 x 25) Ex. (66 x 5)
Step -1: Half of the even number 66 = 33
Square of Smaller number and add the same number
to it. H4 HOI 66 1 3A11 = 33
Step -2: Use 0 at the end of result i.e. 330
(25)² + 25 = 625 + 25 = 650
OR' Ex. (624 x 5)
Square of Bigger number and subtract the same Step -1: Half of the even number 624 = 312
number from it
HH He 624 al 31T 312

Step -2: Use O at the end of result i.e. ’ 3120

(26)² - 26 = 676 - 26 = 650
DO IT YOURSELF
N N; NË x N2 Ni N2 Nx N2 CONCEPT-06

12 13 25 24 Multiplication of Odd Number with 5.

35 36 65 66
265 266 665 666
In this approach, Even number is getting multiplied
1635 1636 4275 4276 with 5
2375 2376 2785 2786

CONCEPT-04 Ex. (61 x 5)

In these types of product, Consecutive even numbers Step -l: Subtract 1from 61, it becomes even (60).
or consecutive odd numbers are getting multiplied. 61 1qt H4 (60) YIG aal I
Step -2: Half of the even number 60 is 30

Here. 11 is 1less than 12 and 13 is 1more than 12.

H4 HG 60 1 3II IT 30
Step -3: Use 5 at the end of 30 i.e ’ 305

Square of 12 - square of 1
Ex. (451 x 5)
144 - 1 = 143 Step -1: Subtract 1from 451. it becomes even (+5U
Ex. 37 x 43 = (40 - 3) (40 + 3)
Here 37 is 3 less than 40 and 43 is 3 more than 40.
Step -2: Half of the even number 450 is 225
4a 37, 40 4 3 GH 3R 43, 40 4 3 3ferA
HH HGA 450 61 3TT Y 225
Square of 40 - Square of 3
40 61 a -3 gn
Step -3: Use 5 at the end of result i.e ’2255

1600 -9 = 1591
DO IT YOURSELF DO IT YOURSELF
/N,Ny
Ni N2 N N2 N N xN N N, N,x N, N
22 24 24 5 32 5
16 18
26 28 29 31 47 5 48
661 663 89 5 5
89 91
427 429 635 5
635 637 427

375 377 785 787 375 5 785 5

(Selected Selection 282

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Calculation)
CONCEPT-07
CONCEPT-09
Multiplication of Number with 25.
In this approach, a number is getting multiplied with 125,
1000
Inthis approach, a number is getting multiplicd with 25. As we know -125 =

(548 x 25)
EN 1000
100 t f ZH H 125
’ 25 =
As we know 4
Ex. (256 x 125)
100
f BH GId ’25 = Step -1: Divide the nurmber by 8
4

step -l: Divide the number by 4. 256

Step -2: Use (000) with the result > -32
8
step -2: Use (00) with the result = 32000

256
qfruIH T21 (000) #1 -32
548 137 = 13700 8
4 = 32000

DO IT YOURSELF DOIT YOURSELF

Ni N NË x N2 Ni N2 NË x N2 NI N2 NËx N2 NË N2 NËxN2
24 25 32 25 24 125 64 125
48 25 144 25 48 125 56 125
188 25 360 25 168 125 248 125
636 25 428 25 832 125 944 125
1376 25 1704 25 672 125 984 125

CONCEPT-08 CONCEPT-10
In this approach, a number is getting multiplied 0.5 In this approach,a number is getting multiplied 1.25
Ex (346 x 0.5)
As we know ’1.25 = 10
1 8
As we know ->0.5 =
2

Ex. (56 x 1.25)

2
56
1 Step -1: Divide the number by 8, ie. =7
So just half the number ’ 346 x = 173
8

1
= 173
567
2 Step -2: Use (0) with the result, = 70
DO IT YOURSELF qfrUs HÊY (0) yn , 7o
Ex. (256 x 1.25)
Ni N2 |NË xN2 Ni N2 Nx N
124 256
0.5 432 0.5 Step-1: Divide the number by 8, i.e. ’ = 32
438 0.5 547 0.5
889 0.5 566 0.5
256
= 32
1635 0.5 1427 0.5
3375 0.5
Step 2: Use (0) with the result, =320
7785 0.5
yftUH A(0) I yn , - 320

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection f a n283

 DO IT YOURSELF
Calculation
Ex. 452 × 1001 - 452452
N N N N 646 x 1 001 - 646646
N N Nx N
124 1.25 432
Repeat the number two times with 0 in middie.
1.25
648 1.25 448 1.25
848
Ex (55 x 100] -55055)
1.25 1064 1.25
DO IT YOURSELF
l632 1.25 1424 1.25
1376 1.25 1784 1.25
N N N, N, N N, N N
34 101 53 101
CONCEPT-11
64 101 56 101
Multiplication with 12.5
76 101 45 1001
457 1001 729 1001
In this approach, a number is getting multiplied 12.5
575 1001 857 1001

CONCEPT-14
100
As we know 12.5 In this approach, a number is getting multiplied with
1.5.
100
8 Ex. (52 x 1.5)
Ex. (328 x 12.5) Number is added with half of itself.

328
Step-1: Divide the number by 8 -= 41 Half of the number (52) is (26)
8
52 + 26 = 78
328 H (52) h1 371T H1 (26)
52 + 26 = 78
Step -2: Use (00) with the result, = 4100 Ex 66 x 1.5
yfue Hg (00) 1 yt at, = 4100 Number is added with half of itself.
DO IT YOURSELF
N, N NË x N2 N1 N2 N x N2 Half of the number 66 is 33.
120 12.5 456 66 + 33 = 99
12.5
344 12.5 784 12.5 HOA 66 HI 311 H 33 I
936 12.5 1168 12.5 66 + 33 = 99
1232 12.5 1328 12.5 DO IT YOURSELF
1672 12.5 2984 12.5 N N2 N, x N2 Ni N2 NxN2
CONCEPT-12 24 1.5 32 1.5
4 1.5
In this approach, a two-digit number is getting 46 1.5
multiplication with 101. 88 1.5 106 1.5
2634 1.5 1728 1.5
Step -1: Just repeat the number two times 3376 1.5 3784 1.5

Ex. 31 x 101 =3131 CONCEPT-15

45 x 101 = 4545 Multiplication of number with 15.
CONCET-13
In this approach, a two or three-digit number is get In this approach, a number is getting muliplied with 15.
multiplied with 1001
Repeat the number two times
Ex. (58 x 15)
Step -l: Number is added with half of itself.

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection f a t 284

 Calculation)
Step -2: Use 0 with the result/U4 # HIY 0 51 w HÌ Step -3: Multiply 8with 7 56
58 + 29 = 870
8 #1 7 uT H S6
DO IT YOURSELF
Step -4: Add both the results - 350 + 56- 406
Ni N2 NËx N N ’ 350 56 406
N Nx N z0 yfrUT
324 15 532 15 DO IT YOURSELF
848 15 946 15 N N Nz
N N NË xN2 N
886 15 986 15
58 3 45
2035 15 1427 15 44 8 54 11
1475 15 1585 15 86 5 98

CONCEPT-16 75 7 78

Multiplication of number ending with 75 87 7 67

CONCEPT-18
In this approach, a number is getting multiplied with In this approach, number is getting multiplied with
number ending with 75. double

(Here, you should know the square of smaller number.

Remenber This/ ||4 Tà do this calculation mentally)
75 x 4 = 300
175 x 4 = 700
275 x 4 = 1100 Ex. (13 x 26)
375 x 4 = 1500 Step -1: Square of smaller number (13) - 169
475 x 4 = (400 + 75) x 4 = 400 x 4 + 75 x 4 sti HI (13) I qt = 169
= 1600 + 300 = 1900
Ex. (48 x 175) Step -2: Double the result ’ (2 x 169) =338
yfuH Ì < ’ (2 x 169) 338
Step -1: Divide 48 by 4 i.e. ’ 24
DO IT YOURSELF
48 4 fayfa EÌ YTt ’ 24
Step -2: Multiply 175 by 4 i.e. 700 multiply the results Ni N2 NËx N N, N2 N,x N
24 x 700 = 16800 22 44 28 56
27 54 46 92
24 x 700 = 16800 37 74 32 64
DO IT YOURSELF 35 70 31 62
NË x N 21 42 19 38
Ni N2 NË x N2 NË N2
9 175 12 175 CONCEPT-19
48 175 146 175 Partition of number in two parts in such a way that
286 175 346 175 you know the table of both the parts.
435 175 845 175
1675 175 1585 175

CONCEPT-17 Ex. (1428 x 4)

In this approach, Numbers from 1 to 99 is getting Step -1l: Break the number in two parts like 14 (Part- 1)
multiplied with single digit number. and 28 (Part-2)
HI t Ë ats A14 (H-) 3R 28 (T1-2)
Step -2: 14 x 4 = 56
Ex. (58 x 7) Step -3: 28 x 4 = 112
Step -1: Break 58 as (50 + 8)
58 t ( 50 + 8) EY Ë S Step -4: Combine both the results (Step-2) and (Step
Step -2: Multiply 50 with 7 = 350 3) ’ 5712.
50 d 7 A TUT h = 350 t yfUTH0 (-2) 3 (U-3) *0 fHIr ’ S712

Aditya Reanjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faIN285

 Calculation)
DO IT YOURSELF CONCEPT-22
N N N, x N N, N, |N,x N In this approach, two or more digit number is
1222 4 2328 3 multiplied with 99. 999, 9999
5427 3233 7 gH gftzst ,à fr 1 99, 999, 9999
3453 8 3542
3254 2 2231 5 Ex. 999 x 648
4432 7 6439 8 Step -1: Subtract 1from 648, (648- I) - 647
648 H I TeI, (648 - 1) - 647
CONCEPT-20
Step -2: Now 999 - 647 =352
Partition of number in two parts in such a way that
you know the table of both the parts. Step -3: Combine both the results ’ 647352
i yfuH Ì fHCT ’ 647352
DO IT YOURSELF
Ex. (2578 x 2) N, x N
N N2 N,x N N N2
Step -l: Break the number in two parts like 256
(Part-1) and 8 (Part-2) 99 212 99 549
tA Ì yt e 256 (Y1-1) 3r 8 (-2) 99 458 999 756
Step -2: 257 x 2 = 514 999 434 999 656
Step -3: 8 x 2 = 16 474
9999 915 9999
Step -4: Second part has only one digit, so use 6 only,
and carry forward 1to the first part. 9999 366 9999 698

DIVISION/aIGT
Step -5: Combine both the results (Step-2) and (Step-3) CONCEPT-01
’ 514 16,5156 Division of number with 5
zi=d yUTH Ì feIr (Uj-2) stz (U-3) ’
514_16,5 156
DO IT YOURSELF In this approach, anumber is getting divided by 5
NË N2 N, x N2 N N N, x N2
2328 7
1622
As we know/ f5 B4 G I à 5 = 0
7427 5 1233 6 2

2453 1542 Ex. (46 + 5)

3254 2 5231 5 Double the number and place the decimal after one
5432 3439 8 place from right hand side.
46 x 2 = 92 = 9.2
CONCEPT-21
multiplied
In this type, two triple-digit numbers are
which contain zero in the middle.
46 x 2 = 92 = 9.2
Ex. 423 ÷ 5
Ex. 503 x 408 Double the number and place the decimal after one
Step -1: 5 x 4 = 20 place from right hand side.
Step -2: 5 x 8 + 4 x 3 = 52
423 x 2 - 846 = 84.6
Step -3:3 x 8 = 24
Step- 4: Combine all the results ’ 205224

DO IT YOURSELF 423 x 2 = 846 = 84.6

N, N NË N N, x N CONCEPT-02
N N
202 404 208 505 In this approach a number is getting divided by 0.5
102 206 304 509
703 905 509 605
404 306 504 608 As we know/ f 4 TT 0.5 =
308 606 409 608
2

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faTð 286|

 Calculation)
Ex. (46 + 0.5)
Just double the 1000
number/H8| l H ’ 46 x 2 - 92 As we know/ f5 z4 A 125= 8
Ex. (462 + 0.5)
Ex (28 125)
Just Double the number /HON 1 < 4 462 × 2
= 924 Just 8 times the number and place decimal after 3
place from Right hand side ’ 28 8 - 0.224
DO IT YOURSELF
N N NË+ N N AI TId ’ 2% x 8 0.224
N N+ N2
956 426 5 Ex (232 + 125)
896 5 1324 5 Just 8 times the number and place decimal after 3 place
233 5 1567 0.5 from Right hand side 232 × 8 = 1.856
696 0.5 3764 0.5
3786 0.5 4246 0.5
41K d ’ 232 x 8 = 1.856
CONCEPT-06
CONCEPT-03
Division of number with 25
Division of numnber with 0.25 in this approach,
A number is getting divided by 0.25.
3H faf HI l 0.25 f a , VF HeA 0.25 fata In this approach, a number is getting divided by 25.

100
As we know/ f ZH SIHÀ 0.25 = As we know/H f 34 GHÀ } 25 = 4

Ex. (6 +0.25) Ex.. (28 + 25)

Just 4 times the number/H #I 4 ’6 x 4 = 24 Just 4 times the number and place decimal after 2
Ex. (234 + 0.25) place from right hand side ’ 28 x 4 - 112= 1.12
Just 4 times the number/HA #I 4 T ’ 234 x 4 = 936
a TI ’ 28 x 4 = 112 = 1.12
CONCEPT-04 Ex. (234 + 25)
Division of number with 0.125 Just 4 times the number and place decimal after 2
In this approach, a number is getting divided by 0.125 place from right hand side ’ 234 x 4 = 936 = 9.36

234 x 4 = 936 = 9.36

DO IT YOURSELF
As we know/ f gH HÀ 0.125 Ni N2 NË N2 NË N2 NË+ N2
Ex. (28+ 0.125) 15 125 16 125
Just 8 times the number 28/HE (28) 1 HA (8) 18 125 124 125
28 x 8 = 224
36 25 143 25
Ex. (232 + 0.125)
96 25 64 125
Just 8 times the number/HN IHA 8T1
’ 232 x 8 = 1856 86 25 36 25
lllo.
DO IT YOURSELF CONCEPT-07
N N2 NË÷ N2l N N2 NË+ N2 Division with 11,22, 33.../11, 22, 33 # HIY YTL.
15 0.25 6 0.25 In this type, the numbers are like when we add first
0.25 24 0.25 and last digits of number, we get the middle number
32 0.25
like 495 (4 + 5 =9 middle number)
43 0. 125
96 0.125 64 0. 125
86 0. 125 46 0. 125
aB¥t 495 (4 + 5 = 9 qq HSI)
CONCEPT-05 Ex. (132 + 22)
Division of number with 125 Pick the first and last digits of 132 and divide by 2

In this approach, a number is getting divided by 125. 122 -6

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) Selected Selection faI 287
 Ex. (54)2
Calculation)
Ex. 682 + 55
Step -1: 54 is 4 more than 50/54, 50 4 4f s
Pick the first and last digits of 682 and divide by 5 Step -2: Add 4 always to 25, i.e. 29/ T 25 4
yri 29
62
ai
Step -3: Square of 4 = 16/4 &1
- 12.4 16
5
Step -4: 2916
DO IT YOURSELF DO IT YOURSELF
NË N2 Ni+ N Ni N2 NË+ N2 Number
Number Square Square
154 22 242 11
(43)2 (47)²
198 33 352 77
(48)2 (53)²
572 44 231 33
(57)2 (51)2
176 55 264 22
(52)2 (58)2
396 66 495 55
(59)2 (44)2
CONCEPT-08 CONCEPT-02
Division of number with/ I AI fa9, 99, 999 Square of Number Ending with 5
Ex. (4 + 9)
There is one 9 and there is one digit in given number.
Ex. (75)²
Ex. Step -1: Square of 5is 25/5 h1 25
(23 + 99)
There is two 9 and there is two digits in given number.
Step -2: Multiply 7 to its successor (8), ’7x 8 - 56
75) 34A f6e (8) # TUj| , 7 x 8 - 56
Ex. (56 + 999) Step-3: Combine result os Step 1&2 (5625)
There is three 9 and there is two digits in the given
number. So make it 3-digit number by using zero DO IT YOURSELF
before it and then repeat it 0.056056056.
Number Square Number Square
(55)2 (65)2
056056056 <TETC. (85)2 (15)2
DO IT YOURSELF (25)2 (75)2
N+ N (45)2 (35)2
N2 N÷ N NI N2
Ni
5 6 CONCEPT-03
99 12 99
Square of Number Close to Base/3R F htq H
99 42 99 150/200/250/300...
30
64 999 Ex. (208)2
96 999
56 999 Step -l: 208 is 8 more than Base 200, so 8 is extra
86 999
here,
SQUARE/t 208, 37JT 200 8 34fya , 34fTs qEi 8 4fafts .
Step -2: Add 8 to the original number (208), Le. 208 *
Method of finding square of any number. 8 = 216

HA HN (208) 8 aE, r 208 8 216

CONCEPT-01 Step -3: Since base is 200, we need to double the
result
Square of numnber near Base 50

200
Ex. (42)2
50 8 4H =2,i.e. 216 x 2 - 432
Step -1: 42 is 8less than 50/42,
100
i.e. 17
Step -2: Subtract 8 always from 25, Step -4: Square of extra number (8) = 64
25 HtG 8 HeI0 Hefg 17 Stfaftt He (8) 1t = 64
4),
Step -3: Square of 8/8 1 at = 64 Step -5: Combine the Results (Step 3) and (step
Step -4: 1764 43264
288
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection fami
 Calculation

Ex. (346)2 CONCEPT-04

Step -1: 346 is 4 less than Base 350, so 4 is negative
here Square of Number Ending with 25
346 aH 350 4 5H, ufs YEI 4 T5RJeE è
Step -2: Subtract 4 from the original number (346),
i.e. 346 4 = 342 Ex. (625)
HT HON (346) # 4 4e, atg 346 4-342 Step -1: Square of 6, i.e. 36/6 *I T1, 36
Step -3: Since base is 350, we need to multiply the Step -2: Add half of 6 (3) to 36, i.e. ’36 + 3 = 39
350
result with 3.5 100 -3.5, i.e. 342 x 3.5 - 1197 6 51 3TI (3), 36 4 G, Aut’ 36 3 - 39

Step -3: Multiply 39 always with 10 39 x 10= 390

350
TNR 350 ,.g nfrus ) 3.5 =3.5
100 39 61 Z4I 10 TUI h ’ 39 × 10 - 390
ah1 BI, 37edfa 342 x 3.5 1197 51 T T
Step -4: Square of negative number (4) = 16 Step -4: Square of 25 now, i.e. 625/A 25
UJlH5 H (4) 61 quf 16 625

step -5: Combine the Results (Step 3) and (step 4) ’ Step -5: Combine the results (Step-3) and (Step-4)
119716 ’ 390625
(U 3) 3ir (RU 4) # Yfru4 fHGII ’ 119716 fyI ’ 390625
(TU-3 ) n (Uj-4 ) * vfru0
DO IT YOURSELF
DO IT YOURSELF
Number Square Number Square
Number Square
Number Square
(203)2 (606)2
(125)2 (225)2
(309)2 (197)2
(325)² (425)2
(152)2 (796)2
(525)² (625)2
(952)2 (307)2
(725)² (825)²
(516)² (446)2

TABLE-1 SQAURE
Number Square Number Square Number Square
Number Square
961 (41)2 1681
(11)2 121 (21)2 441 (31)²
1024 (42)2 1764
(12)² 144 (22)2 484 (32)2
1089 (43)2 1849
(13)2 169 (23)2 529 (33)2
1156 (44)² 1936
(14)2 196 (24)2 576 (34)2
1225 (45)² 2025
(15)2 225 (25)2 625 (35)²
1296 (46)² 2116
(16)2 256 (26)2 676 (36)²
1369 (47)² 2209
(17)2 289 (27)2 729 (37)2
1444 (48) 2304
(18)2 324 (28)2 784 (38)2
1521 (49)2 2401
(19)2 361 (29)2 861 (39)²
1600 (50)² 2500
(20)2 400 (30)2 900 (40)2

Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector) (Selected Selection faMIM289

 Calculation
TABLE-2 CUBE
Cube Number Cube
Number Cube Number
1331 (21)3 9261
(1) 1 (11)3
1728 (22) 10648
(2) (12)
2197 (23)3 12167
(3)* 27 (13)3
2744 (24)3 13824
(4)3 64 (14)3
3375 (25)3 15625
(5)3 125 (15)
4096 (26)3 17576
(6)3 216 (16)
4913 (27) 19683
(7)3 343 (17)3
5832 (28) 21952
(8)3 512 (18)3
6859 (29)3 24389
(9) 729 (19)3
8000 (30)3 27000
(10) 1000 (20)3

TABLE -4
TABLE-3 SQUARE ROOT Result
Expression Result Expression Result Expre ssion
Number Square Root 2 3 3 4' 4
2'
1 4 16
1 4
27 4 64
2 1.414 2
16 81 256
3 1.732
32 243 4 1024
4 2 729 5
20 64 3
5 2.236 128 6
25
2
6 2.449 256 6 36 5 125
625
7 2.646 2 512 6 216
3125
1024 6 1296
2.828
3
9
10 3.162

290
Selected Selection f a i
Aditya Ranjan (Excise Inspector)
 Calculation

TABLE -05
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
* 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
*2 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
*3 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60
*4 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80
*5 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120
* 7 77 84 91 98 105 112 119 126 133 140
* 8 88 96 104 112 120 128 136 144 152 160
99 108 117 126 135 144 153 162 171 180
* 10 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
* 11 121 132 143 154 165 176 187 198 209 220
* 12 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240
x 13 143 156 169 182 195 208 221 234 247 260
* 14 154 168 182 196 210 224 238 252 266 280
* 15 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 270 285 300
* 16 176 192 208 224 240 256 272 288 304 320
* 17 187 204 221 238 255 272 289 306 323 340
* 18 198 216 234 252 270 288 306 324 342 360
* 19 209 228 247 266 285 304 323 342 361 380
* 20 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400

Aditya Ranjan (Excise

Inspector) (Selected Selection far 291
 OUR BOOKS
BILIMSUAL
BIUNBUAL
UPDATEDTILL Bilingual UPDATED
APRIL2023
5SC TILLDATE
SC MOCK
TEST60 6OMOCKTEST SSC SSC
MATHS
MATHS
MATHS CHSL TIERI MATHS
CEL CCLWARRIOR CGL&
SSCMathematics) CPO
WAS CPOWARRIOR
NARR |S
Pattern
Latest
SmartoaraAc
Basedon Eroelor
AelevanttUoatOesboer
ADTYA "SMARI
APPROACN ehDe SMARTADPROACH

SHORTTRICKS
RANJANSR SHORTTRICKSTION 6ESTEXPLANATION
WSIR
EKPLANA CA ADITYA
RANJANS
CHSL.
YARANJAN
REST ^IR Ssc
CCL
(EXCISE
INSPECTO
(acE "
asE
INSPBCTOR) Aditya
Ranjan
Sir Radt
selecties
NSP09 Enrise
Insptor i
Selected

Available on Flipkart amazon

& All Book Shops

QUR UPCOMING BOOKS
BILINGUAL BILINGUAL

YEARLY
STATIC GK CURRENT AFFAIRS
TCSatest Pattern 2 TAnfta 2023
1000+
Mest Important MCOs
WITH DETAILED
EXPLANATION
1000+
Most Important MCOs
WITH DETAILED
EXPLANATION
USEFUL FOR
" SSc(Tier l&11)
Railways
Defence
Banking &
other Exams
B) 8

EXCISE INSPECTOR
EXCISE INSPECTOR
 RG Publication
Ronkers ap

ABOUT ADITYA RANJAN SIR

Aditya Ranjan Sir is a renowned Maths Faculty, who has taught lakhs of
students through Rankers Gurukul You Tube Channel and its offline
centre. His free maths & guidance videos have millions of views on you
tube.He has a unique approach of solving new TCS questions. He always
focusses on relevant and updated content. His innovative idea of
completing entire maths syllabus for any govt. exam on you tube through
"60 Days 60 Marathon" is a landmark in online education. He has got
selection at his very early age and his words "SELECTED t SELECTION
fert" are very popular among students.

Books Published

UPDATED
UPDATED TILL BILINGUAL Bilingual MATHSssc
C
TILL DATE
BILINGUAL

TILL DATEJ
ssc

MATHS SSC 60 MOCK TEST SSC

CL
Wi
MATHS SSCCGL &CHSL TIER-II
Mathematics
MATHS
CGL WARRIOR Based on Latest TCS Pattern CPOWARRIOR
With Detailed Explanation & Smart Approach
Relevant & Updated Questions
TCS Hai at HuG
" SMART APPROACH

"SMART APPROACH USEFUL FOR "SHORT TRICKS

"SHORT TRICKS ssc cGL CHSL, CPo, "BEST EXPLANATION
CDS & Other Govt. Exams
"BEST EXPLANATION
ADITYA RANJAN SIR
(EXCISE INSPECTOR]
ADITYA RANJAN SIR
(EXCISE INSPECTOR)
Aditya Ranjan Sir Selected Selection ftedt
Selected Selection erda Excise Inspector

AVAILABLE ON amazon Flipkart

FOLLOW US: Channel Name:- Rankers Gurukul

Channel Name:- Maths by Aditya Ranjan Sir

Instagram ID: aditya___ranjan 7 280/
BATCH8506003399
SPECIAL
DOWNLOAD NOW
RG VIKRAMJEETAPP FOR MATHS